1997-98
•ra
West Chester University
|
'^-'V . |
||
|
^^.s&.-f..;-"^-: |
'■ i'^i}'^'-': |
|
|
K-. |
/^ |
|
|
• *:4lJ! |
||
|
[^ |
5i |
1 |
|
/ |
|
|
i |
|
|
■ -yv.' |
|
|
iSBhw |
/"
.'«. '-i
|
^^t^^^^^MI |
IK |
^■-k»& |
p |
|
|
Wg |
S^BSS |
|||
|
Br'' a^'-^-'^^^ |
?f |
|||
|
:^ ' |
i Mil 1 i^rai 7 1 . •_ c_. |
hmt |
-\^
•^-^ ^
l-r-*"
-x^-'i-^:
Wf^
West Chester University
Undergraduate Catalog
1997-1998
The West Chester University Mission Statement
West Chester University, a member of the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education, is a public, regional, comprehensive institution committed to building cohesive hnkages with other pubhc educational institutions in the Commonwealth. Strategically located in the rapidly growing southeastern region of the state, the University contributes to and benefits from the educational, cultural, and economic climate of the region, the historical nchness of Chester County, and the diversity of the metropolitan center of Philadelphia.
West Chester University offers men and women the opportunity to achieve a higher education and to prepare for careers in an evolving, com- plex, technological, global society. Toward these ends, the University is advancing in new areas of higher education while maintaining a com- mitment to excellence in programs of long tradition within the College of Arts and Sciences and the Schools of Education, Music, Business and Public Affairs, and Health Sciences. As part of this commitment to the future, the University is becoming a green campus designed to demon- strate that a community can, through inquiry and education, act m a manner consistent with the goal of a sustainable earth. In an environment that integrates and supports faculty and staff development, instruction, scholarship, and service, the University's prima- ry focus is on undergraduate education with a strong liberal arts emphasis linking all programs. We.st Chester University also empha- sizes high-quality graduate education in a range of programs responsive to students' needs for professional development and educational enrichment.
An emphasis on participatory learning, thorough advising, and personalized faculty interaction in small classes distinguishes the University and reflects its commitment to providing opportunity for both the creation and sharing of knowledge.
As a public institution of the Commonwealth, West Chester University is dedicated to providing access to a wide spectrum of students and values the richness of diversity within the student body, faculty, and staff.
Student life programs and activities support and encourage academic goals providing opportunity for students to develop a commit- ment to intellectual honesty, mutual respect, ethical decision making, and civic and social responsibility.
The University expects to graduate men and women with an enhanced ability to acquire knowledge, to think clearly and critically, to communicate effectively, to respect and understand diversity, to appreciate the aesthetic value of life, and to possess the skills necessary for a career and the continuing process of lifelong learning. The best measure of the University's success is that of its alumni and their continuing pride in their alma mater.
The West Chester University Values Statement
West Chester University is committed to attracting, enrolling, and graduating quality students from a wide variety of educational, cultural, and economic backgrounds. This endeavor requires the University to attract and retain highly qualified faculty and staff and to provide each member of the University community with learning and leadership development opportunities. To this end, the University supports and encourages programs which benefit all people and which seek to eradicate discrimination and injustice. We treasure what we believe to be the highest principles of American society: the worth and uniqueness of each individual, the belief that success is to be earned by individual effort put forth in an environment founded on equality of opportunity, and the appreciation of the ideal of an inclusive society. We believe that it is incumbent upon all members of our community - staff, students, faculty and administrators - to conduct themselves with civility toward one another at all times. We value the special talents and contributions of each member of our community. We further affirm the worth and dignity of each member and the shared responsibility of all to treat each other as individuals, with respect and cour- tesy.
As a university owned by the citizens of Pennsylvania, we value our mission to provide the best educational opportunities possible which will enable the University community to successfully address the concerns of a global society. To this end, West Chester University seeks to provide diligent advising for students and to focus on teaching students to think clearly and critically, to make logical and ethical judg- ments, and to communicate effectively with others.
West Chester University's community strongly supports the principles of academic integrity and academic responsibility, viewing both as the province of every member of the campus community. We hold the highest esteem for teaching directed toward student learning and affirm that mastery of content as well as mastery of teaching skills necessary to communicate such content are paramount
This values statement is intended to be a living document which will serve West Chester University as it changes and evolves in the com- ing years.
Communications Directory
West Chester University West Chester, PA 19383 Dial 436 plus number in parentheses. For offices not shown here, call the University Information Center: 610-436-1000. Director of Academic Advising, Lawrence Center (3505)
Director of Academic Development Program, Lawrence Center (3505) Director of Admissions, 100 West Rosedale Avenue (341 1) Office of Social Equity, Lawrence Center (2433)
Office of the Bursar. Elsie O. Bull Center (2552)
Student Services Inc., Sykes Student Union (2242)
Director of Career Development Center, Lawrence Center (2501) Director of Adult Studies, Elsie O. Bull Center (3550)
Director, Continuing Education and Conference Sen ices, 21 1 Carter Dr. (6931) Counseling Center. Lawrence Center (2301) Director of Financial Aid. Elsie O. Bull Center (2627) Dean of Graduate Studies and Spon- sored Research. Old Library (2943) Residence Life, Sykes Student Union (3307) Public Safety Department, Peoples Maintenance Building (33 11) Director of Public Relations and Marketing, 13/15 University Avenue (3383) Director. Office of Services for Students with Disabilities, Lawrence Center (3217)
Student Programming Dept./Smdent Activities Council, Sykes Student Union (2983) or
Student Union Information Desk (2984) Sykes Student Union (2955) University Registrar, Elsie O. Bull Center (3541)
Office of the Registrar, Elsie O. Bull Center (2230) Teacher Certification Office. Recitation Hall (2426)
Accreditation
West Chester University is accredited by The Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools, The National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education. The National Athletic Training Association, The National Association of Schools of Music, The Council on Social Work Education (bac- calaureate level). The National League for Nursing, The Society for Public Health Education, The American Chemical Society, The Commission on Accreditation in Clinical Chemistry, and the Joint Review Committee for Respiratory Therapy Education. West Chester University has been given program approval by the Department of Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania for the certification of teachers.
Nondiscrimination/Affirmative Action Policy
West Chester University is committed to providing leadership in extending equal opportunities to all individuals. Accordingly, the University will continue to make every effort to provide
MAILING ADDRESS: TELEPHONES:
Academic Advising
Academic Development
Program Admissions/U'nder-
graduate Catalogs Affirmative Action
Billing/Payments
Bookstore
Careers/Placement
Continuing Education
Counseling
Financial Aid/
Work Study Graduate Studies/
Catalogs Housing Police
Public Relations
and Marketing Services for Students
with Disabilities
Student Activities and University Events
Student Senices Inc. Scheduling/Registration
Summer Sessions
Teacher Certification
these rights to all persons regardless of race, religion, sex, national origin, ancestry, age, marital status, sexual orientation, disability, or veteran status. This policy applies to all members of the University community, including students, faculty, staff, and administrators. It also applies to all applicants for admission or employment and all participants in University-sponsored activities.
This policy is in compliance with federal and state laws, includ- ing Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Title DC of the Educational Amendment of 1972, Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and Executive Order of the Governor of Pennsylvania.
Any individual having suggestions, problems, complaints, or grievances with regard to equal opportunity, affirmative action, or accommodation is encouraged, to contact the director of social equity, 104 Lawrence Center, 610-436-2433.
Sexual Harassment Policy
West Chester University is committed to equality of opportunity and freedom from discrimination for all its students and employees. Because sexual harassment is a form of discrimina- tion based on sex, the University will not tolerate it in any fonn.
Upon official filing of a complaint, immediate investigation will be made culminating in appropnate corrective action where warranted, which may include termination of the rela- tionship with the University.
Sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal Or physical conduct of a sexual nature occurring when:
1. submission of such conduct is made either explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual's employ- ment, or of a student's academic status or treatment;
2. submission to or rejection of such conduct by an indi- vidual is used as the basis for academic or employment decisions affecting such an individual, or
3. such conduct has the purpose or effect of unreasonably interfering with an individual's extracurricular activities, work, or academic performance, or creating an intimi- dating, hostile, or offensive living, working, or academic environment.
A complete copy of the University's Sexual Harassment Policy document, inclusive of the Sexual Harassment Complaint Procedure, may be obtained from the Office of Social Equity.
Individuals who believe themselves to be the victims of sexual harassment, or who have questions about the University's policy on this matter should contact the director of social equity, 104 Lawrence Center, 610-436-2433.
Commitment to Accommodations
West Chester University is committed to comphance with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. We at the University wish to make accommodations for persons with disabilities. Please make your needs known by contacting the Office of Services for Students with Disabilities at 610-436-3217. Sufficient notice is needed to make accommodations possible.
The provisions of this catalog are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student and the University. West Chester Universitj" reserves the right to change any provisions or requirements at any time.
Contents
Communications Directory ii
Introducing West Chester University 3
Campus and Facilities 4
University Policy for Storm Closings 6
Admission to West Chester University 7
Fees and Expenses 9
Financial Aid 11
Student Affairs 19
Academic Affairs 26
Degree Requirements 32
Academic Policies and Procedures 36
Structure of Academic Affairs 47
Undergraduate Programs at West Chester 48
Programs of Study and Course Offerings 49
Department of Accounting 50
Department of Anthropology and Sociology 50
Department of Art 52
Department of Biology 55
Department of Chemistry 58
Department of Childhood Studies and Reading 60
Department of Communication Studies 63
Department of Communicative Disorders 65
Department of Computer Science 66
Department of Counselor, Secondary,
and Professional Education 68
Environmental Education Program 69
Department of Criminal Justice 70
Department of Economics and Finance 71
Department of Educational Services 73
Military Science Program 73
Air Force ROTC Program 74
Department of English 75
Department of Foreign Languages 79
Department of Geography and Planning 84
Department of Geology and Astronomy 86
Department of Health 88
Department of History 92
Honors Program 94
Department of Instructional Media 95
Interdisciplinary Programs 96
American Studies Program 96
Comparative Literature Studies Program 97
Ethnic Studies Program 98
Latin-American Studies Program 99
Linguistics Program 99
Peace and Conflict Studies Program 99
Russian Studies Program 1 00
Women's Studies Program 100
Department of Kinesiology 101
Liberal Studies Program 104
Department of Management 105
Department of Marketing 106
Department of Mathematics 107
Music (School oO 109
Department of Music Education Ill
Department of Music History and Literature Ill
Department of Instrumental Music 112
Department of Keyboard Music 113
Department of Music Theory and Composition . . .1 14
Department of Vocal and Choral Music 1 14
Department of Nursing 115
Department of Philosophy 117
Department of Physics and Pre-Engineering Program .119
Department of Political Science 120
Pre-Medical Program 123
Department of Psychology 124
Social Studies Program 125
Department of Social Work 126
Department of Special Education 128
Department of Sports Medicine 128
Teaching Certification Programs 130
Department of Theatre Arts 131
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania 133
Administration 134
Faculty 135
Academic Calendar 148
Campus Map 149
Borough Map 150
Chester County Map 151
Index 152
Department Telephone Numbers 156
Introducing West Chester University
Quality education at a reasonable price . . . this is the goal of West Chester University, the second largest of the 14 institutions of higher learning that com- pose the State System of Higher Education of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. A comprehensive and mul- tipurpose university, West Chester serves individuals of all ages with a variety of programs to fill their educational needs.
West Chester offers degrees in the arts and sciences, teacher preparation and certification, advanced study preparation in fields such as medicine and law, edu- cation for specific professions, and con- tinuing education. See page 48 for a complete listing of undergraduate degree programs.
Total enrollment at West Chester includes approximately 9,400 undergrad- uate students and about 2,000 graduate students. While most undergraduates are recent high school graduates preparing for career objectives, many others are older individuals, including veterans and homemakers, who either never before had the opportunity for a college educa- tion or whose schooling was interrupted.
Most students are residents of Pennsylvania, but students from other states and foreign countries are welcome. West Chester's student body represents a cross section of many ethnic, racial, and religious groups and includes students from all economic levels.
Like the world around it. West Chester University is constantly changing and growing. The school continues to broaden and modify the nature and number of its programs to reflect the needs of its stu- dents in their endeavor to prepare them- selves for success and fulfillment in life.
History of the University
Although its founding year is 1871, the University in fact has deeper roots trac- ing from West Chester Academy, a pri- vate, state-aided school that existed from 1812 to 1869. The academy enjoyed strong support from the highly intellectu- al Chester County Cabinet of the Natural Sciences of the pre-Civil War decades. It was recognized as one of Pennsylvania's leading preparatory schools, and its expe- rience in teacher training laid the ground- work for the normal school years that were to follow.
As the state began to take increasing responsibility for public education, the academy was transformed into West Chester Normal School, still privately owned but state certified. The normal school admitted its first class, consisting of 160 students, on September 25, 1871. In 1913, West Chester became the first of the normal schools to be owned out- right by the Commonwealth.
West Chester became West Chester State Teachers College in 1927 when Pennsyl- vania initiated a four-year program of teacher education. In 1960, as the Com- monwealth paved the way for liberal arts programs in its college system. West Chester was renamed West Chester State College, and two years later introduced the liberal arts program that turned the one-time academy mto a comprehensive college.
In recognition of the historic merit of the campus, in 1981 the West Chester State College Quadrangle Historic District was placed on the National Register of Historic Places. The buildings included in this historic district are Philips Memorial Building, Ruby Jones Hall, Recitation Hall, and the Old Library. Except for Philips, these buildings are all constructed of native Chester County ser- pentine stone.
West Chester State achieved another major milestone with passage of the State System of Higher Education bill. West Chester became one of the 14 uni- versities in the State System of Higher Educafion on July 1, 1983. Along with its new name — West Chester University of Pennsylvania of the State System of Higher Education — the institution acquired a new system of governance and the opportunity to expand its degree programs.
The Frederick Douglass Society
Drawing its content from our campus history of social consciousness and its structure from a variety of models in public life, the Frederick Douglass Society of West Chester University is the organization of African- American faculty and staff at West Chester. Named in 1983 for one of the 19th century's most distinguished advocates of human free- dom, the organization is oriented toward self-help and improvement by offering a
collective voice in the affairs of the University. Its programs also aim to stimulate other groups on campus to enrich our climate. The society annually raises money for scholarship funds, in order to increase the economic options available to the student body generally and to blacks and other ethnic groups as well. It also seeks, by the example of Douglass, to promote an intellectual stan- dard that is not only grounded in excel- lence but profoundly rooted in the public mission of higher education.
The Frederick Douglass Institute
The Frederick Douglass Institute at West Chester University is a program for advancing multicultural studies across the curriculum and for deepening the intellectual heritage of Frederick Douglass, the former slave, distinguished orator, journalist, author, and statesman. Douglass, who was a frequent visitor to the West Chester area, gave his last pub- lic lecture on West Chester's campus on February 1, 1895. Thirty years earlier, at the inauguration of a Baltimore, Maryland, institute named for him in October 1865, Douglass said that the mission was "to be a dispenser of knowl- edge, a radiator of light. In a word, we dedicate this institution to virtue, temper- ance, truth, liberty, and justice."
At West Chester University, the Douglass Institute is primarily involved in four academic areas: 1 ) conducting research in multiculturalism and on Frederick Douglass; 2) sponsoring distin- guished exhibits and lectures; 3) estab- lishing opportunities for advanced study for public, private, and college-level teachers; and, finally, collaborating with historical societies and other educational and cultural agencies.
The activities of the institute take place on and off campus. With undergraduate and graduate students, and West Chester faculty, the insUtute sponsors seminars and forums on selected topics. The Anna Murray Douglass Circle is the name for a lecture series offering a platform for today's leading intellectuals. Annually in October, the institute sponsors Douglass Days, a festival of educational activities on Douglass and multiculturalism that involves the entire campus and surround- ing communities.
Campus and Facilities
For further information, call Dr. C. James Trotman, director. Frederick Douglass Institute at 610-436-2916.
Institute for Women
The Institute for Women is an indepen- dent body designed to represent the inter- ests of women on the campus. It serves as the parent organization for the Women's Center, the Women's Studies Program, and the Title IX and Sex Discrimination Board. The institute is headed by a director and a Board of Directors.
The institute sponsors a number of activi- ties to enhance the self-esteem and career success of women at the University; the Woman-in-Residence Program. Grace Cochran Research on Women Award, "Visiting Professor Program, Graduate Grant and Endowed Book Funds. The institute prepares periodic reports on the status of women at the University and has also secured Charlotte W. Newcombe Scholarship Grants for mature or second- career women. The Institute for Women is located in 21 1 Main Hall. For more information call 610-436-2464/2122.
Location of the University
West Chester University is in West Chester, a town that has been the seat of government in Chester County since 1786. With a population of about 20,000, the borough is small enough to have the pleasant aspects of a tree-shaded American town, large enough to conteiin essential services and the substance of a vigorous community, and old enough to give the student exposure to America's early history. Students can walk to West Chester's many churches. The town has excellent stores and a fine hospital. West Chester was settled in the early 18th century, principally by members of the Society of Friends. In the heart of town is its courthouse, a classical revival building designed in the 1840s by Thomas U. Walter, one of the architects for the Capitol in Washington, D.C. West Chester today is part of the rapidly growing suburban complex surrounding Philadelphia and offers interesting oppor- tunities for the study of local, county, and regional government in a period of change and growth.
Philadelphia is 25 miles to the east and Wilmington 17 miles to the south.
putting the libraries, museums, and other cultural and historical resources of both cities in easy reach. "Valley Forge, the Brandywine Battlefield, Longwood Gardens, and other historical attractions are near West Chester. New York and Washington are easily accessible by car or train.
How to Reach West Chester
The Borough of West Chester can be accessed from all directions both by car and public transportation. Route 3, the West Chester Pike, leads directly into town from center-city Philadelphia. From the Pennsylvania Turnpike, motorists traveling west should take Route 202 south from the Valley Forge Interchange while those traveling east can arrive via Route 100 south from the Downingtown Interchange. From the south. Route 202 from Wilmington and Routes 100 and 52 from U.S. Route 1 all lead to West Chester.
Public transportation is available from Philadelphia and other nearby communi- ties.
Information on public transportation and carpooling is available in Sykes Student Union, 610-436-2984.
Campus and Facilities
Description of the Campus
West Chester University's cEimpus is a unique mixture of 19th century, colle- giate Gothic, and contemporary architec- tural styles that complement each other to create a stately, beautiful atmosphere. Sixty-two buildings, comprising over 2.4 million square feet, are distinctly land- scaped within 388 acres of rolling coun- tryside, making the campus one of the aesthetic treasures of Southeastern Pennsylvania.
The North Campus Quad area was the original campus and is surrourided by the University's oldest buildings — Philips Memorial, Recitation Hall, Anderson Hall, Ruby Jones Hall, and the Old Library. Three of these buildings are consUTJCted of green-hued serpentine stone that has given West Chester a unique character for many decades. Over the years, the North Campus has expand- ed to include 97 acres at the southern boundary of the borough and includes several academic buildings, the Sykes
Student Union, dining facilities, and eight residence halls. The University is also known for the magnificent old trees that grace the campus.
A dynamic, ongoing building program in the 1990's is providing exciting educa- tional facilities as the University looks toward its third century. These include a recently completed renovation of Anderson Hall, with the addition of the latest computer technology labs; the cre- ation of several other modem classrooms throughout the campus; the completion of the state-of-the-art science building, the Tania K. and William H. Boucher Science Center; an 1 1 -building apartment complex providing housing for 500 stu- dents; and the enlargement of the Sykes Student Union, including the latest in aerobics/conditioning facilities, a movie theater, dining areas, meeting rooms, and lounges to provide a focal point for the students' leisure life outside the class-
South Campus is a 291 -acre expanse of the gently rolling countryside of Chester County. Located on South New Street three-quarters of a mile south of the orig- inal campus. South Campus includes stu- dent apartments, the McCoy Center, and the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center, which has won national acclaim for the quality and extent of its teaching, performance, and research facilities. John A. Farrell Stadium, athlet- ic fields, and tennis courts surround the center. Also at South Campus is the 100- acre Robert B. Gordon Natural Area, which includes woodlands, fields, and a streamside habitat. This area has been conserved as a research and teaching resource for the natural sciences.
Information Services
Information Services provides computing resources for a wide variety of users, both academic and administrative. Many of the University's administrative func- tions, such as registration, grade
Campus and Facilities
reporting, and billing, depend heavily on the campus-wide transaction processing system that provides centralized access to University data from workstations located throughout the campus. More importantly, computing is a vital instructional and research tool. Infor- mation Services offers students and fac- ulty a wide range of computing resources, from mainframe to microcom- puters, printers, plotters, graphics work- stations, digitizers, and optical scanners. Many of these facilities are available at various campus locations, but the Academic Computing Center in Anderson Hall serves as a focal point for instructional computing activity. A valid WCU Identification (ID) card is required to use the Academic Computing Center. For further information contact the Academic Computing Center at 610-436- 3349.
Computing facilities throughout the cam- pus are joined by the Information Services Network. This network offers electronic mail capabilities for all cam- pus workstations, connection to SSHEnel/PREPnet/Internet, and access to the University's main library catalogs. All WCU undergraduate students are provided computer accounts. The Information Services Network pro- vides high-speed access to software applications (programming languages, spreadsheets, word processors, faculty developed programs, etc.) and electronic communication capabilities to worksta- tions. Student laboratory facilities are available in the Academic Computing Center and in each of the eight residence halls and in Sykes Student Union. Students interested in acquiring a work- ing knowledge of several commonly used software packages are encouraged to enroll in the introductory computing course, CSC 101, offered by the Department of Computer Science. Major hardware facilities include an IBM mainframe, numerous NTAS file servers, and IBM, Macintosh, NeXT, SUN, and DEC workstations. Letter-quality laser printers also are available for student use. Academic Computmg Services is located in Anderson Hall, 610-436-3051. The West Chester University web site address is http://www.wcupa.edu.
Geology Museum
The West Chester University Geology Museum in Schmucker Science Center houses several collections of historic and
scientific importance. Minerals from around the world, drawn from the collec- tions of William Yocom and Ruth Bass, are on display. The collection of the late, well-known West Chester geologist Hugh McKinstry contains fine specimens found in Chester County, as well as spec- imens from notable localities world-wide and collections of other significant 19th century amateurs. A special cabinet with ultraviolet light houses selected speci- mens from the extensive collection of fluorescent minerals of John Stolar. Sr. Other exhibits include fossils, the geolo- gy of Chester County, labels written by famous collectors and mineralogists, and a display created by the mineralogy class each fall. The museum is free and open to the public on weekdays. Contact the Department of Geology and Astronomy at 610-436-2727 for the specific sched- ule.
WCU Observatory
The Department of Geology and Astronomy maintains an astronomical observatory on the roof of the Schmucker Science Center. The main instrument is an 1 1.5 inch reflecting tele- scope that can be used in either the Newtonian or Cassagrain format. The auxiliary telescopes include a pair of four-inch refractors, one used to project solar images in white light and the other equipped with a hydrogen alpha solar fil- ter. A five-inch Schmidt camera also can be mounted on the telescope assembly. The telescope system can be used for basic observing, astrophotography, pho- tometry, and spectroscopy. The observa- tory is equipped with a graphics comput- er system and a video camera for picture capturing capabilities. The observatory is used as an astronomical laboratory for astronomy courses and as a research area for independent study for junior- or senior-level research projects. The observatory is open one night a week for all members of the college community for general viewing. Contact the department secretary at 610-436- 2727 for day and times, as they change from semester to semester.
WCU Planetarium
The Department of Geology and Astronomy operates the University Planetarium which houses a Spitz A-5 planetarium projector. The planetarium is used for astronomy class lectures and labs as well as for school and public pro- grams. Approximately 70 schools and
other groups attend the free programs each year, and annual attendance approaches 5,000. The planetarium dome is 10 meters in diameter, and the projec- tor was rebuilt and upgraded by Spitz Space Systems in 1993. Persons interest- ed in arranging group visits should con- tact the Department of Geology and Astronomy at 610-436-2727 for details.
Darlington Herbarium
The Darlington Herbarium, housed in Schmucker Science Center, is one of the most highly regarded historical collec- tions of dried plant specimens in the East. Among the 20,000 specimens are plants collected by such famous explor- ers and botanists as Captain John Fremont. Thomas Nuttall, Sir William Hooker, C.S. Rafinesque, and George Englemann. More than 200 collectors from America's formative years of 1820 to 1850 are represented. The herbarium was the work of Dr. William Darlington (1782-1863), a member of the West Chester Cabinet of Science. Dr. Darlington was eminent in West Chester as a physician, educator, banker, busi- nessman, historian, and botanist. His plants, however, were his first love. A state park has been established in north- ern California to preserve a rare species of insectivorous plant named in his honor — Darlingtonia.
Robert B. Gordon Natural Area for Environmental Studies
The University has conserved 100 acres of natural woodland and field and stream-side habitat located on South Campus and uses it for several kinds of outdoor studies in the natural sciences. Dedicated in 1973, the area was named for Robert B. Gordon, faculty member and chairperson of the University's Department of Science from 1938 to 1963.
Francis Harvey Green Library
The Francis Harvey Green Library pro- vides an excellent environment for study and research. It is furnished with a vari- ety of seating areas including individual study carrels, faculty and graduate lounges, group studies, seminar rooms, and general reading areas. The library has an increasingly important role in both teaching and research with its growing collection of more than one- half million volumes and subscriptions to 2,928 journals. Augmenting this general collection with more than 350,000 titles is the micromedia collection, including
Campus and Facilities
books, periodicals, newspapers, and doc- toral dissertations along with the facili- ties to read this material. The total resources of more than 870,000 volumes compare favorably with other major pub- lic and private research libraries in West Chester's geographic area.
Additional noteworthy collections can be found in the library complex. An exten- sive holding of courses of study and text- books, and a variety of audiovisual mate- rials and equipment are held in the instructional materials center. Also avail- able are separate collections for chil- dren's literature, government documents, and maps. The library is a selective depository for government publications.
The Special Collections Room holds the Chester County Collection of scientific and historical books; the Normal Collection, publications by West Chester University faculty and alumni; the Ehinger Collection (historical books on physical education); the Biographies of the Signers of the Declaration of Independence by John Sanderson; and the Shakespeare Folios. The Philips Collection of Autographed books is housed in a specially designed room in the Philips Memorial Building.
West Chester students may take advan- tage of the library's many services, such as reference, computerized on-line litera- ture searching, CD ROM databases, interlibrary loan, and photoduplication. The library's integrated automated sys-
tem provides students and faculty access to the library's holdings via computer terminals. The on-line catalog may be searched at terminals located throughout the library and at remote terminals else- where on and off campus. To add to the cultural enrichment of the college com- munity, the library schedules informative displays and art exhibits throughout the year.
Music Library
The Music Library is part of the University library. Located in Swope Hall, it houses an extensive collection of music, one of the largest of its kind in the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Its rapidly growing holdings include more than 30,000 scores (historical editions, collected works, opera, keyboard, and vocal and instrumental music) and more than 25,(X)0 recordings (classical, folk, nonwestern, and popular). Listening facilities for 40 persons are available within the library.
Art Collections
The University's permanent art collec- tion is made up primarily of gifts from interested art patrons, senior class pur- chases, and gifts from alumni. The Student Services Inc. (SSI) permanent art collection is on display in buildings throughout the campus. The SSI collec- tion consists of a number of important works, such as the watercolor, Andress Place, by Andrew Wyeth.
Historical Properties
Among a number of historical properties that came to the University through the Chester County Cabinet of Natural Sciences, a scientific society of the early 19th century, are the Anthony Wayne Letters, which include letters to Wayne from George Washington, Benedict Arnold, and others. The University also owns a grandfather's clock that belonged to Benjamin Franklin and Anthony Wayne's telescope, both of which came from the Chester County Cabinet. The Chester County Cabinet and the West Chester Academy merged to form the nucleus of the present University.
Speech and Hearing Clinic
The Speech and Hearing Clinic is located at 201 Carter Drive (across Matlack Street from the Bull Center parking lot). The clinic is operated by the Department of Communicative Disorders as a teaching and training facility for its undergraduate and graduate students. The clinic provides diagnostic and therapeutic services for persons with speech, language, and hear- ing problems. These services are provided free of charge to West Chester University students, faculty, and staff, and to students enrolled at Cheyney University. A fee is charged to others who wish to use the ser- vices of the clinic.
University Policy for Storm Closings
When storm conditions affect the operation of the University, announcements are made over local radio and TV stations via a system of code numbers keyed to affected schools. Prefixes indicate whether the school will be closed or open later than usual. West Chester's numbers and applicable prefixes are: 853 — University number; this number with no prefix indicates classes will be cancelled for the day. 2853 — Evening classes will be cancelled.
On Tuesday or Thursday, either a two-hour delay or class cancellation will be called. Two-hour delays on these days will mean that 8 a.m. classes are cancelled, and the class normally starting at 9:30 a.m. will start at 10 a.m. and continue to 1 1 a.m.
On Monday, Wednesday, or Friday, a one-hour delay means that the 8 a.m. class is cancelled. A two-hour delay means that both the 8 a.m. and 9 a.m. classes are can- celled.
Admission to West Chester University
West Chester University evaluates its applicants on the basis of scholarship, character, and potential for achievement in the programs to which they apply. The University operates on a modified rolling admissions policy, whereby applicants with the strongest academic credentials are given priority processing and notified as quickly as possible of their status. Other applicants are evaluated as their files become complete and may have final decisions deferred until later in the processing cycle, depending upon their individual academic profile. All deci- sions are communicated to applicants in writing. Qualified students of any age from all racial, religious, ethnic, and socio-economic backgrounds are wel- come at West Chester. Studies may be pursued on a full- or part-time basis.
General Requirements for Admission of Freshmen
1. Graduation, with satisfactory scholar- ship, from an approved secondary school or approval by the Credentials Evaluation Division of the Pennsylvania Department of Education.
2. Either a satisfactory score on the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT 1) of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) or satisfactory scores on the tests given in the American College Testing Program (ACT). Applicants who graduated from high school more than five years ago do not need to submit test scores.
How and When to Apply for Freshman Admission
For application materials please write or call the Office of Admissions, West Chester University, West Chester, PA 19383, 610-436-341 1 or e-mail ugad- miss@wcupa.edu.
Freshman applicants for the fall semester are urged to begin the application process early in their senior year of high school. Applicants for spring semester should complete an application by December 1. However, if enrollment lim- its are met before these dates, admissions will be closed.
Candidates will receive notification from the director of admissions as soon as possible after decisions are reached. Freshman applicants who are denied admission on the basis of academics will
not be permitted to enroll as a nondegree student at the University but will be encouraged to consider a junior or com- munity college as an alternative.
Policy on Early Admission
In exceptional circumstances, students with superior academic qualifications and unusually mature personal develop- ment are admitted as freshmen upon completing their junior year of secondary school. Students who, in the opinion of their guidance counselors, warrant con- sideration for early admission may obtain more information from the director of admissions. Early admission applications should be submitted in accordance with deadlines recommended for freshmen.
Arranging for Tests
Information about the SAT 1 and ACT may be obtained from high school guid- ance counselors. It is the student's respon- sibility to ensure that all required test scores are forwarded to the Office of Admissions.
Transfer Students
Individuals who have been enrolled in any postsecondary institution after gradu- ation from high school and/or have attended West Chester University on a nondegree basis must apply as transfer students. Applicants whose secondary school credentials would not warrant admissions consideration as freshmen must complete the equivalent of one full academic year prior to attempting a transfer. A minimum cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.00 is required for transfer consideration. However, the University's modified rolling admissions policy gives priority to applicants with the strongest academic credentials. In addition, some academic departments have established prerequisite course work and specific Grade Point Average requirements for admission. Specific information may be obtained from the Office of Admissions, Transfer applicants for the fall semester should begin the application process early in the preceding spring semester. Spring semester applications should be completed by December 1. If enrollment limits are met before these dates, admis- sions will be closed.
Application Procedures for Students Transferring from an Accredited Institution
1. File an application, available from the Office of Admissions.
2. See that the director of admissions receives:
a. An official transcript from all insti- tutions attended. If preliminary (incomplete) transcripts are submit- ted, the student must see that final transcripts are filed later.
b. Mid-term grades, if the student is currently enrolled elsewhere and is applying to West Chester for the following semester.
3. If a student has completed less than 30 semester hours of credit, he or she must supply SAT 1 or ACT scores and a high school transcript.
If a student is accepted, admission is contingent upon successful completion of current course work with at least a C average as documented by transcripts of all work attempted or completed. Transfer students should read "Mainte- nance of Academic Standards" in the "Academic Policies and Procedures" sec- tion of this catalog.
Transcripts will be evaluated in accor- dance with the policies of the department to which the student seeks admission. After the student has been admitted, he or she should work out an acceptable program of study in close consultation with an adviser in the major department. Transfer applicants who are denied admission on the basis of academics will not be permitted to enroll as a nondegree student without the approval of the Office of Admissions. Such approval may be rendered in the event of extenu- ating circumstances and only under cer- tain agreed-upon conditions in accor- dance with University policy.
University Policies for Students Transferring from a Nonaccredited Institution
Applicants from collegiate institutions (including community colleges and junior colleges) that are not accredited by one of the six regional associations in the United States will be considered for admission if the applicant's cumulative index is 2.00 (C) or better.
Admission to West Chester University
The evaluation of courses listed on tran- scripts from an institution not accredited by one of the six regional associations will be made by the student's major department in consultation with the fac- ulty dean and transfer credit analyst. All evaluations are subject to review by the provost and academic vice president.
International Students
Students from foreign countries may be considered for degree admission if, in addition to satisfying the general require- ments, they also demonstrate proficiency in English. Standardized test scores from one of the following must be submitted with the application: Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEfT.). Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT 1 ). or American College Test (ACT). Non-native English speakers are encouraged to submit the TOEFL; a minimum score of 550 is required.
International students are admitted for both the fall and spring semesters. Applications for the fall must be submit- ted to the Office of Admissions by May I, while applications for the spring semester should be submitted by August \. All students are required to submit an application fee. Accepted students must be able to verify their ability to fully meet all educational and living expenses before a U.S. Immigration Form (1-20) can be issued and admission to West Chester finalized. Because of the amount of time it takes for a student visa to be secured, international applicants are encouraged to complete the admissions process well in advance of the May 1 and August 1 deadlines.
Insurance Requirements for International Students
International students at West Chester University are required to carry adequate health and accident insurance. Insurance must be effective for all periods of time the student has been authorized to be in the United States by an immigration docu- ment issued by West Chester University.
Health and accident insurance policies must be purchased through a company that sells insurance in the United States. West Chester University has set minimum cov- erage standards which must be met by all insurance policies. Information about the minimum standards are available at the Center for International Programs Office, 610-436-3515.
To assure compliance with the insurance requirement, all international students must come to the Center for International Programs by September 1 5 of each acade- mic year. There students may obtain infor- mation as to the amount of insurance required and the means of obtaining cov- erage to meet the insurance requirement.
Physical Examination Requirements
Applicants are not asked to submit a report of medical history until they have been accepted for admission and have committed to enroll. The form for the necessary health examination, which will be mailed to students, must be completed by a physician and returned to the University Health Center prior to the start of classes.
Students with Disabilities
West Chester University will make every effort to assure students with disabilities access to all classes required for their program of study and will endeavor to remove all obstacles to a fulfilling, com- prehensive university experience.
Students should contact the Office of Services for Students with Disabilities in Room 105 Lawrence Center to arrange suitable accommodations. Additional information can be obtained by calling 610-436-3416.
Second Baccalaureate Degree
An individual may pursue a second bac- calaureate degree at West Chester University after earning the first baccalau- reate degree either at West Chester or another institution. Such an individual must apply for admission through the Office of Admissions as a transfer student.
Admission of College Graduates Seeking Certification
College graduates who wish to obtain teaching certification should consult with the Certification Office in the School of Education, 610-436-2426, or the Secon- dary Education Student Advisement Center, 610-436-3090.
Readmission of Former Students
Students who have withdrawn from, or who for other reasons have not matricu- lated at. West Chester for two or more consecutive semesters are classified as "inactive" and must request an applica- tion for readmission from the Office of Admissions. After an absence of only
one semester, students wishing to return should contact the Office of the Registrar and their department advisers. Those who have attended any institutions of higher learning since leaving West Chester must request those institutions to forward transcripts of their records to the Office of Admissions, West Chester University, West Chester, PA 19383.
Readmitted students who have a disabili- ty that they previously did not disclose but wish to do so should contact the Office of Services for Students with Disabilities (OSSD) at 610-436-3217. These students will be informed of the appropriate documentation to submit as well as the assistance and support ser- vices available to them. Students who believe that their disability had an effect on their previous course work at the University and wish to have this fact considered should include that informa- tion in their personal statement. They also may wish to seek the support of the OSSD in the readmission process.
Readmitted students are bound by the requirements in the major, minor, and cognate areas at the time of readmission, except where permission is granted by the respective department.
Students intending to enroll in student teaching in the first semester of readmis- sion must file an application for student teaching with the individual departments at least four months before their expect- ed readmission. See also "Student Teaching" in the section entitled "Academic Affairs."
All readmission applications, including all supporting documents, should be filed by August 1 for the fall semester and December 1 for the spring semester.
Office of Admissions Staff
Marsha Haug — Director of Admissions
Eileen Merlin — Associate Director
Kalhy Hein — Associate Director
Joseph Bradley — Assistant Director/ Coordinator of Transfer Admission
Julani Thomas Ghana — Assistant Director
Linda Hoffman Delack — Assistant Director
Edwin Wright — Assistant Director
Joseph McGeever — Admissions/ Financial Aid Counselor
Fees and Expenses
Special Note: The fees listed below reflect charges at press time. For up-to- date information on fees at any given time, contact the Office of the Bursar, 610-436-2552.
Fees and expenses are subject to change without notice. Fees shown here are in effect for the academic year 1997-98, unless otherwise noted.
TXiition Rates
The following tuition rates are those in effect for 1996-97 and are subject to change for 1997-98. Unless otherwise specified, fees may be paid by Visa, MasterCard, American Express, check, or money order made payable to West Chester University. The canceled check, money order record, or charge card billing serves as a receipt.
Undergraduate Tuition for Legal Residents of Pennsylvania
Full-time students (between 12-18 credits) $1,684.00 per semester Part-time students (1 1 credits or less), or per credit for each credit over 18
$140.00 per credit See the Office of the Registrar for resi- dency requirements.
Undergraduate Tuition for Out-of-State Students
Full-time students (between 12-18 credits)
$4,283.00 per semester Part-time students (11 credits or less), or per credit for each credit over 1 8
$357.00 per credit
General Fee
The general fee of $347 per full-time stu- dent (12 credits or more) or $30 per credit hour for the part-time student ( 1 1 credits or less) is a mandatory charge which covers the use of the following services:
• Sykes Student Union Fee ($42) Previously called the community center fee, this charge is for the operation and use of Sykes Student Union.
• Health Center Fee ($45) This charge is for the use of the University Health Center.
• Student Services, Inc. (SSI) Fee ($65)
The SSI fee funds student activi- ties, services, clubs, and sports.
• Sykes Student Union Expansion
Fee ($55)
This fee supports the recent reno- vation of Sykes Student Union, which features new and improved student services.
• Educational Services Fee ($140) Students pay this fee in lieu of spe- cific department charges.
Housing Fee
North Campus Residence Halls - This fee entitles the student to occupancy of a standard double room in any North Campus residence hall with one room- mate.
Per student $1,388.00 per semester
South Campus Apartment Complex - This fee entitles the student to occupancy of a four- or five-person apartment with the following bedroom occupancy: Single occupancy bedroom (per student) $ 1 ,786.00 per semester
Double occupancy bedroom (per student) $ 1 ,6 1 1 .00 per semester
Students in the North Campus residence halls losing their roommates who do not have another roommate assigned to them will be assigned a roommate, relocated, or charged a private room fee of $28.90 per week for every week that they occu- py the room alone. These options are available on a limited basis; however, available spaces will be used if demand requires.
Meal Fee
Students in the North Campus residence halls must choose among Plans 1, 3, and 5. Plan 1 : 14-Variable Program
$800.00 per semester This convenient program entitles resi- dent, off-campus, and commuter students to any 14 out of the 19 meals served Monday through Sunday and includes a flexible fund of $100. The flexible fund aspect of the 14-variable board plan gives students the flexibility of making up to $100 in purchases at any dining service location. Students may add to their flexible fund account at any time in $25 increments. With flexible funds students can:
• Supplement meal entitlements
• Treat friends or family members to meals
• For a late night snack, have a freshly made ITZA PIZZA delivered to the residence hall
• Purchase items from the Convenience Stores
Plan 2: Flexible Fund Program This program is designed for South Campus apartment complex, off-campus and commuter students, faculty, and staff. A minimum of $100 can be placed in a flexible fund account that can be accessed by an ID card. The program can be used in the Lawrence Food Court. Campus Corner, Convenience Stores, or in the Sykes Ram's Head Food Court. Faculty and staff may use their flex dol- lars in the University Club as well. With this program, there is no need to carry cash for meals. The flexible fund may be increased by $25 increments at any time during the semester. Plan 3: W-Variable Program
$734.00 per semester This plan allows resident, off-campus, and commuter students more flexibility in scheduling their meals throughout the week. This plan entitles participants to 10 out of the 19 meals served Monday through Sunday and includes a flexible fund of $100 that can be used as described in Plan 1. Plan 4: 5-Variable Program
$495.00 per semester This plan is designed for South Campus apartment complex, off-campus, and com- muter students who wish to have the con- venience of meals on campus. This plan entitles participants to five out of the 19 meals served Monday through Sunday and includes a flexible fund of $50 that can be used as described in Plan 1 . Plan 5: 19 All-inclusive Program
$809.00 per semester This plan entitles resident, off-campus, and commuter students to all of the meals served during the week and includes a flexible fund of $50 that can be used as described in Plan 1. For those students in residence halls, the meal plan cost has already been included in the University billing. South Campus apartment complex, off-campus, and commuter students can sign up for one of these meal plans by applying at the Office of the Bursar in the E.O. Bull Center.
Fees and Expenses
Any flexible funds left at the end of the
first semester will transfer to the second
semester. Any flexible funds remaining
at the end of the second semester will be
forfeited.
How the Meal Plan Works
A West Chester University identification
card will be encoded to access a student's
dining service account.
A meal or flexible funds will be deduct- ed from the balance automatically when the card is presented to the cashier.
This identification card will serve as a ticket to the offerings at Lawrence Food Court, Campus Corner, Convenience Stores, and Sykes Ram's Head Food Court.
Lost or Stolen ID Cards
Lost or stolen cards should be reported immediately in person to the Information Systems Office in order to prevent some- one from misusing the lost ID. A tempo- rary ID can be purchased at this time for $5. (This fee is refunded if it is the first time the student is getting a temporary card and the temporary card is returned before its expiration date.) Office hours are Monday through Friday, 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. The Information Systems Office is located at Lawrence Center, 610-436-3129.
International Student Services Fee
International students are assessed a fee of $25 per semester to support the ser- vices provided to them by the Interna- tional Program Office.
Payment of Fees
Students who schedule in advance for a future semester will be mailed a semester bill. If semester bills are not received by the first week in August for the fall semes- ter or the first week in December for the spring semester, contact the Office of the Bursar at 610-436-2552. It is the responsi- bility of each student to pay/submit the semester bill by the due date. Nonreceipt of a semester bill does not relieve the student of the responsibility of paying/ submitting the bill by the due date. Address changes should be made through the Office of the Registrar to allow for suf- ficient time to reflect an accurate billing address.
Each semester, students have three opportunities to schedule for classes and pay their bills.
( 1 ) Students may schedule during the main scheduling period, which is held during the prior semester. A bill will be mailed to these students four to six
weeks before the semester begins. The bill must be paid in full by the due date. Students who are receiving approved financial aid awards that fully cover or exceed the amount of their bills do not have to pay, but they must submit to the Office of the Bursar the appropriate portion of their semester bill to complete registration. Failure to return the bill, even if no payment is due, may result in the cancellation of registration/schedule and the assessment of late penalties. Students who cannot pay their bills in full by the due date may apply for deferred payment (see "Deferred Payment Policy" below).
(2) Students who do not schedule prior to the mail payment deadlines may schedule and pay in person prior to the start of the semester. In this instance, payment must be made at the time of scheduling; no bill will be sent in the mail.
(3) Students who do not take advan- tage of either of these scheduling opportunities, or who fail to pay their bills as outlined above, must attend late registration. Students at late regis- tration will be expected to pay their bills at the time that they schedule.
Failure to meet the payment deadlines as set forth above could result in cancella- tion of the student's schedule. In order to have the schedule reinstated, the student would have to pay his or her bill in full as well as a S35 late registration fee.
Students who owe money to the University will have a hold placed on their accounts. If not satisfied, this hold will cancel registration/scheduling for future semesters, prevent the release of transcripts, and prohibit graduation clear- ance. The University also may, at its dis- cretion, invoke any other penalty appro- priate for a particular case in which money is owed to the University.
Deferred Payment Policy
The University extends deferred payment privileges to all students who are in good financial standing and have not defaulted on a previous payment plan. The fee charged for this service is $35 per semes- ter. For more informadon about the plan offered, contact the Office of the Bursar at 610-436-2552.
Uncollectible Check Policy
A fee of $25 is charged for any check returned to the University for insufficient funds, stopped payment, or closed
account. The University may, at its dis- cretion, charge this fee for any check returned to it for any other reason. The check will be returned to the student upon its replacement through cash, cashier's check, MasterCard, Visa, American Express, or money order. Students who have two or more checks returned against their accounts will no longer be able to make payment by per- sonal check; all future payments must be made by cash, certified check, MasterCard, Visa, American Express, or money order.
Refund Policy
All requests for refunds for dropped or canceled courses, or for withdrawals, must be made in writing or in person to the Office of the Registrar. Refunds are not automatic; it is the student's respon- sibility to initiate a refund request. Appeals concerning the refund policy for tuition and the general fee are made to the Office of the Registrar. Appeals con- cerning the Housing or Meal Fee are made to the Office of Residence Life. Further appeals, if necessary, may be made to the Appeals Committee. Students who are in their first term of enrollment at WCU and who have received federal financial aid will receive prorated refunds based on federally man- dated requirements. The refund policy does not affect the time-line for W, WP, and WF grades as described under "Withdrawing from a Course" (see page 37).
Individual fees will be refunded accord- ing to the policies described below. Tuition - in full prior to the first day of the semester or according to the follow- ing schedule once classes have begun. (This schedule assumes that the student account is paid in full and that the per- centages apply to the total tuition bill, not to a partial payment of tuition.) 1 St or 2nd week(s) of class 90% refund 3rd or 4th week of class 50% refund
5th through 8th week of class 25% refund After 8th week of class No refiind
No refund will be given if the student drops a course but retains full-time status, or if he/she owes the University money. General Fee - in full prior to the first day of the semester and prorated on a credit- hour basis for a change from full-time to part-time status. A change in the number of credit hours within the full-time status (12 credit hours or above) does not result in a refund of the General Fee; however, a
Financial Aid
change within the part-time status (below 12 credit hours) will result in a per-credit- hour adjustment according to the refund schedule used for tuition refunds. Housing Fee - in full prior to the first day of the semester; after the first day of the semester, prorated refunds are made on an individual basis through the Office of Residence Life.
Meal Fee - in full prior to the first day of the semester; after the first day of the semester, prorated refunds are made on an individual basis through the Office of Residence Life for resident students, and through the Office of the Bursar for com- muter students.
Other Fees
Application Fee. $25 is charged to all prospective students for the processing of their applicafions to the University. The fee is nonrefundable and is not credited to the student's account. Nondegree Student Application Fee. Nondegree students are charged a one- time $15 initial processing fee. Acceptance Fee. All newly accepted and readmitted students pay $100 as proof of intention to enroll at the University. It is credited against the student's tuition and is nonrefundable if the student decides not to attend.
Housing Deposit. All new and returning students who wish to live in the residence halls are charged $100. It is credited against the student's housing fee and is nonrefundable if the student decides not to live on campus.
Financial Aid
Late Registration Fee. All students who schedule and pay at late registration or who pay their bills after the deadline set for those bills are charged a $35 nonre- fundable late fee.
Credit by Examination Fee. A charge is made to all students who register for a Credit by Examination through the Office of the Registrar. Each examination sched- uled costs $25.
Portfolio Assessment Fee. Equal to 50 percent of the per credit hour rate, this fee is charged to have a faculty member assess a student's prior knowledge in a particular course.
Course Audit Fee. Students who audit courses pay the same fees as students tak- ing the courses for a letter grade. Damage Fee. Students are charged for damage or loss of University property. This fee varies, depending on the extent of the damage.
Identification Card Fees. The University charges a $2 fee to issue an identification card to each full- or part-time student. If this card is lost, stolen, or damaged, the student will be charged $5 for a replace- ment card. This fee is payable at the Student Services, Inc. Office. Parking Fees. The University charges a nonrefundable parking fee to students who are eligible to purchase a decal to use University parking lots. The current parking fee is $20 per year; however, the fee effective for fall 1997 has not yet been established.
Registration forms are available at the Department of Public Safety. A violation
of University parking regulations is charged $5 per issued ticket. Music Instrument Rental Fees. Each student renting a musical instrument for a semester is charged $20 per instrument. Every student using a pipe organ for prac- tice for one period each weekday is charged $36 per semester. Lost Key Replacement Students who lose the key to their residence hall room are charged a nonrefundable fee of $25 to replace the lock.
Transcript Fee. The fee for transcripts is $3 per copy. Transcript request forms are available in the Office of the Registrar. Immediate transcripts are $5 per request. Commencement Fee. The University charges $56 to all students enrolled in a degree program who will have fulfilled their degree requirements by the end of the semester. This fee is paid after the student completes a Graduation Application Form in the Office of the Registrar and is approved for graduation. Placement Credentials Fee. This $10 charge covers the cost of registration, development, and updating a student's cre- dentials file in the Career Development Center. The fee entitles the student to five mailings of credentials, as well as a person- al copy.
Fees for Health and Physical Education Majors. Students in the B.S. degree pro- grams in health and physical education must purchase uniforms at the University Bookstore. All students must be in proper uniform for activity classes.
The financial aid program at West Chester University provides financial assistance and counseling to students who can benefit from further education, but who cannot obtain it without such assistance. Financial aid consists of gift aid in the form of schol- arships or grants, and self-help aid in the form of employment or loans. The main responsibility for meeting educational expenses rests with students and their fami- lies. Financial aid is a supplement to family contribution and is to be used for educa- tional expenses.
Eligibility for financial aid, with the exception of some private scholarships and the Parent Loan Program, is based on
demonstrated financial need. Family income, assets, and family size influence a student's demonstrated financial need.
All documents, correspondence, and con- versations among the applicants, their fami- lies, and the Office of Financial Aid are confidential and entitled to the protection ordinarily arising from a counseling rela- tionship.
In order to receive financial aid, the stu- dent must:
1. Be accepted for admission as a degree student enrolling at West Chester University, or, in the case of a student already attending the University, be enrolled and making satisfactory aca-
demic progress as a degree student. See the Office of Financial Aid for a more detailed explanation of this requirement.
2. Submit a Free Application for Federal Student Aid before March I for priori- ty consideration. This application will be used to determine demonstrated financial need for the student. All stu- dents are encouraged to complete this application.
3. Apply for the state grant program in his or her state of legal residence.
4. Submit any other requested documen- tation concerning financial and family circumstances that may be requested
Financial Aid
by the Office of Financial Aid, or any agency that administers financial assis- tance programs. Financial aid appli- cants may be required to submit copies of their IRS forms, and/or their par- ents" forms, or various other income- related documents. Submission of the above does not automat- ically entitle a student to receive financial aid. The Office of Financial Aid follows the regulations established by the federal government in awarding aid. Aid applicants are ranked according to unmet need (based on budget, federal and state grants, and expected family contribution), and avail- able funds are offered to the neediest stu- dents first. Students must apply for finan- cial aid each academic year. Unless otherwise specified, requests for scholarships, grants, loans, and employment opportunities described in this catalog should be made to the Office of Financial Aid. Application forms for state and federal grants may be obtained from the Office of Financial Aid at West Chester University and from the offices of most high school guidance counselors. Questions concerning financial aid may be directed to the Office of Financial Aid, 138 Elsie O. Bull Center, West Chester University, West Chester, PA 19383, 610-436-2627. Office hours are from 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through Friday.
Withdrawal/Enrollment Change and Aid
Students who officially withdraw or change their enrollment status may be entitled to a refund of certain fees, according to West Chester University's policy. (See section entitled "Fees and Expenses.") If that stu- dent has been awarded financial aid for the semester in which the withdrawal or enroll- ment change occurs, a portion of the refund will be returned to financial aid program fiinds.
Financial aid refunds due to withdrawals or enrollment changes are processed in accordance with federal, state, and award- ing agency guidelines and regulations. A student considering withdrawal or an enrollment status change should consult with the Office of Financial Aid to deter- mine the impact of that action on current and future financial aid.
Student Consumer Rights and Responsibilities
You have the right to ask a school: 1 . The names of its accrediting organi- zations.
2. About its programs; its instructional, laboratory, and other physical facili- ties; and its faculty.
3. What the cost of attending is and what its policies are on refunds to students who drop out.
4. What financial assistance is avail- able, including information on all federal, state, local, private, and insti- tutional financial aid programs.
5. What the procedures and deadlines are for submitting applications for each available financial aid program.
6. What criteria it uses to select finan- cial aid recipients.
7. How it determines your financial need. This process includes how costs for tuition and fees, room and board, travel, books and supplies, personal and miscellaneous expenses, etc. are considered in your budget. It also includes what resources (such as parental contribution, other financial aid, your assets, etc.) are considered in the calculation of your need.
8. If you have a loan, what the interest rate is, the total amount that must be repaid, the length of time you have to repay the loan, when payments are to begin, and any cancellation and deferment provisions that apply.
9. If you are offered a work study job, what kind of job it is, what hours you must work, what your duties will be, what the rate of pay will be, and how and when you will be paid.
10. To reconsider your aid package, if you believe a mistake has been made.
1 1. How the school determines whether you are making satisfactory academic progress, and what happens if you are not.
12. What special facilities and services are available to the disabled.
You have the responsibility to:
1. Review and consider all information about a school's program before you enroll.
2. Pay special attention to your applica- tion for student financial aid, com- plete it accurately, and submit it on time to the right place. Errors can delay your receipt of financial aid.
3. Provide all additional documentation, verification, corrections, and/or new information requested by either the Office of Financial Aid or the agency to which you submitted your applica- tion.
4. Read and understand all forms that you are asked to sign and keep copies of them.
5. Accept responsibility for the promis- sory note and all other agreements that you sign.
6. If you have a loan, notify the lender of changes in your name, address, or enrollment status.
7. Perform in a satisfactory manner the work that is agreed upon in accepting a college work study job.
8. Know and comply with the deadlines for application for aid.
9. Know and comply with your school's refund procedures.
THE FOLLOWING IS A BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FINANCIAL AID PROGRAMS AVAILABLE AT WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY.
Federal Work Study Program
Federal work study is an employment program that allows students to work part time on campus. Application is made through the Free Application for Federal Student Aid. The priority deadline is March 1.
Federal Perkins Loan Program
The Federal Perkins Loan Program is administered by the Office of Financial Aid for students who demonstrate finan- cial need. The cumulative limit for bor- rowing as an undergraduate student is $15,000 ($3,000 per year). The cumula- tive limit for borrowing as a graduate stu- dent and undergraduate student is $30,000. The interest rate is 5 percent and begins to accrue when repayment com- mences— nine months after the student terminates his or her education. There are deferment privileges for students who enter the armed services. Peace Corps, or VISTA after graduation. There are can- cellation privileges for special education teachers and teachers in certain school districts. Application is made through the Free Application for Federal Student Aid. Priority deadline is March 1 .
Federal Stafford Loan Program
This loan program, formerly the Guaranteed Student Loan Program, oper- ates with the cooperation of private lenders (banks, credit unions, etc.). Loans for students who demonstrate need are subsidized (no in-school interest pay- ments); loans for students who do not demonstrate need are unsubsidized (in- school quarterly interest payments required). Annual loan limits are $2,625
Financial Aid
for first-year students, $3,500 for second- year students, and $5,500 for undergradu- ate students who have completed two years. Independent students may borrow additional unsubsidized funds: up to $4,000 per year for their first two years, and up to $5,000 per year after they have completed two years. The academic level maximum amounts are not guaranteed. The loan amount is influenced by the receipt of other aid' The interest rate for first-time borrow- ers is variable, not to exceed 8.25 percent. It begins to accrue when repayment com- mences— six months after the student ter- minates his or her education or drops below half-time status. There are deferment privileges for students who enter the Peace Corps, ACTION programs, or the Commissioned Corps of the Public Health Service. Applications are secured at the lending institution. Students should allow 10 weeks for processing and apply by May 31. Funds for first-year students may not be disbursed until 30 days after the start of the semester. The Federal Stafford Loan application and the Free Application for Federal Student Aid must be filed.
Federal Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS)
The Federal PLUS program operates through private lenders. Parents may bor- row up to the cost of education minus other aid for each dependent student attending a postsecondary educational institution for each academic level. The interest rate is variable, not to exceed nine percent, and repayment commences 60 days after disbursement of the loan funds. Applications are secured at lending institu- tions.
Short-Term Emergency Loan
Students in need of funds to cover unusual or emergency education expenses may contact the Office of the Bursar concern- ing the Short-Term Emergency Loan Program. The maximum loan is $200.
Federal Pell Grant
This is the federal grant program. All students are encouraged to apply for a Federal Pell Grant. Students receive noti- fication of eligibility in the form of a Student Aid Report. Interested students must file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid. Deadline is May 1 of the current academic year.
Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)
The FSEOG program is federally funded and administered by the Office of
Financial Aid. A student must demon- strate financial need and be an under- graduate. Students must file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid. Deadline is March 1.
State Grants
PENNSYLVANIA HIGHER EDUCA- TION ASSISTANCE AGENCY (PHEAA) GRANT. The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, through PHEAA, makes state grants available to students who demonstrate financial need and are Pennsylvania residents. PHEAA requires that students successfully complete at least 24 credits for each full-year grant awarded. Students must file the Free Application for Federal Student Aid. Deadline is May 1.
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania has entered into reciprocal agreements with the following adjacent states: Delaware, West Virginia, Ohio, and Maryland. Residents of these states who wish to attend West Chester University are per- mitted to use state grants from their home states for educational expenses at West Chester. Some other states not adjacent to Pennsylvania may permit their residents to use state grants for attendance at West Chester University. Students should contact the agency for higher education in their states for more information.
Scholarships and Awards
♦ACADEMIC ACHIEVEMENT AWARDS. Awards of $1,000 each (nonre- newable) are given to first-year students.
ACME MARKETS, INC. SCHOLAR- SHIPS. Acme Markets, Inc. sponsors four-year scholarships for three entering freshmen. Students are to be enrolled in a degree program in business, manage- ment, or marketing and have a career interest in retail management or related area. Recipients will also participate in an Acme internship or co-op program. The scholarships are renewable provided all scholarship requirements are main- tained. Applications will only be accept- ed every four years beginning with the 1996-97 academic year.
THE J.PETER ADLER PRIZE FOR EXCELLENCE IN THEATRE. The J.Peter Adler Prize for Excellence in Theatre has been funded through individ- ual, family, and group gifts to honor the memory of J.Peter Adler, son of WCU President Madeleine Wing Adler. The prize is awarded annually to West Chester University seniors who have exhibited strong talent in theatre, and
who will be contmuing their education in a graduate degree program.
WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY ALUMNI ASSOCIATION SCHOLAR- SHIP FUND. A scholarship fund was established by the Alumni Association of West Chester University in 1974 to bene- fit the students of West Chester University. The criteria for selection are scholarship, leadership, character, and need. Scholarships may be awarded to sophomores, juniors, and seniors. Applications are available from the Office of Financial Aid or the Office of Alumni Relations. The awards are gener- ally made on Alumni Day each year and are applied to the students' course fees for the next academic year. Scholarship amounts vary.
GERALDINE RUTH DALEY ANDER- SON SCHOLARSHIP. This fund was established to honor Mrs. Geraldine Daley Anderson '34 by a gift from her husband, Robert S. Anderson, M.D. The awards from the fund are restricted to physical education majors who are grad- uates of high schools in Lackawanna, Luzerne, and Wyoming counties in Pennsylvania. Students also must have financial need and demonstrate academic achievement. Preference will be given to women students. The value of the award varies but will be no less than $300. Applications may be obtained from the Office of Financial Aid.
SANDRA ALESIA ATKINS MEMORI- AL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded annually as a memorial to Sandra Alesia Atkins, a member of the class of 1981, to an outstanding music student from Overbrook High School in Philadelphia who enrolls at West Chester University as a candidate for the B.S. degree in music education. The recipient will be selected by the School of Music upon recommendation of the Overbrook High School Music Department.
JUSTO B. BRAVO SCHOLARSHIP IN CHEMISTRY. This award is available to a full-time student majoring in chemistry. Applications are made to the Department of Chemistry.
LAURY SAMUEL BROKENSHIRE SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is pre- sented annually as a memorial to Laury Brokenshire '59 by his parents, Mr. and Mrs. James R. Brokenshire of Reading. It is awarded to an outstanding junior class music student selected by the School of Music faculty.
Financial Aid
ROBERT M. BROWN ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP FOR PHYSICS. This scholarship was established by alumnus Robert M. Brown '38 for a worthy full- time sophomore, junior, or senior under- graduate physics major. The scholarship is renewable if the recipient maintains the required 3.0 GPA. CAVALCADE OF BANDS SCHOLAR- SHIP. This award is sponsored jointly by the Cavalcade of Bands Association and the School of Music. The recipient(s) must be admitted in good standing to the music program at West Chester Univer- sity and selected by the director of the winnmg band(s) in each category of the American and Yankee Conferences. The awards are determmed annually. Normal- ly, one student from each of the four winning bands will be selected to receive a $1,000 tuitional scholarship. ROBERT L. CARL MEMORIAL KEY- BOARD SCHOLARSHIP. Two scholar- ships are awarded to freshman keyboard majors, in honor of the late Robert L. Carl, former chairperson of the Depart- ment of Keyboard Music, who taught piano at the University from 1946 until 1971. Applications are made to the dean of the School of Music. PAUL E. CARSON BAND SCHOLAR- SHIP. This award has been made possible by the generosity of Paul E. Carson, for- mer chair of the Instrumental Department and a member of the University faculty for 28 years. Scholarships are awarded to incoming freshmen majoring in band instruments.
VINCENT D. CELENTANO MEMORI- AL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded as a memorial to Dr. Vincent D. Celentano, musician, scientist, and Explorer Committee member. Eligible freshmen in the School of Music must be affiliated with Exploring or the Senior Branch of Scouting.
ELVA L. BOYER CHAMBERLIN '31 SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded to an academically qualified student who demonstrates financial need, with preference given to a student study- ing in the field of education. Awards are made by the University Scholarship Committee based on recommendations from the director of financial aid. CHESTER COUNTY ALUMNI CHAP- TER SCHOLARSHIP. The West Chester University Chester County Alumni Chapter sponsors a scholarship for a Chester County high school graduate and entering freshman. The $500 award is
funded through contributions from chap- ter members. Applications may be obtained through the Office of Financial Aid and the Office of Alumni Relations. CLASS OF 1920 SCHOLARSHIP. This fund was established by the Class of 1920 through a gift on the occasion of the class's 65th reunion. The award is made to a student who has completed one year of study at the University or to an outstand- ing freshman. Documented financial need and demonstrated leadership qualities are essential. The amount will be no less than $500. Application forms are available through the Office of Financial Aid. CLASS OF 1937 SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship fund was established by the Class of 1937 as a golden anniversary gift to West Chester University on the 50th reunion of the class. The scholar- ships are awarded to entering freshmen based on scholarship, leadership, charac- ter, and financial need. The awards are generally made on Alumni Day each year and are applied to tuition fees for the academic year. Applications are available from the Office of Development and Alumni Relations or the Office of Financial Aid. Selection of recipients will be made by the Scholarship Committee of the Alumni Board of Directors. CLASS OF 1938 SCHOLARSHIP. This fund was established by the Class of 1938 as a Golden Anniversary Gift to the University at the 50th reunion of the class. The award is to be made to a student who has successfully completed one academic year at West Chester and is based on lead- ership, scholarship, character, and financial need. Application forms are available through the Office of Financial Aid. CLASS OF 1943 ENDOWED MATH- SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was initiated by two Class of 1943 members to improve the teaching of math on the middle school and secondary levels. It is awarded annually to an undergraduate who intends to teach mathematics, exhibits excellence in that discipline, and will help foster the job of problem solv- ing in others. Applications are made through the Department of Mathematics. CLASS OF 1957 SCHOLARSHIP. This fund was established by the Class of 1957 to assist entering freshmen with demonstrated exemplary achievement in mathematics or science and English. Application forms are available through the Office of Financial Aid.
CLASS OF 1970 SCHOLARSHIP. This fund was made available through the Class of 1970 on the occasion of the 15th reunion of the class in 1985. The award is to be made to a student who has demonstrated academic achievement and good University citizenship. The amount is no less than $100. Application forms are available through the Office of Financial Aid.
JOHN T. COATES HORN SCHOLAR- SHIP. This scholarship was established in 1987 as a memorial to John T. Coates by his wife and daughters. It is awarded to a talented incoming freshman whose major performing area is the French horn. GRACE COCHRAN RESEARCH ON WOMEN AWARD. An annual $100 award in each division, graduate and undergraduate, for the best research on women. The award, sponsored by the Institute for Women, is given on Research on Women Day held in April of each year. Dr. Cochran, an eminent teacher and scholar, graduated from the West Chester Normal School in 1906. CONNELLY FOUNDATION SCHOL- ARSHIP. The Connelly Foundation, established in 1955 by Mr. and Mrs. John F. Connelly (deceased), provided the funds for this endowed scholarship. Awards will be made to deserving gradu- ates of Catholic high schools in the five- county Philadelphia area including Chester, Delaware, Montgomery. Bucks, and Philadelphia counties. Recipients will be selected by the staff of the Office of Admissions.
PAT CROCE SPORTS MEDICINE ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. The scholarship was established through a personal gift from Pat Croce to recognize and reward outstanding students in the sports medicine program. TIMOTHY DAVIDSON '32 SCHOL- ARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded to a first-year student based on the recom- mendation of the Office of Admissions. PHILLIP B. DONLEY AWARD. This scholarship was established by the athlet- ic training alumni and is awarded to a junior majoring in athletic training. The recipient will be chosen based on GPA, clinical evaluations, and service (profes- sional. University, and community). *RALPH H. DeRUBBO ENDO'WED SCHOLARSHIP FUND. This scholar- ship was created by Ralph H. DeRubbo '47 to assist a student in financial need. PAUL DOUGLAS TEACHER SCHOL- ARSHIP PROGRAM. This program
Financial Aid
offers awards of up to $5,000 per year to students who are pursuing a course of study leading to certification as a teacher at the elementary or secondary level and who are willing to enter into a signed agreement with PHEAA that obligates them to teach two years of elementary or secondary school for each year they receive a scholarship. To be eligible, stu- dents must be or have been in the top 10 percent of their high school graduating class. Applications are available at high school guidance offices or the Office of Financial Aid.
FREDERICK DOUGLASS SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP. Scholarships are avail- able to minority students who are enrolled full time. Applicants must demonstrate their ability to make a posi- tive contribution to the University and/or community through active involvement. Applications and guidelines are available during the spring semester in the Office of Financial Aid.
DR. ROBERT E. DRAYER MEMORIAL AWARD. An annual award for the senior who graduates with the most distinguished record in history, in memory of Dr. Robert E. Drayer, assistant professor of history, who died in 1968. The Department of History selects the recipient. *ROBERT EDWARD DRAYER SCHOL- ARSHIP. Given to a first-year student with strong academic achievement who is majoring in history. The $6,000 annual scholarship also is renewable. FACULTY AWARD. A certificate pre- sented annually to a graduating senior in the Department of Nursing who, in the opinion of the department faculty, demon- strates "outstanding ability and exceptional commitment to professional nursing."
FACULTY SCHOLARSHIP FUND. Annual awards of $200 each are made in May to undergraduate students on the basis of academic ability and financial need. Applications are made to the Faculty Scholarship Fund. ♦BONNIE EVANS FEINBERG SCHOL- ARSHIP. This scholarship was estab- lished by Bonnie Evans Feinberg, a mem- ber of the class of 1963, and is awarded by the University Scholarship Committee to an incoming, first-year student from a middle-class, mulUple-sibling family who is a solid "B" or better student. The scholarship is renewable as long as the student maintains a 3.0 GPA. WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY FOUNDATION GRANT. The West Chester University Foundation has mod-
est funds available for grants to needy students. Any student who is about to complete, or has completed, his/her fresh- man year may apply. In evaluating appli- cations, the foundation will give special attention to those who are active in all facets of University life. Each year, appli- cations for the fall semester should be submitted by May 1 , and for the spring semester by December 1 . *MELVIN L. FREE SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established by Melvin L. Free, a member of the class of 1932. Recipients are selected by the Office of Admissions. H. RAYMOND SR. AND MAY GRAYSON FRIDAY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established by Dr. Raymond Friday, pro- fessor of vocal and choral music, in memo- ry of his parents. It is aweirded annually to a freshman voice major who is selected in the spring semester on the basis of scholar- ship and vocal achievement. JOHN J. FURLOW '55 SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established in 1990 by friends and colleagues of John Furlow to provide financial assistance to a junior or senior health and physical education major. The recipient must have demon- strated personal growth and commitment to his/her career and demonstrated service or care to others in this or a related field. Application procedures are available through the Department of Health and Physical Education Scholarship Committee.
MIRLAJVI GOTTLIEB PL\NO SCHOL- ARSHIP. This award has been made possi- ble through the generosity of Mrs. Miriam Gottlieb, who was a member of the University's Department of Keyboard Music faculty from 1946 until her retire- ment in 1975.
MICHAEL C. GREY AWARD. This award was established in memory of Michael C. Grey '89 by Barbara J. Brown, an alumnus and former faculty/staff member. THE JOHN GUTSCHER MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP IN MUSIC EDUCA- TION. This award, presented for the first time in 1988, is based on music student teaching excellence, academic excellence, and financial need. The award was estab- lished by the family of John Gutscher, a former School of Music faculty member. The student or students are selected by the music student teaching supervisors with the approval of the Department of Music Education.
*EVELYN H. HALDEMAN SCHOL- ARSHIP. This scholarship was estab- lished by Evelyn H. Haldeman, a member of the class of 1944. Awards are made by the University Scholarship Committee to students based on need, above-average scholarship, and citizenship. MAZIE B. HALL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established in honor of Mazie B. Hall '24 who worked all of her adult life to establish better relations among individuals.
*DR. CLIFFORD H. HARDING ARTS AND SCIENCES SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established by a bequest from Dr. Clifford H. Harding, former professor of history and chair of the Political Science Department. Awards of $1,500 each will be made to qualified entering freshmen. Applicants to majors in the College of Arts and Sciences will be invited to apply based on a review of their high school rank, high school GPA, and total SAT scores. Selection will be made by a faculty committee from the College of Arts and Sciences. *DR. CLIFFORD H. HARDING BUSI- NESS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS SCHOL- ARSHIP. This scholarship was estab- lished by a bequest from Dr. Clifford H. Harding, former professor of history and chair of the Political Science Department. Awards of $1,000 each will be made to qualified entering freshmen. Applicants to majors in the School of Business and Public Affairs will be invited to apply based on a review of their high school rank, high school GPA, and total SAT scores. Selection will be made by a facul- ty committee from the School of Business and Public Affairs.
HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCA- TION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded to health and physical educa- tion majors who have completed at least one full year of course work at the University. All applicants must have a GPA of 3.0 or higher. Final selection will be based on scholarship, need, campus contribution, citizenship, character, and ability in specific areas of the major field. Applications are available through the Department of Health and Physical Education Scholarship Committee. HELEN TAPPER IVINS "35 EN- DOWED SCHOLARSHIP. The Helen Tapper Ivins '35 Endowed Scholarship was established by Mrs. Ivins' sister, Marie Tapper Lewis '32, and her son, C. Stephen Lewis, in memory of Helen Tapper Ivins, a member of the West
Financial Aid
Chester University History/Social Studies Department who also served on one of the school's first scholarship committees. The Ivins Scholarship is awarded to an undergraduate student with a mmimum grade point average of 3.0 who is study- ing to become a history/social studies teacher. Applications can be made through the Department of History. MARION PETERS IRVIN ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established by family members to assist an upperclass education major, committed to teaching, who has financial need. ANN JOHNS SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded by the Faculty Dames of West Chester University to undergraduate women who are at least 25 years old and enrolled in degree programs. Contact the Office of Financial Aid for additional information and application forms.
SAUL JACOBS SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established by Mrs. Lillian Jacobs and Mr. Albert Jacobs in memory of Saul Jacobs, a member of the class of 1933. The award is given to a student with talent in both creative writ- ing and tennis. The award is made by the University Scholarship Committee based on recommendations from the director of athletics and the director of the Creative Writing Program.
ARTHUR E. JONES MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Talent in the choral conducting area is the consideration for this annual award to a music student in remembrance of Dr. Arthur E. Jones, for- mer chair of choral music. To be eligible, a student must be a junior who has com- pleted a course in choral conducting. A 2.0 overall GPA and a 2.5 music GPA are required. The Department of Vocal and Choral Music selects the recipient. WALKER HAMILTON, JR. MEMORI- AL AWARD. As a memorial to Walker Hamilton, Jr., an associate professor of English who died in 1968, the Depart- ment of English annually makes an award to an academically superior English major. The recipient must have complet- ed three years at West Chester. CHARLOTTE E. KING SCHOLAR- SHIP. This endowed scholarship was established by N. Ruth Reed in memory of Dr. Charlotte E. King, former Univer- sity professor and first chair of the Elementary Education Department. The committee in Early Childhood Studies and Reading will select the recipient.
DAVID S. KONITZER ENDOWED MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship honors the memory of David S. Konitzer, a West Chester University senior who was tragically killed in an automobile accident. The scholarship is awarded to a sophomore, junior, or senior Chester County resident who plans to teach physical education and who meets other scholarship requirements. FRITZ K. KRUEGER MEMORIAL VOICE SCHOLARSHIP. Two scholar- ships for freshman students who are vocalists are awarded in honor of the late Fritz K. Krueger, who taught in the Department of Vocal and Choral Music from 1961 until 1971. Applications are made to the dean of the School of Music. STANLEY H. AND FLEURETTE LANG/NORTHEAST HIGH SCHOOL SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established by the Northeast High School Alumni Association and is awarded to a Northeast High School graduate based on high scholastic standing, class rank, SAT scores, service to Northeast High School, good character, school and community citi- zenship, and financial need. The scholar- ship is renewable through four years. MEL LORBACK ENDOWED SCHOL- ARSHIP FUND. Established by Jerad L. Yeagley "62, this scholarship honors Mel Lorback, former WCU soccer coach and professor. The scholarship will assist a male soccer player with outstanding acad- emic and leadership qualities, with pref- erence given to physical education majors.
*MARTHA FORD McILVAIN '52 SCHOLARSHIP. Established by Martha and Donald McUvain, this scholarship provides annual assistance to students of high academic promise. LEWIS H. MARSHALL AWARD. An annual award is made to a senior in the social and behavioral sciences whose leadership, professional promise, and academic achievement are outstanding. It is made available by the Chester County Association of Township Officials, and the awardee is selected by a committee of fac- ulty selected from appropriate disciplines. CHARLES MAYO SCHOLARSHIP. This award of approximately $250 is made annually in memory of Dr. Charles Mayo, a political scientist, who was pres- ident of West Chester University from 1974 until 1982. It is made by vote of the political science faculty to an outstanding junior or senior in the discipline. Details
are available through the Department of Political Science.
*THE WEST CHESTER UNIVERSITY MERIT SCHOLARSHIP. The West Chester University Merit Scholarship has been funded through West Chester University's Windows to the Future Capital Campaign. The scholarship, a $1,500 one-time award, is presented to an incoming student of exemplary ability and academic promise. DR. ALAN P. MEWHA ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. Established by Dr. Pricilla Alden Mewha in memory of Dr. Alan P. Mewha and his instructors Miss Harriet Elliot and Miss Leone Broadhead, this scholarship is awarded to an out- standing upperclass geography major. S. POWELL MIDDLETON MEMORI- AL SCHOLARSHIP. This is an annual award to a freshman music student for ' talent and achievement on an orchestral instrument. The award honors the former conductor of the University Symphony Orchestra who died in 1970. DOROTHY GIVEN MILLER AND FRANK WILLIAM MILLER SCHOL- ARSHIP. This scholarship was estab- lished by Dorothy Given Miller, class of
1919. and Frank William Miller, class of
1920. Recipients must have successfully completed one year at the University and demonstrate academic achievement, lead- ership, strength of character, and financial need. Application forms are available from the Office of Financial Aid. ♦BOARD OF GOVERNORS SCHOL- ARSHIPS. Merit-based scholarships available to incoming freshman students. Awards are based on the successful com- pletion of an academic high school pro- gram, satisfactory SAT/ACT scores, high school rank, and academic record. The Free Application for Federal Student Aid also must be completed.
LLOYD C. MITCHELL PIANO SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established in honor of Dr. Lloyd C. Mitchell upon his retirement in 1971 after 35 years' service at the University, including 20 years as chair of the Department of Music and dean of the School of Music. It is awarded annually to a freshman music student selected by a piano faculty jury. Applications are made to the dean of the School of Music. CLIFTON E. MORGAN MEMORIAL AWARD. Presented annually to a West Chester student as a memorial to a mem- ber of the Department of History, who died in 1974.
Financial Aid
MICHAEL MOROCHOKO MEMORI- AL PIANO AWARD. The Department of Keyboard Music presents a scholarship annually to an outstanding junior music student majoring in piano. This award is a memorial to Michael Morochoko, father of a former student.
SOPHOMORE MUSIC SCHOLARSHIP. Three scholarships are given annually to music education sophomores. University citizenship and musical performance as well as a 2.0 overall GPA and a 2.5 music GPA are required. Applications are made to the dean of the School of Music. EDITH HARMON PARKER BLACK CAUCUS ALUMNI CHAPTER SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established through the estate of Edith Harmon Parker '33 and is awarded to a student with good academic standing studying a discipline related to human relations, with preference given to black students.
NATIONAL GUARD OFFICERS SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM. Upon cer- tification by the appropriate National Guard official as being eligible, students may register for a given semester by pay- ing 25 percent of tuition costs plus all other fees. The University will bill the National Guard directly for the remaining 75 percent of the tuition charges. NEW JERSEY ALUMNI SCHOLAR- SHIP. The New Jersey Chapter of the West Chester University Alumni Association sponsors two annual $500 scholarship awards. These awards are available to stu- dents who are New Jersey residents and are funded by the contributions of New Jersey alumni. Applications may be obtained through the Office of Financial Aid and the Office of Alumni Relations. CHARLOTTE W. NEWCOMBE FOUN- DATION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholar- ship is awarded to undergraduate women who are at least 25 years old and enrolled in their junior or senior years. Selection is based on scholastic ability, financial need, and special life circumstances. Contact the Office of Financial Aid for additional information and application forms.
OFF-CAMPUS STUDENT ASSOCIA- TION SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded annually by the Off-Campus Student Association to undergraduate commuters who are involved with off- campus activities.
THEODORA PANDEL MEMORIAL PIANO SCHOLARSHIP. This award is presented through the generosity of
Praxiteles Pandel, associate professor of piano.
HILLARY H. PARRY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. An annual award to a junior music student, granted for scholar- ship, citizenship, and achievement in vocal study. The scholarship is in remembrance of a former teacher of voice. A 2.0 overall GPA and a 2.5 music GPA are required. PHI MU ALPHA, SINFONIA POWELL MIDDLETON AWARD. An annual award in memory of S. Powell Middleton is presented by the Rho Sigma chapter of Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia men's music fra- ternity. It is based on outstanding musi- cianship, scholarship, and character. Applications are made to the dean of the School of Music.
DEPARTMENT OF KINESIOLOGY SCHOLARSHIP. Three scholarships are awarded to any sophomore, junior, or senior student in health and physical edu- cation. Applications are made to the chairperson. Department of Kinesiology. PRESSER SCHOLARSHIP. This is a grant of $ 1 ,000, consisting of $500 from the Theodore Presser Foundation and $500 from the School of Music, to be applied toward tuition in a student's senior year. It is awarded by the president of the Univer- sity to the student majoring in music who achieved the highest cumulative GPA at the end of the junior year, having complet- ed no less than 95 credits at West Chester University. During the recipient's senior year, the student will be known as the Presser Scholar, denoting a reward for excellence with the hope that the award will help the student not only financially, but also in his/her future career. S. ROBERT AND JANET POLIS SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established by Robert Polls, class of 1948, and Janet Polls. Awards are made at the discretion of the University Scholarship Committee. WILLIAM PYLE PHILIPS SCHOLAR- SHIPS. Awarded annually to juniors and seniors who are natives of Chester County on the basis of demonstrated scholastic ability. Funds are available for approximately 20 scholarships to cover the basic tuition. Application forms may be secured in the Office of Financial Aid. PRESIDENTIAL SCHOLARSHIP. These merit-based scholarships are awarded to incoming freshman students based on the successful completion of an academic high school program, SAT or ACT scores, high school rank, and acade- mic record. For additional information
and application forms, contact the Office of Admissions.
N. RUTH REED HEALTH DEPART- MENT SCHOLARSHIP. This scholar- ship is sponsored by the West Chester University Department of Health. Applicants must be students at West Chester University (specifically, under- graduate health majors with sophomore academic status or better), possess a cumulative Grade Point Average of at least 3.0, and demonstrate high moral character, positive personality traits, and evidence of genuine interest and aptitude in working in the health field. For infor- mation contact the Department of Health. ROBERT W. REESE ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. Established by Patricia R. Reese '66 in memory of her late hus- band, who served as athletic director at WCU for 19 years, this scholarship assists students with a minimum 2.0 grade point average who are involved in varsity base- ball, basketball, and/or football. WINIFRED PIERSOL REESER '43 ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship supports an upperclassman who is committed to the field of health and physical education and maintains a grade point average of at least 3.0. REISS FOREIGN STUDIES ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. Retired faculty member Mary Ann Reiss created this scholarship for students majoring in French, German, Russian, or Spanish who plan to study abroad.
FRANCIS J. REYNOLDS SCHOLAR- SHIP. This scholarship is awarded by the Department of Chemistry to a chemistry major who has successfully completed one year at the University. Applications are available through the Department of Chemistry.
LEAH GALLAGHER RIDDLE ENDO'WED SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established as a memori- al to alumna Leah Gallagher Riddle '41 by her family and friends. It will be awarded annually to an exemplary upper- class student whose major is in early childhood studies and reading. ANNE M. SCHAUB MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. The Anne M. Schaub Memorial Scholarship is awarded annually to a second semester sophomore women's health and physical education major stu- dent. The amount of the scholarship is $300.
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION ENDOW- MENT. The School of Education Endowment was created by John F.
Financial Aid
Kenny '32 in memory of his wife. Vera A. Kenny, and in recognition of Clarence L. McKelvie "25, professor of education. Awards or loans will be made to academ- ically deserving students under the guid- ance of the dean of the School of Education.
SCHOOL OF MUSIC FRESHMAN STRING SCHOLARSHIP. Two scholar- ships are awarded to incoming freshman students who are string majors. DAVID M. SENSENIG MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP. Savings bonds in the amount of $50 are given annually to two juniors with outstanding ability in mathe- matics. Dr. Sensenig was chair of the Department of Mathematics from 1 895 to 1908. The scholarship fund is adminis- tered by the Alumni Association of West Chester University.
EVERETT E. SHAFFER MEMORIAL ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. Established by R. Elizabeth Wyers Shaefer '44 in memory of her husband, this scholarship assists a performing musician enrolled in any music degree program with a minimum 2.0 cumulative grade point average with a minimum 2.5 grade point average in music. DR. AHMAD H. SHAMSEDDINE MEMOIUAL AWARD. An annual award is given to an outstanding student in the field of business/economics, in memory of Dr. Ahmad H. Shamseddine. associate pro- fessor of economics, who died in 1971 . JANE ELIZABETH SHEPPARD VOCAL/CHORAL SCHOLARSHIP. This award was established in honor of Jane E. Sheppard upon her retirement in May 1987 after 34 years of service in the Department of Vocal and Choral Music. The recipient of this monetary award will be selected on the basis of outstanding participation in vocal and choral activities, which must include four semesters of Chamber Choir, scholarship, and personal qualifications. SICO FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS. Scholarships, in a limited number, are provided by the SICO Company for four years of study at West Chester University at a rate of $1,000 per year ($4,000 total value). High school students qualified for college admission or high school gradu- ates who have not attended college on a full-time basis may compete for a SICO Foundation Scholarship when their legal residences are located in the state of Delaware; in Cecil County, Maryland; or in the following Pennsylvania counties: Adams, Berks, Chester, Cumberland, Dauphin, Delaware, Lancaster, Lebanon,
and York. A student attending the Shippensburg. Boyertown, Spring-Ford, or Williams Valley High Schools in Pennsylvania, or the Del-Mar High School in Delaware whose residence is outside the aforementioned area is consid- ered in the SICO Company service area and may apply for a scholarship. No dis- tinction is made on the basis of sex, race, or religious belief. Information may be secured from high school guidance offices in the above-referenced areas. SIGMA ALPHA IOTA LOIS ALT AWARD. The Epsilon Epsilon Chapter of this academic music fraternity for women offers a yearly award honoring Lois W. Alt, a member of the Department of Vocal and Choral Music faculty and cofounder/adviser of the campus chapter. The award is based on University leader- ship, high musical standards, and finan- cial need.
ROB SIMON MEMORIAL AWARD. This award has been established by Joseph and Janice Simon, alumni of the School of Music, and the late Dr. Irving H. Cohen, a member of the School of Music faculty for many years, in memory of Rob Simon, who was a double bass major at the University. The competition is open to double bass majors during their junior or senior year. GREG SMITH MEMORIAL SCHOL- ARSHIP. An annual scholarship of $100 is presented by the baseball club in mem- ory of a former baseball captain and pres- ident of the baseball club. W. W. SMITH CHARITABLE TRUST. The W.W. Smith Charitable Trust was established in 1977 under the will of William Wikoff Smith, an important sup- porter of educational opportunity in the Delaware Valley. Established through his will, the W. W. Smith Charitable Trust has carried on Smith's work. Funds from this program are used to support students from middle-income families who might not qualify for other aid. The funds also support students enrolled in the Academic Development Program at West Chester University. For additional information, contact the director of the Academic Development Program or the Office of Financial Aid.
CHARLES A. SPRENKLE ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. Created by family and friends, this scholarship honors Dr. Charles A. Sprenkle, who joined the fac- ulty in 1955 and was appointed dean of the School of Music in 1971. The scholar- ship is awarded annually, at the beginning
of the fall semester, for tuition assistance to the sophomore who achieved the high- est grade point average during the previ- ous year as a full-time freshman enrolled in the School of Music. JANE B. SWAN SCHOLARSHIP. Sponsored by the Women's Institute of West Chester University, a $100 scholar- ship is awarded annually to a woman stu- dent who is completing an interrupted education. Application forms are avail- able at the Women's Center and the Office of Financial Aid. DR. CHARLES S. SWOPE SCHOLAR- SHIP FOUNDATION. A Memorial Scholarship Trust Foundation established by Charles E. Swope and Richard M. Swope in memory of Dr. and Mrs. Charles S. Swope. Dr. Swope served as president of West Chester University for a quarter of a century. Applicants must be full-time students enrolled in their junior year. Scholarships are $1,000 each; up to 15 may be awarded annually. Applications must be filed on or before April 1 . Selection is made during May with schol- arships commencing in September. JOY VANDEVER ENDOWED SCHOL- ARSHIP. Established by the friends of Joy Vandever upon her retirement from the West Chester University faculty, this scholarship provides assistance to a voice student in the School of Music. EARLE C. WATERS ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship was established in memory of Earle C. Waters, former professor of health and physical education and coach of national- ly renowned soccer, track, and gymnas- tics teams. Awards will be made to stu- dents demonstrating financial need who have completed their first year with a GPA of no less than 2.8 in the School of Health Sciences with a concentration in the teaching of health and physical educa- tion, and who have demonstrated qualities of a well-rounded citizen by participating in and contributing to the success of University or community-sponsored activities. Awards will be made by a com- mittee from the School of Health Sciences.
HARRY WILKINSON MUSIC THEO- RY SCHOLARSHIP. This scholarship is awarded to a sophomore music student during the spring semester on the basis of talent and achievement in the areas of music theory, ear-training, and sight singing. The scholarship fund has been established by Dr. Harry Wilkinson,
Student Affairs
retired professor in the Department of Music Theory and Composition.
LOIS WILLIAMS ENDOWED SCHOL- ARSHIP. This scholarship was estab- hshed by Lois Williams, the former choral conductor and vocal professor who retired in 1991 after 36 years of ser- vice to the University. It is awarded to a student in any music degree program within the School of Music who has earned a cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0 in all music subjects. The student must be at least in his or her third semester of Concert Choir. The candidate for this scholarship will be selected by
the conductor of the Concert Choir and will be presented to a student whose leadership and responsibility as a mem- ber of the Concert Choir is an obvious indication of this person's potential as a musician/educator.
WRITING AWARD. A certificate pre- sented annually to one junior and one senior nursing student who demonstrate "outstanding writing ability." The faculty of the department selects the recipient.
RUTH WALDMAN ZOLL SCHOLAR- SHIP. This fund was established through the generosity of the late Mrs. Ruth
Waldman ZoU '28. These scholarships are especially for students who have sig- nificant need. One scholarship each year is reserved for a student entering the University from a high school in Berks County where Mrs. Zoll resided. Award amounts vary and application forms may be obtained from the Office of Financial Aid.
'Students accepted to the University prior to January 15 who have deinonstrated outstanding achievement will be invited to apply for these merit scholarships. Candidate selection is based on acad- enuc performance, involvement, and accomplish- ment, and is determined by the University Scholarship Committee.
Student Affairs
The administration of West Chester University is committed to providing a comprehensive educational experience for students. To accomplish this mission, the Division of Student Affairs provides a variety of services and programs to augment the classroom experience. The goal of the division is to assist students in their intellectual, social, and psycho- logical growth and to contribute to devel- oping a campus community where knowledge, acceptance, and social con- cerns are basic values.
Offices within the Student Affairs Division include Athletics, Career Development, Children's Center, Community Development, Counseling and Psychological Services, Greek Life and Student Organizations, Health Services, Multicultural Affairs, New Student Programs, Off-Campus and Commuter Services, Recreation and Leisure Programs, Residence Life and Housing, Sykes Student Union, Wellness Center, and the Women's Center.
The administration believes that students should share the responsibility for gov- erning their community and should have a voice in shaping the objectives of the University. Through a democratically constructed student government and committee structure, the administration, faculty, and student body seek to work together on behalf of the general welfare of the University.
Classification of Students
Students who attend West Chester University are classified for administra- tive purposes into two categories.
( 1 ) RESIDENT STUDENTS These students live in housing facilities operated by the University. Residents of North Campus residence halls are required to choose from three University meal plans. (See "Meal Fee" on page 9.) Those residents living in the South Campus apart- ment complex are not required to be on a meal plan; however, they may choose any meal plan option if they are interested.
(2) OFF-CAMPUS STUDENTS This classification covers students who travel or commute to and from their legal residences, as well as students who live away from the homes of their parents or legal guardians in a dwelling that is not supervised or approved by the University.
Services
Residence Life and Housing
The Office of Residence Life and Housing is responsible for creating and maintaining an environment in each housing facility that encourages academ- ic, social, and emotional growth. Each facility is staffed with trained personnel who are available 24 hours a day to pro- vide services, assistance, and a variety of information. All resident students are given and encouraged to read the resi- dential handbook. A Guide to Residence Hall and Apartment Living, which con- tains valuable information on all ser- vices, policies, and responsibilities
pertaining to all housing facilities. The Office of Residence Life and Housing is located in 238 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-3307.
On-Campus Housing
The residence halls on the North Campus provide accommodations for approxi- mately 3,100 resident students in double occupancy accommodations. In addition, the South Campus apartment complex houses almost 500 residents in four- or five-person, fully furnished units with each bedroom having either single or double occupancy. All students may be guaranteed housing for their full four years.
Housing Assignments. The Office of Residence Life and Housing makes the housing assignments for all students liv- ing in all housing facilities. These assign- ments are made without discrimination. Only individuals of the same gender will be assigned as roommates or in the same apartment unit. Each room or apartment has basic furnishings for comfortable liv- ing, and the students may make them more homelike with their own accessory additions. During orientation, students are informed about the services and equipment furnished by the University and those necessities that they must sup- ply for themselves. Lounge and recre- ation areas, television, and a variety of other facilities and conveniences provide a pleasant setting for student life in each residence hall. Services are also available in a central location in the apartment complex.
Transfer Students. Transfer students are admitted both as resident students and as
Sludent Affairs
commuting students. Those transfer stu- dents who desire on-campus housing should indicate this at the time they apply for admission to the University. Married Students. The University has no housing facilities for married students with their spouses or for students with children or dependents. Prior to registra- tion, they will need to secure their own accommodations in the community.
Readmitted Students. Students readm.itted to the University are eligible for on-cam- pus housing unless a specific disciplinary sanction would prohibit such occupancy. Interested students should contact the Office of Residence Life and Housing for specific information about the appli- cation process.
Policy for Withdrawals. Resident stu- dents must vacate their residence hall or apartment within 24 hours of completing the withdrawal form in the Office of the Registrar.
Dining Accommodations All students residing in the North Campus residence halls must be on the University meal plan as a condition of occupancy. Students with medical prob- lems who cannot meet this requirement may request a meal waiver. Residents of the South Campus Apartment Complex, as well as off-campus and commuting students, may purchase the University meal plan, choose one of the options list- ed below, or obtain meals at the transient rates.
The University's meal plan provides a number of choices for students. North Campus resident students must select one of the following meal plan options:
• Variable 10 guaranteed meal plan (any 10 meals of the 19 meals served) plus $100 of flex money;
• Variable 14 guaranteed meal plan (any 14 meals of the 19 meals served) plus $100 of flex money or
• Variable 19 guaranteed meal plan plus $50 flex money.
The meal week runs from Monday to Sunday and any unused meals at the end of the week will be forfeited.
In addition to the above meal plans, the following meal plans are also available to South Campus Apartment residents, off-campus, and commuter students:
• Variable 5 guaranteed meal plan (any 5 meals of the 19 meals served) plus $50 flex money, or
• Flex dollars only - must begin with a $100 minimum balance and may be increased in $25 increments.
The flex dollar portion of every meal plan may be increased in $25 increments at any time during the semester. Flex dollars not used at the end of the fall semester will be transferred to the spring semester. The student forfeits any flex dollars remaining at the end of the spring semester which will not be refunded. All meal plans may be used in the following locations: Lawrence Dining Hall. Lawrence Conve- nience Store and Campus Comer, the 12th and South Convenience Store at the South Campus Apartments, and the Ram's Head in Sykes Union.
Students in North Campus residence halls will have their meal plan cost included in their University billing. Off- campus, commuter, and South Campus apartment students can sign up for a meal plan by applying at the Office of the Bursar in the Elsie O. Bull Center.
OfT-Campus and Commuter Services
Sers'ices to Off-Campus and Commuter Students, which are coordinated by the assistant director of Sykes Student Union, include the Off-Campus Housing Service, advising the Council of Commuter and Off-Campus Students, and serving as a community resource agent in areas related to off-campus and commuting students. Additional services provided to off-cam- pus students include landlord/tenant legal aid information and development of long-range plans and research on the pro- file and needs of off-campus students. The assistant director of Sykes Student Union and Off-Campus and Commuter Services is located in 1 16 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-2984.
Off-Campus Housing
Students who choose to live in the com- munity must secure their own living accommodations. Off-Campus and Commuter Services will assist students in finding housing by providing up-to- date listings of available housing and landlord evaluations completed by stu- dents. These listings and evaluations are available in 238 Sykes Student Union. The off-campus housing listings may also be accessed on the Internet at http://www.wcupa.edu/_services/stu.och/ listing.htm.
Bookstore
The Student Services. Inc. Bookstore, located in Sykes Student Union, provides the WCU campus with textbooks, sup- plies, and other course material for
academic programs. In addition, the bookstore offers a wide range of general reading and reference materials, comput- er software, Ramswear, gifts, cards, snacks, health and beauty products, and other items.
Qualifying students may apply for an SSI Bookstore Charge in the SSI Business Office in 259 Sykes Student Union. The store also accepts all major credit cards and personal checks accompanied by a valid ID.
The Bookstore's hours are Monday - Thursday from 8 a.m. - 6 p.m., Friday 8 a.m. - 4 p.m., and Saturday, 10 a.m. - 2 p.m. Extended hours are offered at the beginning of each semester, and special events also are planned. For information call 610-432-BOOK.
Bus Transportation on Campus
The University provides bus service from North to South Campus (and return) during the spring and fall semesters. The buses run from 7:40 a.m. to 1 a.m. on weekdays and from 5 p.m. to 1 a.m. on weekends. On North Campus, the buses stop at University Avenue and Church Street, and also in front of Wayne Hall. On South Campus the buses stop at the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center, McCoy Center, the South Campus Apartment Complex, and Q Lot. Bus schedules are available at resi- dence hall desks or the Student Union Information Center.
Students using the bus service should be advised that it is impossible to provide timely transportation between the North and South Campus within the standard 10-minute class break. Therefore, stu- dents should plan and develop class schedules that allow time to be transport- ed between the two campuses through use of open class periods.
Career Planning and Placement Services
The professional staff of the Career Development Center assists students in defining career goals, relating academic preparation to these goals and, eventually, helping in the search for internships and part-time/full-time career opportunities. These services are available throughout the entire calendar year in Lawrence Center, second floor. A career information library is available for browsing and research. Graduate school reference material is maintained for students considering gradu- ate school. An interactive computer career guidance program (SIGI-i-) also is avail- able. Other activities of the Career
Student Affairs
Development Center include seminars, on- campus inteiA'iews and job fairs with potential employers, resume referral, elec- tronic resume databases, and a job posting system.
Visit our homepage for additional infor- mation at http://www.wcupa.edu/_ser- vices/stu.car/.
The Career Development Center is locat- ed in 106 Lawrence Center, 610-436- 2501, or e-mail cdc@wcupa.edu.
Community Development
The Office of Community Development is responsible for overseeing the Univer- sity's student judicial system and is the resource center for community service initiatives.
In addition to providing a sound educa- tional environment for intellectual pur- suits, West Chester University is con- cerned with developing socially responsi- ble citizens, ensuring the welfare and freedom of all members of the University community, and protecting individual rights. The University is thus concerned with the quality of student conduct and has adopted rules and behavioral stan- dards for its students. These regulations are outlined in the "Student Code of Conduct" contained in the Ram's Eye View Student Handbook. The "Student Code of Conduct" reflects the University community's concern that high standards be maintained by students and student organizations. It guarantees due process and protects the individual freedom of the student as well as requir- ing his or her responsibility for conduct violations.
Community Services is a major activity on the campus and involvement contin- ues to increase. Individuals and student organizations can receive assistance from the Office of Community Development to link up and be matched with commu- nity service agencies. The Office of Community Development is located in 238 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-3511.
Children's Center
The Children's Center provides affordable, quality child care on campus for children of students and employees of the Univer- sity. The center offers a developmentally based educational program for children ages three to six years with a summer pro- gram for ages three to twelve. A multiple- child discount of 20 percent is available. Snacks are provided by the center, with parents providing a bag lunch. Located on the ground floor of McCarthy Hall, the
Children's Center is licensed by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, and all required registration material must be com- pleted prior to enrollment. Enrollment for each semester begins when the schedule of courses is available from the Office of the Registrar.
The Children's Center also offers a wide range of opportunities for involvement by students such as:
• Practicum experiences in the fields of early childhood education, social work, and nursing;
• Volunteer programs with the Depart- ment of Social Work, community ser- vice program, Greek organizations, and individual students;
• Paid part-time aide positions through the Work Study program and Student Services, Inc. funding;
• Classroom participation through the departments of Music Education, Kinesiology, and Foreign Languages.
For more information contact the Children's Center at 610-436-2388.
Counseling and Psychological Services Department
The Counseling Center, a part of the Department of Counseling and Psycho- logical Services, is located on the second floor of Lawrence Center. The Counseling Center provides counseling services without charge to all undergrad- uate and graduate students at West Chester. The faculty in the Counseling Center are licensed psychologists who are experienced in working with college students. Students may discuss their con- cerns, feelings, hopes, and interests freely and in strict confidence. COUNSELING SERVICES: Since the Counseling Center provides services for a wide range of concerns, each student's experience will be tailored to his or her request. Students may want to clarify their vocational or educational choices, improve their interpersonal skills, or resolve personal conflicts. Their choice of approach could include one or more of the following counseling center services. 1 . Individual vocational counseling con- sists of a one-to-one counseling experi- ence that focuses on the student's choice of major and vocation. Vocatio- nal choice is most solid when it is the outgrowth of understanding one's self Such understanding requires time and thought, and involves the student in identifying his or her own style, val- ues, interests, and abilities. Psychological testing as well as dis-
cussion often enhances self-under- standing.
2. Individual counseling for personal problem solving consists of a one-to- one counseling experience where the focus is on resolving personal con- flicts, conflicts with others, and on improving the student's expertise at making personally meaningful choic- es. It may also help some people avoid decisions that restrict their per- sonal growth and undermine their well-being.
3. Group counseling consists of a small group of peers with one or more coun- selors. Such groups meet usually once weekly to provide group members with constructive learning about them- selves. Groups often have a specific focus. Past groups have focused upon:
Assertiveness training
Anxiety management
Test anxiety reduction
Eating disorders
Career exploration
Procrastination and how to avoid it
4. Testing can be useful in increasing self-understanding and can often assist in the process of vocational and edu- cational decision making. The Coun- seling Center faculty are trained in the administration and interpretation of psychological tests, and the student and his or her counselor can decide if testing might be helpful. Arrangements also can be made at the Counseling Center for taking the Graduate Record Exam, the Graduate Management Aptitude Test, and the Miller Analogies Test — three gradu- ate school admissions tests.
5. Consultation Services also are avail- able for staff and faculty members of the University community. Counsel- ing Center faculty can assist with crises, program planning, and group and interpersonal communications, as well as referrals to other agencies.
For more information call 610-436-2301.
Greek Life and Student Organizations
The Office of Greek Life and Student Organizations coordinates the Greek Life program at West Chester University, which includes the activities of the four Greek Governing Councils, two hono- raries, Adopt-A-School program, and GAMMA organization. The Greek Life and Student Organizations Office also advises West Chester's national fraterni- ties and sororities on their service pro-
Sludent Affairs
jects. community activities, and rush and new member programs. The office regis- ters all student organizations at the University and provides leadership development programs for student lead- ers. The Office of Greek Life and Student Organizations is located in 238 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-21 17.
Health Services
The University Health Center is staffed by a medical and health education team of physicians and nurses who are avail- able to meet first-aid needs and to treat acute minor illnesses and surgical condi- tions. Gynecological services, including testing for pregnancy and sexually trans- mitted diseases, contraceptive counsel- ing, and routine examinations, are also available. The University is not responsi- ble for any additional medical or surgical services or hospitalization. All students are required to pay a health service fee at the beginning of each semester. The fee covers office visits and certain diagnostic tests. Many medica- tions are available at a nominal fee. Allergy injections also are given at the Health Center.
The University Health Center is located on the second floor of Wayne Hall, 610- 436-2509. Services are available to cur- rently enrolled students only. When school is in session, the Health Center is open Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. and Saturdays from 10 a.m. to 6 p.m. during fall and spring semesters. Summer hours are provided weekdays only from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. All visits are by appointment.
Insurance Programs
Because of the unpredictable nature of medical and surgical emergencies, all students are encouraged to be covered by a health insurance program. Student insurance plans are offered through the Health Center. Information on the insur- ance program is mailed to students prior to registration or may be obtained from the University Health Center. Insurance requirements may be mandated by specific departments and/or athletic programs. Refer to the appropriate sec- tion in the catalog for further information on these requirements. Liability Insurance Requirement for Students in Nursing. See the section describing the Department of Nursing.
Student Pliysical Examinations
A physical examination is required for all entering and transfer students. The
University Health Center reserves the right to request an annual physical exam- ination by the family physician for any student suffering from a chronic illness. No student will be permitted to register for classes until a history and physical examination report is completed and filed. These forms are available at the University Health Center and are mailed to students prior to registration.
Communicable Diseases
A current report of a negative tuberculin test or chest X-ray showing no active tuberculosis (TB) is mandated by the Pennsylvania Department of Education for all senior student teachers and all junior or sophomore students participat- ing in a field experience in the public schools. The TB test can be given at the Health Center for a nominal charge. All students bom after 1957 must show evidence of immunization involving other communicable diseases and booster shots against measles. Guidelines pub- lished by the Centers for Disease Control will be adhered to and revised as appro- priate to protect the health of those in the University community. Because of the potential for transmission of several infectious diseases, all students utilizing injectable medicines will be required to show evidence of satisfactory disposal of needles and syringes. The Health Center will provide free disposal of medical waste.
Mail Service
The University has an on-campus post office located on the second floor of Lawrence Center. Commuting students requesting a mail box must show a need for the box by applying to Off-Campus and Commuter Services, located in 1 16 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-2984, which will approve or disapprove the request depending on the availability of a limited number of mail boxes and the demonstrated lack of alternative mail receipt options for the student. Resident students receive their mail at their resi- dence halls. To ensure prompt delivery, mail sent to North Campus resident stu- dents should show the student's name, room number, the name of the residence hall, and the University's name and address (West Chester University, West Chester, PA 19383). Mail sent to South Campus residence students should show the student's name, 839 South Campus Drive, Box #, West Chester, PA 19382
(do not include WCU in the South Campus address).
Multicultural Affairs
The Office of Multicultural Affairs is dedicated to the development of multi- cultural sensitivity, understanding, and appreciation of diversity among students. The office develops and implements comprehensive programs aimed at addressing the needs and concerns of the multicultural student. The staff of the Office of Multicultural Affairs also serve as consultants to other University offices regarding multicultural students and aids in projects focused on improving the general campus climate. The office is located in 238 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-3273.
New Student Programs
The Office of New Student Programs is responsible for the coordination of the Summer Orientation Program and the September and January Onentation ses- sions for new students. West Chester's orientation programs are designed to introduce new students to the University by acquainting them with aca- demic, student services, and cocurricular aspects of college life. Attendance at ori- entation is a graduation requirement. Other responsibilities of the Office of New Student Programs include coordina- tion of parent orientation programs, the Parent Handbook, and the annual Family Day program in the fall. The Office of New Student Programs is located in 238 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-3305.
Public Safety
West Chester University is concerned about the safety and welfare of all cam- pus members and is committed to pro- viding a safe and secure environment. Campus security is the responsibility of the University's Public Safety Depart- ment, located in the Peoples Maintenance Building at the corner of Church Street and University Avenue. Because no campus is isolated from crime, the University has developed a series of policies and procedures to ensure that every possible precautionary measure is taken to protect members of the University community while they are on campus. Public Safety provides a "Safe Walk" program to escort individu- als to and from campus locations. Van transportation is also available for the physically challenged. In addition. Public
Student Affairs
Safety provides assistance for those needing help in jump-starting a car or those who have locked themselves out of their vehicle.
A full explanation of the University's security policies and procedures, as well as additional pertinent information, appears in a publication called "'Your Safety Is Our Concern," which is avail- able from the Office of Admissions and the Department of Public Safety.
Vehicle Registration
All administrators, faculty, staff, eligible students, and visitors desiring to use des- ignated parking lots must register their vehicles with the Department of Public Safety and purchase/obtain parking decals. Resident students with less than 63 credits and commuter students with less than 25 credits (as of September of the academic year in which they wish to register a vehicle) are ineligible to park on North Campus. The annual registra- tion fee is established by the Council of Trustees upon recommendation of the Parking Committee and the approval of the president. For purposes of this docu- ment, "annual" is defined as September 1 until August 31 of the following year. Specific registration procedures will be announced yearly.
A valid, nonsuspended operator's license and vehicle registration card(s) must be presented at the time the vehicle is regis- tered.
The decal should be placed in the vehicle immediately. Instructions on placement are on the reverse side of the decal. Mutilated or defaced decals must be replaced for a fee of $5 by contacting the Department of Public Safety. The operation and registration of a vehi- cle must conform to Commonwealth vehicle law and University regulations. For complete information regarding motor vehicles and registration, refer to the Motor Vehicle Regulations available at Public Safety.
Student Services, Incorporated
(SSI)
Student Services, Incorporated (SSI) is a not-for-profit organization primarily designed to serve the students of West Chester University. The objective of this corporation is to initiate, regulate, and operate the financial matters of all cocur- ricular student activities. Such activities include the management of the campus bookstore, student publications, student organizations, check cashing/ticket ser-
vice, student programming, intercolle- giate athletics, and the graduate student association.
In fiscal matters and in various policy- making areas, the final authority rests with the president of the University.
The SSI Business Office, 610-436-2955, is located in 259 Sykes Student Union.
Sykes Union Building
The Earl F. Sykes Union first opened in 1975 as the community center for West Chester University. Recently, Sykes Union underwent a complete renovation and expansion to meet the current needs of students. The new facility of approxi- mately 102,000 square feet opened in the summer of 1995.
Sykes Union, as a facility and an opera- tion, is designed to encourage all mem- bers of the campus community to partici- pate in a wide variety of cultural, social, educational, and recreational programs. The renovated multipurpose building features expanded facilities as well as new and improved services.
Building highlights include a 350-seat theater, a fitness center, a bookstore, and an amusement game room, all on the ground floor. The first floor offers a din- ing area with seating for 350, an outdoor terrace, and a large food servery. Also included on the first floor is a 5,000- square-foot multipurpose room designed for dances, concerts, banquets, and lec- tures, as well as the union administrative offices and Information Center.
The second floor houses the Student Affairs offices of the Vice President, Dean of Students, Assistant Vice President, Residence Life and Housing, Off-Campus and Commuter Services, New Student Programs, Multicultural Affairs, Greek Life and Student Organi- zations, and Community Development. The Student Services, Inc. Business Office and the departments of Student Programming and Activities, along with student clubs and organizations, are also located on the second floor.
The third floor penthouse features a 20- unit computer lab with quiet study and seminar space. Sykes Union also houses 13 meeting rooms accommodating groups from five to 500.
For information concerning Sykes Union please call the Information Center at 610-436-3360/2984.
Wellness Center
Located in 224 Wayne Hall, the Wellness Center provides a variety of services to the University community. Staffed by student peer educators who are supervised by a professional staff member, the Wellness Center houses resources pertaining to substance use and abuse, sex and sexuality, fitness and nutrition, eating disorders, self-esteem, and general wellness issues. The center staff offers campus-wide programs and workshops, in addition to classroom and small group presentations on these top- ics. The Wellness Center is also able to provide consultation to students, faculty, and staff as well as referral to treatment facilities and other resources when appropriate. The Wellness Alliance, a committee of faculty, staff and students, chaired by the Wellness Center director meets regularly to discuss and advocate for campus wellness. For additional information regarding the center's ser- vices, call 610-436-3276.
Women's Center
The Women's Center addresses the spe- cial concerns particular to women, including the issues facing women stu- dents who enter the University from high school or return to college after time at home or in the job world. Located in Lawrence Center on the second floor, the Women's Center provides a lounge area for conversation, as well as study, peer advising, support for personal and pro- fessional issues, and special interest pro- grams (lectures, films, concerts, etc.). For more information, including oppor- tunities for student volunteers, call 610- 436-2122.
Activities
Student Activities on Campus
Student activities at West Chester University encompass a wide range of cultural, social, educational, and recre- ational programs for a diverse student population.
The departments of Student Activities and Student Programming, under the auspices of Student Services, Inc., take a leadership role in organizing and spon- soring joint or individual projects as part of their mission. One major role centers on advisory relationships with the Student Activities Council (the major programming organization on campus), and Innovations (a unique and nationally recognized nonalcoholic nightclub that
Student Affairs
presents campus comedians, DJ music, and "Top 40" bands on Thursday nights). Cuirent movies, area band perfonnances, national cultural entertainment acts, lec- tures (with a special emphasis on the "Leadership, Unity, and Volunteerism and Image Maker" programs), variety lunchtime entertainment, and special events such as Welcome Week are all sponsored by Student Programming and the Student Activities Council. Homecoming, Family Day, Spring Weekend, and major concerts are addi- tional special University events that unite many segments of the campus. The Student Programming and Student Activities Departments are located in 236 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-2983 or 436-3037.
Students can become a vital force on campus through participation and involvement in student organizations and activities. All students have an opportu- nity to attend campus events and/or join an organization that meets their individ- ual needs. Leadership roles always are available, so being active can become one of the more enriching experiences in student life. Becoming involved builds individual integrity and a sense of com- munity— two desirable qualities in all aspects of life. Student activities and organizations are the lifeblood of any campus environment, and West Chester University has many such opportunities.
Student Organizations
Each November, an updated "Student Organizations Directory" is pnnted that includes the names, addresses, and tele- phone numbers of all presidents and advisers of more than 190 campus stu- dent organizations. For a comprehensive description of WCU student organiza- tions, refer to the Ram 's Eye View Student Handbook, or contact the Office for Student Development, 238 Sykes Student Union, 610-436-21 17. The fol- lowing is the official list of all student organizations that were registered during the 1996-97 academic year:
Student Governing/Campus Programming Organizations
Council of Commuting and Off-Campus
Students Graduate Student Association Innovations
Inter-Organizational Council Residence Hall Association Student Activities Council Student Government Association Sykes Union Advisory Board
Academic/Professional Organizations
Accounting Society
Alchemist Club
Anderson Mathematics Club
Anthropology Club of WCU
Art Association
Association for Childhood Education
International Athletic Training Club Business Network Communication Studies Council Council for Exceptional Children Criminal Justice Association-Sigma Tau
Omicron Dance Production Workshop Darlington Biological Society Economics and Finance Society English Club Forensics French Club Geography Club German Club History Club
Honors Student Association Institute of Management Accountants Italian Club
Kinesiology Majors' Club Linguistics Club Mathematics Club for Elementary
Education Majors National Student Speech, Hearing and
Language Association Philosophy Club Political Science Club Pre-Law Society Psychology Club Russian Club Social Work Club Society of Physics Students Sociology Club-Delta Alpha Tau Spanish Club Student Nurses' Association of
Pennsylvania (SNAP) United States Institute of Theatre
Technology (USITT) West Chester Association for the
Education of Young Children WCU Education Association/Student
PSEA, NEA WCU Theatre
Special Interest Organizations
Alumni Student Connection Association for Disability Awareness
(ADA) Black Student Union Chess Club College Republicans EARTH (Environmental Association
for Repairing the Habitat) Green Project Health Club
Hillel Jewish Student Union Indo- American Organization International Student Association Kapheen
LASO-Latino American Student
Organization National Student Exchange Organization Pro-Choice Recreational Services Safe Space Alliance Students for Life Together Toward Peace Women's Center Club
Religious Organizations
Baptist Student Ministry
Campus Bible Fellowship
Campus Crusade for Christ/Christian
Impact Catholic Newman Student Association/
Center Christians in Action Gospel Choir
Hillel Jewish Student Union Inter- Varsity Christian Fellowship Latter Day Saints Student Association Lutheran Student Association Muslim Student Association New Generation Campus Ministry
Service Organizations
The Abbe Society
Alpha Phi Omega
Circle K Club
Emergency Medical Services
Friars' Society
Phi Sigma Pi
Rotoract
SAVO (Student Association for
Volunteer Opportunities) University Ambassadors
Greek Letter Organizations Governing Councils
Black Greek Council Interfraternity Council Inter-Greek Council Panhellenic Council
Honoraries
Gamma Sigma Alpha Order of Omega
Programming
GAMMA (Greeks Advocating
the Mature Management of Alcohol)
Fraternities
Alpha Chi Rho Alpha Phi Alpha Delta Chi Kappa Alpha Psi Kappa Delta Rho Lambda Theta Phi Phi Beta Sigma Phi Delta Theta Phi Kappa Sigma Pi Kappa Phi Sigma Pi
Sigma Phi Epsilon Tau Kappa Epsilon Theta Chi
Student Affairs
Sororities
Alpha Kappa Alpha Alpha Phi Alpha Sigma Tau Alpha Xi Delta Delta Phi Epsilon Delta Sigma Theta Delta Zeta
Lambda Theta Alpha Phi Sigma Sigma Sigma Gamma Rho Zeta Phi Beta Zeta Tau Alpha
Publications and Media Organizations
Daedalus
Media Advisory Board
The Quad
The Serpentine
WCUR-West Chester University Radio
Sports Clubs
Equestrian
Fencing
Ice Hockey
Rugby-Men
Rugby-Women
Shotokan Karate
Skiing
Sports Club Council
Volleyball-Men
Water Polo
Musical Organizations
Brass Ensemble
Chamber Choir
Close Harmony
Collegium Musicum
Concert Band
Concert Choir
Criterions Jazz Ensemble
Field of View
Flute Ensemble
Guitar Ensemble
Kappa Kappa Psi
Marching Band-"Golden Rams"
Masterworks Chorus
Men's Chorus
Music Educator's National Conference- Chapter 21 (PCMEA)
Opera Theatre Ensemble
Pennsylvania Music Teachers Association-Student Chapter
Percussion Ensemble
Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia
Saxophone Ensemble
Sigma Alpha Iota
Symphonic Band
Symphony Orchestra
Tau Beta Sigma
University Chorale
Wind Ensemble
Women's Choir
Honor Societies
Childhood Studies and Reading-Alpha Upsilon Alpha
Communication Studies-Pi Kappa Delta Communications-Lambda Pi Eta Economics-Omicron Delta Epsilon Education-Delta Kappa Gamma Education-Kappa Delta Pi Education-Phi Delta Kappa Educational Services-Chi Alpha Epsilon English-Sigma Tau Delta Foreign Languages-Alpha Mu Gamma Geography-Gamma Theta Upsilon Geology-Sigma Gamma Epsilon Health Science-Eta Sigma Gamma History-Phi Alpha Theta Kinesiology-Phi Epsilon Kappa Mathematical Sciences-Pi Mu Epsilon Music-Pi Kappa Lambda Nursing-Sigma Theta Tau Philosophy-Phi Sigma Tau Physics-Sigma Pi Sigma Political Science-Pi Sigma Alpha Psychology-Psi Chi Social Science-Pi Gamma Mu Social Work-Phi Alpha Sociology-Alpha Kappa Delta Theater Arts-Alpha Psi Omega
Recreation and Leisure Programs
The Office of Recreation and Leisure Programs provides recreational and leisure-time activities for the University community.
Intramural Sports affords students, fac- ulty, and staff the opportunity to partici- pate in individual or team competitive activities. The Intramural Sports program promotes health, wellness, and physical fitness, as well as encourages the worthy use of leisure time. Regardless of ability level, every individual can experience successful participation in a variety of individual or team athletic events. For students who enjoy organized sports other than varsity athletics. Sports Club options are provided for those who are either skilled athletically or merely inter- ested in participating in a club sport for enjoyment. Becoming a member of a club provides opportunities for instruc- tion, coaching, socialization, competi- tion, and fun. Kinesiology majors receive a sports credit through participation in a club program. Currently, West Chester University provides nine Sports Clubs: equestrian, fencing, ice hockey, shotokan karate, men's rugby, women's rugby, skiing, men's volleyball, and water polo.
Outdoor recreational opportunities are conducted through the Outdoor Adventure Program which offers a variety of different trips and one-day activities for students throughout the year. Examples include canoeing, rafting, skiing, camping, and spelunking trips;
ice skating nights; hiking; and horseback riding. In addition to scheduling trips, the Outdoor Adventure Program rents recre- ation equipment such as backpacking equipment, tents, sleeping bags, camping equipment, and cross-country skis.
For students who do not wish to partici- pate in a formal recreational program. Open Recreation provides days, times, and facilities in which students may par- ticipate in an informal recreational activi- ty. The semester calendar lists scheduled days and times for utilizing swimming pools, weight rooms, indoor/outdoor tracks, outdoor tennis courts, and basket- ball gymnasiums.
Special Events include one-day pro- grams such as skating nights, racquetball nights, or special tournaments such as the Schick Basketball Super Hoops Tour- nament.
The Aerobics program is one of our most popular activities with over 800 students, faculty, and staff participating in 28 different aerobic sessions. The pro- gram provides regular aerobics, aerostep, cardiostep, slide step, step and sculpt, and cross-training sessions. Registration is required for participation.
The Fitness Center in Sykes Student Union is designed to give students a pro- fessional setting for exercise and weight training. The Sykes Fitness Center is equipped with cardiovascular equipment, pin-selectorized equipment, and Olympic free weights. The center also includes an aerobics studio where all the aerobics sessions are held. A valid student ID is required for admission to the center, and an orientation session is also required for all participants.
For more information on any program provided by the Office of Recreation and Leisure Programs, call 610-436-2131 or 436-3088, or stop by Room 133, Ehinger Gymnasium.
Intercollegiate Athletic Program
West Chester University's Department of Athletics affirms academic excellence as the cornerstone in the life of the student- athlete, placing the highest priority on the overall quality of the educational experience. By strengthening the integra- tion of athletic program objectives with academic and developmental goals, ath- letics support the University's mission to meet student needs and interests.
Participation in athletics can serve to strengthen the student's integrity, sense of fairness, respect for others, and dedi-
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
cation to goals. It also can provide the opportunity for enhancing interpersonal leadership skills. Both men and women can choose from a broad variety of team and individual sports. In addition, acade- mic support services are available for student-athletes, underscoring the com- mitment to scholastic success.
The women's intercollegiate athletic pro- grams include basketball, cross country, field hockey, gymnastics, indoor track, lacrosse, soccer, softball, swimming and diving, tennis, outdoor track and field, and volleyball. The mens intercollegiate ath- letic programs include baseball, basketball, cross country, football, golf indoor track, lacrosse, soccer, swimming and diving, tennis, and outdoor track and field.
West Chester University is a member of the National Collegiate Athletic Association Division II (women's field hockey is Division I, and a member of the Atlantic 10 Conference), Eastern College Athletic Conference, and the Pennsylvania State Athletic Conference.
The Department of Athletics is located in the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health
Sciences Center on South Campus, which has won national acclaim for the quality and extent of its teaching, performance, and research facilities. Of special note is the one-acre gymnasium (which can be divided into six smaller, pneumatically sealed gyms), a natatonum with two full- size swimming pools connected by a div- ing well, 20 lecture rooms, two dance stu- dios, a multipurpose room, a human per- formance laboratory, an environmental health laboratory, and two physical thera- py rooms. This complex is surrounded by the John A. Farrell Stadium, Serpico Stadium, practice and playing fields, tennis courts, and weight rooms.
Complementing the facilities on South Campus are Hollinger Field House and Ehinger Gymnasium on North Campus. Another swimming pool, basketball courts, batting cage, and an indoor track are housed in these buildings.
Alumni Association
The West Chester University Alumni Association is an organization of more than 58,(X)0 graduates of the University.
The purpose of the Alumni Association is to promote the interests of West Chester University in all areas of acade- mic, cultural, and social needs, to strengthen the Alumni Association through a strong network of graduates, and to increase the awareness of alumni to the University's needs.
The Alumni Association sponsors two major events on campus each year — Homecoming in the fall and Alumni Weekend in the spring. The West Chester University Magazine, published quarter- ly, incorporates RAMPARTS, providing all alumni with information on their classmates and events of interest.
The Alumni Association also offers pro- gramming and services to students through its efforts with admissions recruiting, career mentoring, and net- working. The on-campus Alumni Student Connection group works with current matriculating students to build ties with the University that will continue when these students become alumni. In turn, this group also keeps alumni updated on events and news of their Alma Mater.
Academic Affairs
West Chester University's undergraduate programs include teaching certification programs, local certificate programs, and programs of study leading to the Associate of Science, Bachelor of Arts. Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science in Education, Bachelor of Science, and Bachelor of Science in Nursing. A complete list of undergraduate degree programs appears on page 48. Programs of study at the graduate level are also available. These are listed on page 31 and are described in detail in the Graduate Catalog.
Honors Program
The University provides to able students with outstanding achievements in schol- arship, community service, the arts, and/or leadership the opportunity to par- ticipate in a challenging Honors Program and to receive appropriate recognition when they complete the requirements. The aim of the Honors Program is to provide an inviting environment for aca- demically gifted and highly motivated students to interact and form a learning
community of peers, faculty, administra- tors, and staff that will challenge and enrich the students' college experience.
Grounded in the liberal arts tradition, the Honors Program seeks interdisciplinary connections in order to develop students' natural intellectual abilities and to chal- lenge them to employ those gifts on behalf of the larger community. For this reason, the West Chester University Honors Program considers "honors" more than a matter of strong grades. It means using the gift of knowledge to be an active and creative problem solver in both the campus community and in the world. Honors is about building charac- ter and fostering a commitment to life- long learning that can develop the lead- ers of the 21st century. Membership is competitive and based on attainment and maintenance of a cumulative 3.25 grade point average, regular enrollment in Honors courses, and service to the cam- pus community. The program comprises two tiers: Honors in General Education and Junior-Senior Honors.
A certificate for Honors in General Education is awarded to a student who completes five of the seven lower-tier courses. These five courses are part of a core curriculum. Usually these honors courses partially fulfill general education requirements. They also fulfill writing emphasis requirements.
Five of these courses will be offered in the freshman year, and two in the sopho- more year. Honors in General Education will be given for these courses with some substitutions also accepted.
A certificate in Junior-Senior Honors is
awarded to a student who completes the upper tier of the program; a student who has completed both tiers is granted a cer- tificate in University Honors. Require- ments for the upper tier consist of two of the interdisciplinary seminars offered by the program itself and a senior project, which is usually done in the student's major field of study. The seminars are usually new each semester; recent topics have included "Future Energy Alter- natives," "The Arts from 1900 to 1920," "Death and Dying," "Gender, War, and
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
Peace," and "Elizabethan England." Senior projects have been of many types, including library research theses, com- puter programs, recitals, and portfolios in the arts. Individual initiative is encour- aged.
The program provides optional housing in Killinger Hall. Rooms feature direct connection to the University computer system. Some honors students, however, live in other campus residence halls, in town, or at home.
An Honors Council, which includes both faculty and students, sets the policies of the program. A committee of that coun- cil, working with the director, determines the admission and retention of students. Further information about the Honors Program — requirements, offerings, hous- ing, and the extracurricular activities of the Honors Student Association — is available from Dr. Kevin W. Dean, director. Honors Program, Room 131, Francis Harvey Green Library, West Chester University, West Chester, PA, 610-436-2996.
International Education
Established in 1973, the Center for International Programs is responsible for coordinating study-abroad programs, international faculty exchanges, visits by foreign scholars, and international pro- grams for the campus and the broader community of which we are a part. In addition, the Center for International Programs actively promotes development of an international curriculum, facilitates internships and independent study abroad, and provides a variety of essen- tial services for the approximately 100 international students from 30 nations.
West Chester University currently oper- ates its own study-abroad programs in England, Wales, and France. Students are encouraged to participate in the Univer- sity-sponsored, junior-year-abroad pro- gram.
As expected, the Department of Foreign Languages plays an essential role in developing study-abroad programs as well as in preparing students and faculty to meet the challenge of experiencing one of the University's study-abroad options. To help meet this need, the Department of Foreign Languages, through its highly acclaimed Critical Language Program, regularly offers courses in Greek, Finnish, Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, and several other lan- guages, in addition to its regularly sched-
uled series of courses in German, French, Spanish, Italian, and Russian.
International study opportunities for American and foreign students are contin- uing to expand at West Chester Univer- sity. The James E. McErlane Scholarship Fund provides awards for West Chester University students participating in inter- national study programs. Anyone interest- ed in taking advantage of these opportuni- ties is encouraged to contact the Center for International Programs, 102 Old Library, for details on current program options, 610-436-3515.
Academic Development Program
The Academic Development Program is designed to provide an opportunity for a college education at West Chester University to those students who do not meet current admission requirements but who show a potential for success in col- lege. Students admitted to the program are expected to take advantage of the program components which have been developed to enhance their skills in read- ing, writing, speaking, mathematics, and critical thinking, as well as to help them in their transition from high school to college.
The Academic Development Program is comprised of a series of required courses supplemented by specialized tutoring, counseling, scheduling, and advising.
The program begins with an intensive, six-week session during the summer which students must complete. Any developmental course work taken during this time is credit-bearing, but these cred- its are not applicable toward graduation.
Students in the program also are required to complete the following courses: COM 101, ENG 120, ENG 121, and EDR 100, all of which should be taken as soon as possible after completion of summer requirements. All of these courses satisfy University requirements for graduation. Students will be advised also on the completion of General Education Requirements and, as necessary, on the transition to a major course of study.
In 1995 the Academic Development Program was recognized by the National Association of Developmental Educators as the country's Outstanding Develop- mental Program at four-year institutions.
For further information, please contact Dr. Peter T. Kyper, director. Academic Development Program, 103 Lawrence Center, 610-436-3505.
National Student Exchange Program
West Chester is one of approximately 300 American colleges and universities, located throughout the United States including Hawaii, Alaska, Puerto Rico, California, and Florida, which partici- pates in the National Student Exchange (NSE) Program. The program gives stu- dents an opportunity to broaden their cul- tural and academic horizons through a semester or a year of study in another part of the United States without paying out-of-state tuition fees or incurring such complications as credit transfers. The exchange usually takes place during the sophomore or junior year so that return- ing students can share their experiences with students on the West Chester cam- pus. In order to qualify for the program, applicants must be full-time students with a 2.5 Grade Point Average. The annual recruitment program takes place during the fall semester and the first part of the spring semester, with placement for the following school year occurring midway through the spring semester. NSE information is available at the Office of the Registrar, E.O. Bull Center, 610-436-3085.
Pennsylvania State System Visiting Student Program
Undergraduate students enrolled in a degree program who have earned 27 credits and are in good academic stand- ing have the opportunity to enroll as a visitor for a fall, spring, or summer term at any of the other 13 Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education institutions. The program allows students to take advantage of SPECIALIZED courses, programs, or experiences NOT AVAIL- ABLE at the home institution without losing (home) institutional residency. Advance approval from both the home and the host institutions is required. Visiting Student Program information is available at the Office of the Registrar, E. O. Bull Center, 610-436-3085.
Environmental Programs
Students interested in pursuing environ- mental degree programs may choose from those identified below. Consult the departments listed for details on these programs.
Ecology. Offered by the Department of Biology, this program provides a strong background in field biology and prepares students for careers as biologists in envi-
Academic Affairs— Special Programs and Services
ronmental agencies, industry, consulting firms, and similar organizations. Environmental Health Science. Offered by the Department of Health, this pro- gram synthesizes a rigorous scientific preparation with specialized, applied environmental courses on such topics as water and air pollution, hazardous wastes, mdustrial hygiene and safety, and environmental applications of geographic information systems. It prepares students for careers as environmental scientists in government and industry. Other nondegree options exist for stu- dents interested in environmental issues. Education majors may elect to earn an endorsement in environmental educa- tion (see Department of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education), and geography majors may emphasize environmental planning as part of the B.A. in geography (see Department of Geography and Planning). In addition, a wide range of course work for majors and nonmajors alike is offered by the fol- lowing departments: Biology; Chemistry; Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education; Economics; Geography and Planning; Geology and Astronomy; Health; and Physics.
Pre-Professional Study
West Chester University recognizes that some students will select career goals that will require pursuit of academic degrees after the baccalaureate, either in graduate school or at a professional school. Students with such goals are encouraged to discuss them with appro- priate members of the faculty. Pre-Medical. Students interested in graduate studies in one of the health pro- fessions (dentistry, medicine, optometry, podiatry, or vetennary medicine) are encouraged to apply for admission to the Pre-Medical Program, which is super- vised by members of the Pre-Medical Committee. More information about this program can be found under the Pre- Medical Program listing in the section, "Programs of Study and Course Offerings."
Pre-Law. Students who are contemplating going on to law school should take part in die pre-law program conducted by the University. Law schools maintain that, while there is no proper "pre-law major," students should choose courses that sharp- en their analytical reasoning, writing, speaking, and listening capabilities in the humanities, social sciences, or natural sci- ences (particularly those courses requiring
research and communication skills). Overall academic performance is essential; a cumulative average of at least 3.0 is required by almost all accredited law schools.
Students interested in attending law school should contact Prof. John Shea, Department of Political Science and director of the pre-law program, in Room 106, Ruby Jones Hall, early in their aca- demic careers. Students also are encour- aged to participate in the Pre-Law Club.
Pre-Engineering. West Chester provides a pre-engineering program in cooperation with The Pennsylvania State University. At the end of five years, a student earns a B.S. in physics from West Chester University and a B.S. in engineering from The Pennsylvania State University. Students normally spend three years at West Chester University and two years at Penn State University, taking only engi- neering-related courses. All mathematics, physics, cognates, and general education courses are generally taken at West Chester University. Students may choose from many fields of engineering, some of which are listed in the "Physics" section of this catalog.
Pre-Theology. Pre-seminary students tend to major in religious studies under the auspices of the Department of Philosophy but select courses from a wide variety of disciplines. Students interested in graduate studies in theology and religious studies should work out their programs of study with the Department of Philosophy.
Undeclared Major Program
The Undeclared Major Program allows students who have not yet chosen a major to explore their fields of interest before entering a degree program. During their freshman and sophomore years, students are encouraged to schedule courses which fulfill the General Education Require- ments. In addition to the General Educa- tion Requirements, other courses may be scheduled in a wide range of disciplines. Academic advisers will help the students to select and schedule appropriate courses.
Students should understand that certain academic programs require prerequisites for further study. Complefion of such prerequisites, if not undertaken dunng the period of study as an undeclared major, may prolong University atten- dance.
A student may transfer into a program from undeclared status only if
1. there is a vacancy in the desired pro- gram,
2. the chairperson of that program approves, and
3. a formal approved change of curricu- lum form has been filed in the Office of the Registrar.
Students should inquire about program vacancies as early as possible during their first year of study.
The Undeclared Major Program is administered by the Academic Advising Center located in Room 105 Lawrence Center. The program and the center have received national recognition for excel- lence in advising and student retention.
The Academic Advising Center provides the following services for students who have not yet declared a major:
Advice regarding course selection
Assistance in establishing educational objectives
Information regarding various pro- grams offered by the University
Advice to students in academic diffi- culty
Referral to University support services
Guidance in and instructions for declaring a major
Interpretation of University, school, and department regulations, rules, and requirements.
The center also makes information regarding University services available to late afternoon and evening students. For more information call 610-436-3505, or visit Room 105 Lawrence Center.
University TXitoring Center
The University Tutoring Center offers free tutoring to registered students. The center's focus is on assisting students in mastering course content while becoming indepen- dent learners. Tutoring is offered for most general education courses including mathe- matics, English, natural sciences, social sci- ences, and foreign languages. Most stu- dents are given standing, one-hour appoint- ments for the entire semester. Students should make tutoring appointments as early as possible in the semester to ensure place- ment. Employment opportunities for quali- fied undergraduate and graduate students are available each semester. Interested stu- dents should pick up an application and information brochure in Room 105 Lawrence Center. The center is open daily, 8 a.m. - 6 p.m. Please call 610-436-2535 for more information or visit Room 132 Lawrence Center.
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
Study Skills Project
The Study Skills Project is a one-credit learning strategies course that helps stu- dents become independent learners. Class meetings are supplemented by several small-group sessions with a tutor. The course covers skills such as time man- agement, effective reading of textbooks, taking notes, and test-taking strategies.
For more information, call Dr. Mary Keetz at 610-436-2174.
Services for Students with Disabilities
The Office of Services for Students with Disabilities (OSSD) offers services for students with physical and learning dis- abilities. The OSSD is designed to assist students in making a successful transition to the University. We take a proactive stance that encourages students to under- stand their needs and strengths in order to best advocate for themselves.
At West Chester University we recognize that some students with disabilities want minimal assistance while others require the full range of support and services. The staff of the OSSD supports students as they become more self-reliant by emphasizing their knowledge and com- munication skills and the understanding of their rights and obligations under the laws. To facilitate successful transition we recommend a comprehensive assess- ment of needs through this office.
The OSSD provides advocacy with fac- ulty for classroom accommodations under the requirements of Section 504 and the Americans with Disabilities Act. Recent, appropriate, and comprehensive documentation provided by licensed pro- fessionals must accompany requests for accommodations.
The OSSD coordinates provision of direct services for students with disabili- ties through support staff in the research and technical areas of the University. We also advocate in the readmission proce- dure, with the offices of Financial Aid and the Registrar, and supplement advis- ing services to the extent that the infor- mation or assistance is disability related and necessary to promote student access.
Substitutions for foreign language requirements are possible for certain stu- dents. Documentation of the student's disability must specifically indicate the connection between the area of weakness and the requirements of the course, and state that such substitution is necessary. Adapted math courses are offered to stu-
dents who qualify to fulfill the general education requirements. The OSSD is located within the Academic Programs and Services Division and coordinates services with other units within the division, such as the University Tutoring Center and the Academic Advising Center, as well as other University offices including the Writing Center and the Office of Residence Life and Housing. Liaison with governmental agencies and private practitioners for provision of services is also available through the OSSD. In order to ensure continuity of services, students should pursue such actions prior to enrollment. Students needing financial support for personal services or inter- preters should register with the appropri- ate agency at least six months in advance of matriculation.
Office of Services for Students with Disabilities
Room 105 Lawrence Center West Chester University West Chester, PA 19383 610-436-3416
Services Provided for Students with Disabilities
Special Summer Orientation
Central Documentation File
Optional Comprehensive Needs
Assessment
Advocacy with Faculty
Alternative Test-Taking Arrangements
Academic Advising
Priority Registration
Note-Taking Support
Content Tutors
Study Skills Tutoring
Taped Texts Assistance (Recordings
for the Blind, Inc.)
Adaptive Technology
Readers for Visually Impaired
Students
Interpreters for Hearing-Impaired
Students
Accommodated Math Classes
Course Substitutes (e.g.. Foreign
Language)
Peer Support
Students with Disabilities Association
The Writing Program
West Chester University's cross-discipli- nary Writing Program was begun in 1978 as a pilot project funded by the National Endowment for the Humanities and the Pennsylvania State College Educational Trust Fund. Building on the skills devel- oped in English composition courses, the program is based on the assumption that
writing is integral to all academic learn- ing in liberal and professional studies. The program's focus is therefore not on remediation but on enhancement; the University regards writing as much more than a set of basic language skills. The program provides for:
(1) Writing-emphasis courses each semester in traditional liberal studies (for example, English literature, his- tory, anthropology, sociology, chem- istry, and physics) and in profession- al studies (for example, criminal jus- tice, early childhood education, nurs- ing, and public health)
(2) A general requirement that all stu- dents must take three of these writ- ing-emphasis courses, in addition to English composition, before their senior year
(3) In-house lectures, seminars, and workshops on writing for faculty members in all disciplines
The WCU Writing Program has been rec- ognized for its scope and achievement by the Association of American Colleges. It is administered by a director and a commit- tee of one student and seven faculty mem- bers representing different fields of study.
Internships
A number of departments offer the opportunity for internships, field experi- ences, or practicums in which students may earn credit through employment in their field of interest. Additional infor- mation is available under the various department listings in this catalog and from the individual departments.
Three University-wide internship opportu- nities are open to students from any major: The Harrisburg Internship Semester (THIS) is a fiill-semester, 15-credit experi- ence in Pennsylvania state government. It is open to any junior or senior who has a minimum GPA of 3.5. A stipend is involved. (See Department of Political Science, HBI 400, 401. 402.) The Washington Center Internships are 15- credit experiences with the U.S. Congress, Executive Branch, interest groups and lob- bies. The Pennsylvania House of Representatives Legislative Fellowship Program, open to all junior/senior students with a minimum GPA of 3.5, involves committee staff assignments in policy development and a stipend. All three pro- grams are administered by the Department of Political Science.
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
Summer Sessions
West Chester University's summer pro- gram, among the oldest university-spon- sored summer programs in the United States, has one of the largest enrollments in the State System of Higher Education. More than 600 courses, both graduate and undergraduate, are offered, including workshops, seminars, and internships, as well as the usual classes. Offenngs are available in every department and in inter- disciplinary areas.
Students from any college or university, as well as nonlraditional students, may take courses for enjoyment, personal growth, or degree credit. The summer program runs for 10 weeks (two five- week sessions), and a student can earn up to 12 credits during the summer sessions. Summer session booklets containing the course schedules may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar (undergradu- ate), the Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored Research (graduate), and aca- demic departments. For more informa- tion contact the Office of the Registrar at 610-436-1033 or the Office of Graduate Studies at 610-436-2943.
Center for Adult Studies The Center for Adult Studies coordi- nates the evening studies program and all continuing education credit courses. The evening program offers basic courses that meet the general education require- ments and elective portions of most four- year degree programs. In addition, stu- dents can earn a bachelor's degree in the evening in the following areas:
Accounting
Computer Science
Economics
Finance
Geography and Planning
History
Liberal Studies
Management
Marketing
Political Science
Psychology Services available to adult learners include:
Telephone Registration
Academic Advising
Tutoring
Career Information and Guidance
Daytime Child Care
Personal and Family Counseling
Financial Aid
Credit Card Payment Many adult learners have acquired a great deal of knowledge outside the
framework of a formal institution of higher education — knowledge which may be equivalent to that attained in col- lege courses. The Center for Adult Studies advises students on how to earn college credit for that knowledge. Available programs include:
Credit by Examination
The CLEP Program
Portfolio Development and Assessment
Continuing Education and Conference Services
Continuing Education serves the lifelong educational needs of the local communi- ty, organizations, government agencies, and business and industry by providing access to the University's extensive aca- demic, human, and physical resources. Continuing Education coordinates non- credit programs that are geared toward the professional and personal development of employees in the business and governmen- tal community, and many include semi- nars, workshops, and certificate programs. Sample topics include the following:
Management Skills for the First-Time Supervisor
Conflict Management and Resolution
Managing People
Communication Skills Workshop
Project Management
Finance and Accounting for the Nonfinance Manager
Improving Customer Service
Managing Technical Organizations
Team Building Continuing Education also provides cus- tomized on-site education and training programs and needs assessments. Organizations can arrange for experi- enced faculty to lead them through The Adventure by Choice Program, an indoor-outdoor experiential program designed to promote growth and change. Tailor-made programs are available to assist businesses and organizations to achieve goals in team building, problem solving, communication, trust, and posi- tive thinking.
Conference Services coordinates the rental of University facilities by outside organizations. Available areas include the following:
Ballrooms
Classrooms
Conference rooms
Sports complexes
Training facilities The division also provides administrative coordination to faculty and staff hosting
a variety of academic and professional conferences.
Through workforce development pro- grams, Continuing Education and Conference Services is involved with community partnerships, and utilizes available federal and state grant funds to provide educational and training pro- grams for the un- and underemployed.
Programs utilizing technology as the link between instructor and student are also coordinated through Continuing Education and Conference Services. The office attempts to identify potential partners and receiving sites, and serves as a liaison to off-campus businesses and organizations looking to take advantage of our distance programs. For information about any of the above programs, contact Continuing Education and Conference Services at 21 1 Carter Drive, 610-436-6935.
Veterans Affairs
Under the provisions of Title 38, West Chester University is an accredited univer- sity for the education of veterans. The University cooperates with the Veterans Administration to see that honorably sepa- rated or discharged veterans receive every consideration consistent with either degree or nondegree admission standards.
All veterans, certain dependents of disabled or deceased veterans, and war orphans who wish to obtain educational benefits under the appropriate public laws must register with the office overseeing veterans affairs at initial registration. Veterans must renew their registration with this office at the beginning of each subsequent semester and each summer session. The Veterans Ad- ministration requires students who are vet- erans to schedule at least 12 semester hours per semester in order to receive full bene- fits under the GI Bill.
A representative of the Veterans Admin- istration is in the Office of Financial Aid, Room 138, Elsie O. Bull Center, counsel- ing and acting as liaison between students and the Veterans Affairs Office in finan- cial and other matters.
Armed Services Programs
Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) is available through a cross-enrollment agreement with Widener University. All classes are conducted on the campus of Widener University. Students receive from 1 .5 to 3.0 free elec- tive credit hours per course (maximum 12 credit hours) towards their baccalaureate programs.
Academic Affairs — Special Programs and Services
West Chester students also may enroll in the Air Force Reserve Officers' Training Program (AFROTC) through a cross-enrollment agreement with Saint Joseph's University. All aerospace stud- ies courses are held on the Saint Joseph's University campus.
The University, with the approval of the Council of Trustees, permits West Chester University students enrolled in the Armed Services Reserve Officer Candidate Program (ROC) to receive six semester hours of baccalaureate credit upon successful completion and certifica- tion of ROC military requirements. These credits are classified as free elective transfer credits. Depending on the status of the student's program at the time of ROC credit transfer, these credits will be counted toward, or in excess of the 128 credits required for a baccalaureate degree.
ROC programs are contingent on suc- cessful completion of a military require- ment during vacation and the awarding of a college degree before being granted the service commission. The programs cover the Navy's Basic and Advanced Reserve Officer Candidate courses (held on the Villanova University campus) and the Marine Corps Junior and Senior Platoon Leadership courses.
West Chester University students may enroll in the United States Marine Corps Platoon Leaders Class as freshmen, sophomores, and juniors. This program is open to men and women. All training is done during summer vacation, and reserve officer commission credits will be counted upon successful completion of military requirements and the successful comple- tion of a University degree. Students inter- ested in the Platoon Leaders Class should contact Professor Richard Yoder, Depart- ment of Kinesiology, Room 306, Sturze- becker Health Sciences Center, 610-436- 3356.
Graduate Studies
West Chester's graduate programs, intro- duced in 1959, offer study opportunities leading to Master of Education, Master of Arts, Master of Science in Administra- tion, Master of Business Administration, Master of Science, Master of Social Work, and Master of Music degrees. West Chester schedules its graduate courses in the late afternoon and evening during the fall and spring semesters. It is possible to pursue full-time graduate study during the academic year and dur- ing summer sessions.
Administration
M.S. A. (Concentrations: Health Services. Human Resource Management, Individualized. Leadership for Women, Long-Term Care. Public Administration. Sport and .Athletic Administration. Training and Development. Urban/Regional Planning)
Cooperative Certification in Administration with Clinical Chemistry
Biology
MA Biology
Business
MB, A (Concentrations: Economics/Finance, General Business, Management)
Chemistry
MA Physical Science (Concentration:
Chemistry) M.Ed. Chemistry M.S. Chemistry MS Clinical Chemistry
Childhood Studies and Reading
M.Ed. Elementarv Education
(Concentrations: Creative Teaching- Learning. Early Childhood Education, Elementary Education, Gifted and Talented, Human Development, Language Arts, Reading. Social Studies)
Certification in Elementarv Education
M Ed. Reading
Reading Specialist Certification
Certificate of Advanced Graduate Study
in Childhood Studies and Reading
Communication Studies
MA. Communication Studies
Communicative Disorders
MA. Communicative Disorders
Computer Science
MS Computer Science Certificate in Computer Science
Counselor, Secondary', and Professional Education
M.Ed Elementary School Counseling M Ed. Secondary School Counseling MS Higher Education Counseling M.S. Educational Research Specialist I Certificate in Counseling
(Elementarj' or Secondar)) M.Ed. Secondary Education Courses in Environmental Education;
Urban Education
Criminal Justice
M.S. Cnminal Justice
English
MA. English
Foreign Languages
MA. French MA. Spanish M.Ed. French M.Ed. Spanish
Geography and Planning
MA. Geography
MSA. (Concentration: Urban/Regional Planning)
Geology and Astronomy
MA. Physical Science (Concentration: Earth Sciences)
Health
MEd Health M.S. Health MSA (Concentration: Health Services)
History
MA. History M.Ed. History
Instructional Media
M.Ed. Instructional Media Education
M.S. Instructional Media
Teaching Certification for Instructional Media Education
Kinesiology (formerly Physical Education)
MS Physical Education (Concentrations:
General Physical Education. Exercise and Sport Physiology)
MSA. (Concentration: Sport and Athletic Administration)
Leadership for Women
MSA. (Concentration: Leadership for Women)
Mathematics
MA Mathematics (Concentrations:
Mathematics, Mathematics Education)
Music
MA Music History
MM. Accompanying
MM. Performance
MM Piano Pedagogy
M.M. Music Education
MM. Music Theory/Composition
Nursing
M.S.N. Community Health Nursing
Philosophy
MA Philosophy
Physical Science
See Chemistry, and Geology and Astronomy
Political Science
M.S. A. (Concentration: Public Administration)
Psychology
MA. Clinical Psychology M.A. General Psychology MA. Group Psychotherapy/ Processes (Certification: Psychodrama)
M.A. Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Public Administration
See Political Science
Social Work
M S W Social Work
Special Education
M.Ed. Special Education Certification in Special Education
Degree Requirements
Teaching English as a Second Language
MA Teaching English as a Second Language
The following departments and inter- disciplinary' areas offer graduate courses, but no graduate degree:
Anthropology and Sociology, Art, Linguistics, Theatre Arts, and Women's Studies.
Scholarly Publications
College Literature is an international, tri- annual journal of scholarly criticism dedi- cated to the needs of college/university teachers by providing them with access to innovative ways of studying and teaching new bodies of literature and experiencing old literatures in new ways. Kostas
Myrsiades of the Department of English serves as editor.
Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora is a semiannual, international scholarly review focusing on the Greek experience of the 19th and 20th centuries, published at West Chester University by Pella Publishing Co. of New York. Kostas Myrsiades, Department of English, serves as editor.
Degree Requirements
GENERAL INFORMATION
Responsibility
The ultimate responsibility for satisfying all graduation require- ments is the student's. Faculty academic advisers are expected to provide accurate, helpful information to students, and stu- dents are expected to be knowledgeable about the academic policies and procedures governing the completion of their degrees. The student and faculty adviser are expected to consult with each other regularly. Under West Chester University's advising program, all students have faculty advisers, appointed through their major departments, who counsel them on academ- ic matters throughout their undergraduate years. Students who have not yet declared a major are advised by the Academic Advising Center in Lawrence Center.
Applicable Catalog Year
All students (entering freshmen and transfers) are bound by the catalog in the year in which they first enter for meeting general education requirements. West Chester University defines "enter" as the first semester of study as a degree candidate during the fall or spring semester. Students are bound by the major, minor, and cognate requirements in the catalog at the time they are accepted into the major or minor. If any of the degree require- ments change while students are matriculating, they may. but do not have to, meet changed requirements after their first semester of study as a declared major. In some instances, accrediting and/or certification standards necessitate the change in major, minor, and cognate requirements. In such situations, the respec- tive school or college will formally inform each student that he or she must meet the new requirements. Readmitted students are bound by the requirements in the major, minor, and cognate areas at the time of readmission, except where permission is granted by the respective department.
Dual Degrees and Majors
Students are permitted to pursue dual majors under the same degree or dual degrees with the concurrence of the participating departments. (See "Dual Degrees" and "Dual Majors" in the "Academic Policies and Procedures" section of this catalog.)
Basic Proficiency
Students who do not demonstrate basic proficiency in English or mathematics may be required to take 000-level courses as prerequisites of their degree programs. These courses do not count towards graduation.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACCALAUREATE DEGREE
1 . Satisfactory completion of a minimum of 128 semester hours at or above the 100 level, distributed as shown in the curriculum for the student's major field.
2. Achievement of a cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of at least 2.00 (C) and an average of at least 2.00 (C) in the major field.
3. Attendance at West Chester University for at least 30 semes- ter hours of the degree program, normally the final 30 semes- ter hours of the degree program.
4. Fulfillment of any special requirements or program compe- tencies that are particular to a department or a school.
5. Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the University, including payment of the graduation fee, and of all other obligations, including the return of University property.
6. Compliance with all academic requests, including filing an application for graduation in the Office of the Registrar.
UNI 101: The Student and the University
A one-credit course in college adjustment and exploration is taken as part of the New Student Orientation Program. Graded on a pass/fail basis, this course is required of all new freshmen and of all new transfer students who transfer fewer than 33 credits. This requirement is suspended for the 1997-99 academ- ic years while the course is being revised. This suspension does not reduce the number of total credits required for graduation.
BACCALAUREATE GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
The General Education Requirements Common to All Baccalaureate Curricula
A broad education emphasizes the enhancement of the basic skills in English and mathematics, as well as encompasses experiences in the humanities, the social and natural sciences, and the arts. At the same time, it must be versatile because of the many new courses and areas of study that are constantly becoming available.
West Chester University's curriculum has been planned to allow freedom of choice for the student within educationally sound limits.
The general education requirements that constitute the liberal arts core apply to all freshmen entering West Chester in June 1980 and thereafter.
All students should consult with their advisers and their depart- mental handbooks.
Degree Requirements
Policy on General Education Requirements
Students, both those matriculating as freshmen and transfer stu- dents, who have not completed the basic skills requirements in mathematics and English by the time they have earned 64 credits toward graduation must have the permission of the dean of their school or college (or his or her designee) to schedule additional courses. This policy applies to students entering in the fall of 1988 and thereafter.
A total of 50 semester hours of general education requirements must be completed for a baccalaureate degree. Those 50 credits are allocated among English composition, mathematics, science, behavioral and social sciences, humanities, the arts, physical education or health, and free electives. Credit requirements for each area are provided in the following list. NOTE: Except for the nine free elective semester hours under Category IV, courses taken to satisfy general education requirements may not be taken Pass/Fail. This includes courses taken to satisfy interdisci- plinary and writing emphasis general education requirements.
Specific general education courses may be required by a major or minor program, but no course may have its numeric credits dupli- cated in any application. A student may use the course from one major to meet the requirements of the second major. In this case, the adviser will work with the student to determine which course(s) should be used to address any remaining credits. But in no case may a student graduate with fewer than 128 credits at the 100 level or above. Students should be aware that, although general education requirements have been met, major degree requirements may necessitate a specific minimum performance level in general education courses, e.g., a grade of C- or better.
The following two examples are general education courses that also fulfill program requirements: (1) HIS 152 is a history core requirement and also serves as a second component in fulfilling a general education requirement; (2) BIO 110 is a biology requirement and serves as a general education option.
Consult your major degree program for guidance.
General Education Components
I. Basic Skills 1 1 semester hours
A. English Composition (6 semester hours) ENG 120, ENG 121
Policy for placement in English composition courses: Placement in the appropriate composition course is deter- mined by the score on the SAT and/or by performance on a placement test administered by the Department of English. A student who places into and passes ENG 121 is not required to take ENG 120. The student, however, must complete a minimum of 128 credits to graduate. A student enrolled in ENG 020 must pass with a grade of C- or better before he or she enrolls in ENG 120. IMPOR- TANT: Credits earned in ENG 020 are computed in the student's GPA. However, these credits will not be count- ed as part of the 128 college-level credits required for graduation. Non-native, English-speaking students seek- ing admission to ENG 030, ENG 130, and ENG 131 must consult the English as a Second Language (ESL) program staff for a placement evaluation prior to registering for these courses. ENG 1 30 and 1 3 1 are comparable to ENG 120 and 121 for non-native, English-speaking students only. Because all students must take and pass both ENG 120 (130) and ENG 121 (131) to graduate, and no substitution of other courses satisfies this require-
ment, a student who fails either of these courses after three attempts will be dismissed immediately following the third failure regardless of GPA.
B. Mathematics (3 semester hours) College-level mathematics course designated by the student's major department.
Policy for placement in mathematics: Placement in the appropriate mathematics course is determined by the student's math SAT score or performance on the Mathematics Placement Examination administered by the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science. All entering freshmen with SAT scores between 440 and 470 must complete MAT 000 with a grade of C- or better unless they are early childhood, elementary, or special education majors, in which case they take MAT 001 before they enroll in any other mathematics course. Any student, regardless of major, who scores below 440 must take MAT 001. Students who score between 440 and 470 on the SAT, but who take and pass the departmental placement test during the summer orientation, may place out of the developmental math levels and enroll directly into the college-level (100) mathematics course. IMPOR- TANT: Credits earned in MAT 000 or 001 are com- puted in the student's GPA. However, these credits will not be counted as part of the 128 college-level credits required for graduation.
C. Physical Education Activity (2 semester hours) Students may, for medical reasons, petition to substi- tute PEA 236 or a health course for the physical activi- ty requirement. Veterans are exempt from the physical activity requirement. Only courses with the PEA pre- fix meet the physical education activity general edu- cation requirement except for those students whose majors have obtained University approval for KIN (formerly PED) courses.
II. Distributive Requirements 27 semester hours
NOTE: Some approved courses are two-semester courses, e.g., CHE 103-104, HIS 151-152.
A. Science (9 semester hours)
One approved course in three of the following areas:
1. Biology— BIO 100 or BIO 110
2. Chemistry— CHE 100, or CHE 102, or CHE 1 03- 1 04, or CHE 1 05- 1 06, or CHE 1 07
3. Computer Science— CSC 101, or CSC 115, or CSC 141
4. Earth Science— ESS 101 or ESS 111
5. Physics— PHY 100, or PHY 130-140, or PHY 170-180
B. Behavioral and Social Sciences (9 semester hours) One approved course in each group plus a third course in a discipline not previously selected:
1 . Group I
Anthropology— ANT 102 or ANT 103 Psychology— PS Y 100 Sociology— SOC 200 or SOC 240
2. Group II
Economics— ECO 1 0 1 , or ECO 1 1 1 , or ECO 1 1 2 Geography— GEO 101 or GEO 103 Government— PSC 100, or PSC 101, or PSC 213
Degree Requirements
C. Humanities (9 semester hours)
One approved course in each of the following areas:
1. Literature— LIT 165, CLS 165, or CLS 260-261
2. History— HIS 101, HIS 102. HIS 150, or HIS 151-152 (NOTE: Students who took HIS 100 and failed should take HIS 102 for the repeat.)
3. Philosophy— PHI 101 or PHI 180
Courses approved to satisfy the distributive require- ment component are noted with a * in the course description sections. Students may substitute an approved two-semester, entry-level course marked with a t in the course descriptions sections for a course marked with a *. For example, PHY HO- MO may be substituted for PHY 100. Transfer stu- dents who have taken one-half of a six-credit foun- dation course in a discipline may fulfill the appro- priate distributive requirement by taking the other half of this foundation course at West Chester. Students should obtain clearance from their adviser before making substitutions of this type.
m. The Arts 3 semester hours
Any courses in the following areas: art. cinematography, dance, music, photography, and theatre
rV. Free Electives 9 semester hours
Free electives are selected by the student. They may not be used to satisfy major, core, cognate, or general educa- tion (including distributive) requirements. TTiey may, however, be used to fulfill the requirements of a second major (determined by date of declaration). All of these free electives must be at or above the 100 level.
All students are encouraged to complete the above requirements
in their first two years at West Chester.
V. Writing Emphasis Courses
All students who enter with fewer than 40 credits must take at least three approved writing emphasis courses at West Chester. Transfer students who enter with 40-70 credits must take two writing emphasis courses. Students who transfer more than 70 credits must take one writing emphasis course. ENG 120 and 121 do not count as writ- ing emphasis courses. Each writing emphasis course may simultaneously fulfill another degree requirement. Writing emphasis courses may not be transferred to West Chester.
VI. Interdisciplinary Requirement
A. Freshmen who entered the University in fall 1985 or later must complete an approved interdisciplinary course. Transfer students who enter with 60 credits or more are not required to complete an interdisciplinary course.
B. For students who entered as freshmen or transfers between fall 1985 and spring 1988, an approved inter- disciplinary course may be substituted for any course in the distributive requirements or in the arts in the general education requirements.
HOWEVER
For students who entered the University beginning with the 1988 fall semester, the process of meeting the inter- disciplinary requirement has changed. C. The interdisciplinary requirement can be fulfilled at
one of two levels — the general education level or
the upper level.
1. An approved interdisciplinary course (at the 100
or 200 level) may be substituted for any course in the distributive requirements or in the arts in the general education requirements.
NOTE: This substitution may be made only once.
2. An approved upper-level interdisciplinary course (at the 300 or 400 level) cannot be substituted for gen- eral education requirements.
D. ENG 121, Effective Writing II, is a prerequisite for all interdisciplinary requirement courses.
E. Approved interdisciplinary courses are indicated by a pound sign (#) in the departmental course descriptions.
NOTE: A course may simultaneously meet the interdisciplinary and foreign culture cluster requirements.
nary Courses
American Civilization
Mass Media and Popular Culture
Humans and the Environment
Classical Mythology in the 20th Century
Gender and Peace
Modernity/Postmodemity
Literature and Medicine
Law, Literature, and Communication
American Economic Experience
French Civilization (in English)
German Civilization (in English)
Austrian Civilization, 1848-1938
Humans and the Environment
Soviet Russian Culture (in English)
Civilization of Spain (in English)
Latin-American Culture and Civilization
(in English)
Puerto Rican Language and Culture
Beyond Columbus
Humans and the Environment
Introduction to Urban Studies
German Civilization (in German)
Modern India
Chinese Civilization
An Introduction to the Islamic World
Austrian Civilization
Gender and Peace
Unified Science I
Sport, Culture, and Society
Introduction to Meaning
Literature of the Apocalypse
Medieval Women's Culture
Victorian Attitudes
Urbanism and Modem Imagination
Martin Luther King
Form and Style in the Arts
Introduction to Religious Studies
Principles of the Arts
Introduction to Meaning
Biomedical Ethics
Feminist Theory
Introduction to Urban Studies
The Origin of Life and the Universe
Perspectives on Mental Illness
Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies
Global Perspectives
Race Relations
|
Interdisciplii |
|
|
AMS |
200 |
|
AMS |
210 |
|
BIO |
102 |
|
CLS |
201 |
|
CLS |
329 |
|
CLS |
352 |
|
CLS |
370 |
|
CLS |
371 |
|
ECO |
344 |
|
EFR |
220 |
|
EGE |
222 |
|
EGE |
323 |
|
ENV |
102 |
|
ERU |
209 |
|
ESP |
219 |
|
ESP |
222 |
|
ESP |
324 |
|
ESP |
362 |
|
ESS |
102 |
|
GEO |
204 |
|
GER |
221 |
|
HIS |
302 |
|
HIS |
306 |
|
HIS |
308 |
|
HIS |
323 |
|
HIS |
329 |
|
IND |
201 |
|
KIN |
246 |
|
LIN |
330 |
|
LIT |
162 |
|
LIT |
245 |
|
LIT |
250 |
|
LIT |
270 |
|
LIT |
309 |
|
MHL |
201 |
|
PHI |
102 |
|
PHI |
174 |
|
PHI |
330 |
|
PHI |
370 |
|
PHI |
405 |
|
PSC |
204 |
|
SCB |
210 |
|
SOC |
349 |
|
SSC |
200 |
|
SSC |
201 |
|
SWO |
225 |
Degree Requirements
WOS 225 Women Toda> — An Introduction to
Women's Studies WOS 315 Third World Women: Tradition and Change WOS 329 Gender and Peace WOS 405 Feminist Theory
NOTE: These courses might not be taught as interdiscipHnary courses every semester. Students should therefore check the cur- rent Master Schedule for each course's interdisciplmary status for that semester.
NOTE: There are particular honors courses that have been approved as interdisciplinary at the 300 and 400 levels. Honors students should discuss these courses with the director of the Honors Program. VII. Supplementary General Education Requirements
Students in some programs have additional general educa- tion or cognate requirements to fulfill in disciplines related to their major discipline. Some programs may require a speech course. Students should consult with their major pro- gram adviser about the requirements that apply to them.
Foreign Language and Culture Requirements for
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music Degree
Candidates
A. Candidates for the B.A. and the B.M. in the following departments are required to complete the second half of the intermediate year of a foreign language:
Art
Biology English
Foreign Languages (in a second foreign language) Liberal Studies Mathematics Physics
(Students interested in other B.A. degree programs are urged to consult with their department advisers regarding the foreign language requirements of the particular programs.) Students may satisfy the foreign language requirement by presenting evi- dence of preparation equivalent to the 202 level either by cer- tificate or by examination. Students who are not qualified to take the 202 course prepare themselves by taking the elemen- tary (101-102) and/or intermediate (201) course or courses.
B. Candidates for the B.A. in other departments have the options of demonstrating foreign language competence through the intermediate level or else demonstrating foreign language com- petence through the Elementary II (102) level and by taking three courses dealing with the related foreign cultural area. Questions regarding the foreign language requirement in these other departments should be addressed to their appropriate department chairpersons. The foreign language plus foreign cultures option is open to students who entered after May 1 980.
C. An exemption from the foreign language requirement to the 202 level for B.A. students will be granted if the student meets all of the following requirements:
• English is not the native language.
• The student holds a degree from an institution in the native country which is the equivalent of an American high school.
• The language of instruction in that institution which is the equivalent of an American high school and of which the student is a graduate is the language of the native country.
D. A student for whom English is the native language may peti- tion the exception to the 202-level language requirement if he or she has spent at least two years in a foreign country's
equivalent of an American high school where the language of instruction is that of the foreign country.
E. Attention is called to the policies regarding taking courses out of sequence, page 37. Testing and placement are handled by the Department of Foreign Languages.
F. Students who may request an exception because of a disability should refer to page 29, Services for Students with Disabilities.
Foreign Culture Clusters
Students selecting the foreign language plus foreign culture option must take three courses in at least two separate disci- plines, except that only one course may be taken in the depart- ment or discipline in which the student is majoring. All three courses must be selected from the cluster of courses pertaining to the foreign culture area of the language studied. Approved courses are listed below. Courses taken for foreign cultures credit may not be taken Pass/Fail.
I. Classical Civilization (Latin or Greek) Approved courses: ARH 382. HIS 318, HIS 319,
HIS 348. PHI 270
II. France and Francophone Area (French) Approved courses: ARH 383, ARH 385, EFR 220,
GEO 303, HIS 420, HIS 427, HIS 435, PHI 415, PSC 342
III. Germany (German)
Approved courses: EGE 222, EGE 323, EGE 403, EGE 404, EGE 405, GEO 303, HIS 323, HIS 330, HIS 420, HIS 423, HIS 435, PHI 272, PHI 273, PSC 342
IV. Italy (Italian)
Approved courses: ARH 384, EIT 260, HIS 426, PSC 342
V. Latin America (Spanish or Portuguese) Approved courses: ANT 322, ANT 362, CLS 311,
ESP219, ESP222, ESP311, ESP 324, ESP 403, GEO 302, HIS315, HIS316, HIS317, PSC 340
VI. Russia and Eastern Europe (Russian or an Eastern European language)
Approved courses: ERU 209, GEO 304, HIS 324, HIS 425, PSC 246
NOTE: A course may simultaneously meet the interdisciplinary and culture cluster requirements.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE DEGREE OF ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE
Students in the associate degree programs must fulfill the fol- lowing requirements:
1 . Satisfactory completion of a minimum of 64 semester hours at or above the 100 level
2. Completion of the Associate of Science General Education Component
3. Completion of an approved area of concentration
4. Achievement of a cumulative grade point average of at least 2.00 (C) and an average of at least 2.00 (C) in the area of concentration
5. Attendance at West Chester University for at least 30 semes- ter hours, normally the last 30 hours, of the degree program
S Academic Policies and Procedures
Fulfillment of any special requirements or program compe- tencies that are particular to a department or school
Fulfillment of all financial obligations to the University, including payment of the graduation fee; and of all other obligations, including the return of University property
8. Compliance with all academic requests includmg filing and application for graduation in the Office of the Registrar
West Chester University offers the Associate of Science degree in respiratory therapy. For detailed information on this program, see the Department of Health (pages 88-89).
Academic Policies and Procedures
Degree Classification — Definitions
Degree Candidates — all undergraduates admitted to a degree program or to the undeclared major by the Office of Admissions or through approved internal transfer recorded in the Office of the Registrar.
Nondegree Students — students permitted to enroll part time (maximum nine credits) for course work toward professional devel- opment, personal growth, or certification. Recent high school graduates (within the previous two years) are required to meet the admission standards of the University. Transfer students may enroll nondegree if they have attempted less than 30 credits and have a 2.5 grade point average. Nondegree students may attempt a maxi- mum of 18 credits. Upon reaching 18 credits, students must have a 2.00 GPA to be eligible for admission to a degree pro- gram or to request permission to enroll with professional development status.
Student Standing
The student's standing is determined by the number of semester hours of credit earned as follows:
Freshman 0-3 1 semester hours of
credit (inclusive)
Sophomore 32-63 semester hours
of credit (inclusive)
Junior 64-95 semester hours
of credit (inclusive)
Senior 96 or more semester
hours of credit
Full-Time Status
A full-time class load ranges from 12 to 18 semester hours of credit. Credits attempted or earned through the process of Credit by Examination are not counted in the student class load.
Overloads
Students wishing to carry more than 1 8 credit hours in the fall or spring semester, or six credit hours in a summer session, must secure permission. Permission will not be granted for more than 24 hours in a
fall or spnng semester. The maximum student load for summer school is six hours per session. A student will not be allowed to carry an overload of more than 18 hours in any one summer nor be allowed to carry more than one additional course per summer session.
A student should not seek permission to carry an overload if his or her cumulative average is below 2.75.
Permission for an overload is granted by the chairperson of the department in which the student is majoring and the associate provost.
Field Placement in Schools
West Chester University does not place students at religiously affiliated schools when public school placements are available if that placement results in the student's receiving academic credit (e.g., student teaching). In addition, the University will make every attempt to place students first into public (vs. pri- vate) schools for student teaching and related activities. Further, students will not be assigned student teaching or other related duties at nonsectarian private schools or agencies unless they specifi- cally request such placement. Each request will be considered individually to ensure that the private entity does not receive special benefit from the arrange- ment which outweighs the benefit to the University and its students.
Second Degrees
An individual may pursue a second degree at West Chester University after earning the first degree either at West Chester or some other institution. Such an individual must apply for admission through the Office of Admissions as a transfer student and earn at least 30 hours on campus beyond the require- ments of the initial baccalaureate pro- gram. All requirements for the curricu- lum in which the second degree is earned must be satisfied. A given course required in both the degree programs is not repeated for the second degree.
Dual Degrees
A student who has successfully complet- ed at least 32 credits of work at West Chester University may petition to pur- sue a second undergraduate degree con- currently with the first. If admitted to a second degree program, the student must, to receive both degrees at graduation, earn at least 30 credits beyond the requirements of the baccalaureate pro- gram with the fewest required credits for a minimum of 158 credits. When a stu- dent is enrolled in dual degree programs:
a. The student may not be graduated until both the degrees are completed.
b. All requirements for the curriculum of each degree must be satisfied.
c. A course required in both degree programs does not have to be repeated for the second degree.
d. All University requirements such as minimum GPA and number of cred- its taken at West Chester University in the major must be met for each degree separately.
Double Major
A student may select two majors within the same degree. In this case, a student must meet all of the requirements for both majors. The student should consult regularly with advisers from both pro- grams.
Minor Fields of Study
Students who have enough flexibility in their major curriculum to fulfill the requirements of a minor must fill out and submit a Minor Selection Application to the Office of the Registrar. To enroll in a minor field of study, students must have the permission of both their major and their proposed minor departments. Student must complete 15 to 21 hours of courses selected in consultation with the minor program adviser. Also, beginning with students entering in the fall 1993 semester, students must earn a minimum GPA of 2.00 in courses taken for a minor
Academic Policies and Procedures
in order to receive transcript recognition of that minor.
Minors available at West Chester Univer- sity include the following: Accounting American Studies Anthropology Anthropology/Sociology Art History Astronomy Athletic Coaching Biology
Cognitive Disabilities Communication Studies Comparative Literature Computer Science Creative Writing Criminal Justice Dance (Education/Therapeutic) Dance (Performance) Early Childhood Education Earth Sciences Economics
Elementary Education Ethnic Studies Film Criticism Finance French Geography
Geography and Planning Geology German Health Science History
Holocaust Studies Instructional Media Italian Jazz Studies Journalism Latin
Latin American Studies Linguistics Literature Mathematics Music
Organizational and Technical Writing Peace and Conflict Studies Philosophy Physics
Political Science Psychology Public Management Religious Studies Russian
Russian Studies Social Work Sociology Spanish
Special Education
Studio Art
Theatre
Translation
Women's Studies
Specific course requirements may be
obtained fi-om the minor program advisers.
Changing Majors
A student wishing to transfer from one pro- gram of study at the University to another program must file a Change of Curriculum form in the Office of the Registrar. The student must meet the standards for admis- sion to the desired program and must obtain written permission from the depart- ment involved. Any courses that were ini- tially accepted for transfer credit from another college are subject to re-evaluation by the department to which the student transfers internally.
Adding a Course
Students may add a course by filing a schedule change form in the Office of the Registrar during the Drop/Add Period. Students will not be permitted to add a course after the end of the Add Period (sixth day of the semester).
Dropping a Course
Students may drop a course by filing a schedule change form in the Office of the Registrar during the Drop/Add Period, thereby receiving no grade. Students will not be permitted to drop a course after the end of the Drop/Add Period (fifth day of the semester).
Withdrawing from a Course
A grade of W (Withdraw) will be entered on the academic record of any student who withdraws from a course between the end of the first week and before the end of the eighth class week or the equiv- alent in summer sessions.
Students may withdraw from a course between the end of the eighth class week and the end of the tenth class week and receive a grade of WP (Withdraw Passing) or WF (Withdraw Failing) from their instructor, only if they have a com- pelling special reason or emergency.
A student who is doing passing work at the time of approved withdrawal receives a WP, which is not treated as a grade. A student who is failing receives a WF, computed as an F.
After the tenth week of classes, students who must officially withdraw from the University will receive whatever grade the professor assigns (including WF or
WP) but are not entitled to selectively withdraw from particular classes. However, if the effective date of official withdrawal is during the last week of classes, a grade (not WP or WF) will be assigned for that course.
STUDENTS WHO FAIL TO WITH- DRAW FROM OR DROP A COURSE OFFICIALLY CAN EXPECT TO RECEIVE A GRADE OF F FOR THE COURSE AND ARE FINANCIALLY RESPONSIBLE TO PAY FOR IT.
Withdrawal from the University
Students wishing to withdraw from the University may go to the Office of the Registrar or submit their withdrawal to the office in writing. Written notification is required for all withdrawals. If illness or some other emergency interrupts the stu- dent's University work, he or she must notify the Office of the Registrar at once.
Unless a student withdraws officially, F grades will be recorded for unfinished courses.
Taking Courses Out of Sequence
Students may not enroll for credit in a more elementary course in a sequence after having satisfactorily passed a more advanced course in that sequence. For example, a student may not enroll for credit in French 101 after having satis- factorily passed French 201.
Similarly, students who enroll in a course that requires less proficiency than place- ment or proficiency tests indicate they possess may be denied credit towards graduation. Native speakers of a foreign language may not receive credit towards graduation for the elementary course in that foreign language.
Repeating Courses
Beginning with the 1991 fall semester, the Repeat Policy is divided into two sections, i.e., a policy covering remedial courses (000-level) that do not count towards graduation, and a policy cover- ing college-level courses. A. Policy covering remedial courses Students who enter the University beginning with the 1991 fall semester may have three attempts to pass each remedial course (000-level). The repeat privilege for remedial cours- es will not count within the five- repeat allotment for college-level courses. Credits for these courses do not count towards graduation but are computed in the cumulative Grade Point Average. Students may file two
Academic Policies and Procedures
grade replacement forms, which result in eliminating the grades from the first and second attempts. The third attempt, however, will be the grade of record. Students must pass the remedial basic skills courses (English and mathematics) with a C- or better before enrolling in a more advanced course in the respective dis- cipline. Students enrolled in the basic skills remedial course(s) who do not pass with a C- or better after three attempts will be permanently dis- missed from the University regard- less of overall Grade Point Average. Students who fail remedial courses at West Chester University may not repeat those courses at another uni- versity or transfer in the college- level (100 or higher) course. B. Policy covering undergraduate col- lege-level courses Students may repeat undergraduate college-level courses to improve a grade of F, WF, D, C, or B (not A). Beginning with the 1985 fall semester,
1 . No student may use the repeat option more than five times TOTAL. Use of the option could, for example, mean repeatmg five DIFFERENT courses once each, or repeating each of two different courses twice (four repeats) and one additional course once.
2. A single course may not be repeat- ed more than twice.
3. A replacement for the grade in the first attempt occurs automatically at the completion of the second attempt of a repeated course. This constitutes one of the five available repeats. A student should file a replacement form for second attempts which took place in any semester before fall 1996.
4. A grade replacement will only take place on the second attempt of a course.
5. When a student completes a third attempt of a course, the grades for the second and third attempts will be used to calculate the cumulative grade point average.
6. Students may repeat undergraduate college-level courses to improve a grade of F, WF, D, C. or B (not A).
Students who repeat courses more often than the policy permits are in violation of the repeat policy and will not earn additional credits in such courses towards their degree; credits for courses beyond five repeals, or
beyond two repeats for a single course, will be subtracted at the time of final clearance for graduation. Undergraduate students who take and complete a course at West Chester may not repeat the course at another institu- tion and have the credits or grade count towards a West Chester degree.
(Completion of a course is implied by the assigning of a grade for that course, including a "WF" grade.)
Undergraduates who take a course for graduate credit are subject to the gradu- ate repeat policy. See the Graduate Catalog for information.
Because all students must take and pass both ENG 120 and ENG 121 to graduate, a student who fails either of these cours- es after three attempts will be dismissed immediately following the third failure, regardless of GPA.
Repeat Course Procedure
The first time a student completes a course for a grade it is considered the first attempt. The second time a student completes a course for a grade it is con- sidered the second attempt and the first repeat. The third time a student com- pletes a course for a grade it is consid- ered the third attempt and is the second repeat. The first time a course is repeat- ed, only the second grade is computed into the GPA. For this to occur, students should file a Grade Replacement Form in the Office of the Registrar at the begin- ning of the semester in which they will complete the second attempt. However, forms must be filed prior to the time of final graduation clearance. If the college- level course is repeated a second time, both the second and third grades are com- puted into the GPA. Students who com- plete a course with a fourth attempt or more are in violation of the Repeat Policy.
Pass/Fail Policy
1 . All degree students who are sopho- mores, juniors, or seniors with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00 are eligible to take courses Pass/Fail.
2. The Pass/Fail privilege is limited to one course per semester; only free electives may be taken on a Pass/Fail basis. Free elecUves are completed at the choice of the student. They may not be used to satisfy major, core, cognate, or general education (includ- ing distributive) requirements. NOTE: A student may not take an interdisciplinary or writing emphasis course for Pass/Fail if this course is
being used to satisfy the general edu- cation interdisciplinary or writing emphasis requirement.
3. A grade of Pass carries credit value but does not affect the cumulative Grade Point Average.
4. A grade of Fail is computed into the cumulative Grade Point Average.
5. After contracting for Pass/Fail, the stu- dent may not request or accept any grade other than a P or F.
6. This process must be completed by the end of the eighth week of the semester or the equivalent in summer school. Forms are available in the Office of the Registrar.
Auditing Privileges
Anyone may attend the University for the sole purpose of auditing courses by first scheduling for the course, paying the regu- lar fee, and then completing an audit appli- cation form available from the Office of the Registrar. Applications must be returned by the end of the Drop/ Add Period. Full-time students have the privi- lege of auditing without additional charge, provided they obtain approval from the course instructor and the course does not create an overload situation. If an overload results, students are assessed the per-credit rate for each credit in excess of 18. Part- time students may audit, provided they obtain the instructor's approval, enroll in the course through the Office of the Registrar, and pay the regular course fees. Credit is never given to auditors. After the course has commenced, the auditor status may not be changed. The grade of Audit (AU) is recorded on the student's transcript.
Credit by Examination
Forms to register for credit by examination are available from the Office of the Registrar. A fee of $25 is charged for each course. Credit by examination is a privi- lege subject to the following conditions:
1. Application occurs during the Drop/Add Period. If the student has already scheduled into the course, the course will be dropped from the sched- ule for that term. Should the student fail the credit by exam (grade notification is usually received after the last day of the add period), the course will have to be taken in a later term.
2. The student has a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00.
3. The student demonstrates evidence of satisfactory academic background for the course.
Academic Policies and Procedures
4. The student has not already completed a more advanced course that presup- poses knowledge gained in the course. For example, credit by examination cannot be given for FRE 101 after the student passed FRE 102.
5. Credits attempted or earned through the process of credit by examination are not counted in the student class load.
NOTE; Students who have taken a course but have not achieved a satisfac- tory grade may not apply for credit by examination for the same course.
Independent Study
Many departments offer an independent study course for students with demon- strated ability and special interests. This course is appropriate when a student has a specialized and compelling academic interest that cannot be pursued within the framework of a regular course. The inde- pendent study form is available in the Office of the Registrar.
Individualized Instruction
Individualized instruction is the teaching of a regular, listed catalog course to a single student. Individualized instruction is offered only when the University has canceled or failed to offer a course according to schedule. The individual- ized instruction form is available in the Office of the Registrar.
Graduate Credit
A senior (96 credits or more) pursuing a bachelor's degree who has an overall Grade Point Average of 3.00, may, with the permission of the major adviser, course professor, department chair of the course, the dean of graduate studies and sponsored research, and the associate provost, enroll in up to six credits of graduate-level course work. The student must be at the senior level with the designated Grade Point Average at the time the course begins.
If the course is dual numbered, the undergraduate must take the undergradu- ate-level course and apply it towards the bachelor's degree. If the course is not dual numbered, but at the 500 level or above, the course may count either as undergraduate credit towards the bache- lor's degree or as graduate credit.
If the student wishes to have the credits count towards the bachelor's degree, the student must submit a completed "Application for an Undergraduate Student to Take a Graduate Course for Under- graduate Credit." If, on the other hand, the student wishes to have the credits count
towards a graduate degree, he or she must submit a completed "Application for an Undergraduate Student to Take a Graduate Course for Graduate Credit." Both forms are available in the Office of the Registrar. To receive graduate-level credit, the stu- dent also must submit a properly complet- ed and approved Graduate School Admissions Form to the Office of Graduate Studies before completing the appropriate form.
Individual departments have the right to implement more stringent academic stan- dards for courses within their depart- ments. Any student not meeting University or departmental standards when the appropriate semester begins will not be permitted to enroll. If a course is taken for undergraduate credit, no additional fees will be required. If a course is taken for graduate credit, the student must pay graduate tuition and applicable fees for that course. A student not carrying 12 hours of undergraduate credits will be charged at the appropriate hourly tuition rates for both the undergraduate and graduate credits. All other fees will be charged at the undergraduate level. No more than six credits taken under this policy may be applied to the master's degree. Students may not elect to change between undergraduate and graduate credit after the term or semester has begun. Undergraduate students approved to take a graduate course for undergraduate credit are bound by the undergraduate catalog policy on repeats and withdrawals. Undergraduate students approved to take a graduate course for graduate credit are bound by the graduate catalog policy on repeats and withdrawals.
Undergraduate Student Attendance Policy
Each professor will determine a class attendance policy and publish it in his/her syllabus at the beginning of each semester. When a student fails to comply with the policy, the professor has the right to assign a grade consistent with his/her policy as stated in the syllabus. Absences cannot be used as the sole criterion for assigning a final grade in a course. Excused absences, in accordance with the Excused Absences Policy for University-Sanctioned Events, will not result in a penalty, provided the student follows this policy. University departments or programs may establish attendance policies to govern their sections as long as those policies fall within these guidelines.
Excused Absences Policy for University-Sanctioned Events
Undergraduate students participating in University-sanctioned events such as, but not limited to, the Marching Band, musical ensembles, theatre group, athletic events, forensics competition, etc., will be granted an excused absence(s) by the respective faculty members for class periods missed. Students will be granted the privilege of taking, at an alternative time to be deter- mined by the professor, scheduled exami- nations or quizzes that will be missed. The professor will designate such times prior to the event. Professors can provide a fair alternative to taking the examination or quiz that will be missed. Students must submit original documentation on Univer- sity letterhead signed by the activity director, coach, or adviser detailing the specifics of the event in advance. Specific requirements include:
1 . Responsibility for meeting academic requirements rests with the student.
2. Students are expected to notify their professors as soon as they know they will be missing class due to a University-sanctioned event.
3. Students are expected to complete the work requirement for each class and turn in assignments due on days of the event prior to their due dates unless other arrangements are made with the professor.
4. If a scheduled event is postponed or canceled, the student is expected to go to class.
5. Students are not excused from classes for practice on nonevent days.
The following are specifics for the stu- dent athlete:
1. The student athlete is expected, where possible, to schedule classes on days and at hours that do not conflict with athletic schedules.
2. Athletes are not excused from classes for practice or training-room treatment on nongame days.
Exemption from Final Examinations
Students who have attained an A or B prior to the finals, have completed all other course requirements, and have the instructors' permission may waive final examinations. This privilege is subject to several reservations.
1. Any unit examinations given during the final examination period are not subject to this policy.
2. Academic departments as well as fac- ulty may adopt a policy excluding the
Academic Policies and Procedures
final examination exemption for cer- tain courses.
3. Mutual agreement between the
instructor and the student to waive the final examination should be deter- mined during the week prior to the beginning of the examination period.
The course grade will be the A or B
earned exclusive of a final examination
grade.
Grade Reports
After each semester, a report of each stu- dent's semester grades is mailed to the student's home address. Grading System
Grade
A+
A
A-
B+
B
B-
C+
C
C-
EM-
D
D-
F
NG
W
WF
WP
Y
AU
Quality
Points
4.33
4.00
3.67
3.33
3.00
2.57
2.33
2.00
167
1 33
1 00
0.67
0.
Percentage
Equivalents
97 or above
93-96
90-92
87-89
83-86
80-82
77-79
73-76
70-72
67-69
6.3-66
60-62
59 or lower
59 or lower
Interpretation Excellent
Superior
Average
Below Average
Failure
No Grade
Withdrawal
Withdraw
Failing
Withdraw
Passing
Administrative
Withdrawal
Audit
NG (No Grade): Given when a student fails to complete course requirements by the end of a semester. See "Grade Changes."
W (Withdrawal): Given when a student withdraws from a course between the end of the first and the end of the eighth class week of the semester or the equiva- lent in summer sessions (effective September 1980).
WP and WF: See "Withdrawing from a Course," page 37.
Y (Administrative Withdrawal): Given under appeal when there is documenta- tion that the student never, in fact, attended class. No refunds are associated with this grade.
The grade assigned to the student must reflect the percentage equivalent of the plus, minus, and straight grades earned in a course.
Cumulative Grade Point Average
The cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA), sometimes called the cumulative index, is determined by dividing the total quality points earned for courses by the
total credit hours attempted. The follow- ing example is based on a single semes- ter:
Credit Hours Attempted Grade
1 SI subject 2nd subject 3rd subject 4th subject 5th subject
A B C D F
Quality Points
for Grade 4 3 2 1 0
4x4- 3x3- 2x3- 1x3- 0x2-
Quality
Points
Earned for
Course
16
9
5
3
Si.
34
34 divided by 15 equals a GPA of 2.27. All grades received during a student's enrollment (except the grades of WP, P. and NG, and except when a second attempt produces a higher course grade and a Grade Replacement Form is filed) are included in the cumulative GPA. Grades from other colleges are excluded. If a student repeats a course, in an effort to improve an F, D, C, or B grade, he or she must file a Grade Replacement Form in the Office of the Registrar. Once graduated, a student's grades and GPA cannot change.
Grade Changes
A grade awarded other than NG is final. Final grades can be changed only when there is a clerical or computational error. If the student thinks there is an error, the stu- dent must report the alleged error in writ- ing to the professor as soon as possible, but no later than the end of the fifth week of the following semester. If a grade change is warranted, the professor must submit a change of grade request to the Office of the Registrar not later than the end of the ninth week of the semester. Final grades cannot be changed after the ninth week of the semester following the alleged error.
NG (No Grade) is given when a student fails to complete course requirements by the end of a semester. If the student did not complete course requirements because of a valid reason, such as a seri- ous illness or death in the family, the professor may assign a grade of NG and grant the student permission to complete the requirement within the first nine weeks of the next semester. A GRADE OF NG IS CHANGED TO AN F AUTOMATICALLY IF THE REQUIREMENTS HAVE NOT BEEN COMPLETED BY THE END OF THE NINTH WEEK OF THE FOLLOWING SEMESTER. (The instructor must file a change of an NG grade in the Office of the Registrar by the middle of the tenth week of the semester.)
A graduating senior has only 30 calendar days after the end of the term in which he or she intends to graduate to complete all degree requirements, including the removal of NG.
Grade Appeals
Scope of the Policy
The Grade Appeals Policy applies only to questions of student evaluation. Since appeals involve questions of judgment, the Grade Appeals Board will not recom- mend that a grade be revised in the stu- dent's favor unless there is clear evi- dence that the original grade was based on prejudiced or capricious judgment, or was inconsistent with official University policy. In the case where the grade was based on a charge of cheating, the board, if it upholds the charge, will recommend a failing grade or expulsion from the University. Cheating includes but is not limited to:
1. Plagiarism, that is, copying another's work or portions thereof and/or using ideas and concepts of another and pre- senting them as one's own without giving proper credit to the source;
2. Submitting work that has been pre- pared by another person;
3. Using books or other materials with- out authorization while taking exami- nations;
4. Taking an examination for another person, or allowing another person to take an examination in one's place;
5. Copying from another's paper during an examination or allowing another person to copy from one's own; and/or,
6. Unauthorized access to an examina- tion prior to administration.
Procedure
1. (a) A student must initiate an appeal in writing within 20 class days from the date of the decision or action in question. In case of an appeal of a final grade, the appeal must be filed no later than the first 20 class days of the term follow- ing the one in which the grade was received. This written appeal should be sent to the instructor who awarded the grade in ques- tion. The appeal shall be received by the student and the faculty members. They shall mutually attempt to resolve the appeal with- in five class days from the receipt. (b) If the appeal is based on an inter- pretation of departmental or
Academic Policies and Procedures
University policy, the student's academic adviser also may be pre- sent during the review process. In such case, there shall also be a limit of five class days in which to resolve the appeal.
2. An appeal not resolved at Step 1 shall be referred in writing by the student within five class days after the com- pletion of Step 1 to the chairperson of the department of which the course in question is a part. If there is a depart- mental appeals committee, the prob- lem shall be referred directly to it. The department chairperson or the departmental appeals committee shall normally submit a written response to the student within 10 class days fol- lowing receipt of the written statement of the problem. A copy of this re- sponse also shall be provided to the instructor.
3. If no mutually satisfactory decision has been reached at Step 2, the stu- dent may submit a written appeal to the dean of the college or school in which the problem originated. Such an appeal shall be made within five class days following the receipt of the written response of the department chairperson or the departmental appeals committee. The dean shall investigate the problem as presented in the written documentation, review the recommendation and provide, in writing, a proposal for the solution of the problem within 10 class days fol- lowing its referral.
4. If the problem is not mutually resolved by Step 3, the student may file an appeal with the Grade Appeals Board within five class days of the receipt of the written proposal from the dean. The request for an appeal must be submitted to the associate provost or, if appropriate, to the dean of graduate studies who will convene the Grade Appeals Board as soon as possible, but no later than 15 class days after the receipt of the written request.
Grade Appeals Board
1. Membership
A. The associate provost (or, if appro- priate, the dean of graduate studies) serves as nonvoting chairperson. If the associate provost is not avail- able to serve, the administration will appoint a substitute mutually acceptable to the student and the Association of Pennsylvania State
College and University Faculties (APSCUF).
B. A faculty dean not involved in the appeals process. A substitute may be appointed as given in "A" above.
C. Two faculty members. At the beginning of each academic year, the Office of the Associate Provost shall randomly select two full-time faculty from each academic depart- ment in order to constitute the pool. Two faculty members from different departments will be selected randomly from this pool for each Appeals Board.
D. Two undergraduate students or, if appropriate, two graduate students appointed by the president of the Student Government Association (SGA).
2. Attendance
A. The faculty member involved may be assisted by an adviser, an APSCUF representative, or the chairperson of the department in which the problem originated.
B. The student involved may be assisted by an adviser. The adviser may be another student, an admin- istrator, or a faculty member.
C. Such witnesses as are called on behalf of either the faculty member or the student.
D. Resource persons or expert wit- nesses called at the request of the board. In the event that the deci- sion making involves knowledge of the discipline, the board shall be required to utilize at least one resource person from the disci- pline, an expert adviser(s) to aid them in their decision making.
3. Procedure
A. Preparation for the Hearing — All parties must be informed of the complaint in writing by the chair- person of the Grade Appeals Board (hereafter referred to as "chairper- son"), normally within five class days after the receipt of the com- plaint. Copies of documents and correspondence filed with respect to the complaint shall be provided to the interested parties through the chairperson. Thereafter, neither new evidence nor new charges shall be introduced before the board. The chairperson shall notify in writing the interested parties of the exact time and place of the hearing and shall provide existing
University and/or Commonwealth policies relevant to the appeal at least five class days before the beginning of the proceedings. Throughout these proceedings, the burden of proof rests upon the per- son bringing the appeal.
B. Hearing Procedure — During the hearing, both the faculty member and the student shall be accorded ample time for statements, testimo- ny of witnesses, and presentation of documents.
C. Decision of the Appeals Board
1. The Grade Appeals Board shall deliberate in executive session and render a decision by majori- ty vote within three days of the close of the hearing. The chair- person may participate in these deliberations but not vote.
2. The chairperson shall notify, in writing, the student, the faculty member, and the department in which the course in question is located of the decision within three class days of the board's final action. The notification shall include the basis upon which the decision was reached.
4. Other
A. A written statement of the decision and relevant materials shall be placed in the student's academic file.
B. A written statement of the decision and relevant materials shall be placed in the faculty member's file subject to the provisions of official Commonwealth policy governing personnel files.
Notes
1. Both faculty member and student are enfitled to the right of challenge for cause of any member of the depart- ment committee (if used) and the Grade Appeals Board except the chairperson. In the case of challenge at the Appeals Board level, the chair- person shall adjudicate the challenge. One challenge at each level is permit- ted.
2. A "class day" is defined as any day when classes are officially in session at West Chester University.
3. If the course in which the grade dis- pute occurred is offered under the auspices of a unit of the University other than an academic department, the program director/coordinator, head of that unit, and/or the department chairperson will function in Step 2 of the procedure. In Step 3, the appeal
Academic Policies and Procedures
should then be made to the associate provost rather than the dean of the college/school. 4. If the professor is not on contract or in residence on the campus, he or she shall have the right to defer the proce- dure until his or her return. Similarly, if the procedure would normally occur during the summer and the student is not enrolled in any summer session, the procedure may be deferred until the fall semester at the student's request.
Student Academic
Dishonesty Policy
I. Academic Dishonesty Process
A. Academic dishonesty is prohibited and violations may result in disci- pline up to and including expulsion from the University. Academic dis- honesty as it applies to students includes but is not limited to acade- mic cheating; plagiarism; the sale, purchase, or exchange of term papers or research papers; falsifica- tion of information which includes any form of providing false or mis- leading information, written, elec- tronic, or oral; or of altering or fal- sifying official institutional records. Plagiarism is defined as copying another's work or portions thereof and/or using ideas and con- cepts of another and presenting them as one's own without giving proper credit to the source.
NOTE: The student code of conduct covers theft or attempted theft of property or services; destruction; van- dalism; misuse or abuse of the real or personal property of the University, any organization, or any individual.
B. Charges of academic dishonesty against a student may be brought by any member of the University com- munity. Students making claims of dishonesty must do so under the guidance of the appropriate involved faculty member or office director. A written charge must be initiated with- in 20 calendar days from the date of the alleged action. However, if the alleged action occurs during the last 20 calendar days of the semester, the charger has 20 calendar days into the subsequent semester to make the charge. The last day of a semester is the last day of final examinations. NOTE: If the charger is not on con- tract or in residence on the campus, he or she shall have the right to defer the procedure until his or her return. Similarly, if the procedure would
normally occur during the summer and the charger is not enrolled in any summer session, the procedure may be deferred until the fall semester at the charger's request.
C. Charges of academic dishonesty may be dealt with informally, by mutual agreement of the person bringing the charges and the stu- dent. A written agreement of the settlement shall be signed by both sides. An instructor may, on his/her own authority, apply a penalty to the student's grade, including fail- ure in the course. If additional sanctions are requested by the instructor, the appeals process must be employed and an academic integrity hearing must be con- vened. A student may appeal the instructor's unilateral imposition of a penalized or failing grade. A stu- dent who files an appeal will suffer no worse penalty as a result of the appeal than she/he would have suf- fered if she/he had not appealed the instructor's unilateral sanction.
D. If the informal process has not been employed or either party is not satisfied with the resolution under (C) above, then that party shall, with 10 calendar days, sub- mit written notification to the department chair or unit director. The department shall then, within 20 calendar days, handle the matter according to its own written proce- dures and provide written notifica- tion of its decision to all parties.
E. If either party is not satisfied with the resolution reached in (D) above, the party may, within 20 calendar days of the department's decision, appeal the matter in writing to the dean or, in the absence of the dean, another appropriate administrator. The dean or administrator shall then, within 20 calendar days, handle the matter according to her/his written procedures and provide written noti- fication to all parties.
F. If either party is not satisfied with the decision of the dean or admin- istrator, that party may, within 10 calendar days, appeal the matter in writing to the Academic Integrity Board.
G. A written recommendation based on a preponderance of evidence arrived at by majority vote, in which the facts and reasons for the recommendation are set forth, shall
be issued within 15 calendar days after the close of the board pro- ceedings and shall be sent to the provost and vice president for aca- demic affairs with copies to all par- ties. If the vote of the board is not unanimous, a minority report also will be forwarded to all parties within 15 calendar days of the close of the board proceedings. Within 15 calendar days, the provost shall implement the recom- mendation of the board or shall provide a written response contain- ing his/her decision and explaining to all parties his/her reasons for declining to implement the board's recommendation.
H. Either party may express its reac- tion in writing regarding the rec- ommendation of the board to the provost or his/her designee within seven calendar days. Any stay of sanction shall be granted only upon application to and at the sole dis- cretion of the provost or his/her designee. The decision of the provost shall be final. II. Sanctions
A. At the conclusion of the appeals process, a student may be exonerat- ed or subject to any combination of the following range of penalties: failure in the course, disciplinary probation, suspension, expulsion, financial restitution, or holds placed on the student's records. If a student has a record of past viola- tions of the Student Academic Dishonesty Policy as adjudicated by the Academic Integrity Board, then the board will review that record and consider it when apply- ing sanctions. The board shall have no knowledge of that record when making its initial adjudication of the case.
Dean's List
The names of degree-seeking students who complete 1 2 or more hours in an academic semester and achieve a semes- ter GPA of 3.67 or better are placed on the Dean's List, which is published at the close of each semester. Nondegree stu- dents who complete a minimum of nine credits, have a GPA of 3.67, and no grade below a "B" in the semester also will be recognized on that semester's Dean's List. Students who do not want to have their names published should notify the Office of the Registrar at the start of the semester.
Academic Policies and Procedures
Maintenance of Academic Standards: Probation and Dismissal
A student's scholastic standing at the University is indicated by his or her cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA). Three categories of academic standing have been established: good academic standing, probation, and dismissal. A stu- dent remains in good academic standing as long as he or she maintains a mini- mum cumulative GPA of 2.00 for all work taken at the University. Probation and dismissal are actions taken by the University when a student's GPA falls below an acceptable level at the end of a semester or a summer term. Conditions of Probation. Probation is defined as a trial period during which a student whose cumulative average has fallen below acceptable standards must bring his or her average up to those stan- dards or be dismissed from the Univer- sity. The following rules govern the cate- gory of probation:
A. A student shall be placed on probation if he or she has attempted
• more than nine and up to 18 semester hours of work with a cumulative GPA of less than 2.00
• more than 1 8 but fewer than 48 semester hours of work with a cumulative GPA from 1.00 to less than 2.00
• at least 48 but fewer than 64 semester hours of work with a cumulative GPA from 1.40 to less than 2.00
• at least 64 or more semester hours of work with a cumulative GPA from 1.70 to less than 2.00
B. Probation shall commence immediate- ly at the end of the semester in which the cumulative GPA falls into the range described. A notice of probation shall be printed on the student's tran- script, and the student shall be noti- fied by the University that he or she is in danger of dismissal. A student who receives notice of being placed on probation shall immediately seek advising, tutoring, and instruction in effective study habits and efficient use of time — in short, take every possi- ble measure to improve the quality of his or her academic performance.
C. A student will be allowed to continue on probation for no more than 30 semester hours of work after being placed on probation. If the GPA has not reached an acceptable level by that time, the student will be dis- missed from the University. A student
is removed from probation when the cumulative GPA rises to 2.00 or above. D. Those students who entered the
University for the first time beginning with the 1989 fall semester and who have been placed on probation a sec- ond time will be allowed to continue on probation for no more than 1 5 semester hours of work after being placed on that second probation. If the GPA has not reached an acceptable level by that time, the student will be dismissed from the University. Thus, a student may be on probation no more than twice, and placement on probation for a third time will result in immediate dismissal.
NOTE: This does not prevent individual departments from requiring an average higher than 2.00 as a condition of accep- tance or retention.
Dismissal from the University
A. A student shall be dismissed from the University if he or she has attempted
• more than 18 but fewer than 48 semester hours of work with a cumulative GPA of less than 1.00.
• at least 48 but fewer than 64 semester hours of work with a cumulative GPA of less than 1 .40, whether he or she has previously been placed on probation or not.
• at least 64 or more semester hours of work with a cumulative GPA of less than 1.70, whether he or she has previously been placed on pro- bation or not.
NOTE: A student also shall be dismissed if he or she fails to meet the standards set under paragraph C above.
B. A student may appeal the dismissal by calling or writing the Office of the Associate Provost.
C. Nothing in this policy shall be taken to preclude the dismissal of students for violations of other University poli- cies, in accordance with the provi- sions of those policies.
Readmission of Dismissed Students
A. A student dismissed from the University may not take course work at the University until he or she applies and is considered for readmis- sion by the University. No student will be considered for re-admission earlier than one full calendar year after the time of dismissal.
B. Students readmitted to the University must maintain a full 2.00 GPA for each semester of work following read-
mission and, after the completion of no more than 48 semester hours (or prior to graduation, whichever comes first), must obtain an overall cumula- tive GPA of 2.00 for all work taken at the University. A student who fails to meet this standard shall be dismissed from the University a second time and is not eligible for future readmission.
Taking Courses Off Campus
West Chester University students who wish to enroll at another institution and have the credits count towards a West Chester degree must fill out and turn in a Permission to Take Courses Off Campus Form in the Office of the Registrar prior to enrolling at the other institution. Grades received in courses taken at other institutions are not calculated in the West Chester cumulative Grade Point Average; only the credits may be trans- ferred. (See also "Transfer of Credit" for performance standards governing courses to be counted toward a West Chester degree.) Undergraduate students who take and complete a course at West Chester may not repeat the course at another institution and have the credits or grade count towards a West Chester degree. (Completion of a course is implied by the assigning of a grade for that course, including a "WF" grade.)
If there is doubt as to which West Ches- ter course is equivalent to the course to be taken elsewhere, the student should consult with the chairperson of the West Chester department offering the course or consult the transfer credit analyst in the Office of the Registrar.
Transfer of Credit
Credit may be granted for equivalent courses completed in accredited institu- tions of higher education. Credit for work completed at an unaccredited insti- tution may be granted on the recommen- dation of the student's major department in consultation with the school or college dean and transfer credit analyst. (See also "Admission to West Chester.")
Effective for students who entered the University after September 1973, D grades are accepted for transfer if the credit is for equivalent courses within the framework of general requirements or free electives, provided the transferred course does not satisfy a major field requirement as well.
Effective for students who enter the University as of fall 1996, grades in a course submitted for transfer as a major
Academic Policies and Procedures
program requirement must be the same or higlier than the minimum grade required by the department. For example, if a program requires that a student earn a B or better in a major program require- ment, then the student requesting trans- ferring credit from another institution must have earned a minimum of B in the parallel course. If a student earns a lower grade than the requirement, the depart- ment may require the course to be repeated at West Chester University.
If a student changes his or her major, grades originally approved for transfer will be re-evaluated by the new major department.
IN ORDER TO RECEIVE FULL CREDIT FOR COURSES TAKEN ELSEWHERE AND FOR PROFI- CIENCIES DEMONSTRATED ON ADVANCED PLACEMENT OR COLLEGE LEVEL EXAMI- NATION PROGRAM (CLEP) EXAMINATIONS, THE TRANS- FER STUDENT SHOULD HAVE THIS WORK EVALUATED PRIOR TO ENROLLING IN ANY POTENTIALLY EQUIVALENT COURSE AT WEST CHESTER.
Policy on Correspondence Courses
The University does not allow credit for courses taken through correspondence.
Advanced Placement Program
Courses taken under the Advanced Placement Program offered by the College Entrance Examination Board may be applied toward advanced place- ment in the University and/or toward credit requirements for graduation. The University recognizes the grade of 3.00 or above as acceptable.
Experiential Learning Credits (Life Learning Experience)
West Chester University offers three pro- grams which assess learning acquired outside of the traditional classroom. The University evaluates and awards credits on a course basis; therefore, students must demonstrate competence in a par- ticular course, not a general body of knowledge. Students may earn a maxi- mum of 32 credits through any combina- tion of these three programs.
CLEP — the College Level Examination Program is a series of standardized tests offered by the College Board in approximately 30 different subject areas. West Chester University accepts the examinations, for degree credit
only, m which the score is in the 50th percentile or above. Tlie examinations are given at the University every month but December. West Chester University does NOT accept the general examina- tions of CLEP. Information, including fees, test dates, available exams, etc., is available through the Center for Adult, Evening and Alternative Studies.
Portfolio Development and Assessment — Students may choose to develop a portfolio as a means of demonstrating competence in a course. A portfolio consists of a brief autobiographical sketch, and extensive description of the student's learning experiences and supporting documen- tation such as a job description, cer- tificates from training courses, letters of recommendation, etc. The portfolio is evaluated by an appropriate faculty member who will also usually require an interview. The charge for portfolio assessment is one-half the tuition for the course. Information describing portfolio assessment is available through the Center for Adult Studies.
Credit by Examination — The third option is Credit by Examination which is described earlier in this catalog.
Requirements for Graduation
A student is recommended for graduation upon the satisfactory completion of a minimum of 128 semester hours at the 100 level or above and upon fulfillment of all categories of the requirements for his or her degree. A minimum cumula- tive GPA of 2.00 (C) is required for graduation. Specific programs, in accor- dance with University procedures, may set other higher standards and may require more than 1 28 credits for com- pletion of the degree. Degree require- ments are detailed under the heading of the subject field. See also "Requirements for the Baccalaureate Degree." A student must file for graduation no later than the beginning of the semester in which he or she will complete the requirements.
Any senior who does not complete all degree requirements within 30 calendar days of the end of the term in which he or she intends to graduate must pay the diploma fee again before an updated diploma will be issued. Such a student, however, does have the right to request a letter from the University confirming his or her graduation after all requirements have been satisfactorily completed. The permanent record (transcript) records all degrees, majors, and minors
completed, but a diploma only shows one degree. Students who simultaneously complete two undergraduate degrees and who wish to receive two diplomas, each printed with one of their degrees, may do so by paying a second diploma fee.
Resident Credit Requirement
To qualify for graduation, a student must take at least 30 semester hours of credit beyond the general education courses at West Chester. Normally, the student will take the last 30 semester hours at West Chester. In addition, a student must take at least 50 percent of the courses in his or her major or minor discipline (excluding cog- nate courses) at West Chester University.
Anticipated Time for Degree Completion
It is the expectation that a student should anticipate being able to graduate in eight consecutive fall/spring semesters. This expectation would not apply if any of the following conditions exist;
1 . A student needs to complete remedial courses;
2. A student enters the major of gradua- tion after the first semester of the freshman year;
3. A student transfers to West Chester University and has compiled courses that do not fit into his/her current pro- gram;
4. A student fails to meet the minimal standards of academic performance of the University of his/her major program;
5. A student chooses to repeat one or more courses;
6. A student fails to follow guidelines set forth to meet major or University requirements;
7. A student who selects the culture clus- ter option requires an extra semester to meet that requirement.
In order to graduate following (or within) the expectation, it is the student's respon- sibility to consult with the major depart- ment for course scheduling guidelines in the major.
The expectation, however, is invalidated when the following conditions exist:
1. A program requires more than 128 hours for completion;
2. The sequencing of courses requires more than eight consecutive fall/ spring semesters;
3. A program requires the completion of requirements that can only be met in summer.
Nothing in this policy prevents the offer- ing of a program that does not meet expec-
rations. Such programs, however, are so identified in the University catalog.
Each department will determine when its courses will be offered.
Required Notice of Intention to Graduate
Students intending to graduate in May or August must come to the Office of the Registrar and give notice of intention to graduate no later than February 1 . August graduates may participate in the May commencement exercises if they file their notices of intention to graduate by February 1. Students intending to graduate in December must give such notice no later than October 1 . The bac- calaureate degree will not be granted unless this requirement is met.
After submitting this notice, the student will receive a cap and gown order form and a bill for the graduation fee. He or she also will specify how his or her name should be shown on the diploma and commencement program. Unless the deadline is met, it will be impossible for the University to order a diploma, place the name on the forthcoming commence- ment program, or have the transcript reflect the appropriate date of gradua- tion. For this reason, all students are urged to review their records of progress towards graduation with their adviser and to file for graduation two semesters prior to the date of graduation.
Graduation Honors
Graduation honors are awarded as fol- lows:
Cumulative GPA cum laude 3.25-3.49
magna cum laude 3.50 - 3.74
summa cum laude 3.75 - 4.00
The Honors List for Commencement is based on the mid-semester, nonfinal GPA. A transfer student must have completed 64 hours at West Chester University prior to that time to be so recognized. Those who do not attain honors distinctions until the end of their final semester, or those trans- fer students with honor distinction who do not complete 64 hours until the end of the final semester, will have recognition of their achievement on their final transcripts, where all honors distinctions are recorded.
IVanscripts
Requests for official transcripts are made by writing to the Office of the Registrar, Elsie O. Bull Center. The fee is $3 for each transcript. Immediate transcripts are $5 upon request. Checks, payable to
West Chester University, must accompa- ny either request.
Directory Information — Rights and Privacy Act of 1974
West Chester University from time to time makes public certain kinds of infor- mation about students, such as the names of those who receive scholarships, who hold offices, or who are members of ath- letic teams. Various kinds of campus directories are published throughout the year to help members of the University community locate and communicate with each other. The commencement pro- grams publish the names of those who have received degrees during the year.
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 defines the term "directory information" to include the fol- lowing categories of information: the stu- dent's name, address, telephone number, date and place of birth, major field of study, participation in officially recognized activities and sports, weight and height of members of athletic teams, date of atten- dance, degrees and awards received, and the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the stu- dent. The University will limit information that is made public to categories such as these but will not necessarily publish all such information in every listing.
Undergraduate students who do not wish to have any or all of such directory infor- mation published without their prior con- sent must file notice in the Office of the Registrar. Graduate students must file notice in the Office of Graduate Studies and Sponsored Research. The student must bring a signed, dated statement specifying items not to be published to the appropriate office within the first 15 calendar days after the beginning of the fall and spring semesters.
Student Name Changes
Any student wishing to change his/her name from that currently on record must provide legal documentation supporting the change. This must be the original or a notarized photocopy of a court-generated document, such as a marriage license, court order, divorce decree, etc. A dri- ver's license is not adequate. Requests for name changes received through the mail will be acknowledged by letter.
Exception to Academic Policies
Students may file a petition which requests exception to academic policies. Petition forms are available in the Office
Academic Policies and Procedures
of the Registrar and the Office of the Associate Provost. Students who may request an exception because of a dis- ability should refer to page 29, Services for Students with Disabilities.
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, is a fed- eral law which states (a) that a written institutional policy must be established and (b) that a statement of adopted proce- dures covering the privacy rights of stu- dents be made available. The law provides that the institution will maintain the confi- dentiality of student education records. West Chester University accords all rights under the law to students who are in attendance at the University, and in certain instances to the parents of depen- dent students, as defined in Secfion 152 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. Basically, a dependent student is a stu- dent whose parent(s) provides more than half of his/her support. Generally, the University does not provide information to parents because of this act. However, exceptions are made if:
1 . the student must give his or her par- ents written consent if the student is independent; or
2. the parents must provide a certified copy of their most recent Federal Income Tax Form reflecting depen- dency status of the son/daughter which must be on file in the Office of the Registrar.
No one outside the institution shall have access to, nor will the institution dis- close, any information from students' education records without the students' written consent except to personnel with- in the institution, to officials of other institutions in which students seek to enroll, to persons or organizations pro- viding students financial aid, to accredit- ing agencies carrying out their accredita- tion function, to persons in compliance with a judicial order, a valid subpoena, and to persons in an emergency in order to protect the health or safety of students or other persons. All these exceptions are permitted under the act.
Within the West Chester University com- munity, only those members, individual- ly or collectively, acting on the student's educational interest are allowed access to student education records. These mem- bers include, without limitation, person- nel in the offices of the Registrar, Comptroller, Financial Aid, Admissions,
Academic Policies and Procedures
and academic personnel within the hmi- tations of their need to know.
At its discretion the institution may pro- vide directory information in accordance with the provisions of the act to include: student name, address, telephone num- ber, e-mail address, date and place of birth, major field of study, class sched- ules, class rosters, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received, the most recent previous educational agency or institution attended by the student, partic- ipation in officially recognized activities and sports, and weight and height of members of athletic teams. Students may withhold directory information by notify- ing the Office of the Registrar in writing within 15 calendar days after the begin- ning of each fall semester.
Requests for nondisclosure will be hon- ored by the institution for only one acade- mic year; therefore, authorization to with- hold directory information must be filled annually in the Office of the Registrar.
The law provides students with the right to inspect and review information con- tained in their education records, to chal- lenge the contents of their education records, to have a hearing if the outcome of the challenge is unsatisfactory, and to submit explanatory statements for inclu- sion in their files if the decisions of the hearing panels are unacceptable. The University Registrar at West Chester University has been designated by the institution to coordinate the inspection and review procedures for student educa- tion records, which include admissions, personal, and academic. Students wish- ing to review their education records must make written requests to the Office of the Registrar listing the item or items of interest. Only records covered by the act will be made available within 45 days of the request. Students may have copies made of their records with certain excep- tions, or a copy of the academic record for which a financial hold exists. These copies will be made at the students" expense at prevailing rates which are list- ed in the current catalog. Education
records do not include records of instruc- tional, administrative, and educational personnel which are the sole possession of the maker and are not accessible or revealed to any individual except a tem- porary substitute, records of the law enforcement unit, student health records, employment records, or alumni records. Health records, however, may be reviewed by physicians of the students' choosing.
Students may not inspect and review the following as outlined by the act; financial information submitted by their parents, confidential letters and recommendations associated with admissions, employment or job placement, or honors to which they have waived their rights of inspection and review; or education records containing information about more than one student, in which case the institution will permit access only to that part of the record which pertains to the inquiring student. The institution is not required to permit students to inspect and review confidential letters and recommendations placed in their files prior to January 1, 1975, pro- vided those letters were collected under established policies of confidentiality and were used only for the purposes for which they were collected.
Students who believe that their education records contain information that is inac- curate or misleading, or is otherwise in violation of their privacy or other rights, may discuss their problems informally with the Office of the Registrar. If the decisions are in agreement with the stu- dents" requests, the appropriate records will be amended. If not, the students will be notified within a reasonable amount of time that the records will not be amended, and they will be informed by the Office of the Registrar of their right to a formal hearing. Student requests for a formal hearing must be made in writing to the associate provost who, within a reasonable period of time after receiving such request, will inform students of the date, place, and time of the hearing. Students may present evidence relevant to the issues raised and may be assisted
or represented at the hearings by one or more persons of their choice, including attorneys, at the students" expense. The hearing panels which will adjudicate such challenges will be the individuals designated by the University.
Decisions of the hearing panels will be final, will be based solely on the evi- dence presented at the hearing, and will consist of written statements summariz- ing the evidence and stating the reasons for the decisions, and will be delivered to all parties concerned. Their education records will be corrected or amended in accordance with the decisions of the hearing panels, if the decisions are in favor of the student. If the decisions are unsatisfactory to the student, the student may place with the education record statements commenting on the informa- tion in the records, or statements setting forth any reasons for disagreeing with the decisions of the hearing panels. The statements will be placed in the educa- tion records, maintained as part of the students' records, and released whenever the records in question are disclosed.
Students who believe adjudications of their challenges were unfair or not in keeping with the provisions of the act may request, in writing, assistance from the president of the institution to aid them in filing complaints with The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act Office (FERPA), Department of Education, Room 4074, Switzer Building, "Washington, DC. 20202.
Revisions and clarifications will be pub- lished as experience with the law and the institufion"s policy warrants.
This policy has been adopted in accor- dance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, 20 U.S.C. 1232(g), and the regulations promulgated thereunder at 34 C.F.R. 99.1 et seq.. and that reference should be made to that statute and regulations for additional information.
Please contact the Office of the Registrar with any questions.
Structure of Academic Affairs
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
David H. Buchanan, Dean Jennie Skerl. Associate Dean
Anthropology and Sociology
Art
Biology
Chemistry
Communication Studies
Computer Science
English
Foreign Languages
History
Interdisciplinary Programs
Liberal Studies
Mathematics
Philosophy
Physics and Pre-Engineering
Pre-Medical
Psychology
Geology and Astronomy
Theatre Arts
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC AFFAIRS
Christopher M. Fiorentino, Dean Accounting
Criminal Justice Economics and Finance Geography and Planning
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Judith Finkel, Interim Dean
Childhood Studies and
Reading Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education
Management Marketing Political Science Social Work
Instructional Media Special Education Teacher Certification
SCHOOL OF HEALTH SCIENCES
John Eberhart, Interim Dean
Communicative Disorders Nursing
Health Sports Medicine
Kinesiology (formerly Physical Education)
SCHOOL OF MUSIC
Timothy V. Blair, Interim Dean
Instrumental Music Keyboard Music Music Education
Music Theory and Composition Music History and Literature Vocal and Choral Music
OFFICE OF THE ASSOCUTE PROVOST
Mary Ann Maggitti. Interim Associate Provost Academic Programs and Services
Academic Development Program
Honors Program
International Education
Office of Services for Students with Disabilities
Tutoring Center
Undeclared Major Program Center for Adult Studies Continuing Education and Conference Services Educational Services Department
Undergraduate Programs at West Chester
Students may enroll at West Chester University in programs leading to the following degrees or certificates:
Associate of Science (AS) Bachelor of Music (BM) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)
Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science (BS) Local Certificate (CERTIF)
Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Science in Education (BSED) Teaching Certificate (TCHG CERT)
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Accounting BS
American Studies BA
Anthropology BA
Anthropology-Sociology BA
Art BA, BFA
Athletic Training BS, CERTIF
Biology BA, BS, BSED, TCHG CERT
Biology-Cell and Molecular, Ecology, Medical Technology, Microbiology, BS Medical Technology CERTIF
Business Management BS
Chemistry BS. BSED, TCHG CERT
Chemistry-Biology BS
CHnical Chemistry BS
Communication Studies BA
Communication BSED, TCHG CERT
Communicative Disorders BA
Comparative Literature BA
Computer and Information Sciences BS
Criminal Justice BS
Driver-Safety Education TCHG CERT
Early Childhood Education BSED, TCHG CERT
Earth Science BS, TCHG CERT
Earth Science-Geoscience BS
Earth-Space Science BSED
Economics BA, BS
Elementary Education BSED, TCHG CERT
English (see Literature) BSED, TCHG CERT
Environmental Education TCHG CERT
Ethnic Studies CERTIF
Finance BS
Forensic Chemistry BS
French BA. BSED, TCHG CERT
Geography BA
German BA, BSED, TCHG CERT
Health and Physical Education BS.
TCHG CERT
Health Education BS, TCHG CERT
Health Science BS
History BA
Latin BA, BSED, TCHG CERT
Latin-American Studies CERTIF
Liberal Studies BA, BS
Literature BA
Marketing BS
Mathematics BA, BSED, TCHG CERT
Mathematics-Computer Science BA
Music Composition BM
Music Education BS, TCHG CERT
Music History BM
Music Performance BM
Music Theory BM
Nursing BSN
Philosophy BA
Philosophy-Religious Studies BA
Physical Education-Physical Fitness BS Physics BS, BSED, TCHG CERT Physics-Engineering BS Political Science BA
Political Science-International Relations
BA
Political Science-Public Management
BA
Psychology BA
Psychology-Cognitive Rehabilitation BA
Public Health BS
Public Health-Environmental BS
Public Health-Nutrition BS
Respiratory Care AS
Russian BA, BSED, TCHG CERT
Russian Studies CERTIF
Secondary Education (See individual con- centration) BSED, TCHG CERT
Social Studies BSED, TCHG CERT
Social Work BA
Sociology BA
Spanish BA, BSED, TCHG CERT
Special Education BSED, TCHG CERT
Speech Correction BSED, TCHG CERT
Studio Arts BFA
Theatre Arts BA
Programs of Study and Course Offerings
Guide to the Catalog
Departments are arranged alphabetically with- in the college or school housing them (see list on page 47), Interdisciplinary programs are listed with the College of Arts and Sciences. Special programs that are administered by the Office of the Associate Provost are presented last.
Students may obtain a typical sequence of courses for any program from the office spec- ified in this catalog.
Please note that all courses, course descrip- tions, course sequences, and course substitu- tions are subject to change. Current informa- tion is available from the appropriate depart- ment chair, dean, or program coordinator.
Guide to Course Prefixes
Many program descriptions in this catalog refer to courses offered by other departments using a course abbreviation called a prefix. In addition, some course prefi.xes do not use the logical initials of the courses to which they refer (e.g., CLT is used to indicate instrumen- tal music courses). To assist in locating the department or program which uses each pre- fix, the following guide to course prefixes is provided.
PREFIX
ACB ACC ACP
ACS
ACW
ADM
AEB
AEO
AER
AES
AJZ
AIC
AIM
ALC
AMC
AMS
ANT
ARH
ART
BAR
BAS
BIL
BIO
BLA
BSN
CHE
CHO
CLS
CLT COM
CRJ
DEPARTMENT/PROGRAM
Instrumental Music
Accounting
Instrumental Music
Instrumental Music
Instrumental Music
Administration, Leadership for
Women
Instrumental Music
Instrumental Music
Educational Services
Instrumental Music
Instrumental Music
Instrumental Music
Instrumental Music
Instrumental Music
Instrumental Music
American Studies
Anthropology and Sociology
Art
Art
Instrumental Music
Instrumental Music
Biology
Biology
Marketing
Instrumental Music
Chemistry
Vocal and Choral Music
Comparative Literature Studies,
English
Instrumental Music
Communication Studies
(previously SPC)
Criminal Justice
CRL Chemistry
CRW English
CSC Computer Science
ECE Childhood Studies and Reading
ECO Economics
EDA Special Education
EDC Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education
EDE Childhood Studies and Reading
EDF Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education
EDM Instructional Media
EDO Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education
EDP Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education
EDR Childhood Studies and Reading
EDS Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education
EDX Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education
EFR Foreign Languages
EGE Foreign Languages
EIT Foreign Languages
ERU Foreign Languages
ENG English
ENV Health
ESP Foreign Languages
ESL Geology and Astronomy
ESS Geology and Astronomy
FIN Economics and Finance
FLM English/Comparative Literature
FLU Instrumental Music
FRE Foreign Languages
FRH Instrumental Music
GEO Geography and Planning
GER Foreign Languages
GRE Foreign Languages
GTR Instrumental Music
HAR Keyboard Music
HBI Political Science
HBW Foreign Languages
HEA Health
HIS History
HON Honors Program
HPE Physical Education
HRP Instrumental Music
INB Management
IND Geology and Astronomy
INS Instrumental Music
ITA Foreign Languages
JBR Instrumental Music
JRN English
JST Instrumental Music
JWW Instrumental Music
KEM Keyboard Music
KIL Kinesiology (formerly
Physical Education)
KIN Kinesiology (formerly Physical
Education)
LAN Foreign Languages
LAT Foreign Languages
LIN Foreign Languages/Linguistics
Program
LIT English
LSP Liberal Studies
MAK Keyboard Music
MAT Mathematics
MGT Management
MHL Music History
MIS Management
MKT Marketing
MSI Educational Services
MTC Music Theory and Composition
MTE Mathematics
MTL Mathematics
MUE Music Education
MWJ Music Theory and Composition
MWP Keyboard Music
NSG Nursing
NSL Nursing
OBO Instrumental Music
ORG Keyboard Music
PEA Physical Education/Kinesiology
PER Instrumental Music
PHI Philosophy
PHL Physics
PHR Physics
PHS Physics
PHY Physics and Pre-Engineering
PIA Keyboard Music
PMG Political Science
POR Foreign Languages
PSC Political Science
PSY Psychology
RES Counselor, Secondary, and
Professional Education
RUS Foreign Languages
SAX Instrumental Music
SCB Biology (Pre-Med)
sec Chemistry
SCE Geology and Astronomy
SMD Sports Medicine
SML Sports Medicine
SOC Anthropology and Sociology
SPA Foreign Languages
SPP Communicative Disorders
SSC Social Studies, Ethnic Studies,
Peace and Conflict Studies
STA Mathematics
SWO Social Work
TEA Instrumental Music
THA Theatre Arts
TPT Instrumental Music
TRB Instrumental Music
UNI Educational Services
VCL Instrumental Music
VLA Instrumental Music
VLN Instrumental Music
VOC Vocal and Choral Music
vol Vocal and Choral Music
WCJ Educational Services
WOS Women's Studies
Anthropology and Sociology
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of Accounting
309A Anderson Hall 610-436-2236
Clyde J. Galbraith, Chairperson PROFESSORS: Mott, A. Naggar ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Galbraith, Smith The Department of Accounting offers a full program of accounting cours- es designed to prepare a student for entrance into the fields of public, pri- vate, or governmental accounting. Students successfully completing the curriculum should be adequately prepared to take the Certified Pubhc Accountant (CPA) and Certified Management Accountant (CMA) exami- nations.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ACCOUNTING
1 . General Requirements, see pages 32-35 Includes ECO 1 1 1 and 112 (See appropriate curriculum guidance sheet.)
2. Business and Economics Core ACC 201, 202; BLA 201; ECO 251, 252; RN 325; MGT 300, 499; MKT 325
27 semester hours
6 semester hours 18 semester hours
5 1 semester hours
27 semester hours
3. Other courses required by the business program: CSC 101 and MAT 107. These courses satisfy, and are included under, general requirements.
4. Accounting Major: ACC 301, 302, 303, 304,305,401,403,405,407
5. Business Electives
6. Free Electives
NOTE: A minimum grade of C must be achieved in all accounting courses, and in BLA 201; ECO 1 1 1, 1 12, and 251; MAT 107; MGT 300, 499; and MKT 325.
To enroll in 400-level courses, the following courses must have been successfully completed: ECO 251, 252, and ACC 202.
Accounting Minor 18 semester hours
1. Required 1 2 semester hours ACC 201, 202, and 301; ECO 1 1 1
2. Electives 6 semester hours Any two of the following courses:
ACC 302, 303, 304, 305, 403, 404, and 407
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ACCOUNTING
Symbol: ACC
The objective of the accounting concentration is to prepare students for accounting careers in business, for the CPA examination, and for the private practice of accounting.
201 Principles of Accounting I (3) Introduction to financial accounting A conceptual approach to recording, financial summarizing, and presentation and evaluation of the financial affairs of a business fum
202 Principles of Accounting n (3) Introduction to management accounting. Accumulating, processing, and interpreting financial data to be used as a basis for making managerial decisions in a business finn. PREREQ :ACC20I.
301 Intermediate Accounting I (3) Analysis and evaluation of assets, liability, and capital account. Problems of income measurement and recognition. PREREQ: ACC 202.
302 Intermediate Accounting 11 (3) Continuation of ACC 301 PREREQ: ACC 301
303 Cost Accounting I (3) Techniques of product unit cost determination and uses of cost data in man- agenal decisions PREREQ: ACC 202.
304 Cost Accounting U (3) Continuation of ACC 303. PREREQ: ACC 303.
305 Intermediate Accounting III (3) Continuation of ACC 302 PREREQ: ACC 302
400 Accounting Internship (3-6) The business internship for students in accounting enhances the student's educational expenence by providing a sub- stantive work experience in the business world PRE- REQ Internship program coordinator's approval.
401 Auditing (3) Introduction to auditing as a tool for verification of the fair representation of financial statements. PREREQ: ACC 302
403 Federal Ta.xation I (3) A study of individual and federal income ta\es, with some business appli- cation Emphasis on tax planning for minimization of tax liability PREREQ: ACC 202
404 Federal Taxation II (3) A study of the princi- ples of federal income taxation on corporations and corporate distributions, partnerships, estates, and trusts. Emphasis is on tax planning and researching complex problems PREREQ ACC 403
405 Advanced Accounting (3) In-depth study of business combinations and consolidations, govern-
ment accounting, and other specialized topics. PRE- REQ: ACC 302
407 Not-for-Profit and Governmental Accounting
(3) A study of accounting principles and procedures of not-for-profit and governmental organizations The course includes accounting for the local, state, and federal government, hospitals, colleges and universi- ties, public schools, and charities. PREREQ: ACC 202.
♦ 410 Directed Studies in Accounting (1-3) Special research projects, reports, and readings in accounting Open to seniors only PREREQ: Permission of instructor
415 Professional Accounting (3) This course is intended to develop and implement students' knowl- edge currently required for professional accounting careers PREREQ: Senior standing and instructor's approval.
420 Accounting Information Systems (3)
Accounting information systems development, pro- cessing, and controls with emphasis on current com- puter-based systems and programs used in accounting fields. PREREQ: ACC 302 and 303.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Anthropology and Sociology
100 Old Library
610-436-2556
Edmundo Morales, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Becker, Greisman, Keith, McConatha, Shaffer,
Stoller ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Berger, Freeman- Witthoft, Luck,
Morales, Murphy ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Cowen, Zumpetta The Department of Anthropology and Sociology offers three programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree and, in cooperation with the fac- ulty of teacher education, a program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education.
1. The B.A. in ANTHROPOLOGY focuses on human biological evo- lution; on the origin, development, and integration of human cul- tures; and on the interrelationship of biological and cultural factors in the etiology of human behavior.
2. The B.A. in SCXTIOLOGY focuses on understanding the processes involved in the creation, maintenance, and evolution of social struc-
ture, and on the impact of diverse structural forms on individual behavior.
3. The B.A. in ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIOLOGY focuses on the inter- disciplinary smdy of social anthropology/comparative sociology, draw- ing on offerings in both sociology and anthropology to develop an ana- lytic understanding of the dialectic of social strucmre and culmre.
4. The B.S. in EDUCATION in SOCIAL STUDIES is for students inter- ested in pursuing a concentration in anthropology or sociology while earning state certification to teach secondary school social studies.
Majors in the three B.A. programs should consult the appropriate depart- ment handbook and their adviser for current requirements. Students plan- ning to major in one of these programs are advised to take ANT 102 and SOC 200 no later than their sophomore year. Application for admission is made on forms available from the department office. Students planning to pursue the B.S. in Education in social studies should consult during the freshman year with both their adviser in this department and their professional studies adviser in secondary education.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A. PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 51 semester hours
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0- 1 5 semester hours
College of Arts and Sciences
Anthropology and Sociology
3. Limited electives chosen under advisement
4. Major Requirements
1 8 semester hours 60 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS — ANTHROPOLOGY
1
9 semester hours
Required Core Courses
ANT 101 or 310, 103, and 495 (ANT 102
under social science core)
2. Specialization Requirements Four to seven courses in anthropology
3. Cognate Requirements LIN 230; additional courses outside of anthropology approved by the student's adviser
4. Free Electives 1 5-24 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS — SOCIOLOGY
1 . Required Core Courses SOC300, 321,322, and 492
2. Specialization Requirements Any six advanced courses in sociology
3. Career Preparation Sequence Five nonsociology courses approved by the student's adviser
4. Free Electives
BACHELOR OF ARTS — ANTHROPOLOGY-SOCIOLOGY
1 . Anthropology-Sociology Core Courses 6 semester hours ANT 341 and SOC 322
2. Anthropology 1 2 semester hours Two topical and two area courses in ethnology.
selected in consultation with the student's adviser
3. Sociology 1 2 semester hours One methodology and three topical (institutional
or theoretical) courses, selected in consultation with the student's adviser
4. Seminar 3 semester hours ANT 490
12-21 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
1 8 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
15-24 semester hours
5. Cognates 1 2 semester hours Four courses selected in consultation with the
student's adviser
6. Free Electives 1 5 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION — SOCLAL STUDIES: CONCENTRATION IN ANTHROPOLOGY OR SOCIOLOGY
Students interested in teaching secondary school social studies may pursue a concentration in anthropology or sociology while earning state certification and the Bachelor of Science in Education. See the descrip- tion under "Social Studies: B.S. in Education."
Minor Programs
Students may minor in any of the three following programs. A mini- mum of 18 semester hours is required. Elective courses are selected in consultation with the student's minor adviser. Students may take any of these minors as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in liberal studies general degree program.
Anthropology Minor
1. Required Courses 9 semester hours ANT 102, either ANT 101 or 103, and one
400-level course in anthropology
2. Elective Courses 9 semester hours Three other courses in anthropology
Sociology Minor
1 . Required Courses 9 semester hours SOC 200, 300, and 322
2. Elective Courses 9 semester hours Three other courses in sociology
Anthropology-Sociology Minor
1. Required Courses 1 2 semester hours ANT 102 and 341, and SOC 200 and 341
2. Elective Courses 6 semester hours Two other courses in either anthropology or sociology
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ANTHROPOLOGY
Symbol: ANT
PRIMARILY FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
101 Introduction to Anthropology: Biological (3)
Fundamentals of human biology, evolution, and the prehistoric development of culture Offered in spring of odd-numbered years.
-k 102 Introduction to Anthropology: Cultural (3) Comparative analysis of culture systems. Offered in fall, spring, and summer.
* 103 Introduction to Anthropology: Archaeo- logy (3) Interpretation of culture through analysis of archaeological remains. Offered in spring of even- numbered year^. and in summer. 113 Archaeological Field Techniques (3) Imple- mentation of archaeological principles and theory in laboratory and field studies. PREREQ or CONCUR- RENT: ANT 103. Offered m summer 120 Cultures of Ethnic Groups in America (3) Survey of the cultural history and traditions of ethnic groups in America. Offered in fall of odd-numbered years.
FOR SOPHOMORES AND UPPER- CLASSMEN
202 World Ethnology (3) Survey of the social orga- nization, belief systems, and cultures of selected peo- ples. PREREQ: ANT 102 or permission of instructor. Offered in spring of even-numbered years. 260 Artifacts and Culture (3) (See also HIS 353.) PREREQ: ANT 102.
^ 280 Practicum in Museum Techniques I (3) Exploration of techniques of cataloging, conserving
objects, and of designing and setting up exhibits. Involvement in actual museum work. PREREQ: ANT 102 or permission of instructor. Offered in fall of odd-numbered years FOR UPPERCLASSMEN
A. BIOLOGICAL ANTHROPOLOGY
310 Human Paleontology (3) Evolutionary thought; origin and antiquity of the primates; fossil man and living races. (Some background in biology recom- mended.)
B. ETHNOLOGY: AREA COURSES
320 American Indian (3) Ethnology of North America. PREREQ: ANT 102.
321 American Indian Today (3) Native Americans in contemporary Anglo-America PREREQ: ANT 102 or permission of instructor. Offered in spring of odd-numbered years, and in summer.
■ 322 Ethnology of Central America (3) Survey of the modem cultures of Central America: relationships to ancient peoples; the process of modemization in this area. PREREQ: ANT 102.
326 Cultures and Peoples of Sub-Saharan Africa (3) Exanunation of the cultures and societies of Black Afnca. PREREQ: ANT 102
327 Cultures and Peoples of India (3) (See also HIS 302.) PREREQ: ANT 102.
♦ 329 Problems in Ethnology (3) Survey of the ethnographic literature pertaining to specific geo- graphic regions. Area of focus to be announced in advance. PREREQ: ANT 102.
C. ETHNOLOGY: TOPICAL COURSES 340 Folklore in Society (3) Survey of basic American folklore genres Emphasis on folklore as process. Uadition. and as an element of culture.
341 Social Organization (3) Study of social groups, their structure, and functioning. PREREQ: ANT 102.
342 Political Anthropology (3) Analysis of tribal and peasant political systems. PREREQ: ANT 102.
343 Economic Anthropology (3) Analysis of trib- al and peasant economic systems. PREREQ: ANT 102.
344 Magic, Religion, and Witchcraft (3) An
analysis of supematuralistic ideology and ritual in both tribal and civil society PREREQ: ANT 102.
345 Culture and Personality (3) Study of the relationship between culture systems and personality. PREREQ: ANT 102.
346 Culture Change (3) Empincal and theoretical study of culture change. PREREQ: ANT 102.
350 Primitive Art (3) (See also ARH 350). PRE- REQ: ANT 102.
D. ARCHAEOLOGY
360 Historical Archaeology (3) Historical research
through archaeology. Chester County is emphasized through local research projects. PREREQ or CON- CURRENT: ANT 103.
■ 362 Archaeology of Central America (3) The archaeological record of Central America, covering the significant features of each culture area from modem Mexico to Panama. PREREQ: ANT 103.
ADVANCED AND SENIOR COURSES
380 Language and Culture (3) (also LIN 380) See LIN 380.
* Approved distributive requirement course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit. ■ Culture Cluster
Art
College of Arts and Sciences
381 Sociolinguistics (3) (also UN 381) The study of the use of language in society and in educational set- tings; social dialects; language policy; black English. PREREQ: ANT 102
383 Structuralism: From Chaos to Order in the World of Ideas (3) This course is a general survey of structuralist theory as it relates to linguistics, anthro- pology, psychology, and literature. The goal of the course is to demonstrate how structuralism is a theo- retical orientation in the social sciences and the humanities that attempts to transform the chaos of appearances into order of reality in the world of ideas.
^ 405 Topical Seminar in Anthropology (3) Selected topics in the subdisciplines of anthropology. Topics announced in advance Juniors and seniors only.
* 410 Independent Studies in Anthropology (1-3) Special research projects, reports, and readings in anthropology Juniors and seniors only PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson
459 History of Ethnological Theory (3) Development of ethnological theory with emphasis on the nature of explanation in ethnology PREREQ: Six hours in ethnology and junior or senior standing 490 Seminar in Social .Anthropology (3) History and theory of social anthropology PREREQ: Six hours in ethnology and six hours in sociology Seniors only.
495 Senior Seminar in Anthropology (3) Discussion and supervised research designed to inte- grate conceptual and methodological skills. The research paper for the seminar must be acceptable as a required departmental senior research paper Senior anthropology majors only
SOCIOLOGY
Symbol: SOC
PRIMARILY FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
* 200 Introduction to Sociology (3) Fundamentals of the sociological perspective on human behavior. Offered in fall, spring, and summer.
* 240 Sociology of the Family (3) Comparative, historical, and cross-cultural analysis of the family institution Offered in fall, spring, and summer. PRIMARILY FOR SOCIOLOGY MAJORS AND OTHER UPPERCLASS- MEN
300 Sociological Theory (3) Histoncal development of the sociological perspective on human behavior, with emphasis on the perennial issues in sociological explanation PREREQ: SOC 200
302 Sociology of Everyday Life (3) How people interact in everyday settings, examined from the dra- maturgical perspectives of Goffman, Douglas. Burke, and others PREREQ: SOC 200.
321 Statistics in Sociological Research (3) The application of statistical methods to sociological hypothesis testing PREREQ: SOC 200
322 Methods of Sociological Research (3) The logic of social research Fundamentals of research design, data collection and reduction, and nonstatisli- cal analysis PREREQ: SOC 200
333 Self and Society (3) A symbolic interactionisl perspective on social psychology which focuses on the self in social interaction PREREQ: SOC 200 335 Racial and Cultural Minorities (3) Analysis of the implications of racial differences, the factors affecting prejudice and discnmination, and structural aspects of group conflicts PREREQ: SOC 200
341 Social Inequality (3) Analysis of inequalities in wealth, power, and prestige in contemporary soci- eties PREREQ: SOC 200.
342 Urban Sociology (3) A descriptive study of the form and development of the urban community with respect to demographic structure, spatial and tempo- ral patterns, and functional organization. PREREQ: SOC 200
343 Sociology of Organizations (3) Analysis of large-scale, formal organizations with emphasis on bureaucracy as the dominant form of social organiza- tion in the West PREREQ: SOC 200
344 Sociology of Religion (3) Theoretical analysis of social functions of religion, the history and internal structure of religious institutions, and their relation- ship to other institutions PREREQ: SOC 200
345 Sociology of Education (3) Sociological dimen- sions of educational institutions. PREREQ: SCX: 200.
346 Sociology of Gender (3) Analysis and evalua- tion of sociological research on sex roles PREREQ: SOC 200.
# 349 Perspectives on Mental Illness (3) An inter- disciplinary examination of mental disorders — their definition, cause, and treatment. PREREQ: SOC 200
350 Sociology of Mental Illness (3) A sociological perspective on mental disorders. PREREQ: SOC 200
351 Deviance (3) Causes and consequences of the construction and violation of social norms. PREREQ: SOC 200.
352 Criminology (3) Sociological analysis of the definition, distribution, and causes of crime, and of social response to it PREREQ: SOC 200
353 Juvenile Delinquency (3) Theories of delin- quency; evaluation of programs for its prevention and control. PREREQ: SOC 200
360 Sociology of Culture (3) Analysis of the major social movements that have shaped the character and future of modem man PREREQ: SOC 200.
361 Sociology of Medicine (3) A sociological per- spective on health, illness, and medical care PRE- REQ: SOC 200.
362 Sexuality in Society (3) The social dimensions of human sexuality PREREQ: SOC 200.
364 Sociology of Aging (3) An examination of the problems, adaptations, and contributions of the aging population PREREQ: SOC 200.
369 Social Movements (3) An introduction to the study of social movements, both historical and con- temporary PREREQ: SOC 200.
370 Social Problems (3) Analysis of current social disorders: urban unrest, racial tension, poverty, addic- tions, cnme. and mental illness. PREREQ: SOC 200.
371 Applied Social Change (3) Strategy and tactics of planning and guiding change in small and large- scale social systems PREREQ: SOC 200
376 Sociology of War and Peace (3) Exploration of the relationship between social structure and war. PREREQ: SOC 200.
377 Clinical Sociology (3) Analysis and evaluation of therapeutic applications of sociology in group and individual semngs PREREQ: SOC 200
401 Social Change (3) Critique of the leading mod- els of social order and change; analysis of major transformation in Western civilization. PREREQ: SOC 200
402 Career Internship in Sociology (6) Field expe- rience in agencies involved in social change PRE- REQ: SOC 371. or permission of the instructor
410 Issues in Sociological Thought (3) Analysis of several of the key philosophical issues underlying sociological thought PREREQ: SOC 300. or permis- sion of the instructor
^ 490 Independent Studies in Sociology (1-3) lndi\ idual research projects, reports, and/or readings. Seniors only PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson.
^ 491 Topical Seminar in Sociology (3) Special topics in theory or methodology. Topics announced in advance. Admission by permission of instructor Juniors and seniors only.
492 Senior Seminar in Sociology (3) Preparation of senior research paper. Senior sociology majors only.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
* Approved distnbutive requirement course
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Art
212 Mitchell Hall
610-436-2755
John Baker, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Sermas. Weidner
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Baker, Lasuchin, Usher, White
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Blake, Hollon, Schiff
The undergraduate programs offered by the Department of Art give students the opportunity to achieve competence in studio art, theory, and the history of art, taking into consideration both personal and voca- tional needs. Each student's advising reflects an effort to relate the general requirements to art subjects.
In addition to the formal programs listed below, alternative courses of study may be planned in conjunction with other departments. Students
are encouraged to make connections between art and other subjects where appropriate to achieve vocational and personal advancement after consultation with the student's adviser.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — ART
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Language Requirement (See special note below.)
3. Art Depanment Program Requirements (select one track)
A. Studio Art I Sequence (prepares student for graduate study and/or personal/ vocational competence) (1 j Studio Foundation (ART 106, 111,
112, 206, 220, and 221) (2) Art History (ARH 103, 104, and
two ARH electives)
51 semester hours 0- 1 5 semester hours
18 semester hours
12 semester hours
Colleae of Arts and Sciences
Art
(3) Other Studio (Elect from studio 33-36 semester hours offerings at least half above the
300 level.)
(4) Senior show required
TOTAL 66 semester hours B. Studio Art II Sequence (provides a basic concentration with the option of a second, preprofessional concentration)
(1) Studio Foundation (ART 106. 1 1 1. 9 semester hours 112. and 220)
(2) Art Histor>' (ARH 103. 104, and 12 semester hours two ARH electives)
(3) Other Studio (Elect from studio 21-24 semester hours offerings at least half above the 300
level. See special note below.)
(4) Preprofessional concentration- 1 8 semester hours courses to be selected from another
discipline (elementary education, special education, business, foreign area studies, or others under advisement)
(5) Senior show required
TOT.\L 63 semester hours NOTE: The foreign language requirement for Studio I and Studio 11 is two semesters with three foreign area study courses or to meet the level of Intermediate 11, 202.
Students must maintain a minimum grade of C in all ART and ARH courses, required and elective, within the major
BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS — STUDIO ARTS
The Bachelor of Fine Arts is regarded as the mitial professional degree in art by the National Association of Schools of An. Its primary emphasis is on the development of skills, concepts, and sensitivities important to the professional artist. Concentration in a major profes- sional area begins only with satisfactory completion of the foundation requirements and the approval of the faculty adviser.
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 5 1 semester hours
2. Language Requirement 0- 1 5 semester hours
3. Art Department Program Requirements* Sequence One \
A. Foundation Requirements
(1) Studio Art (ART 106, 111, 112, 206, 18 semester hours 220,221)
(2) Art History (ARH 103, 104, and 12 semester hours two art history electives)
B. Studio Electives 33-36 semester hours (at least half of the courses selected must be
300 level and above) Sequence Two A. Foundation Requirements
(1) Studio Art (ART 106, 111.112, 220) 12 semester hours
(2) Art History (ARH 103. 104. and two 12 semester hours art history electives)
(3) Studio Electives 21-24 semester hours (at least half of the courses selected
must be 300 level and above)
(4) Preprofessional concentration - selected 1 8 semester hours from another discipline
Professional specialization begins in the junior year when the student selects and has been accepted in one of the following areas:
(1) Drawing and Painting (ART 226, 227, 245, 306, 307, 316, 317, and 320)
(2) Graphic Design (ART 211, 212. 310, 311,312. 490. 491. and 499)
(3) Sculpture and Crafts (a selection of eight courses from ART 231. 232. 266. 321, 322. 325. 331. 332, 335. 347, 348. and 409)
C. Art Electives (to be selected under 21-24 semester hours
advisement)
TOTAL 78 semester hours Minor in Studio Art
1 . Required Courses 9 semester hours ART 106. 11 Land 220
2. Minor Specialization 9 semester hours The student, under advisement, may select a
minor specialization so that the emphasis is on one of these groups; draw ing and painting, graphic design, printmaking, sculpture, or crafts.
TOTAL 18 semester hours Minor in Art History
This program provides alternative tracks to satisfy a variety of emphases to which art history may be applied. These include both vocational and liberal arts interests, which range from a highly struc- tured sequence to a self-designed sequence.
A. An History Survey 18 semester hours Structured sequence of courses designed to provide an in-depth comprehensive core of Western art development. Recommended as an important cultural component to the study of history, literature, performing arts, anthropology, sociology, and psychology. (The 18 semester hours include ARH 382, 383, 384, 385, 386, and either 350 or 381.)
B. Art History and Its Interfaces 18 semester hours According to interest or possible vocational application, this pro- gram provides an opportunity to explore either the various historical periods/styles of art or the interfaces of art history with studio art, American studies, and other cognate areas.
1 . Student must complete the required courses 6 semester hours ARH 103 and 104
2. Student must also take two upper-level 6 semester hours an history courses
3. Student must take, under advisement — 6 semester hours
a. Any two studio courses
b. Any two American studies courses
c. Any two other art history courses
d. Any two cognate courses from other disciplines
e. Any combination of the above
Either of these minors may be taken as a concentration by students as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in liberal studies general degree program.
•Students must maintain a grade of C in all .ART and ARH courses within the major (required and elective).
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ART
Symbol: ART
105 Art Workshop (3) An art workshop for nonan majors. Exploration of an materials and techniques
106 Beginning Drawing (3) Drawing from direct observation and an introduction to ideas of perception and interpretation. Use of a vanetv of media.
Ill Basic Design (2-Dimensional Design) (3) Deve- loping a visual vocabularj' by experimenting with shape, space, light, color, and texture in a variety of media.
112 Color and Design (2-Dimensional Design) (3) Extensive study of color theory and its application to a variety of fine and industrial arts projects.
113 Computer .\rt I (3) Introduction to computer art IS designed to provide students of graphics and fine arts with the skills necessary to utilize the computer as a graphics tool, enabling students to incorporate computer art technology into their work.
147 Crafts: Weaving I (3) Basic techniques of weaving are explored w ith emphasis on fabric design and craftsmanship.
206 Intermediate Drawing (3) Work in a variety of media and methods designed to develop "aggres- sive seeing " Emphasis on the exploration of line as boundary to describe form and space, as gesture, as calligraphy, and for expressive qualities as a tool for working in other media. PREREQ: ART 106.
210 Typography I (3) An introduction to the use of type as a basic element of graphic communica- tion; the use of different type faces to communicate visually desired effects, typeform. type indication, type spacing, comp lettering, and basic design with type for layouts and comprehensives. Fall offering.
Art
College of Arts and Sciences
211 Graphic Design I (3) The exploration of vari- ous aspects of graphic communication through the use of typography, layout, and general graphic techniques. The development of creative, onginal, and conceptual ideas for solving communications problems utilizing professional studio practices and procedures Mechanical, paste-up preparation, and other methods of reproduction will be covered. Use of the computer is integrated into a variety of course assignments. Fall offering CONCURRENT: ART 210; PREREQ: ART 111. 113. or permission of the instructor
212 Graphic Design II (3) The continuation of ART 2 1 1 w. ith an emphasis on typographic prob- lem solving. The further study of graphic design concepts and design pnnciples used in solving dif- ferent types of design problems within a given for- mat. Use of the computer as an essential design tool is integrated into a vanety of course assign- ments. Spring offenng. PREREQ: ART 21 1. or permission of the instructor.
213 Computer Art II (3) An advanced study of the computer as a design tool The computer will be used to incorporate typography and graphic design solutions utilizing page layout software PREREQ ."XRT 1 1.^ or permission of the instructor
216 Beginning Painting (3) An introduction to the basic matenals and techniques of the painter with emphasis on color
217 Intermediate Painting (3) The course seeks to provide a workshop atmosphere in which the student is given the opportunity to explore the potential of the painting media Use of standard materials of paint, brushes, and canvas is required.
220 Fundamentals of 3-Dimensional Design (3)
An introduction to the theones, processes, and ele- ments of perception and visual design in a three- dimensional situation Problems will be geared to problem solving rather than object making.
221 Advanced 3-Dimensional Design (3) Solving problems of relating visual elements to volumetric forms in space by e.xpenmenting with various matenals.
222 Beginning Sculpture (3) An introduction to the basic fundamentals of sculpture, including con- cepts of design, know ledge of tools and techniques, and materials and processes Project assignments to be rendered in clay, plaster, wood, and stone.
226 Water Color I (3) .An introduction to the basic tools and techniques of the w ater-color painter Emphasis upon transparent water color.
227 Water Color II (3) Advanced problems in water color, gouache, tempera, and mixed media.
231 Ceramics I: Basic Techniques (3)
Introduction to the basic techniques of ceramics. Hand and wheel methods of construction; knowl- edge of clay bodies, finng, and glazing
232 Ceramics II: Intermediate Techniques (3)
Fundamental methods of creating clay forms on the wheel Experimentation with clay bodies, glazes, and kiln operation. Design is stressed.
241 Printmaking: Introduction of Relief Print- making (3) An introduction to the medium of printmaking: linoleum cuts, woodcuts, and color- graphs
243 Printmaking: Intermediate Relief Print- making (3) Continuation of ART 241. emphasizing expressive possible techniques and their combina- tion with other print media. PREREQ: ART 241, or permission of instructor.
245 .Architectural Drawing (3) Studio expen- ences in layout; preparation of plans and elevations, presentations (rendenngs). and architectural letter- ing Use of mechanical drawing tools to help stu- dents express steps that occur from design to real- ization of a structure
248 Crafts: Weaving II (3) Provides an opportu- nity for the weaver to further explore and develop skills as a designer Emphasis is placed on the interrelationship between functional materials and design processes.
251 Art in the Elementary School (3) Workshop and seminar providing expenence with a wide van- ety of media appropriate for use with children. Investigation into the philosophy and psychology of children's art
306 Drawing III: Life Drawing (3) An explo- ration of the abstract dynamics of figure drawing with particular application of anatomical structure to expressive design PREREQ: ART 106 and 206
307 Drawing IV (3-6) Individualized instruction in increasingly complex formal and expressive problems in drawing
310 Graphic Design III (3) The exploration of developing and designing logotype symbols for use in corporate and public agencies and their applica- tions to a variety of pnni materials The use of the computer as an essential design tool is integrated into course assignments Fall offering PREREQ: ART 2 1 2 or permission of instructor
311 Graphic Design: Independent Project (3) Individualized instruction in design problems at an advanced level.
312 Graphic Design IV (3) A study of advanced concepts and design pnnciples with an emphasis on creative solutions to problems in three-dimensional package design. The use of the computer as an essential design tool is integrated into course assignments Spring offenng. PREREQ: ART 31 1 or permission of instructor
316 Advanced Painting (3) Emphasis on advanced problems in painting in a vanety of tech- niques Individual expression is encouraged
317 Painting: Studio Problems (3) Concentration on individual work and professional competence. Group cntiques and discussions
318 Painting from Landscape: Independent Project (3) Individualized landscape painting course requinng the student to paint on location in the Delaware Valley
319 Painting from Masters: Independent Project (3) Introduces the student artist to tech- niques and styles by painting from master works
320 Painting: Independent Projects (3) The development of a personal style is explored through a theme and its variation Discipline and self-cnli- cism are realized through a series of critiques and evaluations
321 Intermediate Sculpture (3) More advanced problems in sculpture with emphasis on individual exploration of form, structure, and process. Independent project to be rendered in choice of matenals, including clay, plaster, wood, and stone
322 Advanced Sculpture (3) Continued explo- ration and development of individual form and process awareness through involvement with mod- eling, casting, fabrication, and assemblages. In addition to clay, wood, stone, and plaster, metals and plastics will be utilized.
323 Abstract Painting (3) A studio exploration of the fundamental pnnciples of absu-act painting. 325 Sculpture: Independent Projects (3) Individualized instruction in advanced sculpture. Preparation for senior show.
331 Ceramics 111: Advanced Techniques (3) An
advanced course to develop craftsmanship and to explore clay as a means of individual expression.
332 Ceramics: Studio Problems (3) Work at an advanced level in specialized ceramic techniques.
335 Ceramics: Independent Projects (3)
Individualized instruction as well as research and study in ceramic design
341 Printmaking: Introduction to Intaglio Printmaking (3) Intaglio techniques, etching, dry point, aquatint, and engraving.
342 Printmaking: Introduction to Lithography
(3) Fundamentals of stone and plate lithography.
343 Printmaking: Intermediate Etching (3)
Continuation of 341 with emphasis on expressive qualities of the medium and its possible combina- tion with other pnnt media PREREQ; ART 341, or permission of instructor
344 Printmaking: Intermediate Lithography (3)
Continuation of ART 342 with emphasis on expres- sive qualities of the medium and its possible com- bination with other print media. PREREQ: ART 342, or permission of instructor.
345 Printmaking: Independent Projects (3) In- depth, individualized instruction in a selected print- making medium
359 Resources in Art Education (3) The use of cultural and community resources in the schools with an emphasis on the teaching of art apprecia- tion
400 Art Seminar (3) This course is the most
advanced course for an history minors, art majors, and others with art history background. A research paper is required Topics change each time the seminar is offered
# 450 Art-Graphic Design Internship (3)
Integration of classroom study and lab work with specific planned periods of learning through job experience The course is based on an individual- ized, student-oriented, learning contract.
♦ 455 Introduction to Multimedia (3) A work- shop for students with background in the studio arts To be taken under advisement
490 Graphic Design V (3) The further study of solving advanced visual communication problems through the development of skills in research, design, and the preparation of comprehensives for client presentations The use of the computer as an essential design tool is integrated into course assignments. Fall offering. PREREQ: ART 312, or permission of instructor.
491 Graphic Design VI (3) The continuation of advanced visual communication problem solving outlined in ART 490 with an emphasis on finished comprehensives for the portfolio The use of the computer as an essential design tool is integrated into course assignments Spring offering. COREQ; ART 499; PREREQ: ART 490, or permission of the instructor
499 Graphic Design VII: Portfolio (3) Study under the guidance of the instructor to prepare individual portfolios for professional presentation for employment or continuation of studies on the graduate level Spring offering. CONCURRENT: ART 49 1 ; PREREQ: ART 490, or permission of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Biology
ART HISTORY
Symbol: ARH
101 Learning to Look: Fine Arts, Art (3) An
introduction to painting, sculpture, architecture, and the decorative arts with emphasis on understanding the visual arts as universal human expression.
102 Survey of Art History (3) A general intro- duction to the history of western art from the earli- est cave paintings to the 20th century.
103 Art History I: Prehistory Through the Medieval (3) Survey of significant art and architec- tural monuments from prehistory through the Middle Ages. Fall offering.
104 Art History II: Renaissance Through Modern (3) Continuation of ART 103. The Renaissance through the 20th century. Spring offer- ing.
350 "Primitive" Art (also ANT 350) (3) Analysis of primitive art as determined through ritual and myth. Focus includes ethnographic parallels to pre- history and the concept of primitivism in the West. 381 Near Eastern Art: Ancient Antiquity (3) The art and architecture of Ancient Egypt, Mesopotamia, Assyria, and Babylonia from 3000- 500 BC
■ 382 Art of Classical Antiquity (3) The art and architecture of the Greeks, Etruscans, and Romans.
■ 383 Art of Middle Ages (3) The art and archi- tecture of the European medieval world and their development from Early Christian and Romanesque art into the full flowering of the Gothic period.
■ 384 Art of Renaissance-Baroque (3) Study of the art forms of the 15th through 17th centuries in Europe as they affected social and religious cross currents and the rise of the role of the artist in soci- ety.
■ 385 The Romantic Rebellion (3) From David to Rodin: the rise and development of the Romantic style and its struggle with orthodox Classicism.
386 Modern Art Seminar (3) Analysis of major styles of 20th-century art to mid-century, including Picasso
♦ 400 Art Seminar (3) Special topics to be announced for studio and art history Offered peri- odically as appropriate PREREQ: Permission of instructor
413 American Art (3) A survey of Amencan paintings and sculpture from Colonial times to the present.
♦ 415 Art History: Independent Study (3)
Opportunity for the student to pursue a particular field of interest
416 American Architecture: Colonial and Early Republic (3) An introduction to the heritage of our early American architecture. These buildings reveal tangible evidence of the life of the early colonial period and of the republic. The influence of the tra- ditional, coupled with modifications because of cli- mate, materials, and labor, reflect both provincial- ism and independence.
417 Modern American Architecture (3) Study of architectural forms and styles in America since the early 19th century, including a thorough analysis and consequent appreciation and understanding of the social, stylistic, and technological sources for our 19th- and 20th-century built environment.
419 Women in Art: Madonna or Model? (3)
Traces the position of women artists in society and its effects on their work. What role have women played as the subject of painting through the ages? What are women artists creating today?
■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Biology
(See also Pre-Medical Program)
212 Boucher Hall
610-436-1023
Martha Potvin, Chairperson
Georgann Cullen, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Beneski. Eleuteno, Fairchild, Fish, Potvin, Romig,
Waber, Woodruff ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Broitman, Cullen, Knabb, Mbuy,
Slusher, Triano
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Began, Casotti, Greenamyer, Tiebout,
Vreeland ADJUNCT FACULTY: Gotkin, Natale, Sazama, Strauss, Lennon,
Warhol, White
The major in biology centers on a core of courses that emphasize broad unifying principles. Available electives provide enriching experiences in many areas of biology. The Department of Biology offers seven undergraduate degree programs:
1 . The B.A. in BIOLOGY provides the liberal education and the spe- cial preparation required for careers in university teaching, govern- ment service, independent and industrial research, science-related sales and public relations, and other areas of business. This program also prepares students for admission to graduate and professional schools. The possibility of 31 semester hours of free electives enables the student to obtain a minor in another area of interest.
2. The B.S. in BIOLOGY can be individually tailored to provide the skills that students need to achieve their career goals. This program also provides the basic preparation needed for entry into graduate or professional schools, including physical therapy programs.
3. The B.S. in CELL and MOLECULAR BIOLOGY offers the stu- dent a strong background in both biology and chemistry. Emphasis on lab-oriented courses prepares the student to pursue a career in laboratory research in cell and molecular biology at industrial, med- ical, academic, and government facilities. This program also pre- pares the student for admission to graduate and professional schools.
4. The B.S. in BIOLOGY— MICROBIOLOGY prepares students for careers in research laboratories, industrial and academic research, and government service in the areas of bacteriology, immunology, virology, mycology, microbial ecology, and parasitology. The pro-
gram provides extensive laboratory experience with the techniques that are most useful and important to modem microbiological sci- ence. This program also provides the basic preparation needed for entry into graduate or professional schools.
5. The B.S. in BIOLOGY— ECOLOGY provides an opportunity for interested students to obtain a strong background in field biology. The required core curriculum and concentration electives provide opportunities for later careers as biologists in state and federal envi- ronmental agencies, industry, environmental consulting firms, and similar organizations. Internships are strongly recommended as part of the program. Course work emphasizes skills obtained in biology, chemistry, and mathematics. Additional course work from other departments may be recommended to fulfill particular career objec- tives.
6. The B.S. in EDUCATION— BIOLOGY is a program designed to prepare the student for a career in teaching in secondary schools. Professional certification in biology is awarded to the student who completes the program satisfactorily. Students are strongly advised to seek certification in a related area to enhance their employment potential. Such related areas include general science, health, educa- tion, athletic training, and environmental education.
7. The B.S. in BIOLOGY-MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY offers students the opportunity to enter the field of laboratory medicine with emphasis on the techniques and instrumentation used to evaluate disease processes. This concentration allows students to complete the necessary general education and departmental requirements in three years. The fourth year is spent in a hospital internship training program at one of the several affiliated hospitals, and students receive 32 semester hours credit for the internship year (BIO 407 and 408, Internship in Medical Technology). To qualify for the internship, students must have a 2.75 GPA and be accepted by an accredited hospital medical technology program. Students complet- ing the internship will receive a B.S. in Biology/Medical Technology concentration and the training necessary to take the national certification exam. Affiliated hospitals include Allegheny University Hospitals, Pennsylvania Hospital, and Reading Hospital.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 5 1 semester hours
2. Biology Requirements* 10 semester hours BIO 110. 220, 230, and 490
Biology
College of Arts and Sciences
3. Other Science Requirements 27 semester hours CHE 103-104, 231-232. CRL 103-104, 231,
and PHY 130-140
4. Mathematics Requirements MAT 121, one semester of calculus, and one semester of computer science
B.A. IN BIOLOGY
1. Required Biology Courses* BIO 1 10, 215, 217, 220, 230, 270, and 490
2. Biology Electives Selected under advisement
3. Foreign Language Requirement up to
B.S. IN BIOLOGY
1. Required Biology Courses* BIO 1 10, 215, 217, 220, 230, 270, and 490
2. Biology Electives Selected under advisement
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— CELL AND MOLECULAR
9-10 semester hours
1 9 semester hours 1 2 semester hours 1 2 semester hours
1 9 semester hours 24 semester hours
Required Chemistry Courses
CHE 345, 471, 491**, and CRL 471
Required Biology Courses
BIO 1 10*, 214*, 215* or 217*, 220*, 230*
421*, 466 or 468, and 490**
Biology or Chemistry Electives
8-9 semester hours
24-25 semester hours
13-15 semester hours
Selected from courses at or above the 300 level
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— ECOLOGY
1. Required Biology Courses
BIO 1 10*, 215*, 217*, 220*, 230*, 270*. 310, 470, and 490*
2. Biology Electives
Selected under advisement from BIO 275, 277, 372, 377, 471, 473, 474, 475, 476, and 485
3. Ecologically relevant courses selected under advisement
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— MICROBIOLOGY
1. Required Biology Courses
BIO 1 10*, 214*, 215* or 217*, 220*, 230*. 270*. 464. 465. and 490*
2. Microbiology Electives
Selected under advisement from BIO 314, 334, 452, 454, 456, 474, 484
25 semester hours
12 semester hours
6 semester hours
27 semester hours
1 1 semester hours
6 semester hours
30 semester hours 3 semester hours
B.S. IN EDUCATION— BIOLOGY
1. Required Biology Courses 26 semester hours BIO 1 10*, 214*. 215*. 217*. 220*. 230*, 270*,
3 1 1 , and 490*
2. Biology Electives Selected under advisement
3. Required Education Courses
4. Required Geology Course ESS 101
B.S. IN BIOLOGY— MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
1. Required Biology Courses* 53 semester hours
BIO 1 10, 214, 215 or 217, 220, 230, 407, 408. 465, 490
Minor in Biology
Tlie Department of Biology offers a minor in biology. The biology minor requirements are:
1 . BIO 1 10, General Biology (must be passed with a C- or better), or BIO 100, Basic Biological Science (must be passed with a grade of A).
2. BIO 215, General Botany or BIO 217, General Zoology (must be passed with a C- or better).
3. After fulfillment of requirements 1 and 2. additional biology elec- tive courses, for which the student has the appropriate prerequisites, will be selected under advisement with the minor adviser. These courses will be at the 200 level or higher, and 8-9 credits must be over and above courses required for the student's major.
4. A minimum of 17 credits and a maximum of 21 credits must be taken for a minor in biology.
5. To graduate with a biology minor, students must maintain a GPA of 2.(X) in the minor courses, and they must meet with the minor advis- er at least once per semester.
NOTE (transfer students only); In order to receive a degree in biology from West Chester University, a transfer student must successfully complete a minimum of 12 semester hours of biology courses in the West Chester University Department of Biology.
Advanced Placement Policy
A score of three on the Biology Advanced Placement Exam of the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) will allow a student to begin his or her studies without having to take BIO 1 10, General Biology. Students who are granted advanced placement in biology take an additional three hours of electives in biology.
•Biology core courses must be passed with a grade of C- (70) or better. *CHE 491 may be substituted for BIO 490
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS BIOLOGY
Symbol: BIO unless otherwise shown
(3.2) represents three hours of lecture and two
hours of lab.
■k 100 Basic Biological Science (3) Basic princi- ples of biology. Cell theory, metabolism, genetics, development, diversity of life forms, and ecology. Not open to biology majors. (2,2) * lOlH Basic Biology Honors (4) An introduc- tion to basic biology for nonmajors in the Honors Program (2. 2. one hour of recitation) #102 Humans and the Environment (3) The effects of human population on earth's resources are studied against a background of physical, bio- logical, and health sciences. *110 General Biology (3) The concepts general to all living organisms such as cell structure and function, genetics, evolution, and ecology This course is designed for majors in biology and related scientific areas. (2,3)
172 Field Ecology and Natural History (3) Class and field work in natural history and ecology Identification of local organisms and pertinent eco- logical concepts. Not counted toward a biology major. (2,3) PREREQ: Permission of department.
204 Introductory Microbiology (4) The biology of medically important microorganisms, their struc- ture, taxonomy, physiology, control, and host-para- site interactions. (3.2) PREREQ: BIO 100 and one semester of chemistry. May not be taken as a biolo- gy major elective
214 General Microbiology (4) The biology of microorganisms, their structure, physiology, and control; the nature and dynamics of disease and dis- ease control; principles of food, industrial, and environmental microbiology. The laboratory will deal with microbiological techniques, isolation and identification of microbes, and water and food analysis. This course is for biology majors. (3.3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and one semester of chemistry.
215 General Botany (3) A survey of plant and plant-like organisms from bacteria to and including the angiosperms with emphasis on anatomy, physi- ology, reproduction, and economic importance. (2.3) PREREQ: BIO 110.
217 General Zoology (3) Pnnciples of animal biology. Form and function of vertebrate and inver- tebrate animal types (2.3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 220 Cell Physiology (3) An introduction to cellu- lar and molecular biology with emphasis on cell morphology, biochemistry, and cell physiology.
(2.3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and CHEM 230 or 231 (may be taken concurrently).
230 Genetics (3) Nature of genetic material and its qualitative and quanutative vanation: recombina- tion; interaction of gene products; regulation of genetic material; and its role in evolution. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 110 and MAT 121.
259 Human Anatomy and Physiology I (4) An
introduction to human structure and function. Skeletal, muscular, and nervous systems are emphasized Laboratory involves study of human development and gross anatomy of the skeletal, muscular, and nersous systems. (3.2) May not be taken as a biology major elective.
269 Human Anatomy and Physiology II (4)
Continuation of BIO 259. Circulatory, respiratory, digestive, and urogenital systems emphasized. (3,2) May not be taken as a biology major elective. PRE- REQ: BIO 259.
270 General Ecology (3) Relationships between living organisms and their environment. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 Recommended are BIO 215,
■*■ Approved distributive requirement course # Approved interdisciplinary course
College of Arts and Sciences
Bioloev
217. MAT 121. and one semester ot computer sci- ence.
275 Field Botany (3) Methods of studying plants in their natural surroundings. Use of keys, botanical manuals, and illustrated floras to identify living specimens. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 100 or 215. 277 Vertebrate Ecology (3) Animal life in the surrounding localities Identification, behavior, habitats, feeding, and reproduction. (2.3) PREREQ: BIO 100 or 217" Offered in fall of odd-numbered years
307 Pathophysiology (3) An integrated study of the processes in\olved in the total body systemic complex as it changes from the ordered homeostat- ic condition to the imbalanced diseased state. The use of disease models, with clinical considerations, strengthens the concepts. (3) PREREQ; BIO 259 and 269. Offered in fall. May not be taken as a biology major elective
310 Biometrics (3) The expenmental design and computer-assisted statistical analysis of biological research problems. (2.3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and MAT 121.
311 Contemporary Issues in Biology Teaching (3) Curricular trends in biology educauon. biotech- nology, and bioethics are analyzed in a social con- text through constructive controversy. The nature of science is explored and expenential skills are honed through practical application via a laborato- ry-oriented, faculty-student mentoring program.
(2.2) PREREQ: bIo 1 10, 215. 217, 230; EDF 100; EDP 250, 351 (or graduate level equivalents); or permission of the instructor. May not be taken as a biology elective.
314 Diagnostic Bacteriology (3) Systematic study of pathogenic bacteria with extensive laboratory e:xperience in handling and identifying these organ- isms. (3.3) PREREQ: BIO 214. 334 Microbial Genetics (4) A course on the genetics of bacteria, their viruses, plasmids. and transposable elements. Applications of microbial genetics in genetic engineenng and biotechnology.
(3.3) PREREQ: BIO 110. 214. 230, and CHE 231. 357 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy (4) Comparative study of the principal organ systems of vertebrates as to their structure, function, and evolutionary relationships (2.4) PREREQ: BIO 217 Offered in fall
367 Physiology of Drug Interaction (3) An intro- duction to the mechanism of action of prototype drugs. The physiological alterations produced by various drugs as well as interactions between drug classes will be emphasized. (3) PREREQ: BIO 269 or equivalent
377 Entomology (3) The structure, function, clas- sification, economic importance, and biological sig- nificance of insects. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 or 217. Offered every other year. 407 and 408 Internship in Medical Technology (16 for each semester, total of 32) A two-semes- ter, work-study appointment with an affiliated hos- pital. The satisfactory completion of this internship is accepted as the senior year's work by West Chester University This internship will prepare the student to take the National Exam for Medical Technologists. PREREQ: Students who have com- pleted 65 credit hours in the B.S. biology general concentration should apply for this internship in the summer following their sophomore year Students must have an overall GPA of 2 75 and approval from the Department of Biology and the affiliated hospital.
♦ 409 Internship in Biological Sciences (3-16) A one-semester, work-study appointment with a com- mercial, industrial, or governmental agency.
Students will be supervised jointly by a profession- al scientist of the agency and a Department of Biology faculty member A ma.ximum of eight combined credits from BIO 409 and BIO 491 may be applied to biology electives. PREREQ: Senior standing. GPA of 2.5, and approval of biology cur- riculum committee.
421 Cellular and Molecular Biology (4) A lec- ture and laboratory course that studies the molecu- lar basis of cellular life. Eukanotic cell structure and function will be emphasized. (3.3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10, 215 or 217, 220. 468; CHE 103. 104. 23I.232;CRL 103. 104. 231. 232; MAT 121; and one semester of calculus.
428 Animal Histology (3) A study of the micro- scopic structure and function of vertebrate tissues and organs. (2.2) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and 217. or permission of the instructor Offered in fall.
429 Microtechnique (2) .\n introduction to histo- logical and histochemical laboratory techniques. (4) PREREQ: BIO 428 or permission of instructor 431 Molecular Genetics (3) A second course in genetics, covering the molecular biology of genetic events Emphasis will be on the molecular details of basic genetic processes, such as DNA replication and transcription. RNA translation and protein syn- thesis, the genetic code, molecular mechanisms of gene regulation, and an introduction to "biotechnol- ogy." (3) PREREQ: BIO 230 and CHE 232.
♦ 435-438 Course Topics in Biology (1-3) Courses in this series are of timely interest to the student. Topics may include biological terminolo- gy, laboratory techniques, mycology, etc. Open only to junior and senior science majors. 448 Animal Development (4) Introduction to principles of animal development with laboratory study of vertebrate embryos. (3.3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10. 217, 220, and 230. Offered in spring. 452 Parasitology (3) Biology of the principal par- asites of man and domestic animals. Emphasis is on life cycles of common parasites, identification of diagnostic forms, and understanding the diseases associated with parasites of major economic and medical importance. (3) PREREQ: BIO 204 or 214, and 217. Offered in spring of even-numbered years. 454 Mycology (3) An introductory course includ- ing a general study of the biology of fungi and a survey of the field of medical mycology (3) PRE- REQ: BIO 1 10 and 214 plus another three-credit- hour biology course.
456 Virology (3) Molecular biology of bacterial, plant, and animal viruses; virus classification, ultra- structure, mechanisms of replication, and effects of virus infection on host cell. PREREQ: One year of organic chemistry and BIO 230 and 214.
457 Functional Animal Morphology (3) A study of the structure, form, and function of morphologi- cal adaptations in animals as examined through a mechanical, ecological, and evolutionary perspec- tive. (3) PREREQ: BIO 217.
464 Microbial Physiology (3) Physiology and bio- chemical variations seen in prokaryotes and lower eukaryotes. (2.4) PREREQ: BIO 214 and 230. and CHE 232
465 Immunology (4) Immunoglobulin structure and function, nature of antigens, cell-mediated immunity, hypersensitivity, regulation of immunity, and immunological diseases. Laboratorv' experience in immunological techniques. (3.3) PREREQ: BIO 214 and CHE 232.
466 Plant Physiology (3) Physiological processes of plants. Photosynthesis, respiration, intermediary metabolism, entrance of solutes into the plant, water metabolism, and growth regulators. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 215 and CHE 231.
467 Endocrinology (3) An integratne look at the physiology of the mammalian endocrine system in the regulation and maintenance of homeostasis. The pathology associated with hormonal imbalance will be included. (3) PREREQ: BIO 220 and 468. Offered in spring of odd-numbered years.
468 General .Animal Physiology (4) General the- oretical and applied principles of the physiology of various animal cells, tissues, and organs with an emphasis on homeostasis and mammalian physiolo- gy, (3.3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10, CHE 232, and MAT 161.
470 Population Biology (3) A quantitative, second course in ecology, emphasizing distributional pat- terns and fluctuations in abundance of natural pop- ulations. (2.3) PREREQ: BIO 270, MAT 121. and one semester of calculus.
471 Wetlands (3) A course designed to provide practical experience in wetlands' classification, delineation, regulation, management, and mitiga- tion practices. The abiotic and biotic characteristics of inland and coastal wetlands are emphasized. (2.3) PREREQ: Eight hours of biology or permis- sion of instructor.
473 Conservation Biology (3) The application of basic biological and ecological principles for the preservation of biological diversity. Emphasis will be on understanding the threats to biodiversity, the values of biodiversity, and pnesenation strategies including ecological risk assessment and the man- agement of endangered species, habitats, and ecosystems. PREREQ (required): BIO 1 10. 215 or 217. and 270. PREREQ (recommended): BIO 310.
474 Microbial Ecology (4) Theory and application of modem microbial ecology. Lectures will focus on topics such as microbial communities, interac- tions with other organisms, biogeochemistry. and biotechnology. (3.3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10. 214, 270. and CHE 103, 104.
475 Plant Communities (3) A survey of ecologi- cal, morphological, and physiological strategies of plants from seed through adult stages. The integra- tion of these strategies to explain the major plant communities of North America will be covered. (2,3) PREREQ: BIO 215.
476 Limnology (3) The measurement and analysis of the physical, chemical, and biological properties of lakes. (2.3) PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and CHE 103, 1(M. 480 Light Microscopy and the Living Cell (3) A
one-semester lecture and lab course covering the the- ory' and practical techniques of all types of light microscopy and their uses in investigating li\ing cells. Also includes techniques such as microinjec- tion, cell electrophysiology. and others. Strong emphasis on "hands-on" work with equipment. (2,2)
484 Epidemiology (3) A general study of the epi- demiology of both infectious and noninfectious dis- eases, including indusuial and en\ ironmentally relat- ed health problems. (3) PREREQ: BIO 214.
485 Systematic Botany (3) Principles of evolution
as illustrated by the principles of plant taxonomy. Modem concepts of biosystematics. Practical experi- ence in plant identification. (2.3) PREREQ: BIO 215.
490 Biology Seminar (1) Reports on special topics and current developments in the biological sci- ences PREREQ: B 10 1 1 0. 2 1 5 or 2 1 7. 220. 230, and SIX hours of 300-4CX) level biology courses.
♦ 491 Special Problems in Biology (1-3) Tutorial course primanly for ad\anced undergraduate biolo- gy majors capable of independent study and
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Chemistry
College of Arts and Sciences
research on a problem approved by the supervising instructor. A maximum of eight combined credits from BIO 409 and BIO 491 may be applied to biology electives. PREREQ: Permission of instruc- tor
#SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe (3) An mterdisciplinary course that presents the theory and evidence for the first three minutes of
the universe and formation of the stars, galaxies, planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis of organic evolution (3) May not be taken as a biology major elective. PREREQ: High school or college courses in at least two sciences. SCB 350 Science Education in the Secondary School (3) A mediods course emphasizing knowl
edge of curricular developnKnt and skill in planning, involving the design and execution of learning activi- ties for all instructional modes (2.2) PREREQ: Required core courses in science discipline and EDF 100. EDM 300. EDP 250 and 351 (or graduate-level equivalents), or permission of instructor.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Chemistry
(See also Pre-Medical Program)
154 Schmucker Science Center II
610-436-2631
Jamal Ghoroghchian. Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Fenton. Ghoroghchian, Goudy, Mangravite, Moran
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ahmad, Barth, Cichowicz, Reid, Ressner
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Frost, Falcone. Stam
The Department of Chemistry offers five undergraduate degree programs;
(1) The B.S. in CHEMISTRY program (certified by the American Chemical Society) enables students to receive basic preparation required for the careers in chemistry of their choice. Such choices include positions as college and university teachers, professional chemists, researchers, and in various services in industry and gov- ernment. In all cases, the program prepares students for graduate study in the field of chemistry.
(2) The B.S. in CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY (Pre-Medical) provides the core courses required for admission to schools of medicine, den- tistry, and veterinary medicine. It also enables the student to pur- sue a career in biochemistry and molecular biology.
(3) The B.S. in CLINICAL CHEMISTRY is a program that trains stu- dents for careers in hospitals or private, clinical chemistry labora- tories. A one-semester internship in a hospital clinical chemistry laboratory is a mandatory part of this program. Students complet- ing the program are eligible for certification as clinical chemistry technologists by the National Registry in Clinical Chemistry.
(4) The B.S. in FORENSIC CHEMISTRY is a program that trains stu- dents interested in working in criminalistics and toxicology laborato- ries. The program prepares students for graduate study and specializa- tion in these fields. A one-semester internship in a police or toxicolo- gy forensic-chemistry laboratory is a mandatory part of this program.
(5) The B.S. in EDUCATION in CHEMISTRY program prepares the student for a career in teaching chemistry in secondary schools. The program gives the student experience in the major branches of chemistry so that, with proper selection of electives, graduate work in either pure chemistry or chemistry education can be pursued. Sufficient flexibility is provided so that the student also may become certified in general science.
The Department of Chemistry is accredited by the American Chemistry Society, which provides its professional certification to graduates of the B.S. in chemistry program.
Majors in the five B.S. programs should consult the Department of Chemistry handbook and their adviser for current requirements. A grade of C- or better is necessary in all required science and math courses.
Internship Program
Although internships are not a mandatory part of all chemistry programs, they are available to majors on a selective basis. Students receive varying amounts of credit based on the number of hours spent in a work situation and on the nature of the academic work necessary during the internship. Credit varies from three to 15 semester hours; each eight-hour workday per week is equivalent to three semester hours.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO DEGREE PROGRAMS IN CHEMISTRY. FORENSIC CHEMISTRY, EDUCATION CHEMISTRY, AND CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 38 semester hours
2. Chemistry Requirements 10 semester hours CHE 103-104 or 105-106 and CRL 103-104
or 105-106
3. Other Science Requirements 8 semester hours PHY 170-180
4. Mathematics Requirements 1 1 semester hours CSC 141 and MAT 161-162
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY
48 semester hours
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
1. Required Chemistry Courses CHE 231, 232, 321, 333, 341, 342, 409, 411, 418, 424, 47 1 , and 49 1 ; and CRL 23 1 , 232, 321,341,342, 41 Land 424
2. Chemistry Electives Selected from upper-division chemistry courses
3. Other Required Courses Foreign languages, mathematics, or computer science electives
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY
1 . General Requirements, see pages 32-35 38 semester hours
2. Required Chemistry Courses 36 semester hours CHE 103-104 or 105-106.231,321,
345, 418, 476*, 477*; CRL 103-104 or 105-106,231,321* and 471*
3. Required Biology Courses BIO 1 10, 217, 220, 230, 357, 448, and 468
4. Required Physics Courses PHY 130-140 or 170-180
5. Required Mathematics Courses MAT 121 and 161, and 122 or 162
6. Other Required Courses CHE 491* or BIO 490*
7. Concentration Electives Selected from upper-division chemistry and biology courses
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — FORENSIC CHEMISTRY
24 semester hours
8 semester hours
10-11 semester hours
1 semester hour
9-10 semester hours
46 semester hours
1. Required Chemistry Courses CHE 231, 232, 321, 345, 371, 418, 450, 471 or 476, 479, and 49 1 ; and CRL 23 1 , 32 1 , 341, 371, and 471
2. Other Required Courses BIO 1 10 and 230; CRJ 1 10; and MAT 121
3. Advanced Science Elective
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION -
1 . Required Chemistry Courses CHE 231, 232, 321, 341 or 345, 409 or 41 1, 417 418, 419, 471, and 491; CRL 231, 321, and 341
2. Required Education Courses EDF 100; EDM 300; EDP 250, 351; EDS 306, 411, 412; and SCE 350
* Students may. with the permission of the department chair, substitute an approved internship in the biochemical field for certain requirements and con- centration electives. In this case, the courses with astensks would be replaced by the internship ( 1 2 credits) and CHE 47 1 and either CRL 47 1 or CRL 32 1 .
1 2 semester hours
5 semester hours
- CHEMISTRY
29 semester hours
30 semester hours
College of Arts and Sciences
Chemistry
6 semester hours
3. Other Required Courses
BIO 110; ESS 101 or 1 1 1 BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL CHEMISTRY
1. Required Chemistry Courses 49 semester hours
CHE 231, 232, 321, 341 or 345, 381, 418, 424,
450, 471, and 491; CRL 231, 321, 341, 424, and 471
2. Other Required Courses BIO 110, 468; MAT 121
10 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CHEMISTRY
Symbol; CHE
Symbol for chemistry labs; CRL (2,2) repre- sents two hours lecture and two hours lab
♦ 100 Concepts of Chemistry (3) A broad survey course with a laboratory experience that seeks to develop an understanding of the field of chemistry through inquiry. Basic competence in scientific methods and procedures will be obtained by observ- ing chemical reactions and studymg the chemical and physical properties of a variety of compounds. (2,2)
101 Fundamentals of Chemistry (3) A mathemati- cally oriented course for students who intend later to take CHE 103 but whose science and mathematics backgrounds are judged by a pretest to need remedi- ation.
* 102 Essentials of Chemistry (4) Fundamentals of inorganic, organic, and biological chemistry as applied to the contemporary problems of society A one-semester course that best serves students pursu- ing careers in health and physical education (3,1)
t 103-104 General Chemistry MI (3) (3) Basic laws and theories of chemistry, including atomic structure, chemical bonding, oxidation-reduction, solutions, and ionic equilibria. Correlations of chem- ical principles and their application to modem descriptive chemistry. CHE 103 must precede CHE 104.
CRL 103-104 Experimental General Chemistry I-II (2) (2) Basic laboratory studies in college chem- istry utilizing the quantitative approach. Semimicro qualitative analysis and inorganic preparations. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 103-104. CRL
103 must precede CRL 104 (One hour of recitation precedes three hours of lab.)
t 105-106 General Chemistry I-II: Advanced Level (3) (3) These courses are similar to CHE 103-
104 but with a presentation that is in greater depth and rigor. PREREQ; High school chemistry or the equivalent and approval of the department chairper- son. CHE 105-106 may be substituted for CHE 103- 104 as prerequisites for advanced-level chemistry courses.
CRL 105-106 General Chemistry I-II: Advanced- Level Laboratory (2) (2) These laboratories are similar to CRL 103-104. CONCURRENT or PRE- REQ: CHE 105-106. CRL 105 must precede CRL 106.
# 107 General Chemistry for the Allied Health Sciences (4) A one-semester treatment of the funda- mentals of chemistry, including atomic structure and bonding, types of reactions, kinetics, equilibrium, and thermodynamics. May not be taken as a chem- istry major elective. CRL 107 may be taken concur- rently or after CHE 107.
•CRL 107 General Chemistry Lab for Allied Health Science (1) A one-semester laboratory course to complement CHE 107. Basic laboratory techniques, both qualitative and quantitative, will be used to illustrate principles from the lecture. CHE 107 must be taken concurrently or before CRL 107. 230 Introduction to Organic and Biological Chemistry (3) A terminal course in fundamentals of organic chemistry. Structural theory of organic mol-
ecules, organic synthesis, and biological applica- tions PREREQ: C- or better in CHE 104, 106, or 107.
231 Organic Chemistry I (4) A unified conceptual introduction to organic molecular structure. Topics discussed will include structure of the atom, orbital and molecular bonding theory, nomenclature of classes of molecules, fvv elementary molecular orbital theory, stereochemistry, nucleophilic substitu- tion, elimination, resonance, and acid-base concepts. These concepts will be applied to the chemistry of hydrocarbons, alkyl halides, alcohols, and simple systems PREREQ: CHE 104.
232 Organic Chemistry II (3) A survey of the classes of organic reaction from a mechanistic deductive approach. Topic will include nucleophilic and electrophilic substitution, reaction of carbonyl compounds, elimination, aromatic substitution, mol- ecular rearrangements, oxidation reduction reactions, carbanion and amine chemistry. These reactions are applied to the remaining classes of organic com- pounds not covered in Organic Chemistry I. PRE- REQ: CHE 231.
CRL 231-232 Experimental Organic Chemistry I-Il (2) (2) Basic laboratory skills in organic chem- istry including classical as well as instrumental tech- niques. Organic synthesis and modem spectrophoto- metric methods of identification. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CRL 104 and CHE 231-232. CRL 231 must precede CRL 232.
300 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques (3) (Also PHY 320) Biological, chemical, environ- mental, and physical effects of nuclear radiation. Radiation detection instmmentation and radio tracer methodology. (2.2) PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106. and PHY 140 or 180.
310 Introductory Biochemistry (3) The chemical nature of biological phenomena is presented. Particular emphasis is placed on the metabolic path- ways and the enzymes responsible for these process- es with applications to nutrition. PREREQ: CHE 230 or 231. (Not for chemistry majors.) 321 Analytical Chemistry I (3) Fundamental prin- ciples of analytical chemistry. Theory of gravimetric and volumetric methods of analysis. Lab: CRL 321. PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106. CRL 321 Analytical Chemistry I (2) Practical experience in modem techniques of chemical analy- sis with emphasis on volumetric and gravimetric methods CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 321. sec 327 Electron Microscopy I (3) (Also ESL 327) An introductory lectureAab course in theory, operation, and applications of electron beam microscopy PREREQ: One year of physics and one year of chemistry.
333 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) An advanced mechanistic study of organic compounds, functional groups, and their reaction. Spectroscopic charactenzation of organic molecules will also be covered. PREREQ: CHE 232. 341 Physical Chemistry I (3) Introduction to for- mal thermodynamics. Includes ideal and nonideal gases, applications and implications of the three laws of thermodynamics, phase equilibrium, chemical equilibrium thermodynamics of mixtures, and equi- librium electrochemistry. The application of the fun-
damental equation of thermodynamics is empha- sized. PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: MAT 162 and PHY 180
342 Physical Chemistry II (4) Introduction to quantum chemistry and chemical dynamics. Includes applications of the Schrodinger equation to simple systems, implications and applications of quantum mechanics to the theory of atomic and molecular stmcture. introduction to the statistical mechanics of chemical systems, kinetic theory of gases, molecular transport phenomena, chemical kinetics, and dynam- ic electrochemistry. PREREQ: CHE 341.
CRL 341-342 Experimental Physical Chemistry
I-II (2) (2) Laboratory exercises in illustrating prin- ciples of thermodynamics, kinetics, and quantum mechanics. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 341-
342.
345 Fundamentals of Physical Chemistry (3) A
survey of the fundamental topics in physical chem- istry with applications to biology and medicine. Primarily for biology, chemistry-biology, and pre- professional majors. PREREQ: CHE 232, MAT 141 or 161. and PHY 140 or 180.
350 Theory of Spectroscopy (1) An introduction to the theoretical background of spectroscopic meth- ods. Includes quantum mechanical aspects and group theory. PREREQ: CHE 232.
351 Introduction to Infrared Spectroscopy (1) IR
experimental methods including CW and FT tech- niques. Functional group analysis and spectral inter- pretation. PREREQ: CHE 350.
352 Introduction to NMR Spectroscopy (1) An
introductory course in NMR spectroscopy dealing with spin 1/2 systems. Chemical shift and couplings will be discussed. PREREQ: CHE 350.
353 Introduction to Mass Spectrometry (1)
Instrumentation and experimental techniques (EI and CI). Interpretation of spectra and computer search- ing. PREREQ: CHE 350.
354 Introduction to Chromatography (1) Basic theory of chromatography and a discussion of GC analysis. PREREQ: CHE 104.
355 Introduction to Liquid Chromatography I
(1) Theory equipment and methods of liquid chro- matography—TLC. PREREQ: CHE 354.
356 Introduction to Liquid Chromatography II
(1) HPLC and SCF liquid chromatographic tech- nique will be discussed. PREREQ: CHE 355.
371 Forensic Chemistry (3) Introduction to crimi- nalistics (chemical, forensic, analytical techniques) with the role, functions, operations, and organization of a scientific police laboratory. PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106 and CHE 232.
CRL 371 Forensic Chemistry Lab (2) Identification and comparison of mice evidence utilizing modem instmmenis and classical wet methods of chemical analysis. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 371.
* Approved distributive requirement course
t Approved two-semester substitute for distributive requirement
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Childhood Studies and Reading
School of Education
381 Clinical Chemistry (3) Analysis of biological fluids. Clinical significance of enzyme, electrolyte, protein, and carbohydrate analysis Requires permis- sion of instructor or preparation in organic chemistry and quantitali%e analysis CONCURRENT or PRE- REQ:CHE321 and CHE 471
403 Chemistry of the Enviromnent (3) The chem- istry of the atmosphere, hydrosphere, and biosphere, man's impact on these areas PREREQ: CHE 104. May also be offered with lab (2.2)
404 Foundations of Nutrition (3) Proteins, lipids, fats, vitamins, and minerals and Iheir role in normal metabolism; nutrition and disease; metabolism and biochemical individuality; cultural and pohtical aspects of nutntion. PREREQ: CHE 104 and 230 or 231
408 Industrial Pollution (3) Applications of ele- mentary chemical engineenng to the industrial com- plexities of the environmental processes Emphasis on unit operations and unit processes applicable to pollution control and abatement PREREQ: CHE 104.
409 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry (3) Emphasis is on the periodic properties of the representative ele- ments, the structure of inorganic solids, the chemistry of aqueous and nonaqueous solutions, and the study of some transition metals Lanthanides and actinides also are studied PREREQ CHE/CRL 104
^ 410 Advanced Independent Study or Chemical Research (3-6) Taken under the direct supervision of a faculty member. May be taken for two semesters for a total of six credits PREREQ: Senior standing or permission of department chairperson.
411 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (3) Structure and properties of the elements and inorganic com- pounds from a theoretical point of view. Atomic structure and the periodic law ; molecular structure and bonding, including symmetry and MO theory; structure, bonding, and reactivity of transition-ele- ment compounds and main group compounds; acid- base chenustry. PREREQ: CHE 341 CONCUR- RENT: CHE 342
CRL 411 Inorganic Syntheses (2) A four-hour lab- oratory course in the synthesis and charactenzation of inorganic compounds of the main group and the tran- sition elements PREREQ: CHE 409 or 41 1.
417 History of Chemistry (1) The history of chem- istry and its predecessors from earliest times to the present day PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106.
418 Literature of Chemistry (1) Instruction in the use of a modem chemical library, reference and data acquisition, synthetic procedures, and computer data bases. PREREQ: CHE 231.
419 Ethics and Human Values in Science (1) A
one-semester course for science majors to acquaint students with potential ethical problems in their pro- fessional careers PREREQ: CHE 104 or 106.
424 Advanced Analytical Chemistry II (3) Basic pnnciples of applied instrumental analysis. Special emphasis on the use of spectrophotometnc and elec- troanalytical mstrumentation. PREREQ: CHE 321 and 341 . CONCURRENT: CHE 342
CRL 424 Analytical Chemistry II Laboratory (2)
Practical expenence in the choice and application of instrumental methods of analysis to chemical sys- tems. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 424
436 Polymer Chemistry (3) Polymenzation kinet- ics, theology of polymer melts, crystallization para- meters, and monomer reactivity in copolymerization PREREQ: CHE 232
CRL 436 Polymer Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Synthesis of polymers, molecular, physical, and ther- mal characterization of polymers Instrumental meth- ods include X-rays. IR. electron microscopy, and thermal analysis. CONCURRENT: CHE 436
443 Quantum Chemistry (3) Basic quantum chem- istry including the properties of wave functions, the hydrogen atom problem, chemical bonding, angular momentum, eigenvalues and eigenfunaions. and spectroscopic concepts. PREREQ: CHE 342
♦ 450 Internship in Chemistry (3-15) A full- or part-time work-study appointment in a hospital, or a commercial, governmental, or industrial laboratory supervised jointly by an on-site supervisor and Department of Chemistry faculty member. PREREQ: Permission of department internship committee.
471 Fundamentals of Biochemistry (3) Structure and chemistry of proteins and nucleic acids; molecu- lar biology, physio-chemical methods for biomacro- molecules. enzymes, and the molecular basis for some physiological phenomena PREREQ: CHE 232 and CHE 345 or equivalent, or permission of instnic- tor.
CRL 471 Experimental Biochemistry (2) Labo- ratory exercises in the fundamentals of biochemistry. CONCURRENT or PREREQ: CHE 471 or 476.
CRL 472 Experimental Biochemistry D (2) A sec- ond-semester laboratory course in biochemistry that stresses the use of advanced analytical instruments to characterize biologically important molecules and to
elucidate their mechanism of action. PREREQ: CHE 47 1 or 476 and CRL 47 1
476-477 Biochemistry I-II (3-3) A two-semester course in biochemistry. The fu-st part shows how the chemistry of amino acids, proteins, enzymes, carbo- hydrates, lipids, and membranes enables living organ- isms to perform biological functions. The second part covers biosynthesis of diverse molecules, DNA struc- ture and function, and molecular physiology includ- ing immunoglobulins, hormones, nutrition, and nerve action Chemistry will be related to normal and pathological/biological function PREREQ: BIO 1 10, CHE 232, and CHE 345 or equivalent. CHE 476 must precede CHE 477.
479 Chemical Toxicology (3) A one-semester course in the environmental and physiological aspects of chemical toxicity. Special emphasis will be placed on documentation, sampling, and verification of materials PREREQ: CHE 232
CRL 479 Chemical Toxicology Laboratory (2) A
one-semester course in the basic pnnciples of toxico- logical analysis. CONCURRENT or PREREQ; CHE
479.
# 480 Introduction to Chemical Research (2-6) The student carries out an independent chemical research project under the direction of a faculty mem- ber The faculty member assigns the research topic and background literature readings and works closely wiih the student in the research laboratory giving instruction in laboratory techniques. The student may be requutd to write a final research report. PREREQ: Senior standing or permission of department chair- person
491 Seminar in Chemistry (1) Oral presentation of papers based on laboratory or library research. PRE- REQ: Permission of department chairperson.
sec 370 Science and Human Values (3) A one- semester course illustrating the impact of science on human thought, values, and institutions. Ethical, soci- ological, and psychological aspects of science-medi- ated change are covered in depth.
# SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the the- ory and evidence for the first three minutes of the universe and formation of the stars, galaxies, plan- ets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis of organic evolution (3) PREREQ: High school or college courses in at least two sciences. Offered fall semester only.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Childhood Studies and Reading
105C Recitation Hall 610-436-2944
Mar^ O. Ann Maggitti, Chairperson Gail G.K. Bollin, Assistant Chairperson Catherine Prudhoe, Assistant Chairperson PROFESSORS: Grasty-Gaines. Keetz. Maxim, Radich ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Adams. Baloche, Bollin, Brown.
Dunlap, Egan, Gill. Hasson. Kletzien, Maggitti, Peters, Szabo ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Beeghly, Cai, Caroff, Darigan, Drobnak,
Lazar. Ozelis. Prudhoe, Slostad The Department of Childhood Studies and Reading certifies teachers for elementary education (K-6) and early childhood education (NK-3). The B.S. Ed. in ELEMENTARY EDUCATION curriculum is designed to provide a broad background of general education, an understanding of children, and the knowledge and skills needed to teach all aspects of the
elementary school program. Upon satisfactor>' completion of the approved program, the student will qualify for a Pennsylvania Instruc- tional I Certificate, valid for six years of teaching in kindergarten and grades one through six.
The B.S. Ed. in EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION curriculum is designed to provide both the liberal education and special preparation required for careers in public and private school teaching and director- ship and supervisory work in early childhood programs other than those under the auspices of the public schools. Upon satisfactory completion of the program, the student will qualify for a Pennsylvania Instructional I Teaching Certificate valid for six years of teaching in preschool, kindergarten, and grades one through three.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO BOTH PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 51 semester hours
Includes MAT 101 and requirements in art, literature, philosophy, psychology, and computer literacy
School of Education
Childhood Studies and Reading
2. Professional Education 12 semester hours
EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250+ and 351 + BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION — ELEMEN- TARY EDUCATION (Curriculum K-6)
1 . Specialized Preparation 62 semester hours EDE 200, 251+, 310+, 31 1+, 3 12+, 332+, 352+,
401+, 406+, 410+, and 41 1+; HEA 301; KIN 200; LIT 395; MAT 102+ and 351++; MUE 231; andSCE310+
2. Elective Area 6 semester hours NOTE: Physical education courses may count toward the general requirements.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (Curriculum NK-3)
Specialized Preparation 70 semester hours
ECE 100, 22 1+, 225+, 23 1+, 232, 306, 307, 310, 320, 321+, 325+, 405+, 410+, 41 1+; HEA 211; KIN 449; LIT 352; MAT 349+; and MUE 232 NOTE: Music and physical education courses may count toward the general requirements.
Application and Approval for Student Teaching Students must apply through the department for approval for smdent teach- ing in early childhood education (ECE 410 and 411) and in elementary education (EDE 410 and 41 1). To apply, the student must complete 96 semester hours with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 prior to the stu- dent teaching semester. As part of the 96 credits, the student must com- plete all professional education courses and all specialized preparation courses with a minimum GPA of 2.5. (See also student teaching, page 131.)
An application for student teaching must be filed in November prior to the academic year in which student teaching is to be scheduled. Appli- cation meetings will be announced at the beginning of the fall semester each year. Students register for student teaching as they would for any other University courses.
Field Placement in Schools
All field placements, including student teaching, are arranged by the Department of Childhood Studies and Reading. Students are not to solicit placements. While student needs are considered in assigning placements, no particular placement can be guaranteed. Transportation to and from field placements is the responsibility of the individual student. West Chester University does not place students at religiously affiliated schools when public school placements are available if that placement results in the students' receiving academic credit (e.g., student teach- ing). In addition, the University will make every attempt to first place students into public (vs. private) schools for student teaching and relat- ed activities. Further, students will not be assigned student teaching or other related duties at nonsectarian private schools or agencies unless they specifically request such placement. Each request will be consid- ered individually to ensure that the private emity does not receive spe- cial benefit from the arrangement that outweighs the benefit to the University and its students.
The following policies apply to all students entering the Depart- ment of Childhood Studies and Reading beginning the fall semester of 1997 and thereafter.
Admission and Progression Requirements in Early Childhood Education and Elementary Education B.S. Ed. Programs Probationary Teacher Education Status
Students must meet University admission requirements. All students who enter the University as an early childhood or elementary education major are designated as a probafionary teacher education student.
+ Courses requiring prerequisites — check catalog.
++ Prerequisites are MAT 101 and MAT 102 (unless waived by examination).
Students in this status may not take 300- or 400-level courses in the major program.
Conditional Admission Status (30-63 credits)
Students may apply to the Department of Childhood Studies and Reading for conditional admission status after having earned 30 credits with a minimum cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 2.25. Students must also have a minimum GPA of 2.25 in the following courses: EDF 100, EDP 250, ENG 120 (if required), ENG 121, MAT 101, and PSY 100. Students must have attained a minimum grade of C in ENG 121. Students must also demonstrate computer literacy. The application process requires that students (1) submit a letter of intent, (2) pass the reading screening test, (3) complete the speech and hearing screenings, and (4) complete a departmentally supervised writ- ing sample. When these are recorded and/or included in a student's portfolio with the Department of Childhood Studies and Reading, a stu- dent must then schedule and complete a progression interview to be conducted by a faculty committee. Students are evaluated for progres- sion based on the sum of equally weighted factors, including the cumu- lative GPA, the writing sample, and the interview. If enrollment is lim- ited, the applicant's score on the sum of the three measures will deter- mine a student's acceptance into conditional admission status. There is no set minimum score. Students who are denied progression into condi- tional admission status may reapply during subsequent semesters. Upon completion of the application process and acceptance into condi- tional admission status, students must submit a change of status form to the Office of the Registrar. Students with conditional admission status may take 300- or 400-level courses in the major program with the exception of suident teaching. Conditional admission status students who have completed 63 credits, but have not achieved a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5, are moved to academic deficit status.
Full Admission Status (after 63 credits)
Students in conditional admission status achieve full admission status after completion of 63 or more credits with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5. When students have attained full admission status, they have continued access to 300- and 400-level courses in the major pro- gram and are eligible to apply for student teaching. Students in full admission status who do not maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.5 are moved to academic deficit status.
Academic Deficit Status
Students who fail to maintain GPA requirements will be placed on pro- bation for 15 attempted credit hours. Students who do not reach the required minimum cumulative GPA after 15 attempted credit hours will not be permitted to take 300- or 400-level courses in the major pro- gram. (Academic deficit status students in conditional admission status must reapply through the conditional admission status process if they choose to continue the program. However, academic deficit students who have already been accepted to full admission status regain that sta- tus by again achieving a minimum cumulafive GPA of 2.5.)
Internal and External Transfer Students
INTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS. Internal transfer (undeclared ma- jors and other majors) applicants must follow the same progression criteria as students already in the program. These students who desire admission to the Department of Childhood Studies and Reading may apply after com- pletion of 30 semester hours. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.25 for stu- dents who have earned up to 63 credits and 2.5 for students who have earned 64 or more credits is required as part of the application process for either conditional admission status or full admission status into the depart- ment.
STUDENTS TRANSFERRING FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS (EXTERNAL TRANSFERS). Applicants transferring more than 30 cred- its are strongly advised to complete the conditional admission status appli- cation process as part of the University admissions process. External transfer applicants must follow the same progression process and are sub- ject to the same progression criteria as students already in the program. External transfer students who desire admission to the Department of Childhood Studies and Reading may apply if they have achieved a mini-
Childhood Studies and Reading
School of Education
mum GPA of 2.25 for up lo 63 earned credits and 2.5 for 64 or more earned credits. Transfer credits will be granted for freshman- and sopho- more-level courses if the course descriptions are equivalent and in accor- dance with University policy. All other required courses m the profession- al education and specialized preparation areas will be evaluated and approved on an individual basis.
Minor Fields of Study in Department of Childhood Studies and Reading
A. Early Childhood Education
ECE 23 1 or EDE 25 1 . ECE 232 (six credits, class and field experience), ECE 100 and 405
15 semester hours
B. Elementary Education EDE25I,310, 311,401,406, and EDE elective approved by the department
C. Reading Required courses for all students: ECE 310 or EDE 311, ECE 325 or EDE 3 1 2, EDE 422 or 458, EDR321 and 420
D. Electives
For all students: COM 307, 415; EDE 401; LIN 250, 380; PSY 475; SPP 101
1 8 semester hours
21-24 semester hours
3-6 semester hours
Students in this department are required to supply their own transporta- tion to field experiences.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CHILDHOOD STUDIES AND READING
Symbol: ECE
***100 Orientation to Early Childhood (3) An
introduction to the history and philosophy of early childhood education. Field observations in a variety of settings provide the student with an opportunity for career decision making
••*221 Child Development (0-2 years) (3) Physical, social, emotional, and intellectual develop- ment of children from birth to two years of age Parallels are drawn from this phase of child develop- ment to students' self-development This course must be taken the same semester with ECE 225 PREREQ: PSY 100
***225 Infant Learning Environment and Field Experience (6) The study and use of developmental tests for the diagnosis of infant needs The relation- ship of the developmental level to the structuring of learning envu-onment is fostered as students interact with infants in school and home settings for three hours per week This course must be taken the same semester with ECE 221.
•231 ChUd Development (2-5 years) (3) Physical, social, emotional, intellectual, and moral develop- ment of the child. 2-5 years of age Parallels are drawn from this phase of child development to stu- dents' self-development PREREQ: PSY 100
*232 Preschool Learning Environment (3-6) Methods and materials for structuring the classroom environment for the child 2-5 years of age. Readiness skills and concepts in all curricular areas are addressed
***306 Child's Social Environment (3) A consid- eration of methods of instruction that best generate a social education meaningful lo pnmary grade chil- dren. Emphasis is placed on providing a learning environment that parallels the maturation of the young child.
•**307 Child's Physical Environment (3) A con- sideration of methods of instruction that best enhance a child's knowledge of the physical world in terms that are meaningful lo primary grade children. Strategies for cognitive skills and affective growth in these areas are stressed.
*310 Introduction to the Language Arts (3) The areas of listening, speaking, and writing are studied in depth. Knowledge, teaching, and evaluative tech- niques are addressed. Introduction lo the reading process and the relationship of language to reading also will be studied.
•**320 CreaUve Arts for the Young Child (3)
Workshop, seminar, and field experiences provide opportunities for students to explore, manipulate, and analyze a wide variety of media and techniques appropriate for use with young children Activities
are aimed at encouraging the development of the young child's creative potential through the arts.
•••321 Middle Childhood and Adolescent Development (5-8 years) (3) Physical, social, emo- tional, intellectual, and moral development of the child 5-8 years of age Parallels are drawn from this phase of child development to students' self-develop- ment PREREQ: PSY 100.
•324 Early Childhood Programs (3) Study of con- temporary program models in early childhood educa- tion Major trends in the education of young children are defined
•325 Teaching Reading and Field Experience (Primary Grades) (6) The teaching of reading and Its mastery is the focus of this course. Students apply knowledge of theories and practices in supervised field placements in schools with children 5-8 year^ of age Tutonng of individual children and small groups is integraled with planning and evaluation of lessons and activities as well as remediation. PREREQ: ECE 310.
•405 Administration and Supervision of Early Childhood Programs (3) Pnnciples of administra- lion and supervision of programs for young children Includes parent education and community relations. PREREQ: ECE 232.
•••410 Student Teaching (6) (First half of semes- ter)
•••411 Student Teaching (6) (Second half of semester) Two separate student teaching experiences are required: one in nursery or kindergarten and one in grades 1-3 Weekly practicum sessions are required. PREREQ: See "Application and Approval for Student Teaching" earlier in this section.
Symbol: EDE
•200 Theory and Field Experiences in Elementary Education (3) Orientation to the curricu- la, processes, and structures of elementary education today Field expenences related to course topics.
•251 Child Development and Behavior (3)
Emotional, social, mental, moral, physical, and self factors shaping human behavior with emphasis on child and early adolescent development Specific application to classroom settings. PREREQ: PSY 100.
253 Human Development and Behavior (3)
Physical, mental, emotional, social, moral, and self factors shaping human behavior diroughout the life cycle: specific application to work with individuals and groups in educational settings. PREREQ: PSY 100.
254 Development in the Middle School Child (3)
Characteristic development and behavior of children between 10 and 15 years of age: understanding and working with these children in educational settings. PREREQ: EDE 25 1 and 253 or dieir equivalent.
•310 Communicatioji Skills in the Elementary School (3) Study of teaching language skills in the elemenlarv school: listening, speaking, and writing. PREREQ: EDE 251
•311 Introduction to Reading Instruction (3) An exploratory course investigating the reading process, language and learning theories, and their relauon to reading Histoncal scope and vanous programs of reading are studied and evaluated. PREREQ: EDE 251 and .^10,
•312 Reading Instruction and Practicum (6) Focus is on mastery of the teaching of developmental read- ing, early reading, and prereading experiences. The students leam how to plan, teach, and evaluate read- ing/thinking skills related to the instruction of reading in the elementary classroom Students work in the public schools with small and large reading groups teaching vanous aspects of the reading lesson. Students also leam how to evaluate pupil perfor- mance and remediate minor reading problems. PRE- REQ: EDE 311
315 Developmental Reading for the Handicapped Child (3) The focus of this course is the study of the nature of the reading process and its relation to lan- guage development, motivation and methodology for developmental reading skills, reading programs and matenals. problems in dealing with handicapped chil- dren, and practicum in reading instruction. Special education majors only
330 Instructional Programs and Strategies (3) Introduction to principles underlying the development of instructional programs m the schools. Strategies include cognitive and skill learning, and modes of teaching
•332 Teaching Social Studies in the Elementary School (3) Methods of teaching social studies and geography in die elemqntary curriculum. Techniques, current research projects, reading materials, audio visual aids, resource persons, and field trips used as tools of learning. The organization, development, and use of resource units are stressed. PREREQ: EDE 200 and 251
•352 Self and Group Processes in the Classroom (3) Analysis of self processes influencing teacher-stu- dent classroom interactions. Role of needs, defenses, motives, emotions, and early learning experiences as they shape the prospective teacher's responses to ele- mentary children Application of social learning and interpersonal theory PREREQ: EDE 251. •401 Creativity in the Classroom (3) Exploration of materials and processes of children's perceptions and behavior, aimed at encouraging the develop- ment of their critical and creative potentials. PRE- REQ: EDE 3 12
* Open to early childhood and elementary education majors only *** Open to early childhood majors only
College of Ans and Sciences
Communication Studies
•406 Classroom Management (3) Delailed inves- tigation of the elementao' teacher's role in class- room management. Teacher influence, personality, and class interaction; class roles and expectation; seating plans; discipline; referral; and the teacher's role in evaluating and identifying potential prob- lems in children PREREQ: EDE 312.
409 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or
projects initiated by the student that will enable her or him to do extensive and intensive study in an area of elementary education. PREREQ: Permis- sion of department chairperson.
**410 Student Teaching (6) (First half of semes- ter)
**411 Student Teaching (6) (Second half of semester) Two separate student leaching expen- ences are required: one in grades K-3 and one in grades 4-6. Weekly practicum sessions are required. PREREQ: See "Application and Approval for Student Teaching" earlier in this section.
•*412 Work-Study in the Elementary School (6)
Limited practicum for preservice teachers who have taken EDE 200. 251. 31 1. 312. and 406 Students work for a full term in one school distnct under supervision. Six credits may be granted toward stu- dent teaching requirements (EDE 411) PREREQ: Permission of department.
♦ 421 Seminar in Elementary Education (3) .An intensive study of some current, major develop- ments in elementary education Topics announced in advance. PREREQ: Senior standing and permis- sion of instructor.
*♦ 422 Seminar in Reading (3) Intensive study of some current, major developments in reading related to elementary education. Topics announced in advance. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
*♦ 423 Seminar in Communications Skills (3) Intensive study of some current, major develop- ments in communications skills (language arts)
related to elementary education. Topics announced in advance PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
*4S8 Language .\rts/Reading for the Unique Child (3) An open-ended course to help students understand and plan instructional programs for the linguistically different, the gifted, and those with special needs (mainstreaming) The students will examine various strategies, techniques, manage- ment, and \ iable programs for teaching these chil- dren language arts and reading.
489 Teaching Skills to Combat Sexism (3) This
course is offered to create awareness in prospective teachers of the extent and consequences of sex role stereotyping at all levels of educational expenence. It will develop specific skills, behaviors, and class- room strategies that can eliminate effects of sexism in classrooms and on students. Teaches how to deal effectively vs-ith the emotion-laden issue of combat- ing sex-role stereotypes.
Symbol: EDR
010 Developmental Reading and Study Skills (1)
A course designed to improve vocabulary and study skills. Major attention is given to vocabulary expan- sion, textbook reading, test taking, and methods of organizing information.
020 Intermediate Level Reading (3) The interme- diate level workshop will emphasize the development and improvement of college-level reading competen- cies. The course is designed to help the students improve their reading comprehension as well as effective study techniques and strategies. Additional- ly, vocabulary development, flexible reading rale, and critical reading will be taught in this course.
100 College Reading and Study Skills (3) An indi- vidualized course to develop reading and study skills such as comprehension, vocabulary, speed, remem- bering, concentration, taking notes, mastenng a text
assignment, and preparing for and taking examina- tions.
110 Developing Learning Skills (1) A course that reviews and develops specialized learning skills such as concentrating when studying, reading a textbook assignment, taking notes, and preparing for and tak- ing examinations. Students who wish to review their study habits or who have special needs in the area of study skills should enroll in this course.
313 Reading Instruction and Practictmi in the Secondary Schools (6) Focus is on the mastery of teaching reading in the middle and secondary schools. Students will study the role of the teacher as well as learn how to sequence both developmental and content area readings.
321 Diagnosis and Remediation of Reading Problems (3) Identifying the nature and causes of reading disabilities; experience in helping a child with reading problems. PREREQ: EDE 31 1 or per- mission of instructor. Special education majors and reading minors only.
323 Reading for the Handicapped: Diagnosis and Remediation (3) Reading materials, programs, eval- uations, and teaching strategies for the mentally or physically handicapped are examined and discussed. Students develop and utilize reading materials in a classroom situation. PREREQ: Permission of instruc- tor Special education majors and reading minors only.
420 Reading in the Content Areas (3) Understan- ding the reading process and the need for reading insUTiclion at the middle and secondary school levels. Specific skill development, reading in the content areas, readabililv, and evaluation.
Open to early childhood and elementary education majors only Open to elementary education majors only This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Communication Studies
512 Main Hall
610-436-2500
Dennis R. Klinzing, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Casagrande, Foeman, Klinzing, Orr
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Dean, McCullough, Newell, Pearson,
Remland ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Jenks, Reed
The Department of Communication Studies offers two programs. One program leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree and the other leads to the Bachelor of Science in Education.
1. The B.A. in COMMUNICATION STUDIES focuses on oral com- munication as the core of a liberal education that can be applied to a number of specializations.
2. The B.S. in EDUCATION— COMMUNICATION is for students who wish to meet the slate of Pennsylvania requirements for teacher certification in communication.
Majors are expected to meet with their advisers to plan a course of study, to select courses prior to scheduling, to discuss career opportuni- ties, and to keep abreast of departmental cocurricular activities. Handbooks are provided to help students be aware of requirements for each program in the department. Students who wish to transfer into the B.A. Communication Studies program must have a 2.0 GPA or better.
Departmental Student Activities
The Forensic Society and the Communication Club are student organi- zations that involve department faculty and resources. The activities of
these organizations are open to all students. For more information see the "Student Affairs" section.
Department Internships
Internship experiences are available in all areas related to students' vocational and academic interests. Students have been placed in offices of congressmen, radio and television stations, and local industries. Students and their placements are screened to assure mutual satisfac- tion for all panics involved. For details, students should check with the department's internship coordinator.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A. AND B.S. PROGRAMS
General Education Requirements, see pages 32-35 51 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS— COMMUNICATION STUDIES
(2.0 cumulative average required for admission)
1. Required Lower-Division Courses 1 8 semester hours COM 204 Dyadic Communication (3)
COM 208 Public Communication (3)
COM 212 Mass Communication (3)
COM 216 Small Group Communication (3)
COM 219 Communication Concepts (3)
COM 224 Communication Research (3) Three of the required lower-division courses (COM 208, 219, and 224) are prerequisites for all Communication Studies courses except for COM 310 and COM 315. In addition, COM 216 is a prerequisite for COM 304.
2. Upper-Division Courses 1 8 semester hours Students will work with their advisers to select six appropriate courses at the 300 and/or 400 level from the listing of department
Communication Studies
College of Arts and Sciences
course offeiings. In order to facilitate student/adviser selection of upper-division courses, a listing of those courses that the depart- ment plans to offer will be posted and distnbuted to advisers. This listing will project two years into the future and will be updated at the beginning of each academic year. COM 300 and COM 400 may not be used to satisfy the upper-division course requirements.
Additional Notes
a. Limited substitutions may be made to the required lower-divi- sion courses with the adviser's written consent.
b. A grade of C or better must be earned in each of the required lower-division courses and m each of the courses selected to meet the upper-division requirements. Also, a 2.5 average or better must be earned in the aggregate of lower- and upper-divi- sion courses before graduation will be recommended.
c. To encourage B.A. Communication Studies majors to develop communication competence that extends beyond oral English, a grade of C or better is required in ENG 120 and 121, and a grade of C- or better is required in the 202-ievel course of a for- eign language. If a major employs the culture cluster option to fulfill his/her language requirement, a C- or better is required in the 102 level of the foreign language course and in each of the culture cluster courses.
d. Students who exhaust their course repeat options and have not earned a grade of C or better in all the prerequisite communica- tion courses will be advised that they will not be able to com- plete the requirements for a B.A. in Communication Studies. The department chair will offer an exit interview and help them to identify available alternatives.
Foreign Language/Culture Requirement See page 35.
Applied Area
Courses are to be selected in consultation
with an adviser to meet career objectives.
0- 1 5 semester hours
27-42 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION- COMMUNICATION
1. Core Requirements 30 semester hours
COM 208, 219, and 415; ENG 230, 331, and 335 or 339; LIT 200 or 201 , 202 or 203, 230 or 231; English composition as advised
2. Emphasis Area Requirements 30 semester hours Choose two areas:
a. Communication Requirements (15 credits) COM 216. 224, 307, and 405; THA 102 Participation in forensics activities is required.
b. Theatre Requirements (15 credits)
THA 101 (to be taken as a general education arts requirement), 103, 104, 210, 301, and 306 or 307. Participation in theatre productions is required.
c. Media Requirements (15 credits)
COM 202, 212, 217 or 317, and 320; JRN 200
3. Professional Education Requirements 30 semester hours COM 402, EDF 100. EDM 300, EDP 250
and 351, and EDS 306 and 412
Program Enrollment Limitations
When the number of students seeking to transfer into department programs exceeds program capacity, applicants who have attained a minimum grade of C in each course of the prerequisite core (COM 208, 219, 224) will be ranked by grade point average in the core. Selection for admission will be ba.sed on these rankings at the conclusion of each semester, after grades are posted. Students who do not gain admission may reapply, but they must compete with the group of applicants in that semester.
Minor in Communication Studies
18 semester hours
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the liberal studies general degree program. A minor in communication studies requires students to complete three prerequisite courses: COM 208, COM 219, and COM 224, and to earn a grade of C or better in each of these courses. Students are also required to earn a grade of C or better in ENG 120 and ENG 121. Three elective courses may then be selected from any 300- or 400-level courses offered in communication studies, but a C grade or better must be earned in each of these courses, and a 2.5 average must be achieved in the minor before clearance for graduation with a minor will be granted. A student must have a 2.0 cumulative average or better to gain admission to the minor in communication studies.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COMMUNICATION STUDIES
Symbol; COM
001 Preparatory Speech Communication (1)
This preparatory course will introduce the concepts of listening, organizing thoughts, speaking those thoughts to audiences, and dealing with conflicts in college through the use of effective oral communi- cation. These concepts will be taught through assigned reading, lecture/discussion, and various activities. Emphasis will be on the integration of basic oral communication skills. 101 Speech Fundamentals: Interpersonal Communication (3) Development of competencies for purposeful speech communication. Awareness of the effects of language on communications. Recognition of the types and purposes of a selected number of communications. Grasp of the role of evidence and organization in spoken messages. 105 Voice Dynamics (3) Training in the creative- esthetic production of speech; includes respiration, phonation, articulation, and resonation. 200 Communication Careers Planning I (1) This course is designed to introduce the first of a two- phase, career-planning process. Self-assessment and exploration is provided through assigned readings.
mini-lectures, reflecbve exercises, and small group
activities
202 Scripts and Formats for Mass Media (3)
Students are required to analyze, evaluate, and pro- duce scripts for a variety of mass media formats. The course emphasis is on radio, television, and film. 204 Interpersonal Communication (3) One-on- one communication to give the student a fundamen- tal understanding of the processes and experiences of the most basic type of human communication. 208 Public Speaking (3) Development of skills necessary to understand the theory of communica- tion as a problem-solving tool in the community. Special emphasis is on the student's performance as a sender and receiver of messages directed at social action.
210 Photo Communication I (3) A basic course in the use of creative techniques available to the beginning photographer for the production of high- quality slides.
212 Mass Communication (3) A survey course designed to identify, analyze, and evaluate the pragmatic, persuasive, creative, and technical dimensions of mass media. 216 Small Group Communication (3) InU'oduction to and practice in the structured small group Emphasis
on preparation for. analysis of, and participation in problem-solving oriented groups. 217 Directing and Producing the Documentary Television Program (3) Planning and producing the nondramalic television production
219 Communication Theory (3) A study of human communication that includes a historical view of the field, examinations of definitions of communication, analyses of the nature of theory and the process of theorizing, assessment of per- spectives of communication, and construction of models of communication.
220 Multi-Media Communication (3) The practi- cal application of communication theory through experiences in photography and multi-media pro- ductions. The creative potential of combining sound and various photographic elements will be explored with special attention given to photojour- nalism as used in advertising, public relations, the- atre, and related mass communication fields.
221 Photo Communication II (3) This course will give the student a chance to develop a personal photographic communication style. The student will be encouraged to explore and express his or her personal perceptions through photography
School of Health Sciences
Communicative Disorders
224 Communication Research (3) An examina- tion of the nature of inquirs' and research in com- munication. Emphasis on understanding and appre- ciating the strengths and weaknesses of \ arious methods of research in communication.
230 Business and Professional Speech Communi- cation (3) Practice in effecti\e speaking and listen- ing Interpersonal communication in the business and professional setting, including reports and sales pre- sentations, policy speeches, conference leadership techniques, group dynamics, and speaking.
231 Interviewing in Organizations (3) An intro- duction to the skills necessary for a variety of orga- nizational interview settings. Students will act as interviewers and interviewees in many types of interviews, work in groups, and give performance feedback to peers.
300 Communication Careers Planning II (1) This second phase of the careers planning course series examines the initial steps required for finding employment. Topics covered include the job-hunt- ing process, resume development, networking, and the transition from college to employment.
303 Modem Trends in .\rgument (3) Study of the new thinking in argumentation theory De-emphasizes classic validity and centers on the building of argu- ments that are acceptable to the listeners. Course focuses on the work of Stephen Toulmin and Chaim Perelman PREREQ; COM 208. 219. 224
304 Organizational Communication (3) .-Xn in- depth analysis of the dynamic process of communi- cation as it occurs in organizational networks. PRE- REQ: COM 208, 216. 219. 224.
307 Nonverbal Communication (3) A study of the verbal and sensory messages we are constantly receiving. Body language and the uses of space. time, touch, objects, and color inherent in the sen- sory messages we receive. PREREQ; COM 208. 219.224.
309 Advanced Public Speaking (3) Designing personal strategies, adapting delivery to large audi- ences, developing oral use of language, and speak- ing to live or simulated community groups PRE- REQ: COM 208. 219. 224
310 Field Experience in Photographic Com- munication (3) This course in slide photography will build on the student's previous experiences in
photography The student will develop the techni- cal, visual, and photo communication skills neces- sary' 10 explore, record, and interpret his or her sur- roundings through photographic essays and related photo communication projects. These skills will be achieved through field experiences and classroom instruction
312 Intercultural Communication (3) A study of factors that contribute to communication break- downs between diverse cultures and between frag- mented segments within the same society PRE- REQ: COM 208. 219. 224. 315 Structure of Meetings (3) This course pre- pares students to plan formal agenda, write and interpret organizational by-law s and constitutions, and participate in and preside over meetings according to parliamentary procedures.
317 Directing and Producing the Dramatic Tele- vision Program (3) Planning the program Preparing the shooting script. Practice in rehearsing with actors and cameras PREREQ: COM 208. 219. 224.
318 Forensics (3) Study in the philosophy and practice of forensics. Initiating, developing, and administrating a forensic program. Coaching and judging debate and individual events. PREREQ: COM208. 219. 224.
320 Communicating on Television and Radio (3) For the student who. by career or circumstance, will be required to be on radio and television. The focus of the course will be on three major areas: inter- viewer/interviewee techniques; acting for television, including working in commercials; and news reporting, including studio and remote locations. PREREQ: COM 208. 219. 224. THA 103. 330 Oral Communication for Technical Profes- sionals (3) The student will explore the oral com- ponent of effective communication as it applies to the business and professional world of mathemat- ics, engineering, and science. PREREQ: COM 208. 219. 224.
355 Public Relations Principles (3) An introduc- tion to the role of the public relations practitioner in the formation of public opinion. Communications theory will be combined with specific techniques for working with the press, producing printed mate- rial, and conducting special events. PREREQ: COM208. 219. 224.
♦ 399 Directed Studies in Speech Communi- cation (1-3) Research, creative projects, reports, and readings in speech communication. Students must apply to advisers one semester in advance of registration. Open to juniors and seniors only PRE- REQ; COM 208. 219. 224. and approval of depan- ment chairperson
^ 400 Internship in Speech Communication (3- 6-9-12-15) This course provides a structured and supervised work experience in communication. Credits earned are based on amount of time spent on the job. Students must apply to the department internship coordinator and recei\ e approval of the department internship faculty committee to be admined PREREQ: COM 208. 219. 224.
402 Teaching Communications (3) Theory and practice in teaching junior and senior high school communication and drama courses, and in directing cocumcular programs in junior and senior high school. PREREQ: COM 208. 219, 224.
403 Persuasion (3) Current theories of attitude and attitude change Practice in speaking to modify beha\ ior through appeals to the drives and motives of the listener PREREQ: COM 208. 219. 224.
405 .Argumentation and Debate (3) Functions and principles of argumentation and debate, including analysis, evidence, reasoning, and refutation. Class debates on vital issues. PREREQ; COM 208. 219, 224.
410 Conflict Resolution (3) This course explores the means of resolving conflict through argument, negotiation, mediation, and arbitration. PREREQ:
COM 208.219,224.
415 (also LIN 415) Language, Thought, and Behavior (3) This course is designed to help stu- dents understand the way language functions in the communication process To accomplish this pur- pose, various language systems w ill be examined and one will be selected for in-depth analysis. PREREQ: COM 208. 219, 224.
♦ 499 Communication Seminar (3) Intensive examination of a selected area of study in the field of communication studies. Topics will be announced in advance PREREQ: COM 208. 219. 224.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Communicative Disorders
201 Carter Drive 610-436-3401
Joseph A. Stigora, Chairperson PROFESSOR: Weiss
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Koenig, Stigora, Straiten ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Eberhart, Stuart The Department of Communicative Disorders offers a program leading to a B.A. in communicative disorders. It is a preprofessional program that provides students with basic knowledge of human communication and communication disorders in preparation for graduate study in audi- ology. speech-language pathology, speech and hearing science, or relat- ed health science or communication fields.
Students will be provided with the opportunity to complete much of the undergraduate preparation that is applicable to fulfilling the require- ments for the Certificate of Clinical Competence (CCC) from the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA). The department operates a Speech and Hearing Clinic that serves as a teaching and training facility for the academic program. The clinic pro- vides diagnostic and therapeutic services for children and adults with speech, language, and hearing problems. These services are available to
individuals from the University as well as from the surtounding com- munities.
Academic Policies
1. Grades of "D" or "F' earned in major (SPP) courses must be raised to "C" or better. A failed major course must be repeated the next time the course is offered.
2. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA and 2.5 major average is required for all communicative disorders majors in order to complete the degree programs.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 5 1 semester hours
2. Foreign Language and Culture 9-15 semester hours
3. Related Areas 24 semester hours These courses are to be selected under
advisement from a department-approved list.
4. Communicative Disorders Concentration 33 semester hours SPP 101, 106, 163. 166, 203. 204. 206, 263,
323, 333, 346, 350, 363, 366, 451, and 463
5. Electives 6-2 1 semester hours
Computer Science
College of Arts and Sciences
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COMMUNICATIVE DISORDERS
Symbol: SPP
101 Introduction to Communicative Disorders (3)
An introductory survey of normal processes and dis- orders of speech, language, and hearing. Suitable for nonmajors.
106 Anatomy of Speech and Hearing Mechanisms (3) A study of embryology, normal development, neurology, and physiology of anatomical structures of the speech and hearing mechanisms PREREQ; SPP 101
163 Seminar I in Communicative Disorders (.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate expenential and theoretical information The seminar will focus on career/professional awareness, onentation to the department, and individual studies 166 Seminar U in Communicative Disorders (.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate experiential and theoretical information. The seminar will focus on personal adjustment, assertiveness, and active lis- tening.
203 Speech and Hearing Science (3) This course presents students with the fundamental knowledge of acoustics related to speech production and speech perception It also provides an opportunity for stu- dents to engage in laborator>' expenences related to acoustic and psychoacoustic measurement.
204 Speech and Language Development (3) Examination of normal communication development: biological, cognitive, social, and ecological bases of language. Developmental milestones from prelinguis- tic communication to oral language and literacy. Normal variations in development associated with cultural diversitv and bilingualism. PREREQ: ENG/LIN 230. SPP 101.
206 Articulation Disorders and Clinical Phonology (3) The symptomatology, etiology, assessment, and remediation of articulatory and
phonological disorders. Includes study of standard and vanant sounds of the English language, and development of skills in their recognition, production, and transcnption. PREREQ: ENG/LIN 230, SPP 101. 106,203.204
263 Seminar m in Communicative Disorders (3)
The seminar is designed to help integrate experiential and theoretical information The seminar will focus on implications of disabilities and on cultural diversity.
323 Fluency and Voice Disorders (3) The sympto- matology, etiology, diagnosis, and treatment of com- municative disorders associated with fluency and voice.
333 Language Disorders (3) Ginical management issues associated with developmental and acquired language disorders in children and adults Linguistic patterns observed in die performance of individuals with various etiological conditions (eg. mental retar- dation, autism, hearing loss, neurological impairment, craniofacial anomalies, learning disability). Factors indicating risk for and maintenance of language dis- orders Protocols for evaluation and treatment indicat- ed by developmental theories, processing models, and sensitivity to normal variations among culturally diverse populations PREREQ: SPP 204
340 Developmental and Disorders of Language
(3) An examination of normal language development and its psycholinguistic. neurological, and social dimensions. Special education considerations for children with language disorders PREREQ: EDA 101 or 102 is required: SPP 101 is recommended.
346 Hearing Disorders (3) An introduction to audi- ology and its relationship to other medical and educa- tional fields concerned widi hearing impairments. Developmental, medical, social, physical, and psy- chological properties of hearing and sound are explored. Evaluative techniques are introduced with opportunity for limited practical experience PRE- REQ: SPP 106 and 203
3S0 Clinical Principles in Communicative Disorders (3) A study of evaluative and therapeutic matenals and methods applicable to the professional setting PREREQ: SPP 206. 323. and 333. 363 Seminar IV in Communicative Disorders (.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate experiential and theoretical information, focusing on principles and applications of counseling. 366 Seminar V in Communicative Disorders (.5) The seminar is designed to help integrate experiential and theoretical information, focusing on professional resources and the legal, ethical, and political respon- sibilities of the professional. ♦ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Research, creative projects, reports, and readings in speech pathology and audiology Application must be made to advisers by students one semester in advance of registration. Open to juniors and seniors only. PREREQ: Appro- val of department chairperson Offered on demand. 451 Clinical Practictun in Communicative Disor- ders (3) Supers ised practice in the Speech and Hearing Clinic Designed to prepare students to evalu- ate and provide dierapy for children and adults who have communication problems Must be repeated if performance is not satisfaaory. PREREQ: Permission of instructor and 2 5 average in major SPP courses. 463 Seminar VI in Communicative Disorders (.5) The sermnar is designed to help integrate experiential and theoretical information, focusing on employment opportunities and graduate education. 469 Clinical Instrumentation (3) Evaluation, selec- tion, use. and maintenance of electronic aids for the speech and heanng clinician. Emphasis on demon- strations and practical experience. Open to speech pathology and audiology students with senior stand- ing Also offered as SPP 569 for graduate credit. 4 498 Workshop in Communicative Disorders (3)
♦ This course may be taken again for crediL
Department of Computer Science
404 Anderson Hall
610-436-2204
John W. Weaver, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Epstein, Fabrey, Weaver
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ahlbom, Kline, Milito, Wyatt
ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Edelman
The Department of Computer Science offers a program leading to the
Bachelor of Science legree.
The B.S. in COMPUTER AND INFORMATION SCIENCES prepares the student for a career in the field of computer and information sciences. Students choose between one of two tracks; the Computer Systems Track and the Information Systems Track. Either track requires course work in both computer science and mathematics. The Computer Systems Track prepares the student to engage in the design, development, and implemen- tation of computer-based solutions to problems in various commercial and scientific contexts. This track also prepares the smdents for graduate work in computer science. The Information Systems Track places more empha- sis on business courses than does the Computer Systems Track. The Information Systems Track prepares the student to apply and develop software in a business or an industrial environment. Students in both tracks gain valuable on-the-job experience through an internship program with local industry or business. Normally, the com- puter science degree program requires attendance during eight academic semesters plus one summer session. Majors in this area should consult the appropriate department handbook and review with their advisers current requirements listed on the guidance record sheets.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— COMPUTER AND INFORMA- TION SCIENCES
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 5 1 semester hours
2. Core Curriculum
Computer Science Requirements 20 semester hours
CSC 141, 142, 240, 241, 242, and two approved programming language labs With the approval of their adviser, any three- credit CSC course listed as a track elective may be used to satisfy the programming language lab requirement. Any track elective course used to satisfy the language lab requirement cannot be counted as a track elective.
Communications Skills Requirements 3 semester hours
ENG368orENG37I
Mathematics Requirements 15 semester hours
MAT 161, 162, 221, and 281
Natural Science Requirements 9 semester hours
One semester each of three different natural sciences, chosen from among biology, chemistry, earth science, and physics
Cooperative Experience 13 semester hours
CSC 300 and 400
3. Track Requirements
Satisfy either of the following tracks:
a. Computer Systems Track 21 semester hours
ACC 201; CSC 331, 341, and 345 and nine
semester hours selected from approved elec-
tives in computer science and mathematics
College of Arts and Sciences
Computer Science
b. Information Systems Track 27 semester hours
ACC 201-202- CSC 321 and 402;
ECO 1 12; MGT 300; MKT 301; and six
semester hours selected from approved electives
in business, computer science, and mathematics Transfer and Continuation Requirements
Students who seek to transfer to the computer science major from another college or from another major at WCU must first earn a grade of B or better in CSC 141 (or 142 or 240) and earn a grade of C- or better in MAT 161 (or higher-level mathematics course) before being accepted as a computer science major. All computer science majors at WCU must satisfy the same require- ments as stated above before being permitted to take any 300- or higher-level computer science major course.
Exceptions to this transfer and continuation policy can be made on a case-by-case basis by the department chairperson. Graduation Requirements In order to graduate, a CIS major must have a 2.5 GPA overall in
CSC courses and a 2.0 GPA overall in MAT courses. Also, a CIS major must receive a minimum of C- in each computer science, mathematics, business, or English course taken to fulfill the core or track requirements. This policy does not apply to courses that are taken as free electives.
Minor in Computer Science 19 semester hours
Baccalaureate students may receive transcript recognition for a minor area of study in computer science by completing four required courses and six additional credits of approved computer science electives.
1 . Required Courses 1 3 semester hours CSC 141, 142, and MAT 161. and either
CSC 240 or 241
2. Approved Electives 6 semester hours Computer science courses numbered 2(X) or
higher, including at least one of which is
numbered 300- or higher A student must earn a minimum grade of C- in each course and a mini- mum overall GPA of 2.0 for courses taken in the minor.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COMPUTER SCIENCE
Symbol: CSC
* 101 Introduction to Computers (3) (nonina- jors) A course for nonmajors dealing with what computers are, what they can do, and how they are used. A brief history of computers and the societal implications of computer usage. A brief introduc- tion to the Internet is provided along with hands-on experience using word processing, database, and spreadsheet software,
110 Fundamentals of Computer Science (3) (nonmajors) Introduction to the fundamentals of computing Topics include surveys of the following sub-areas of computer science: artificial intelli- gence, hardware/operating systems, programming languages/software, ethics/social issues, history, electronic communications, problem solving, and programming. The course includes laboratory pro- jects in application software, programming, and electronic communication, as well as a report on one of the first four areas above. PREREQ: CSC 101 (or equivalent) or permission of instructor.
* 115 Introduction to Computer Programming (3) (nonmajors) The art and science of computing are introduced with an emphasis on structured pro- gramming. Topics include looping, branching, arrays, and program development.
* 141 Computer Science I (3) The art and sci- ence of computing and its applications are intro- duced using a structured programming language such as C+-I-. Topics include structured program- ming, algorithmic development, decisions, loops, functions, parameter passing, and arrays. PREREQ: Two years of high school algebra.
142 Computer Science II (3) Techniques of pro- gram design, documentation, and implementation are studied using an object-oriented language such as C+-I-. Topics include classes, multidimensional arrays, records, pointers and dynamic data, pointer arithmetic, internal storage of simple and com- pound data types, text and binary files, and intro- duction to recursion. PREREQ: CSC 141. 202 Programming Language Lab — BASIC (1) Introduction to BASIC with an emphasis on pro- gramming. PREREQ: CSC 141 and MAT 161. Offered in fall of even-numbered years. 204 Programming Language Lab — FORTRAN (1) Introduction to FORTRAN with an emphasis on programming PREREQ: CSC 141. Offered as needed.
207 Programming Language Lab — C (1)
Introduction to the C programming language. PRE- REQ CSC 141. 142. and 241 (CSC 242 recom- mended) Offered as needed
209 Programming Language Lab — List Processing (1) Programming skills are developed in a list processing language such as LISP. PRE- REQ: CSC 141. 142 Offered as needed
210 Programming Language Lab — Software Packages (1) Skills are developed in the use of var- ious software packages, e.g.. spreadsheet, database, word processing, and Internet browser. PREREQ: CSC 141. Offered in spnng semester.
211 Programming Language Lab — COBOL (1) Programming skills are developed in the COBOL language PREREQ: CSC 1 15 or 141. Offered as needed
212 Programming Language Lab — Advanced COBOL (1) Continuation of CSC 211, PREREQ: CSC 211, Offered as needed.
240 Computer Science III (3) The object-oriented paradigm is studied using a computer language, such as C++. Topics include class hierarchies and inheritance, function and operator overloading, object-oriented design and implementation, streams, templates, and class libraries. PREREQ: CSC 141 and 142. discrete mathematics.
241 Data Structures (3) Data structures and relat- ed algonthms are studied using an object-oriented programming, such as C++. Topics include data abstraction, recursion, lists, stacks, queues, linked lists, trees, hashing, searching and sorting algo- rithms, and the evaluation of algorithm efficiency. PREREQ: CSC 141. 142. and 240; MAT 161.
242 Computer Organization (3) Study of the architecture of a computer system and its native language. Use of assembler language and interfac- ing with higher level languages is included. PRE- REQ: CSC 141. 142. and MAT 161 (CSC 241 rec- ommended), or permission of instructor
300 Cooperative Programming (4) The student works in the application programming section of an information systems group as a junior programmer to gain experience in programming and implement- ing small projects of use to the company. PRE- REQ: Written approval of the computer science internship supervisor; CSC 141, 142. 241, and 242; MAT 161 and 162; at least two programming lan- guage labs; a 2.5 in CSC: and a 2.0 in MAT (WCU classroom courses). Offered in summer only. 317 Visual Programming (3) Techniques for pro- gramming in a visual environment are studied.
Languages such as Visual BASIC and Java will be covered. PREREQ: CSC 141, 142, and 240. 321 Database Management Systems (3) Characteristics of generalized data management systems: survey of widely used systems; techniques for improving the interface between a manager and information needed to make decisions through easy-to-use. generalized, reporting systems. PRE- REQ: CSC 142 and 241 Offered in fall semester
331 Operating Systems I (3) Operating systems and their user charactenstics. Maintenance of a complex operating system with emphasis on impor- tant tradeoffs made in tuning the system. Core and file management, systems accounting and secunty, and other user-related services PREREQ: MAT 221 and 281: CSC 241 and 242,
332 Operating Systems n (3) A modularly con- structed UNIX operating system that uses the object-oriented programming techniques of mes- sage passing is studied. Topics covered are process control and management, memory management, file management, systems accounting, and systems security PREREQ CSC 331 Offered as needed
335 Data Communications I (3) An overview of the various aspects of modem data and telecommu- nications. Discussion of the hardware and software facets of the transmission of information in the forms of voice, data, text, and image. Topics include communication protocols, transmission technologies, analog/digital transmissions, commu- nications media, public data networks, LANs, and ISDN. PREREQ: CSC 141, 142, and 241. Offered in fall semester
336 Data Communications U (3) An in-depth study of some aspects of modem data communica- tion systems. Discussion of the network implemen- tation and design, serial port communications, and user interfaces. Topics include image, queuing the- ory. PC serial port hardware and software, interrupt programming, PC communication protocols, and user interface design. PREREQ: CSC 335. Offered in spnng semester.
341 Compiler I (3) Translation, loading, and exe- cution of a higher level language. Syntax analysis of simple expressions and statements. Organization of a compiler, and design and implementation of a simple compiler. PREREQ: CSC 241 and 242, and MAT 28 1 , Offered in spring semester,
342 Compiler II (3) An in-depth study of syntax directed analysis, error recovery, and code opti-
* Approved distributive requirement course
Counselor, Secondarv. and Professional Education
School of Education
mization. Compiler language features PREREQ: CSC 341. Offered as needed.
343 Formal Languages (3) A study of the various types of automata and their associated languages. This course is designed to give a student an under- standing and appreciation of the production system for languages and their relationship to automata. PREREQ: CSC 241 and 242, and MAT 221 and 281. Offered in fall of odd-numbered years.
345 Nonimperative Programming Languages (3)
A detailed examination of the thnse programming lan- guage paradigms other than the standard imperative one; the functional, declarative, and object-onented paradigms. Languages which make a far greater use of recursion than the standard imperative languages will be covered. Typical examples include Common Lisp; Prolog, and CLOS This course uses one of the UNIX platforms.
350 Computers in Education (3) (nonmajors)
Technical knowledge and skills for successful use of the computer as a supportive tool for education in elementary and secondarv school classes Includes hands-on experience using word processing, data- base, spreadsheet, and elementary desktop publish- ing. Software evaluation techniques are learned using both utility and subject-matter software Usuallv offered in summer sessions.
361 Simulation (3) Computer simulation using logi- cal and numencal modeling to represent systems. Use of special languages to simulate actual systems. PRE- REQ: CSC 241, MAT 221 (or equivalent), MAT 281 (or MAT 262) Offered in spring seinester. 371 Computer Graphics (3) Construction and manipulation of prototypes for graphical display pur- poses PREREQ: CSC 24 1 , MAT 22 1 , MAT 28 1 (or MAT 262). Offered in spnng or summer semester. 381 Artificial Intelligence (3) Thorough study and analysis of the LISP language in its application to non-numenc problems and symbol manipulations. Application to gaming, scene analysis and pattern recognition, linguistic analysis and semantic repre- sentation, image analysis and solution spaces, and problem solving and attention control Each student IS required to take one substantial problem and solve it using the LISP language and the techniques of anificial intelligence PREREQ: CSC 241 and 242, and MAT 162 and 281. Offered in fall semester 385 Expert Systems (3) Using the techniques of arti- ficial intelligence and formal logic, methods are developed to establish knowledge bases and to extract inferences Topics covered are backward and forward chaining, .search methods, and frames and slots. PRE- REQ CSC core and MAT 28 1 . Offered as needed. 400 Cooperative Specialty (9) Working for an organization in his or her concentration area, the
student applies his or her background to real prob- lems PREREQ: Written permission from computer science internship supervisor, a 2.5 in CSC, a 2.0 in MAT (in WCU classroom courses), programming languages labs, and completion of degree require- ments during semester of registration 402 Software Engineering (3) The purpose of this course is to introduce students to problems associated with programming large projects. Emphasis is on pro- ject planning, requu^ement analysis, software quality assurance, testing, and maintenance Students work in groups on a large project PREREQ: CSC core and CSC .1(X) Offered in spring semester. 490 Independent Project in Computer Science (1-5) The student designs and implements a soft- ware system Project problems are drawn from local industry and university departments. A com- puter science faculty member supervises each pro- ject PREREQ Permission of instructor. ♦ 495 Topics in Computer Science (3) Announced at time of offering PREREQ: Permission of instructor Offered as needed 499 Independent Study in Computer Science (1- 4) In conjunction with the instructor, the student selects study topics via literature search. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
207 Recitation Hail
610-436-2958
Shirley A, Walters, Chairperson
John L. Hynes, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Gadaleto, C. Good, Hsu, Kahn, Parsons, S. Wallers
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: D. Brown. Haggard. Holingjak, Hynes, Napierkowski, Silverman, Welsh
ASSISTAiST PROFESSORS: Bolton. Broderick. K. Brown, Hinson,
Kurzinsky. Mastrilli. Socoski. Spradlin
The Bachelor of Science in Education, which prepares the student for teaching in the secondary schools, may be earned with an academic spe- cialization in biology, chemistry, communication, earth and space sci- ence, English, French, general science, German, Latin, mathematics, physics, Russian, Spanish, or social studies (which includes concentra- tions in anthropology, economics, geography, history, philosophy, polit- ical science, psychology, and sociology).
Satisfactory completion of a secondary curriculum also will qualify the stu- dent for a Pennsylvania InsUTictional I Certificate, which is valid for six years of teaching the specified subject in approved secondary schools in Pennsylvania, The student must choose one academic field of specializa- tion.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION
5 1 semester hours 30 semester hours
1, General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2, Professional Education Requirements Secondary Education
EDF 100*, EDM 300* (taken in Department of Instructional Media), EDP 250* and 351*, EDS 306*, Teaching Skills/Methods (taken in academic department of subject specialization)*. EDS 41 1/412
3, Secondary teaching certification is given in specific subject areas. Therefore, specialization in one of the teaching fields listed below is required for graduation in secondary education. The minimum num- ber of semester hours required for each field is listed in this catalog under the appropriate academic department. These hours will satisfy the Level I Certification requirements in Pennsylvania,
Secondary Areas of Certification
Biology French
Chemistry General Science
Communication German
Physics Russian Social Studies Spanish
Earth and Space Science Latin
English Mathematics
Students in the secondary education program must confer regularly with their professional studies adviser in the Department of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education, as well as with the academic adviser assigned by their respective academic department. Information and advisement on the secondary education program may also be obtained from the Secondary Education Advisement Center located in 251 F.H. Green Library, The certification of all students whose goal is the Bachelor of Science in Education is the responsibility of the certifi- cation officer of the School of Education.
Student Teaching Eligibility
To be eligible for student teaching in secondary education (EDS 41 1- 412), the student must have fulfilled the following requirements:
1. Completed the following five courses with a mimmum cumulative GPA of2,25:EDF100;EDP250;ENG 121; MAT above 000; PSY 100.
2. Completed the following six courses with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5, with at least a C (2.0) in these courses: EDF 100; EDM 300; EDP 250; EDP 351; EDS 306; and methods or teaching skills course in the area of specialization offered in the appropriate acade- mic department,
3. Completed an approved computer literacy course or an approved computer literacy assessment.
4. Completed the speech and hearing screening test administered by the Speech and Hearing Clinic at 201 Carter Drive.
5. Passed a reading test administered by the Department of Childhood Studies and Reading.
6. Completed any test and/or other requirements set by the appropriate academic department.
7. Completed a minimum of 96 semester hours with a Grade Point Average of at least 2,5, including a minimum grade of C in all edu- cation courses.
' The student must have a 2.5 GPA in professional education courses with at least a C (2.0) in the asterisked courses in order to be admitted to EDS 411-412, Student Teaching. (Also see Student Teaching, page 131 )
School of Education
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COUNSELOR EDUCATION
Symbol: EDC
462 Essentials of the Helping Relationship (3)
This course sur\eys the concepts and skills involved in helping others through individual interviewing, problem solving, decision making, and systematic behavior change. ♦ 498 Counselor Education Workshop (3) 499 Peer Helper Workshop (1-3) A workshop that focuses on acquisition of specific knowledge and skills necessary for working in a college set- ting.
FOUNDATIONS Symbol: EOF
100 School and Society (3) .\n introduction to the nature, function, scope, organization, adminis- tration, and support of the public school in .Ameri- can society. Offered every semester 350 The Professional and Student Personnel Services (3) An introduction to nonadjunclive ser- vices in education PREREQ: EDP 250. 360 The Learner in Nonschool Settings (3) Emphasis in the course will be placed on intra- and interpersonal development, facilitative growth and adjustment, and dysfunction as they may impact the nonschool educator or trainer. 364 Systems-Based Educational Services (3) This course introduces the student to general sys- tems (social) theor>'. focusing on the elements, dynamics, and operations of a system thai must be considered in developing educational activities and programs for that system. The student will learn strategies of systems analysis and interven-
tion through the investigation of such topics as needs assessment, objective-based programming, organizational development, and program evalua- tion.
412 Internship in Nonschool Settings (3) The internship experience is designed for upper-level education students who are interested in using and transferring existing discipline and pedagogical skills in nonschool settings. A regularly scheduled practicum will be held for all internships. 498 Workshop in Educational Foundations (3)
EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: EDP
249 Adolescent Development (3) This course focuses on the emotional, social, intellectual, moral, physical, and self-concept factors shaping human behavior w ith emphasis on adolescent behavior. Offered in fall and spring semesters.
250 Educational Psychology (3) A study of learning in relation to the physical, social, emo- tional, and intellectual aspects of personality. Offered every semester.
351 Evaluation and Measurement (3) A survey of testing matenals and procedures w ith emphasis on interpretation and application. PREREQ: EDP 250. Offered everv semester. 467 Group Dynamics (3) A group process course designed to help students develop their per- sonal effectiveness in group situations.
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Symbol: EDS
306 Principles of Teaching and Field Experience in Secondary Education (3) Methods and strate-
gies of teaching in secondary schools w ill be the core of the course. Implications of classroom man- agement, learning, and other related problems will be discussed. Students will observe in a classroom for nine weeks. PREREQ: EOF 100. Offered in fall and spnng semesters.
410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or projects initiated by the students that will enable them to do extensive and intensive study in an area of secondary education. PREREQ: Permis- sion of department chairperson.
411-412 Student Teaching (6) (6) Observation
and participation in teaching and all other activi- ties related to the teacher's work in the area of the student's specialization. PREREQ: 96 semester hours including all professional education courses. Students must have at least a 2.5 cumulative aver- age and at least a grade of C (2 0) in all secondary education and professional education courses. Offered in fall and spring semesters.
SECONDARY EDUCATION/SPECIAL EDUCATION
Symbol: EDX
306 Principles of Teaching and Field Expe- rience in Special Education (3) Methods and strategies of teaching in public education. Implications of classroom management, learning, and other related problems w ill be discussed. Students will observe in a classroom for nine weeks.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Environmental Education Program
Thomas Mastrilli, Coordinator
Certification Endorsement Program
This interdisciplinary program enables teacher-education majors to secure certification endorsement to teach environmental education. The course sequences in the program are drawn from existing curricula in the natural sciences, social, and behavioral sciences, and health and physical education, and permit students to graduate with the certifica- tion endorsement in environmental education. That is. their teaching certificates will be valid for environmental education as well as for their major area of study. For the endorsement in environmental educa- tion, students are required to complete four core courses and two elec- tive courses chosen from one of the following areas of concentration: natural sciences, human centered, or curriculum centered. Students wishing to explore this program should consult with the coordinator of environmental education.
CERTIFICATION ENDORSEMENT PROGRAM
1. Required Core Courses 12 semester hours
BIO 172* and 201*; EDO 420; and GEO 230
6-8 semester hours
Electives — two courses from one of these areas:
Group A— Natural Sciences
BIO 275, 277, 377, and 378; ESS 101, 111, 201. and 330
Group B — Human Centered
ANT 102. 310. 346: GEO 214, 232, 310, 312; SOC 200 and 342
Group C — Curriculum Centered
EDO 405. 410. 41 1.415. and 425
Biology majors must substitute biology courses from Group A with the approval of their advisers.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION
Symbol: EDO
405 Consenation Education Curriculum (K-12) (3) Conservation education as it exists in the pre- sent school curriculum and ways to integrate con- servation into elementary and secondar>' school dis- ciplines. Characteristics, interrelationships, and uses of our natural resources; problems and policies of industrial management in consenation as they are related to the school curriculum. 410 Methods in Conservation Education (3) Basic concepts and practices of conservation and
outdoor education and their role in the school pro- gram.
411 Enviromnental Education Workshop (3)
Each year the workshop is conducted at different geographic locations, such as Alaska and Colorado. A field-centered learning experience, the workshop includes camping trips, studies of flora and fauna, and field investigations There is interaction with various governmental agencies as well as informal investigations of environmental problems.
415 Historv' of Conservation (3) Development of the conservation movement in the US. with empha-
sis on the progressive adaptation of conservation to our changing social and economic order. 420 Organization and Administration of Out- door Education (3) Basic concepts of outdoor edu- cation, the role of outdoor education in the school program, and the initiation and administration of outdoor education.
425 Independent Studies in Envirorunental Education (3) Special research projects, reports, and readings in conservation and outdoor educa- tion. Open to seniors only PREREQ: Permission of instructor 498 Workshop in Envirormiental Education (3)
Criminal Justice
School of Business and Public Affairs
Department of Criminal Justice
200 Ruby Jones Hall
610-436-2647
Jana Nestlerode, Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Nestlerode
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR: Metz
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Brewster. Nealy, Vigorita, Wong
West Chester University's Department of Criminal Justice offers a
broad-based, interdisciplinary program that combines theory with
application. Courses which teach applied knowledge complement a
solid core curriculum of theory, philosophy, and analysis. The program
is designed to fulfill the needs of four categories of students:
1. Those who desire a carefully planned four-year program of study to prepare for careers in criminal justice;
2. Students from two-year colleges who desire to continue their educa- tions and obtain bachelor's degrees;
3. Criminal justice professionals who seek to increase their profession- al competencies by strengthenmg their educational backgrounds;
4. Those who wish to pursue master's degrees or law degrees.
The program provides 1 ) a core curriculum of required courses to ensure a solid working knowledge of the major systems withm the discipline; 2) a variety of elective courses which permits students to tailor their academ- ic careers to their professional goals; 3) a venue for the development of critical analysis and communication skills; and 4) practical experience in a crirainal justice setting. These pnmary programmatic qualities advanta- geously position the successful undergraduate student for entry-level posi- tions in cnminal justice agencies or postgraduate studies. A pnmary feature of the program is the summer practicum served at a criminal justice agency. It is designed to give the student the opportu- nity to apply acquired theoretical knowledge, and receive direct profes- sional experience in the field.
Related Student Activities
The Cnminal Justice Club (Sigma Tau Omicron) is the local chapter of the Amencan Cnminal Justice Association (Lambda Alpha Epsilon). The activities of this organization are open to all students. The Law
Society is an organization also open to all students, but may be of par- ticular interest to those students aspinng to law school.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— CRIMINAL JUSTICE
51 semester hours 1 5 semester hours
18 semester hours 12 semester hours
30 semester hours
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Required Courses CRJ 1 10. 210. 300, 387, and 400 NOTE: A minimum grade of C is required in each course.
3. Criminal Justice Electives
4. Summer Practicum (required) CRJ 490
NOTE: A minimum grade of C is required in this course.
5. Related Areas (minor or electives taken under advisement)
Enrollment in CRJ 1 10 and CRJ 210 is open to all students. However, enrollment in all other criminal justice courses is limited to criminal jus- tice majors, criminal justice minors, and to those students who have received special permission from the department chairperson. Admission to the program is competitive, and enrollment in such restricted courses is no assurance of admission into the major (nor is acceptance into the minor program assurance of future acceptance into the major). Students wishing to change their majors to cnminal justice must apply to the department in the announced fall and spring application pjeriods. Evaluation of applica- tions is based on academic performance, writing ability, and other rele- vant data.
NOTE: This program deviates from the "Anticipated Time for Degree Completion." which is outlined on page 44, since the program requires the completion of requirements that can only be met in the summer.
18 semester hours
15 semester hours
Minor in Criminal Justice
1. Required Courses CRJ 1 10, 210, 300, 387, and 400 NOTE: A minimum grade of C is required in each course.
2. Cnminal Justice Electives This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in liberal studies general degree program.
3 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Symbol: CRJ
110 Introduction to the Criminal Justice System
(3) This course is designed lo descnbe the cnminal justice system from arrest through tnal, appeal, sen- tencing, correction, and parole. The object of this course is lo provide the student with a procedural framework of the cnrmnaJ justice process. 210 Theories in Criminal Justice (3) This course is a survey of the histoncal and contemporary attempts to explain the phenomena of crime and criminal behavior from the perspectives of sociolo- gy, psychology, economics, biology, and law. Emphasis will be placed on contemporary theory and the analysis of evidence supportive of various theo- retical positions
220 Corrections (3) The purpose of this course is to provide the student with a survey and analysis of the correctional system and its processes from both a historical and geographical persf)ective. Emphasis will be placed on relating this survey and analysis to contemporary practice and future trends in the area of coaections
240 Criminal Investigation (3) Cnminal investiga- tion functions of police involving crimes of \iolence. cnmes against property, and organized crime. Police operational techniques and applicable court decisions in the areas of interview, search, seizure, and arrest 268 Private Security (3) This course will provide an in-depth examination of the various facets and
interests ot the pnvate sector of secunty A review of the history . organization, management, and safely issues pertaining to the private secunty profession will be addressed Emphasis is placed on policy and decision making, personnel, and budgeting, as well as an examination of secunty programming that responds to the private sector.
300 Criminal Law (3) This course will cover the pnnciples of criminal responsibility, the purposes and limitations of cnminal law, and the elements of various criminal offenses. Substantive criminal law will cover the conduct, acts, and omissions that have been designated as crimes. These acts (or omissions) plus the mental state and other essential elements that make up cnminal action will be examined. PRE- REQ: Students must have earned a grade of C or better in CRJ 110, CRJ 210, and ENG 121.
304 History and Philosophy of Law and Justice
(3) This course is intended to aid the beginning stu- dent in understanding the historical and philosophi- cal influences on the American criminal justice sys- tem; introduce the student to a broad range of indi- viduals who. over a period of 2,000 years, have made significant conuibutions to the formulation and process of justice; and analyze vanous other systems of criminal justice found in dissimilar cultures.
310 Juvenile Justice Administration (3) A survey of both the formal (police/courts/corrections) and the informal (diversion) means of dealing with the prob- lem of juvenile crime. Emphasis is not on the behav-
ior but on society's response to it Emphasis also will be placed on the legal nghts of juveniles.
312 VVhite-Collar Crime (3) This course analyzes the usually nonviolent criminal conduct described as official corruption, systematic crime, or violations of trust that are characterized by calculation, deceit, and personal enrichment. The influence of organized cnme also is explored
314 Organized Crime (3) Organized crime is examined as an Amencan phenomenon, then com- pared to organized criminal activity in Europe and Asia The student will place in perspective the cur- rent organizations in the U.S. and their historical development over the last century. European group- ings are examined as precursors/models of U.S. transplants with insights into the proliferation of such groups in the Far East. 330 Criminal Behavior (3) This course exposes students to broad, theoretical positions on crime and to observable criminal offenses. Students will leam to avoid oversimplified, dogmatic answers. Research findings on understanding and controlling crime will be discussed. The course will help a student appreci- ate the need to integrate contemporary psychology into an understanding of criminal behavior. 340 Victimless Crimes (3) This course is designed to familianze the student with the ramifications of vice control. It will cover such topics as prostitu- tion, homosexuality, pornography, gambling, and bookmaking. as well as histoncal perspectives, statutes and interpretations, a comparison of illegal
School of Business and Public Affairs
Economics and Finance
operations, enforcement techniques, and legal- ization efforts.
350 Scientific Crime Detection (3) This course will engender an appreciation of what is entailed for an individual to understand current scientific methods of detection in the criminal justice system.
387 Criminal Justice Research (3) This course is designed to provide an overview of research methods used in criminal justice research, including data collection methods, sampling techniques, and basic statistical analy- ses. The course will provide hands-on applica- tion of research methods as well as critical analyses of research studies conducted by oth- ers in the field of criminal justice PREREQ: Students must have earned a grade of C or bet- ter in CRJ 110. CRJ2I0, andENG 121.
400 Criminal Procedure (3) This course is an examination of the theory and application of the law and rules of evidence for the cnminal jus- tice student. It will develop an understanding of the reasons for the rules of evidence and a grasp of the application of the rules in case investigation and for presentation in court through a study of selected cases, statutes, and the analysis of hypothetical cases and situa- tions. PREREQ: Students must have earned a grade of C or better in CRJ 300 and CRJ 387. ^ 410 Independent Studies in Criminal Justice (1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in criminal justice. PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson.
430 Interviewing and Counseling the Offender (3) Techniques of interviewing and counseling applicable to law enforcement and corrections officers. Areas of study include the initial interview, interrogation, informant-han- dling techniques, manipulative behavior of offenders, and exit interviews. Role playing and sociodrama are used.
435 Assessment of the Offender (3) This course will develop students' abilities to describe, recognize, and understand psychomet- ric measures on adult and juvenile offenders. Topics include understanding the selection of psychometric measurements, observing and drawing from life histories, and understanding how violent behavior may be predicted.
440 Violent Crime (3) This course seeks to survey the incidence of violent crime, to ana- lyze the violent criminal, and to study the vari- ety of means that have been developed to con- trol criminal violence.
450 Criminalistics (3) This course is designed to follow CRJ 240 and CRJ 350. It builds on the principles learned in those courses and per- mits students to apply those principles. The course involves demonstrations of examinations and analyses of physical evidence. Students actively participate in several of those examina- tions and experiments. Materials will be provid- ed; field trips may be made. Course enrollment is limited
^ 455 Topical Seminar in Criminal Justice (3) Intensive examination of a selected area of study in the field of criminal justice. Topics will be announced at the time of offering. Course may be taken more than once when dif- ferent topics are presented. PREREQ: Junior or senior CRJ major or with permission of instruc- tor,
460 Evidence and Trial Advocacy (3) This course moves a step beyond basic criminal law and cnminal procedure studies and takes the student into the courtroom. The student will learn basic rules of evidence presentation and court procedure and discover how the trial process works by actively participating in it. The student will learn how to distill the issues, and to present concise, well-reasoned argu- ments supporting a given position. It is in this manner that the student will learn critical analy- sis and practical presentation. (This course is designed for those students who have complet- ed CRJ 300 and CRJ 400.)
461 Notable Criminal Cases (3) Selected fac- tual accounts of cnminality and criminal behav- ior over the past 75 years are analyzed. Selec- tion is based on notoriety and continued dis- pute Course is designed to illuminate, through reading and class analysis, a wide spectrum of cnminal conduct and the related investigative and judicial response.
462 Management Problems and Practices (3) This course is intended to aid in the instruction of students who are potential candidates for administrative positions. Its objective is neither to present a new approach to the field nor to
support an existing one: rather, it is to provide the student with a well-rounded view of the subject and to lay the groundwork for further study. This is done by bringing together the most appropriate concepts and practices in man- aging an organization; eg., purpose defining, planning, decision making, staffing, motivating, communicating, collective bargaining, and con- trolling.
470 Interpersonal Relations (3) This course is designed to aid a student's self analysis in terms of behavior patterns or changes affecting his or her life. This self knowledge often leads to understanding relationships with others, which can assist students in relating to other persons in their personal, social, and professional lives,
482 Contemporary Legal Issues (3) This course encompasses a brief review of the gener- al principles of law and procedure, followed by an in-depth study of the more controversial legal dilemmas facing today's cnminal justice system. The course is designed to shed light on each side of the issue, to enable the student to see beyond the superficial aspects of the con- flict, and to understand its more profound nature.
487 Ethical Issues in Criminal Justice (3)
This course is designed to identify and examine ethical issues among practitioners and students in the criminal justice field. Such issues may include the discretionary power of arrest, the use of deadly force, the decision to prosecute, participation in plea bargaining, representation of the guilty, and the imposition of punishment. Such a course will promote inquiry that com- bines ethical analysis with a practical awareness of the realities of the criminal justice system,
490 Practicum (12) Independent study based on a vocational placement in a cnminal justice agency: police, courts, defense, or corrections. The design of each placement depends on the stu- dent's previous expenence and area of interest. Written biweekly reports, and a major paper are required For seniors only PREREQ: Students must have earned a grade of C or better in CRJ 300 and CRJ 387.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Economics and Finance
309A Anderson Hall
610-436-2217
Cynthia Benzing, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Benzing, DeMoss, T. Naggar, Sylvester
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bove, Mohan
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Andrews, Dunleavy, Tolin
The primary objective of the Department of Economics and Finance is
to provide a learning experience that will permit each student to achieve
maximum intellecuial development in his or her chosen area of study
and to prepare for a satisfying career in that field.
As an aid to the achievement of this purpose, the Department of
Economics and Finance strives;
1. To assist students in acquinng a fundamental knowledge and under- standing of the framework within which our business and industrial system operates;
2. To acquaint students with the modem techniques used by business and industry that enables them to deal effectively with the changing environment; and
3. To encourage students in developing the ability to analyze situa- tions, to relate and classify pertinent factors, and to derive alterna- tives for solving problems.
The Department of Economics and Finance coordinates its courses with the departments of Accounting, Management, and Marketing. Majors in the department must consult the departmental handbook and their adviser annually for current requirements. Three degree programs are offered;
1, The B.S. in ECONOMICS focuses on a business orientation of eco- nomic analysis.
2, The B.A. in ECONOMICS provides a societal orientation to eco- nomic analysis.
3, The B.S. in FINANCE focuses on investment, international finance, and financial markets.
Economics and Finance
School of Business and Public Affairs
5 1 semester hours
33 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— ECONOMICS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 (Includes CSC 101, ECO 1 1 1*, and MAT 107. See appropriate curriculum guidance sheet.)
2. Business and Economics Core ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*, 251*, 252*, and 335; FIN 325; MOT 300*. 499*; and MKT 325*
3. Other courses required by the business program CSC 101 and MAT 107. These courses satisfy and are included under general requirements.
4. Other course required MAT 108 Economics Major*
ECO 340, 348, and 409, and three additional 300-ievel or above courses in economics
6. Economics or Business Electives
7. Free Electives Includes nine semester hours for general requirements
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— FINANCE
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 (Includes CSC 101. ECO HI*, and MAT 107. See appropriate curriculum guidance sheet,)
2. Business and Economics Core ACC 201*, 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*, 251*, and 252*; FIN 315*, 325*; MGT 300*, 499*; and MKT 325*
3. Other courses required by the business program: CSC 101 and MAT 107. These courses satisfy and are included under general requirements.
4. Other course required 3 semester hours MAT 108
5. Finance Major*
FIN 326, 344, 372, 375; and four electives, 300 level or above, in finance or accounting
6. Business Electives
7. Free electives
BACHELOR OF ARTS— ECONOMICS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Foreign Language Requirement
24 semester hours
6 semester hours 1 1 semester hours
5 1 semester hours 0-15 semester hours 9 semester hours 36 semester hours
5.
3 semester hours
1 8 semester hours
12 semester hours 21 semester hours
5 1 semester hours
33 semester hours
5-20 semester hours
18 semester hours
3. Social Science Electives
4. Economics Major Requirement ECO 111-112, 251-252, 335, 340, 348, and 409: MAT 107-108; and additional departmental courses
5. Electives Six semester hours of electives may be economics courses. See department adviser
Minor in Economics
Course requirements are ECO 111*, 112*, 340*, and 348*, plus two economics electives selected under departmental advisement. (MAT 107 and 108 are prerequisites for ECO 340 and 348.)
Minor in Finance 21 semester hours
Course requirements are FIN 325**, 326**, 344**, and 372**. (ACC 201 and ECO 111, 1 12 are prerequisites for the course requirements.)
Social Studies with Concentration in Economics
Students interested in teaching secondary school social studies may pursue a concentration in economics while earning state certification and the Bachelor of Science in Education degree. See the description of the social studies section on pages 125-126.
•A minimum grade of C must be attained in these courses. **A minimum grade of C- must be attained in these courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ECONOMICS
Symbol: ECO
* 101 Principles of Economics — Survey (3)
Basic principles underlying production and con- sumption activities in our modified, capitalistic economic system, from the aggregate as well as individual and sectoral standpoints. Issues include competition, unemployment, inflation, economic growth, and alternative systems.
* 111 Principles of Economics I (Macro) (3) National income and its measurement. The determi- nation of pnce levels, output, and employment. Money and credit, expenditures, and economic sta- bility. Government fiscal and monetary policy. PREREQ Working knowledge of high school mathematics is required
* 112 Principles of Economics n (Micro) (3) Principles underlying use and allocation of scarce productive resources. Consumption and production activities. Value, pnce, and income distribution. Considerations of economic efficiency and welfare. PREREQ: Working knowledge of high school mathematics.
251 Quantitative Business Analysis I (3) Considers the fundamental ideas of statistical theory that are appropriate for solving problems in the fields of business and economics. Topics include descnptive statistics, probability theory, sampling and estima- tion, and hypothesis testing. PREREQ: MAT 107.
252 Quantitative Business Analysis II (3) Continu- ation of ECO 25 1 . Topics include hypothesis test- ing, analysis of variance, and simple multiple regression analysis PREREQ: ECO 25 1 .
303 Economic Role of Women (3) Statistical information pertaining to one of the most important
Lhanges in the .Amencan economy in this centur. — the increase in the number of working women. Job- related aspects, such as the historical pattern, labor force participation, education, earnings, labor sup- ply, and sex discrimination PREREQ: Junior-level standing or permission of instructor.
333 Consumer Economics (3) Major kinds of economic decisions required of consumers. Evaluation of the social and economic conse- quences of those decisions
334 Labor Economics (3) Application of econom- ic theory to the operation of labor markets and the collective bargaining process Consideration is given to the development of the labor movement and public policy toward labor and employment. PREREQ: ECO 112.
335 Money and Banking (3) A survey of money, credit, and pnces. emphasizing their effects on eco- nomic stability The Federal Reserve System and its effect on credit control PREREQ: ECO 1 12
336 Regulation of Competition (3) Background and development of public policies that directly modify the free enterpnse economy of the United States. Evaluation of policies that change the nature and extent of competition PREREQ: ECO 112.
337 Economic Growth and Development (3) A survey and critical evaluation of alternative theories of capitalist economic development. Analysis and comparison of alternative public policies applicable to underdeveloped countries and regions. PREREQ: ECO 112
338 International Economics (3) A descriptive, analytical examination of international trade, finance, and other economic relationships. The effects of public policies on these relationships. PREREQ: ECO 112.
340 Intermediate Microeconomics (3) A continu- ation and extension of the price-system analysis in ECO 1 12 Emphasis on the need for efficiency in [he economy's use of scarce productive resources. PREREQ: ECO 1 12 and MAT 108.
341 Public Finance (3) Government's influence on stability of national income Nature of taxes and expenditures at the various levels of government and their effect on the allocation of resources and the dislnbution of income PREREQ: ECO 1 12. 343 Comparative Economic Systems (3) Basic ideas and economic institutions of socialism, com- munism, and capitalism in the 20th century. Prob- lems created by the emergence of competing sys- tems PREREQ: ECO 112.
# 344 American Economic Experience (3) This course examines the U.S. economy from the Civil War to the present with emphasis on economic the- ory' and analysis. The sociological ramifications of economic conditions will be examined through the literature of the era.
345 History of Economic Thought (3) Origins of economic thought and comparison of the major schools of economic doctrine. Current economic and socio-political factors PREREQ: ECO 1 12. 347 Managerial Economics (3) A course that seeks to develop managerial judgment. The premise is that technical application, to be successful, must proceed from economic feasibility. One plan is weighed against another in terms of comparative costs and revenues, return on investment, plant- replacement problems, obsolescence, and deprecia- tion PREREQ: ACC 202, ECO 1 12 and 252, and MAT 108.
* Approved distributive education requirement.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Office of the Associate Provost
Educational Services
348 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) Introduc- tion to the theory of income, employment, and growth Provides the analytic tools necessary for dealmg with aggregate economic problems. PRE- REQ: ECO 112 and MAT 108.
350 Urban Economics (3) Economic aspects of such urban problems as poverty, housing, taxation, income distribution, and discrimination. Analysis of economic aspects of various proposed remedies, including urban renewal, family allowances, coop- eratives, and others. PREREQ: ECO 112.
385 Environmental and Resource Economics (3)
The role of the environment in an economic sys- tem. Topics include energy economics, the eco- nomics of renewable and nonrenewable resources, and the economics of pollution. PREREQ: ECO 1 12 and MAT 108.
401 Introduction to Econometrics (3) Statistical and mathematical techniques applied to economic situations. Use of empincal data in economic analy- sis. PREREQ: ECO 1 12 and 252, and MAT 108.
409 Senior Seminar (3) Students are expected to prepare a research paper that describes and analyzes a current topic in economics. PREREQ: Senior standing, ECO 252, 340, and 348
410 Independent Studies in Economics (1-3)
Special research projects, reports, and readings in economics. Open to seniors only. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
♦ 411-412 Internship (3 or 6) The internship is open to majors in economics only. It is intended to enhance the student's educational experience by providing substantive, professional work experi- ence. PREREQ: Permission of department chairper- son.
FINANCE
Symbol: FIN
200 Personal Finance (3) This course addresses all of the major personal financial planning prob- lems that individuals and families encounter. It pre- sents a model of the major elements of effective money management. All of the latest financial planning tools and techniques are discussed. 315 Financial Markets and Institutions (3) Covers a variety of domestic and international financial markets and institutions. Analysis is pro- vided for the structure, operation, and mechanics of these markets and institutions, along with the finan-' cial instruments traded therein. PREREQ: ECO 112
325 Corporation Finance (3) The organization and financing of the modem corporation. Promo- tion, capitalization, short-term financing, capital budgeting, distribution of earnings, expansion, con- solidation, failure, and reorganization. PREREQ: ACC201 and ECO 112
326 Intermediate Financial Management (3) A
second course in managerial finance. Emphasis is distributed between theor>' and practice. Once understood, good theor>' is common sense, and solving problems reinforces the practical applica- tions. PREREQ: FIN .^25.
330 Principles of Insurance (3) The nature and types of nsk management and insurance coverage are considered Conceptual analysis and the impact of financial deregulation on personal and business risk management and insurance are covered. PRE- REQ: ECO 112 and FIN ?25 332 Real Estate Finance (3) This course provides a basic orientation to the financial instruments and
institutional structures and policies of real estate finance PREREQ: ECO 1 12 and FIN 325.
344 Investments (3) Problems and procedures of investment management: types of investment risks; security analysis; investment problems of the indi- vidual as well as the corporation. PREREQ: FIN 325.
350 Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) A second look at investment opportunities This course assumes a basic under- standing of the existence and function of financial assets. Each category of assets is studied from a theoretical perspective. Theories are then applied to the study of trading strategies. Problem solving is emphasized. PREREQ: FIN 344.
370 Problems in Financial Management (3) Case problems in corporate financial management. Includes cases on managing current assets, obtain- ing short-term loans, raising long-term capital, bud- geting capital, and handling divided policy. PRE- REQ: FIN 326.
372 International Finance (3) Development of financial managerial knowledge and skills to under- stand the w orking of the corporate financial func- tion in a global setting. PREREQ: FIN 325.
375 Contemporary Issues in Finance (3)
Students will be required to read, research, and write papers on current issues and developments in finance. PREREQ: Senior standing and FIN 326
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Educational Services
105 Lawrence Center
610-436-3505
Ronn Jenkins. Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Dinniman, Egan
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Butcher, Casciaio, Giangiulio, Jenkins. Kyper. Lee, Schuette
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Corbett, Grice, Patwell
INSTRUCTORS: Breunig, Guy, McCoach
The Department of Educational Services is a cadre of University facul- ty who have specific and specialized administrative and/or teaching assignments at the University. While much of the assigned responsibil- ity is to facilitate students' out-of-class learning, regular and nonclass- room teaching are still included. Areas within the Department of Educational Services include academic and career advising, academic administration, tutoring, services for students with disabilities, and other articulated teaching and/or administrative assignments.
The department administers the following credit-bearing courses and
special programs.
UNIVERSITY 101: The Student and the University (1)
This course is taken as part of the New Suident Orientation Program, which begins in summer. The academic year course begins with Freshman Convocation and continues through the first semester in small section classes. Graded on a pass/fail basis, this course is required of all new freshmen and all new transfer students who transfer fewer than 33 credits. The course assists students in obtaining the skills necessary for successful college adjustment and for development as a whole person and a citizen beyond the college years. Emphasis is placed on increasing the student's awareness of the world around him/her. NOTE: This requirement is suspended until 1999 while the course is being revised.
WCJ 100 Introduction to American Culture (3) This course is designed for the orientation of foreign students and new residents to life and study in the United States. A study of American higher educa- tion, personal values, attitudes, and cultural patterns, the emphasis is on the diversity of peoples and lifestyles. This course is not open to U.S. citizens for graduation credits.
Military Science (Army ROTC)
West Chester University students are eligible to participate in the Army Reserve Officers' Training Corps (ROTC) Program through a formal cross-enrollment agreement with the Widener University Department of MilitcU7 Science. Army ROTC offers University students the opportuni- ty to graduate with a college degree and a commission in the United States Army, Army National Guard, or United States Army Reserve. All Army ROTC classes are conducted on the Widener campus. The Army ROTC Program consists of a basic course taken during the freshman and sophomore years, and an advanced course taken during
junior and senior years. Successful completion of the basic course is required before placement in the advanced course. Students who partic- ipated in Junior ROTC in high school or who have prior military ser- vice may receive placement in the advanced courses, which is deter- mined by the army professor of military science. The basic course requirement also may be satisfied through attendance at a six-week Army ROTC Basic Camp at the end of the sophomore or junior years. Students enrolled in the advanced course receive a stipend of $100 per month. Guaranteed National Guard and Reserve Forces options also are available.
Educational Services
Office of the Associate Provost
Nursing students who complete the four-year or two-year program, obtain their nursing degree, and pass their Nursing Board Examinations are commissioned into the Army Nurse Corps.
Two-year (limited) and three-year Army ROTC scholarships are avail- able on a competitive basis. These scholarships pay 80 percent of the student's tuition or $7,000 (whichever is greater) and include payment of certain University fees, a book and school supplies subsidy, and a $100 per month stipend (up to $1,000 per year).
Application for two- and three-year Army ROTC scholarships must be submitted early in the spring semester of the freshman or sophomore year (respectively). Applications for attendance at the Army ROTC Basic Camp must be submitted early in the spnng semester of the sophomore year.
Military science students also participate in orientation and field train- ing activities as part of the military science cumculum. These activities are explorations of historical, organizational, and functional activities of the U.S. Army, conducted in conjunction with the Army Officer Education Program, and are recognized as a part of the process for preparation of cadets for commissioning.
Activities are conducted off campus through tours, field trips, laborato- ry sessions, and practical field applications. Practical field application activities include marksmanship, land navigation, small boat opera- tions, small units operations, rappelling, skiing, mountaineering, water survival, color guard, dnll team, rifle team, organized athletics, and other military skills. Varying degrees of health and body risk are involved in these activities. Participants are required to show proof of personal medical insurance coverage and to sign waivers of liability. The government of the United States, the Commonwealth of Pennsyl- vania. West Chester University, its officers, trustees, employees, agents, or students assume no liability for any injury caused during the above activities.
Individuals not registered in military science courses may participate in these activities if they meet the following additional prerequisites: (1) be a bona fide student, faculty, administrator, or staff member of the University, (2) have the prerequisite level of physical conditioning, and (3) have permission from the program director.
For further information on scholarship and career opportunities, contact the professor of military science, Widener University, Chester, PA 19013,610-876-2446.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MILITARY SCIENCE
Symbol: MSI
101 Introduction lo ROTC I (1) This introducto- ry course is a study of Amencan militar>' history from the earliest times lo present Other topics include the organization and history of ROTC; the organization of the Army, and its military customs, traditions, and courtesies; the role of the Army in national secunty; ethics: and emphasis on the eval- uation of military leadership as viewed from the knowledge of the hisloncally tested principles of war. PREREQ: Full-time undergraduate student.
102 Fundamentals of Leadership (1.5) Continued study of the organization and history of ROTC and the evolution of militar> leadership as reviewed from the knowledge of the historically tested princi- ples of war PREREQ: Full-time undergraduate stu- dent.
201 Methods of Instruction (.5) Practical approach to methods and techniques of instruction Includes
characlenstics and pnnciples of instruction, instruc- tor preparation, speech techniques, use of instruc- tional aids, and instruction evaluation through stu- dent presentations. Offered first half of semester. PREREQ: MSI 101 and MSI 102. or permission of instructor of military science.
202 Theory and Dynamics of the Organization
(1.5) Introductorv' course covenng broad concepts of military science, including branches and mis- sion, the structure and functions of the defense establishment, and the military as a profession. PREREQ MSI 101. 102. and 201. or permission of instructor of military science.
301-302 Contemporary Militar>' Principles and Group Dynamics (3) (3) A study of leadership and management pnnciples and their universality in the military-civilian environment Examination of tradi- tional and behavioral management concepts, struc- ture, and the interaction of organizations and sub- systems Practical approach to methods and tech- niques of communication and instruction PRE-
REQ: Army ROTC advanced course standing or permission of insmictor of miliiar> science.
401-402 Militar>' Organization and Manage- ment (2) (2) A continued study of leadership and management, emphasizing applications in mihiary operations, an analysis of staff organizations and procedures, resource allocauons. the theory and application of military law. examination of the role of the militarv structure in the execution of national secunty policy, and case study investigations of the duties, obligations, and responsibilities of a com- missioned officer PREREQ: Army ROTC advanced course standing or permission of instruc- tor of militar>' science
Additional Requirements. Students enrolled in the Army ROTC Program are required to complete written communications, human behavior, math reasoning, computer literacy, and military history courses pnor to commissioning Scholarship stu- dents are required to take one semester of a foreign language
Air Force ROTC
West Chester University students are eligible to participate in the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) through a cross- enrollment agreement with Saint Joseph's University. All aerospace studies courses \«ill be held on the Saint Joseph's campus. The AFROTC program enables a college student to earn a commission as an Air Force officer while concurrently satisfying requirements for his or her baccalaureate degree.
TTie program of aerospace studies at Saint Joseph's University offers both two-year and four-year curricula leading to a commission as a second lieutenant in the Air Force. In the four-year curriculum, a stu- dent takes the General Military Course (CMC) during the freshman and sophomore years, attends a four-week summer training program, and then takes the Professional Officer Course (POC) in the junior and senior years. A student is under no contractual obligation to the Air Force until entering the POC or accepting an Air Force scholarship. In the two-year cumculum, a student attends a six-week summer training program and then enters the POC in the junior year. Students opting for the two-year curriculum must apply for acceptance to the POC by the end of the first semester or quarter of their sophomore year.
The subject matter of the freshman and sophomore years is developed from a historical perspective and focuses on the scope, structure, and history of military power with the emphasis on the development of air power. During the junior and senior years, the curriculum concentrates on the concepts and practices of leadership and management, and the role of national security forces in contemporary American society.
In addition to the academic portion of the curricula, each student par- ticipates in an hour-and-a-half leadership laboratory each week. During this period, the day-to-day skills and working environment of the Air Force are discussed and explained. The leadership lab uses a student organization that allows students to practice leadership and manage- ment techniques.
Air Force ROTC offers 2-, 2.5-, 3-, and 3.5-year scholarships on a competitive basis to qualified applicants. All scholarships cover tuition, lab fees, reimbursement for books, plus a $100 tax-free monthly stipend. All members of the POC, regardless of scholarship status, receive the $100 tax-free monthly stipend.
For further information on the cross-enrollment program, scholarships, and career opportunities, contact the professor of aerospace studies, AFROTC Det 750, Saint Joseph's University. Philadelphia, PA 19131, 610-660-1190.
Colleges of Arts and Sciences
English
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AEROSPACE STUDIES
Symbol: AER
101 Air Force Today I (1) Introductory course explonng the mihtary as a profession, including civilian control of the US. Armed Forces, function and organization of the US Air Force, and organi- zation and operation of U.S. strategic offensive forces.
102 Air Force Today II (1) Introductory course exploring U.S. general purpose and defensive forces including mission and organization of the major US Air Force Commands and separate operating agencies, major functions, and conduct of joint service military operations. Discusses air defense, detection systems, close air support, and air superiority.
201 Development of Air Power I (1) A study of the development of aerospace power from balloons
and dingibles through the employment of U.S. air power in World War 11. The course includes the rrulitary theory of aerospace power employment.
202 Development of Air Power II (1) A continu- ation course studying the employment of U.S. air power in the Korean conflict, relief missions, and civic action programs in the late 1960's, and the war in Southeast Asia. Research is conducted into the military theory of aerospace force employment.
311 Management and Leadership I (1) A study of managerial theor>', concepts, and techniques of decision making, and the basic functions of man- agement with particular emphasis on applications for Air Force officers.
312 Management and Leadership II (1) An
interdisciplinary approach to leadership, which includes the study of human behavior and relation- ships, motivation, professional ethics, and leader-
ship styles. Communication skills are stressed through written and oral assignments.
431 National Security Forces I (1) A focus on the Armed Forces as an integral and inseparable element of society. Primary emphasis is placed on the overall national security process and the factors that comprise it. The impact of a nation's military, economic, psychological, and technical components on national secunty policy is examined. Other top- ics include major geopolitical hotspots and the ori- gin of arms races.
432 National Security Forces II (1) A continua- tion course studying civilian-military relations. Topics include civilian control of the military, con- flict control, military professionalism, and military justice. Emphasis is placed on the reciprocal responsibilities of civilians and the military in a democratic society.
Department of English
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LITERATURE
532 Main Hall
610-436-2822
C. Ruth Saboi, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: M, Brooks, Browne, Gaunt, Green, Kelleher, Kent,
Larsen, McCawley, McGrath, K. Myrsiades, Shloss, Trotman,
Weiss ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Buckley, Echewa, Fishman,
Fordyce, France, Johnson, Kelly, Maltby, McDonald, Molholt,
L. Myrsiades, Newcomb, Peich, Ramanathan, Sabol, Scheftler,
Smith, Ward
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Awuyah, Bauerlein, K. Brooks, Bush, Fletcher, Fox, Godfrey, Herzog, Jeffrey, Lalicker, Micheau, Pflieger, Teutsch, Wanko The Department of English offers three degree programs: the Bachelor of Arts in literature, the Bachelor of Science in Education (in coopera- tion with the School of Education), and the Bachelor of Ans in com- parative literature (in cooperation with the Department of Foreign Languages). Each program is planned in consultation with an adviser.
1. The Bachelor of Arts in LITERATURE provides a broad back- ground in English and American literature; valuable training in the critical skills of reading, interpretation, and analysis: intensive prac- tice in writing; and an understanding of the workings of the lan- guage. This extremely versatile degree prepares students for gradu- ate studies and law school, and careers in journalism, radio and tele- vision, publishing, public relations, and other professions in which skills in reading, wnting, and processing information at a sophisti- cated level are required.
2. The Bachelor of Science in EDUCATION in ENGLISH prepares students to teach in the secondary schools in Pennsylvania under an Instructional I Certificate. These students will in large part satisfy the requirements for a B.A. in literature, deriving extensive benefits from participation in a carefully constructed program that empha- sizes literature as a cultural product and students as active learners. Before receiving permission to student teach, students in this pro- gram must satisfy the prerequisites for student teaching listed on page 131 as well as specific Department of English requirements listed on this page.
3. The Bachelor of Arts in COMPARATIVE LITERATURE provides a curriculum option for students with an interest in international studies by offering a broad background in European and non- Western culture and literature. See Comparative Literature Studies on pages 97-98.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A7B.S. ED. PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 51 semester hours
0-12 semester hours 6 semester hours
Foreign Language Requirement
Departmental Preparatory Requirement
LIT 168 (also a General Education
requirement), LIT 295, and LIT 296
Departmental Intermediate Requirements 21 semester hours
ENG 230; two American literature courses,
one before 1860 (A) and one after (B); two
British literature courses, one before 1800 (C)
and one after (D); and two departmental electives
Departmental Advanced Requirements 9 semester hours
Three seminars from a selection focusing on
topic, author, or theme (LIT 400)
Professional Electives or Minor 0-18 semester hours
Additional Electives (to complete 128 semester hours)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN ENGLISH
Professional Education Requirements, see page 68 Departmental Preparatory Requirements LIT 168 (Gen. Ed.), LIT 295, and LIT 296 Departmental Intermediate Requirements ENG 230, ENG 331, ENG 335; two American literature courses, one before 1860 (A) and one after (B); two British literature courses, one before 1800 (C) and one after (D); two continental literature courses, one through the Renaissance and one after Departmental Advanced Requirements Three seminars from a selection focusing on topic, author, or theme (LIT 400)
Free electives (E)
30 semester hours 6 semester hours
27 semester hours
9 semester hours
6 semester hours
Student Teaching Prerequisites
Students should apply during their sophomore year for acceptance as candidates for teaching certification. Transfer students should apply as sophomores or after completing a year at West Chester.
Grades on Required Courses
Anyone attempting to qualify for student teaching must pass each of the following courses with a grade of C or higher: CLS 260; EDF 100; EDM 300; EDP 250 and 351; EDS 306; ENG 120, 121, 230, 331, 335, and 390; LIT 168, 295, and 296; and PSY 100. A student receiving a grade of C- or lower for any of these courses should retake the course immediately, before attempting courses in the English or education sequence. A student having difficulty with several of the courses listed above should recognize that he or she may not be able to meet the competency requirements for student teaching and should consider withdrawing from the B.S. program.
English
College of Arts and Sciences
Grade Point Average
Before receiving approval to student teach, a student must attain an overall GPA of 2.5 or better, including a minimum GPA of 2.5 for all courses attempted within the Department of English.
Competency Examination
A student must pass the test of writing competency given by the Department of English before the application for approval to student teach will be considered. This examination is scheduled each semester and announced in advance by both the Department of English and the Department of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education. Students are urged to take the exam at the end of their sophomore or beginning of their junior years.
Minor Programs
Students may minor in any of the six following programs. Elective courses are selected in consultation with the student's minor adviser. Literature Minor 18 semester hours
6 semester hours
1. Required Courses LIT 200 or 201 , and LIT 230 or 23 1
2. Elective Courses
One in American Literature and one in English Literature (in a period other than those covered in requirement 1), and any two other LIT courses that count toward the literature major. Creative Writing Minor
1. Required Course CRW 201
2. Elective Courses Any four courses selected from the following: CRW 202, 203, 301, 302, 303, 304, 305, 307. 400, 490, and 491
12 semester hours
15 semester hours
3 semester hours
12 semester hours
18 semester hours
3 semester hours
Film Criticism Minor
1 . Required Course FLM 200
2. Elective Courses 15 semester hours Any three courses selected from the following
list with the approval of the adviser:
CLS 304, 363, 364, 368, 369, 400, and 410;
COM 217 and 317: and FLM 201, 202, 300, 301,
and 400 This minor is also listed in the section in Comparative Literature Studies.
18 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
JournaHsm Minor
\. Required Courses
JRN 200, 225, 226, and 250 (Minimum grade of C-)
2. Elective Course 3 semester hours One of the following: JRN 312, 315, 325, or 355
3. An additional three credit hours are to be 3 semester hours earned through a supervised internship (ENG 395)
in the communications area or through a
practicum (JRN 411) based on one semester's supervised service on the University's student newspaper.
Organizational and Technical Writing Minor
1
18 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
3 semester hours
Required Courses
ENG 320, 368, 371, and 420, and three credit hours to be earned through a supervised internship in organizational or technical writing (ENG 395) 2. Elective Course
Choice of COM 330, ENG 270, or computer science course at level CSC 141 or higher
Linguistics Minor
The Department of English is one of several departments participating in the linguistics minor. The description of the linguistics minor and its requirements are found in the section describing interdisciplinary pro- grams on page 99.
The literature and writing minors may be taken among the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in the liberal studies gener- al degree program.
Internships
A student will be permitted to take an internship under the supervision of the Department of English only if he or she is enrolled in a depart- mental major or minor program and has met the following require- ments:
1 . an accumulation of at least 80 semester hours
2. an overall Grade Point Average of at least 2.5
3. an overall Grade Point Average of at least 3.0 in the major or minor program
4. completion of 12 semester hours in courses in the major or minor program (not counting composition courses)
5. a letter of application to the Internship Committee of the Department of English accompanied by a resume and two faculty references
6. a personal interview with two members of the Internship Committee A student will be limited to 15 hours of internship credit. Students who wish to take more than nine hours of internship credit in one semester must obtain approval from the full committee after submitting an appli- cation and an academic transcript in the preceding semester. The Internship Committee will determine the number of credits to be earned dunng an internship by applying a ratio of 40 hours of work for each hour of academic credit. Students seeking teaching certification may take no more than three semester hours of internship credit within the minimum 128-131 semester-hour range for the undergraduate degree. The internship credits for English majors may be applied to the stu- dent/adviser-designed program. Only under exceptional circumstances, and entirely at its discretion, will the Internship Committee consider applications from students not meeting the departmental requirements. NOTE: It is the responsibility of the student to demonstrate that he or she has met the academic requirements for an internship.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ENGLISH
Symbol: ENG
020 Basic Writing (3) A preparatory course of study emphasizing the basic grammatical, logical, and rhetorical skills that produce effective themes. NOTE: This course is a prerequisite to ENG 120 for students who have been placed in ENG 020. Credits earned in 0-level courses do not count toward the 128 hours of credit needed for gradua- tion.
030 English for Non-Native Speakers (3)
Individualized instruction for the non-native speak- er, conversational English, formal written English.
reading and listening comprehension, and grammar (Students should seek placement advice from the ESL program staff before registering.) Also, see note under ENG 020
120 Effective Writing I (3) An intensive course in writing that emphasizes skill in organization and awareness of styles of writing and levels of usage as ways of expressing and communicating experi- ences.
121 Effective Writing II (3) Continues the expos- itory writing experience offered in Effective Writing I. and explores techniques of gathering, evaluating, and selecting materials to be used in writing research papers.
130 Effective Writing I for Non-Native Speakers (3) An intensive course in writing for the non-native speaker of English, emphasizing skill in organization and awareness of styles of writing and levels of usage as ways of expressing and commu- nicating experiences For non-native speakers of English. ENG J SO is comparable to ENG 120 for international students only. {Students should seek placement advice from the ESL Program staff before registering. )
131 Effective Writing n for Non-Native Speakers (3) Continues the expository writing experience offered to non-native speakers in English 1 30, and explores techniques of gathering, evaluating, and selecting materials to be used in
College of Arts and Sciences
English
writing research papers. For non-native speakers of English. ENG 131 is comparable to ENG 121 for international students only. (Students should seek placement advice from the ESL Program staff before registering. )
132 Effective Speaking I for Non-Native Speakers (3) After a brief introduction to the dif- ferences between wnting and speaking, this course focuses on giving directions, explaining concepts, asking questions, giving presentations, and engag- ing in small talk, interviewing, and extensive pro- nunciation drills.
134 Idioms in the Context of American Culture (3) Through the use of modem American movies, this course helps students leam the meanings of idioms in context. Students practice using these idioms in drills and exercises. 200 Writing Improvement (3) A workshop that provides intensive instruction for students who experience difficulty in writing. Not open to fresh- men.
204 Practical Prose Composition (3) Wnting in various modes that authentically mirror real situa- tions in our personal and professional lives.
205 Writing from Experience (3) Exploration of the student's personal history and attitudes through carefully structured compositions, including autobi- ographical narrative, memoir, and introspective analysis.
230 (Also LIN 230) Introduction to Linguistics (3) Basic concepts of language description, classifica- tion, change, reconstruction, dialectology, and soci- olinguistics. (Prerequisite for all courses in English.)
270 Publishing (3) A practical examination of the general components of the publishing field with emphasis on book production.
271 Typography (3) This course provides students with experience in production of books, using his- torical and modem methods of design. PREREQ: ENG 270.
275 Literary Editing and Publishing (3) Experience in publishing the student literary maga- zine Daedalus: editing, proofing, photographic selection and layout, and printing. 304 Essay Workshop (3) Experience in reading and writing essays, with focus on revision, on the use of the public "I," and on appropriate voice. Attention to invention.
#315 Interdisciplinary Perspectives on Literacy (3) The historical and social contexts of English lit- eracy. Emphasis on writing.
320 Writing and Computers (3) Introduction to document design and production, desktop publish- ing, and issues of technological impact on written communication.
330 English Phonology (3) Phonemics and mor- phophonemics in English. Writing systems and phonemic-graphemic relationships in English. Historical development of English sounds PRE- REQ: ENG 230. •
331 Structure of Modern English (3) A detailed analysis of the modem descriptive approach to the study of English grammar and how it compares with the traditional approach. PREREQ: ENG 230 335 History of the English Language (3) Review of the influences on the development of the English language. PREREQ: ENG 230.
339 History and Dialects of American English
(3) Development of the English language in America since colonial settlement. American and British English. Pronunciation, vocabulary, and
grammar of the regional and social dialects of Amencan English" PREREQ: ENG 230. 340 Sociolinguistic Aspects of English (3) The study of language in its social context; the ethnog- raphy of communication; language and society, social classes, ethnic groups, politics, sex. and edu- cation PREREQ: ENG 230 350 Introduction to English as a Second Language (3) Exploration of the scope of the field. types of programs, and general approaches to instruction.
368 Business and Organizational Writing (3) The nature of communication within business and organizations Theoretical basis and practical appli- cation
371 Technical Writing (3) Instruction in the forms and techniques of wntten, oral, and visual communication currently practiced in the scientific and technical professions. A series of coordinated assignments leads to a final project in the student's field of professional study. PREREQ: ENG 121. 390 Teaching English in Secondary Schools (3) Review of language arts requirements in secondary schools. Special reference to grade-placement with adoption of materials, appraisal of results, and devel- opment of programs of study. PREREQ: ENG 230. 331. and 335; EDM 300; EDP 351; and EDS 306.
♦ 395 Internship (3-12) Intensive practical expe- rience with selected businesses, media, and public agencies Limited to qualified students who have earned a minimum of 80 credit hours. See Handbook for English Majors for specific require- ments,
397 Writing Tutoring (3) Theory and practice of writing tutoring, especially for those who plan a career in teaching or who are focusing on the reme- diation or development of language and writing skills
♦ 410 Independent Study (3)
411-413 Yearbook Practicum 1, II, III (1) Practical yearbook production experience in a closely supervised framework. PREREQ: ENG 270 or permission of the instructor. 414 Tutoring Practicum (1) Supervised experi- ence as an undergraduate tutor for any of the English tutoring programs (e.g.. Department of English or Academic Development Program [ADP] tutoring, etc.).
420 Report and Proposal Writing (3) Working in wnting groups and individually, students complete proposal and report wnting projects that respond to organizational needs and criteria. They leam to conceptualize research problems and plan, orga- nize, and design major projects.
♦ 430 Language Seminar (3) Studies in English language and linguistics. PREREQ; ENG 230 and at least junior standing,
445 Women Writing: Autobiography (3) A writ- ing seminar directed toward the reading of wom- en's autobiographies and the writing of personal autobiographical narratives. A wnting-emphasis course.
♦ 450 Prose Writing Seminar (3) This variable- topic seminar concentrates on problems in advanced writing, focusing on prose analysis and lis application to student writing and revision.
LITERATURE
Symbol: LIT
#162 Literature of the Apocalypse (3) An inter- disciplinary study of ancient religions, apocalyptic writing, and modem interpretations of thai wnting. An investigation of the political, economic, moral.
and artistic ramifications of the nuclear arms race on modem society.
*165 Introduction to Literature (3) A course designed to develop awareness of literature as being central Co all the arts, to increase levels of lit- eracy and critical faculties, and to broaden under- standing of the human condition PREREQ: ENG 120 or permission of the department. 168 Conventions of Reading (3) An introduction to the study of textual genres — fiction, drama, poet- ry, essay, autobiography, and film — and to method- ologies of reading. Various cognitive and cultural influences on the reading process will be analyzed.
200 American Literature I (3) Surrey of repre- sentative Amencan wnters from Colonial times to I860, including Bradstreet. Taylor. Franklin. Poe, Thoreau, Hawthorne, and Melville. (A)*
201 American Literature II (3) A survey of rep- resentative Amencan wnters from 1 860 to the pre- sent, including Whitman. Twain. James. Crane, Eliot, Frost. Hemingway, and Faulkner (B)*
202 African-American Literature I (3) Survey of African-American authors from the antebellum era through the first quarter of the 20th century, (B)*
203 African-American Literature II (3) Continuation of LIT 202. Second quarter of the 20th century to the present. (B)*
204 Black Women Writers of America (3) Survey of black women wnters of America. Examines themes and influences on .American and African-American literary contexts.
205 Harlem Renaissance (3) This course exam- ines the historical and cultural movement of the I920's known as the Harlem Renaissance.
206 African-American Literature and Literary Theory (3) This course will examine the relation- ship between Afro-.Amencan literature and the the- ones serving to explain it
230 English Literature I (3) A survey of English literature from Anglo-Saxon writing through the 18th century. (C)*
231 English Literature II (3) A survey of English literature of the 19th and 20th centuries. (D)*
245 Medieval Women's Culture (3) This is an interdisciplinary study of writings by medieval women and their contnbution to the development of medieval culture.
250 Victorian Attitudes (3) A study of 19th-cen- tury attitudes toward social changes as expressed in art, architecture, literature, and nonfiction prose. 265 Literature and Psychology (3) An examina- tion of the relationships between literature and psy- chology, with readings from drama (Shakespeare, Ibsen, and Albee), poetry (Poe, Browning, and Eliot), and fiction (Tolstoy. Joyce. Woolf, Mann, Kafka, and Faulkner). (E)* 269 The Literature of Roguery (3) A historical study of the rogue in fiction with emphasis on the satiric view of society. Among writers studied are Defoe, Thackeray, Donleavey. and Kerouac. (E)* #270 Urbanism and Modem Imagination (3) Covers a vanety of responses of contemporary wnters, artists, and planners to the nse of the mod- em city. (E)*
271 Drama Since 1970 (3) A selective suney of Amencan and Bntish drama since 1970. The play- wrights studied will be drawn from a wide and
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
♦ Approved distnbutive requirement course
* See the department handbook for group descriptions.
English
College of Arts and Sciences
expanding group, including Sam Shepard. David Rabe. Lanford Wilson. Tom Sloppard. Peter Shaffer. Caryl Churchill, and others. (E)*
272 New Fiction (3) Fiction published in the last 10 years. (E)'
274 Feminist Poetry (3) A snidy of poetry espous- ing the feminist cause and explonng the feminist response. Techniques and attitudes of such poets as Plath, Sexton, Rich, Morgan. Wakoski, and Kumin. (E)'
295 Historical Contexts (3) A study of a representa- tive number of literary texts and the ways they inter- act historically, socially, intellectually, and politically with their own cultures as well as with the culture of the 20th-century reader Literary and nonliterary texts will be studied as indicators of cultural and discursive shifts from one histoncal moment to another
296 Theory, Meaning, Value (3) An introduction to the different theoretical positions that condition the ways in which we read a text and assign meaning to it.
297 Themes in Contemporary Literature (3)
Literary topic or theme in contemporary American, English, or worid literature to be announced each time the course is offered (E)*
300 Colonial and Revolutionary .\merican Literature (3) Waters of Colonial and Revolutionary America. (A)*
302 Development of the American Novel (3) Be- ginnings of the ."American novel to Frank Norris. (A)'
303 Introduction to Multiethnic .American Literature (3) Amencan ethnic, racial, and national groups in American literature and the contributions of creative literary artists representing these cultures
(E)»
304 American Jewish Novel (3) A study of major American Jewish novelists; Cahan. Singer. Roth, Potok. Bellow. Malamud. Wallant. and Wiesel. No knowledge of Yiddish or Hebrew necessary. (B)*
305 Modem American Drama (3) Amencan drama from the early 1900's to the present, with emphasis on the development of the American the- ater as seen in such major dramatists as O'Neill, Odeis. Wilder. Miller. Williams, and Albee (B)*
306 Modem American Novel (3) The novel in America from Dreiser to the present. (B)*
307 Modem American Poetry (3) Major 20th-cen- tury American poets (B)*
308 The Sin of Success (3) An investigation of the rise of democratic capitalism in Amenca from Biblical influences in colonial times to the beginnings of the merchant class and the fall of modem "big business " A study of the entrepreneur and the "rob- ber baron," the success ethic, and morality in the large corporation through history, economics, and lit- erature.
#309 Martin Luther King (3) Examines and ana- lyzes the writings of Dr King and theu" relationship to the themes he pursued and the leadership role he
achieved.
334 Milton (3) A survey of his major poetry and prose.
335 Shakespeare I (3) Reading, analysis, and dis- cussion of selected histories and tragedies Discus- sion of critical approaches to the plays and of the his- torical and intellectual climate of the times. (C)*
336 Shakespeare II (3) Reading, analysis, and dis- cussion of selected comedies and nondramatic poems. Discussion of critical approaches to the works and of the historical and intellectual climate of the times. Either LIT 335 or 336 may be taken first. (C)*
337 Literature of the Enlightenment (3) A critical consideration of the 18th-century wnters. exclusive of the dramatists. (C)*
338 Restoration and ISth-Century Drama (3) The drama from the reopening of the theaters in 1660 to 1800 (O*
339 18lh-Century British Novel (3) The Bntish novel from Defoe to Austen. (D)*
340 The Romantic Movement (3) Wordsworth, Colendge. Byron, Shelley, Keats, and their contem- poraries in the light of social background and critical doctrine (D)»
341 19th-century British Novel (3) The British novel from Austen to Hardy. (D)*
342 Victorian Literature (3) Victorian thought and culture in poetry and nonfiction prose (D)*
343 Modem British Drama (3) Bntish drama from Wilde to the present, with emphasis on the rebirth of the Bntish drama and its major writers (D)'
344 Modem British Novel (3) The novel in England from Conrad to the present (D)*
345 Modem British Poetry (3) Major 20th-century Bntish poets (D)'
352 Literature for Young Children (3) A critical study of the literature for young children for prospec- tive specialists in early childhood PREREQ: LIT 165 or equivalent
364 Modem Irish Literature (3) Major literary writers of Ireland from 1840 to the present: George Moore, Synge, Yeats, Joyce, Shaw, O'Casey, Beckett, Behan, and Seamus Heaney. (D)*
365 Short Fiction (3) Analysis and intepretation of short fiction. lEl*
366 Criticism (3) A study of the theories of classical antiquity, England, and the United States, with emphasis on the relevance of these theories to English and American literature of the moment (E)' 395 Children's Literature (3) A cntical study of lit- erature for children, setting standards for evaluation and appreciation PREREQ: LIT 165 or equivalent. ♦ 400 Literature Seminar (3) Required for English majors in the junior or senior year. Topics offered penodically: Beckett/Joyce. Byron, Dickens, Donne, Fitzgerald, Shaw , Greek Comedy. Greek Tragedy. Hawthorne. Homer, Resistance Poetry, Shakespeare's Major Tragedies, and Thomas Hardy.
430 Old English Language and Literature (3) An introductory study of the language (450-1150 AD.) through a reading of religious and secular poetry and prose (O*
431 Middle English Language and Literature (3) An intfoductory study of the language ( 1 1 50-1450 AD.) through a reading of selected literary texts. (C)'
432 English Drama to 1642 (3) English drama from the eariy liturgical tropes to 1 642, exclusive of Shakespeare (O*
434 Early Modem Poetry and Prose (3) Poetry and prose of the 16th and early 17th centuries. (C)"
435 Chaucer (3) An interpretation of Canierbury Tales and Troihis and Criseyde. (C)*
The English department accepts certain humanities courses as major electives. Consult the Handbook for English Majors for a list of approved humanities courses.
JOURNALISM
Symbol: JRN
200 Commimications Media (3) An introduction to the media of communications, emphasizing the development and characteristics of print and electron- ic media forms and their impact on American society.
225 Newswriting (3) A course designed to develop proficiency in the writing of new s stones for daily and weekly newspapers. News values, the structure and style of news, and the preparation of copy in accor- dance with professional standards will be sttessed.
226 News Reporting (3) Instruction and practice in basic news reporting techniques coupled with an introduction to newspaper feature writing Outside assignments will include coverage of speeches, local government meetings, and the courts. PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent
250 News Editing (3) A course designed to acquaint students with the skills involved in the preparation of copy for publication in newspapers and magazines. Instruction and practice in the mechanics of copy editing, headline wnting, layout, and photo editing. PREREQ JRN 225 or equivalent 312 Sports Reporting and Writing (3) Instruction and practice in basic sports reporting techniques, including live-event coverage and feature writing, as well as an introduction to routine duties associated with worbng on the sports desk PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent
315 Magazine Article Writing (3) Practical instruc- tion in the skills required for successful freelance magazine writing with emphasis on research, inter- viewing, wnting techniques, and marketing Students will wnte and submit for publication short features and a full-length magazine article PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent
325 History of Journalism (3) A historical survey of the Amencan press from Colonial times to the pre- sent, with special emphasis on the continuing struggle for press freedom and the new journalistic environ- ment created by the emergence of mass media. 355 Public Relations Principles (3) An introduction to the role of the public relations practitioner in the formation of public opinion. Communications theory will be combined with specific techniques for work- ing with the press, producing printed materia], and conducting special events PREREQ: JRN 225 or equivalent.
411 Journalism Practicum (3) One semester of supervised experience as an editor or reporter on the University's student newspaper. See journalism coor- dinator for specific requirements. PREREQ: JRN 225 and either JRN 226 or JRN 250.
CREATIVE WRITING
Symbol: CRW
201 Introduction to Creative Writing (3) Intro- duction to the craft of writing poetry and fiction. Basic discussion of terms, strategies, and profes- sional models in each genre. Practice in writing and critiquing each genre.
202-203 Creative Writing I-H (3) (3) Writing experience in the crafts of fiction, poetry, nonfic- tion. and drama.
♦ 301-302 Poetry Workshop I-D (3) (3) The theo- ry and practice of poetry and the exploration of verse forms. Practice in critical and interpretative analysis of poems written by fellow students and professional poets
♦ 303-304 Short Story Workshop I-D (3) (3) Crafting the modem short story with reference to American and Bntish models. The significance of setting, atmosphere, characterization, and theme. Discussion and some exploration of experimental ideas in the genre.
* See the department handbook for group descriptions.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Foreign Languages
305 Essay Workshop (3) Practice in writing the essay. Conventions and techniques of this hterary form - creative nonfiction - as it appears in com- mercial and quality magazines. 307 Play writing Workshop (3) Writing the play: possibilities and limitations of the stage. Anention to sets and costuming where relevant. Characterization by action and dialogue. Problems of establishing motivation The play's totality in theme, character, and action. Informal readmgs of student work. ♦ 400 Writing Seminar (3) Special topics, such as fantasy, science fiction, longer prose works, or the antistory. To be announced. 490-491 Writing Seminar in the Novel MI (3) (3) A course in the writing and preparing of book- length manuscripts (novel, novella, and the "nonfic- tional" novel) with the intention of submission for
publication. Also includes coverage of fictional aspects and techniques used in writing memoirs, biography, and current history.
FILM THEORY AND CRITICISM
Symbol: FLM
200 Introduction to Film (3) A survey of the principal elements of film including photography, editing, sound, acting, and narrative.
201 American Film (3) The function of cinema in contemporary society as a socio-cultural. economic and political object, as seen through critical analysis of Amencan films. (E)*
202 American Themes (3) An introduction to contemporary cntical and theoretical pnnciples for interpreting American films which concentrates on a single theme.
300 Private Screening (1) Eight to 12 narrative film classics per semester on a specific topic or theme.
301 Documentary Film (3) Understanding and enjoying the social, philosophic, economic, and political aspects of documentary film. (E)*
400 Film Seminar (3) A seminar which offers stu- dents practice in applying contemporary critical and theoretical principles to films in an advanced context. PREREQ: FLM 200 or permission of the instructor.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE STUDIES
See course listings under Comparative Literature Studies, pages 97-98.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
* See the department handbook for group descriptions.
Department of Foreign Languages
109 Main Hall 610-436-2700
Jerome M. Williams, Chairperson Frederick Patton and Anne-Marie Moscatelli, Assistant Chairpersons
PROFESSORS: Braidotti, Patton, Pauly, Schlau, Williams
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Escorcia, Esplugas, Garcia-Barrio, Gougher, Moscatelli, Speh, Varricchio
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Brown, Gilmour, Landwehr, Seaver
Programs Offered
BACHELOR OF ARTS: French, German, Latin, Russian, and
Spanish BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION: French, German,
Latin, Russian, and Spanish The Instructional I Certificate in a foreign language qualifies the holder to teach his or her major language in the public schools (kindergarten through 12th grade) of Pennsylvania. Minors: French, German, Italian, Latin, Russian, Spanish, and Translation
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A. PROGRAMS
6 semester hours
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Major Language Courses
FRENCH — FRE 101-102*, 201-202, 301, 302, 303, and 304. Additional courses to complete the 33 credits, taken under advisement. GERMAN — GER 101-102*, 201-202, 221, 303 and/or 304, 305 and/or 306, 307 and/or 308. Additional courses to complete the 33 credits, taken under advisement. LATIN — LAT 101-102*, 201, 202, 303, and 406. Additional courses to complete the 33 cred- its, taken under advisement. RUSSIAN — RUS 101-102* or 103*. 201-202 or 203, 301-302, 303-304, 305-306, 307-308, and 365. Additional courses to complete the 33 credits, taken under advisement. SPANISH — SPA 101-102*, 201-202, 301-302, 315, 320 or 321, 330-331, 365, and any two 400- level courses. Additional courses to complete the 33 credits, taken under advisement.
51 semester hours 33 semester hours
3 semester hours
27-38 semester hours
3. Two cognate courses
A. LIN 230
B. History, political science, geography
4. Demonstration of proficiency in a second language through the intermediate II level
5. Electives
The number of hours available depends on the student's level of second language proficiency. They may choose to apply some of these to addi- tional advanced courses in their major area or to continue second or third language study.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.S. ED. PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 51 semester hours ANT 102 and PSY 100 are required and will
count toward the general education requirements.
2. Foreign Language Concentration 33 semester hours (specialized preparation)
FRENCH — FRE 101-102*, 201-202, 301, 302, 303, and 304. Additional French courses to com- plete the 33 credits.
GERMAN — GER 101-102*, 201-202. 303-304, 305-306, 307-308, and 365. Additional German courses to complete the 33 credits. LATIN — LAT 101-102*. 201, 202, 303, and 406. Additional Latin and Classical Language courses to complete the 33 credits. RUSSIAN — RUS 101-102* or 103*, 201-202 or 203, 301-302, 303-304, 305-306, 307-308, and 365.
SPANISH — SPA 101-102*, 201-202, 301-302, 3 1 5, 320 or 32 1 , 330-33 1 , and 365. Additional Spanish courses to complete the 33 credits.
3. Two cognate courses
A. LIN 230 (3)
B. Area studies (3)
4. Student must complete professional education sequence EOF 100, EDP 250, EDP 351, EDM 300, EDS 306, LAN 301, EDS 411, EDS 412, PSY 382 or EDP 249. SUidents must pass MLA Exam before student teaching.
5. Electives to complete 128 hours The student is advised to use his or her electives in areas that will contribute to his or her profession.
6 semester hours
33 semester hours
' Foreign language majors receive no credit toward graduation, a major, or certi- fication for 101 and/or 102 in their majors. If 101 and/or 102 in another lan- guage are taken as free electives. they will be credited toward graduation.
iHM Foreign Languages
College of Arts and Sciences
All students majoring in foreign languages and preparing to teach must also complete LAN 301, credited to professional education.
Minor in Language 18 semester hours
Minors are available in French, German, Italian, Latm, Spanish, and Russian.
A. Language courses at levels 201 and 202 (or 203) are required.
B. Courses at the 200, 300, and 400 levels in one language, taken under advisement. Courses in English are not acceptable.
Minor in Translation 18 semester hours
This program of study is open to any student who has a major or minor (or the equivalent) in a second language. A student must take the fol- lowing courses: CLS 309. LAN 350, 351, 450, and 460, and LIN 230.
ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES
Greek, ItaHan, Portuguese
Courses in Greek, Italian, and Portuguese may be offered, but no major field is available.
Greek and Hebrew — Classical and New Testament
Elementary Greek I-II (GRE 101-102) and Intermediate Greek 1-11 (GRE 101-102). Part of Classical Language program
Italian
Elementary Italian I-II (ITA 101-102), Intermediate Italian l-ll (ITA 201- 202), Advanced Italian 1-11 (ITA 301-302), Itahan Culture (ITA 321 ), Italian Cinema (ITA 360), Survey of Italian Literature (ITA 400). Introduction to Dante, Petrarca, and Boccaccio (ITA 401 ). Contemporary Italian Literature (ITA 402), Independent Studies in Italian Language and Literature (ITA 410). Seminars in Italian (ITA 411-412).
Portuguese
Elementary Portuguese I-II (POR 101-102) and Intermediate Portuguese I-II (POR 201-202).
ADDITIONAL OFFERINGS- LANGUAGE COURSES
CONVERSATIONAL
Selected critical or uncommonly taught languages such as Chinese, Japanese. Modem Greek, Modern Hebrew, Polish, Portuguese, and Serbo-Croatian, on a conversational basis only.
The Junior Year Abroad Program
Courses in French are offered at the Universite Paul Valery in Montpellier. France, through Junior Year Abroad Program sponsored by the Office of International Studies of West Chester University. The program is designed to give persons interested in France a first-hand acquaintance with French life and enable them to achieve an active command of the language.
The program is open to any student enrolled at West Chester University who has completed the equivalent of two years of college French and is able to follow lectures in French. Students enrolled in the program may receive up to 30 credits for a full two semesters of the year abroad program of study. Courses are conducted entirely in French by French professors.
Foreign Language Testing and Placement
The Department of Foreign Languages provides a testing service for sm- dents entenng the University. Based on the results of the tests given and an analysis of past expenence. the Department of Foreign Languages will suggest the level of language a student should enter. After taking part in any given course for a short period of time, a student's placement could be changed if consultation between the snident and an adviser results in a decision to change the placement. The department reserves the right to withhold credit towards a degree for a course taken at a lower level than was recommended by the department.
If a student wishes to take an exam to complete the language require- ment or receive credit for a course, he or she must take a special exam other than those given for placement. Arrangements can be made with the chairperson of the Department of Foreign Languages.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS FRENCH
Symbol: FRE
101-102 Elementary French I-II (3) (3) Funda- mentals of French grammar, syntax, and pronuncia- tion. All four skills (listening, speaking, reading, and writing) are taught concomitantly Taught in French Language laboratory work required,
201-202 Intermediate French I-II (3) (3) Review of grammar and syntax Readings in French litera- ture as a basis for class discussion and practice in composition. Language laboratory drill PREREQ: FRE 1 02 or equivalent
301 Advanced Grammar and Stylistics (3) The
more complex grammatical and syntactical struc- tures of the language, with particular attention to stylistics. Practice in writing compositions on a more sophisticated and advanced level with empha- sis on correct usage. Work in language laborator>' required PREREQ: FRE 202 or placement. Offered spring semester only
302 Advanced Oral French and Phonetics (3)
Intensive practice in spoken French to develop skills in pronunciation and in listening comprehen- sion Introduction to French phonetics. PREREQ: FRE 202 or placement,
303 French Civilization (3) (In French) A survey of the social, political, economic, and educational structures of France, along with an introduction to the artistic contributions of the French, particularly
in the 20th century. PREREQ: FRE 202 or place- ment
304 Readings in French Literature (3) The read- ing and analysis of representative selections of French prose (fiction and nonfiction). poetry, essays, and plays PREREQ: FRE 202 or place- ment.
401 Commercial French (3) A study of the French economic and business systems, and exten- sive practice in using forms and expressions fre- quently used in French business correspondence
409 Women and Men in French Literature (3)
(In English! Works by women and men novelists, poets, or dramatists that present striking images of love and conflict between the sexes Also a Women's Studies course,
410 French Theater to 1900: In Context (3) A
study of the French theater from ils beginnings to the 19th cenlury in the contexts of their times. Reading and analysis of representative plays from the various periods.
411 Modem French Literature in Context (3) A
study of the evolution of modem literary genres, beginning with the revolt of the generation of 1900, through Dada and Surrealism and the writers of the absurd to the present
412 Narrative Prose (3) An examination of Ihe evolution of French prose in the nouvelle. the come, the reel! and the novel from their earliest begin- nings to the present.
413 French Poetry (3) A history of French poetry and a study of its versification. Practice in the recitation of French poems and close textual analy- sis, and discussion of selected works. ♦ 420-421-422 Topics in French Literature (3) (3) (3) Each topics course provides an in-depth study of a significant aspect of French culture, art, or literature, its history and influences, and/or its principal exponents, creative artists, and advocates. Topics will be announced annually by the French faculty.
Offerings in English (EFR): Interdisciplinary and Culture-Cluster Courses ■ # EFR 220 French Civilization (3) (In Enghsh) A study of France's political and educational sys- tems and economic and religious institutions with emphasis on contemporary aspects,
GERMAN
Symbol: GER
101-102 Elementary German I-II (3) (3)
Fundamentals of German grammar, syntax, and pronunciation Introduction to German culture through easy-reading texts. The audio-lingual method is employed. Language laboratory drill is required.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit. ■ Culture Cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
College of Arts and Sciences
Foreign Languages
201-202 Intermediate German I-II (3) (3) Review of grammar and syntax. Readings in German litera- ture as a basis for class discussion in German and practice in composition. Language laboratory drill required for remedial work only, PREREQ; GER 102 or equivalent.
NOTE: All advanced literature and civilization courses include lectures and discussion in the for- eign language, and all student papers and e.xainina- tions must be written in the foreign language. #221 German Civilization (3) (In German) An analysis of the major contributions of German civi- lization to western culture in the areas of art. music, science, and literature. PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent.
222 Austrian Civilization (3) This course is almost identical to EGE 323; slightly different readings in German will be offered Discussions are in German.
303-304 Advanced German Grammar and Composition I-II (3) (3) The more complex gram- matical and syntactical structures of the language with particular attention to stylistics. Practice in writing compositions on a more advanced level with emphasis on correct usage. PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent.
305 Survey of German Literature I (3) German literature from its earliest beginnings to 1800. PRE- REQ: GER 202 or equivalent.
306 Survey of German Literature II (3) German literature from 1800 to the present PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent.
307-308 Advanced Oral German I-II (3) (3) In- tensive drill in the oral use of the language to deve- lop proficiency in listening comprehension and speaking. PREREQ: GER 303 or equivalent. 365 German Phonetics (3) Description and prac- tice in the sounds of the German language and its major dialectical differences. Comparative analysis with English. PREREQ: LIN 230
400 20th-century German Literature in Translation (3) (In English) A study of selected novels, short stories, and plays from the German literature of the 20th century. An introduction to some of the modem writers of the German-speak- ing world from the perspective of the social and political developments in modem Germany.
401 The Age of Goethe (3) German literary doc- trines and masterpieces of the periods of Enlighten- ment, Storm and Stress, and Classicism PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent
402 Contemporary German Literature (3) Works of the principal German writers of the 20th century. PREREQ: GER 202 or equivalent
403 20th-century German Masterpieces: Kafka, Mann, Hesse (3) An in-depth analysis of the prose works of three major 20th-century German writers. In our close reading of these works, we shall consider such narrative techniques as point-of-view, ambiguity, and irony as well as such German intellectual and artistic contributions as Expressionism, psychoanalysis, and the Bildungsroman. Taught in conjunction with EGE 403.
404 German Artists as Social Conscience: Postwar German Literature and Film (3) An
examination of the political and social issues of contemporary Germany through an analysis of lit- erary and cinematic texts Discussion topics include the Holocaust, Nazism, the Second World War, the Economic Miracle, the Cold War, terrorism, the feminist and peace movements, atomic warfare, and German reunification and its aftermath. Taught in conjunction with EGE 404.
405 A Survey of German Film (3) An analysis of German films from Expressionism to the present. We shall examine the films in terms of their politi- cal and social context and as works of an. Directors include Fritz Lang, Mumau, Wiene. Fassbinder. Herzog. Schlondorff von Trolta, and Wenders. Taught in conjunction with EGE 405. 407 German Lyric Poetry (3) Modem German poetry of pre- and post-World War II. PREREQ: GER 206 or equivalent
♦ 410 Independent Studies in German Language and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced students only. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
♦ 411 Seminar in German (3) Independent study and research for upper-division students. Topics announced annually by the German faculty. PRE- REQ: Permission of instructor.
♦ 412 Seminar in German (3) Independent study and research for upper-division students. Topic announced annually by the German faculty. PRE- REQ: Permission of instructor.
Offerings in English (EGE): Interdisciplinary and Culture Cluster Courses
■ #EGE 222 German Civilization (3) An analysis of the major contributions of German civilization to western culture in the areas of an, music, science, and literature. No knowledge of German required.
■ #EGE 323 Austrian Civilization 1848-1938 An interdisciplinary study of Austrian civilization, focusing on Vienna 1848-1938. The relationship of selected cultural and intellectual developments to their political and social contexts. This course employs the perspective of many disciplines but is specifically concerned with the humanities and visual arts.
#EGE 403 20th-century German Masterpieces: Kafka, Mann, Hesse (3) An in-depth analysis of the prose works of three major 20th-century German writers. In our close reading of these works, we shall consider such narrative techniques as point-of-view, ambiguity, and irony as well as such German intellectual and artistic contributions as Expressionism, psychoanalysis, and the Bil- dungsroman. No knowledge of German required. #EGE 4(M German Artists as Social Conscience: Postwar German Literature and Film (3) An examination of the political and social issues of contemporary Germany through an analysis of liter- ary and cinematic texts. Discussion topics include the Holocaust, Nazism, the Second World War, the Economic Miracle, the Cold War, terrorism, the feminist and peace movements, atomic warfare, and German reunification and its aftermath. No knowl- edge of German required.
■ #EGE 405 A Survey of German Film (3) (Arts Elective Course) An analysis of German films from Expressionism to the present. We shall examine the films in terms of their political and social context and as works of art. Directors include Fritz Lang, Mumau, Wiene. Fassbinder. Herzog. Schlondorff von Trotla. and Wenders. No knowledge of German required.
GREEK
Symbol: GRE
101-102 Elementary Greek I-II (3) (3) Forms, grammar, and idioms of .Attic and Koine Greek. Readings in Septuaginl and New Testament Greek.
201 Intermediate Greek I (3) Readings in Socralic dialogues of Plato.
202 Intermediate Greek II (3) Homeric prosody and grammar. Reading of selected portions of the Homeric Poems.
♦ 301-302 Greek Reading I-II (3) (3) Readings in prose and verse. Authors usually selected by genre.
HEBREW
Symbol: HBW
101-102 Elementary Biblical Hebrew I-II (3) (3)
Forms, grammar, and idioms of Biblical Hebrew.
Selected readings.
201-202 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew I-II (3)
(3) Readings in the prose and poetic document of the Biblia Hebraica.
ITALIAN
Symbol: ITA
101-102 Elementary Italian I-II (3) (3) Intensive
drill, in class and in the language laboratory, with pronunciation, intonation, and basic linguistic pat- terns Introduction to Italian culture through basic dialogues and easy-reading texts. 201-202 Intermediate Italian I-II (3) (3) Review of Italian grammar and syntax. Introduction to Italian literature through short readings of interme- diate difficulty. Composition and conversation in Italian based on reading assignments. Language laboratory for remedial drill. PREREQ: ITA 102 or equivalent.
301-302 Advanced Italian Grammar and Conversation I-II (3) (3) Review and mastery of Italian grammar, with special emphasis on syntactic structure and stylistics, along with intensive oral drills to develop proficiency in listening compre- hension and speaking ability. 321 Italian Culture (3) An. overview of Italian geography, history, and regional cultures, along with its literary, philosophical, scientific, and artis- tic manifestations and contributions to the world. 360 Italian Cinema (3) A history of Italian cine- ma, as seen through representative works of each penod/movement.
400 Survey of Italian Literature (3) High points in Italian literature, touching upon the most impor- tant writers from the beginning to the present day.
401 Introduction to Dante, Petrarca, and Boccaccio (3) A general discussion on the impor- tance and influence of these writers on Italian and European literature and thought, as seen through some of their representative works.
402 Contemporary Italian Literature (3) A sur- vey of contemporary Italian authors through some representative selections of their works.
^ 410 Independent Studies in Italian Language and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced stu- dents only. PREREQ: Permission of instructor. ^411 Seminar in Italian I (3) Independent study and research for upper-division students. Topics announced annually by the Italian faculty. PRE- REQ: Permission of instructor. ^ 412 Seminar in Italian II (3) Independent study and research for upper-division students. Topics announced annually by the Italian faculty. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
■ EIT 221 Italian Culture (3) (In English) An overview of Italian geography, history, and region- al cultures, along with its literary, philosophical, scientific, and artistic manifestations and contribu- tions to the world.
■ EIT 260 Italian Cinema (3) (In English) A his- tory of Italian cinema, as seen through representa- tive works of each period/movement.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit. ■ Culture Cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Foreign Languages
College of Arts and Sciences
LATIN
Symbol: LAT
101-102 Elementary Latin MI (3) (3) Forms, syntax, and idioms of classical Latin Selected read- ings.
201 Cicero (3) Selections from the orations, let- ters, and essays PREREQ: LAT 101 and 102. or two years of secondary school Latin.
202 Vergil (3) Reading and analysis of celebrated portions of the Aeneid The nature of Latin epic poetry PREREQ: LAT 201 or three years of sec- ondary school Latin.
NOTE: LAT 202 or four years of secondary school Latin is a prerequisite for all following courses in Latin.
301 Teaching of Latin (3) Introduction to the problems, methods, and materials in the teaching of Latin.
302 The Latin Lyric Poets (3) Latin lyric poetry through readings in Catullus, the Odes, and Epodes of Horace Practice in the composition of lyric poetry,
303 Advanced Latin Prose Composition (3) Required of Latin majors; open to other students accepted by the instructor. The complex syntactical strtictures of Latin of classical style Translations of English into classical Latin
304 The Latin Elegiac Poets (3) Latin elegiac poetry through readings in Ovid. Tibullus. Lygdamus. Sulpicia. and Propertius Practice in the composition of elegiac poetry.
^ 305 Reading Course in Latin (3) Open to Latin majors only .Area and content to be deter- mined by the student's needs. 306 Roman Historians (3) Introduction to Roman historiography. Readings in Livy, Sallust. and Tacitus.
401 Roman Drama (3) Origins and development of Roman drama Selected plays of Plautus. Terence, and Seneca
402 Roman Philosophy (3) Introduction to Greek and Roman philosophy. Readings in Cicero. "Tusculan Disputations, " and Lucretius. "De Rerum Natura."
403 Roman Satire (3) Origins and development of Roman satire Readings in Horace. Persius. and Juvenal
404 The Latin Novel (3) Readings in Petronius. Satyricon. and Apuleius. The Golden Ass. Lectures and discussions of the emergence of the novel as a literary form
405 Medieval Latin (3) Prose and poetry from the fourth to the 17th centuries.
406 Latin Tutorial Course (3) Required of majors in Latin or Classics; open to other students accepted by the instructor. Introduction to the histo- ry of the alphabet; principles of historical and com- parative linguistics, especially as applied to Greek and Latin; and history of the Latin language as seen in ancient authors and inscriptions.
^ 410 Independent Studies in Latin Language and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced stu- dents only PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
♦ 411 Seminar in Latin (3) Independent study and research for upper-division students. Topics announced annually by the Latin faculty. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
# 412 Seminar in Latin (3) Independent study and research for upper-division students. Topics announced annually by the Latin faculty PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
PORTUGUESE
Symbol: FOR
101-102 Elementary Portuguese I-II (3) (3)
Fundamentals of Portuguese grammar, syntax, and pronunciation Introduction to Brazilian heritage and culture through graded reading selections. 201-202 Intermediate Portuguese I-II (3) (3) Review and continuation of basic Portuguese w ith emphasis on vocabulary expansion and cultural insights through increased reading Introduction to selected Portuguese and Brazilian authors. PRE- REQ POR 102
RUSSIAN
Symbol: RUS
101-102 Elementary Russian I-II (3) (3)
lntensi\e dnil in pronunciation, intonation, and basic linguistic patterns to develop fundamental communicative skills Extensive language laborato- ry work is essential
103 Intensive Elementary Russian I-II (6) Intensive drill in pronunciation, intonation, and basic linguistic patterns to develop fundamental communication skills Extensive language laborato- ry work is essential The elementary sequence, equivalent to 101-102. will be completed in one semester No previous knowledge of Russian is required
201-202 Intermediate Russian I-II (3) (3) Reinforcement and refinement of communicative skills through the continuing study and review of grammatical structures Composition and conversa- tion based on writings of intermediate difficulty by Soviet writers. Students majonng in the sciences or mathematics may elect readings pertaining to the scientific field in the second semester Extensive language laboratory work is essential PREREQ: RUS 102 or 103
203 Intensive Intermediate Russian I-II (6) Reinforcement and refinement of communicative skills through the continuing study and review of grammatical structures Extensive language labora- tory work is essential The intermediate sequence, equivalent to 201-202. will be completed in one semester. PREREQ: RUS 101-102 or 103. NOTE: All advanced literature and civilization courses include lectures and discussion in the for- eign language, and all student papers and examina- tions must be wntten in the foreign language. 301-302 .Advanced Russian Grammar and Composition I-II (3) (3) The more complex gram- matical and syntactical structures of the language, with particular attention to stylistics Practice in writing compositions on a more advanced level. with emphasis on current usage Regular use of the tape program is essential. PREREQ: RUS 202, 203. or equivalent,
303-304 .Advanced Readings in Russian Literature I-II (3) (3) Works of Russian and Soviet literature are read and analyzed. PREREQ: RUS 202. 203. or equivalent. 305-306 Russian Civilization I-II (3) (3) (In Russian) A study of the cultural, philosophical, reli- gious, and artistic contributions of Russia. PRE- REQ: RUS 202. 203. or equivalent 307-308 Advanced Oral Russian I-II (3) (3) Intensive drill in the oral use of the language to develop proficiency in listening comprehension and speaking. Regular use of the tape program is essen- tial PREREQ: RUS 202. 203. or equivalent 310 Russian Literature in Translation (3) Survey of Russian literature from its origin to the present. All works read in English No knowledge of Russian required.
365 Russian Phonetics (3) An overview of Russian phonetics, morphophonemics, and intona- tion patterns. Dialects and varieties of Russian. Phonetics and intonation practice in the language laboratory PREREQ: LIN 230.
401 The Russian Novel (3) The Russian novel and literary trends of the 19th and 20th centuries. PREREQ: RUS 202, 203. or equivalent
402 The Russian Drama (3) Works of the major dramatists of the 19th and 20th centunes PRE- REQ: RUS 202. 203. or equivalent
403 Russian Poetry of the 20th Century (3) A study of the principal Russian poets of the 20th century PREREQ: RUS 202, 203. or equivalent
^ 410 Independent Studies in Russian Language and Literature (3) Special topics for advanced stu- dents only PREREQ: Permission of instructor. ♦ 411 Seminar in Russian (3) Independent study and research for upper-division students. Topics announced annually by the Russian faculty PRE- REQ: Permission of instructor. ^ 412 Seminar in Russian (3) Independent study and research for upper-division students Topics announced annually by the Russian faculty. PRE- REQ: Permission of instructor. Offerings in English (ERU): Interdisciplinary and Culture Cluster Courses ■ # ERU 209 Soviet and Russian Culture (3) (In English) An interdisciplinary course designed to acquaint students with Russian culture and life in Russia today. No knowledge of Russian required.
SPANISH
Symbol: SPA
101-102 Elementary Spanish I-II (3) (3)
Fundamentals of Spanish grammar, syntax, and pronunciation from the oral-aural point of view. Introduction to Spanish culture through easy-read- ing texts.
200 Intermediate Research (1) Special studies in Spanish for studio art majors Approval of depart- ment required
201-202 Intermediate Spanish I-II (3) (3) Review of Spanish grammar and syntax. Readings in Spanish literature as a basis for class discussion in Spanish and practice in composition. Language laboratory drill recommended for remedial work where needed PREREQ: SPA 102 or equivalent. NOTE: All advanced courses above 202 include lectures and discussion in the foreign language, and all student papers and examinations must be written in the foreign language. 301-302 Advanced Spanish Grammar and Conversation I-II (3) (3) Review and mastery of Spanish grammar, with special emphasis on syntac- tic structures and stylistics, along with intensive oral dnlls to develop proficiency in listening com- prehension and speaking ability PREREQ: SPA 202 or equivalent,
303 Commercial Spanish (3) A practical course in learning how to write business letters, apply for jobs, fill orders, and perform other commercial transactions in Spanish PREREQ: SPA 301-302 or permission of instructor.
304 Spanish for the Professional (3) Spanish for the professional in public service fields such as law. safety, medicine, and government Emphasis on oral communication in specific, real-life situa- tions. Translation of forms and documents and the
♦ This course may be taken again for credit. ■ Culture Cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
College of Arts and Sciences
Foreign Languages
writing of professional communications PREREQ; SPA 301-302 or permission of instructor. 315 Advanced Readings in Spanish (3) Introductory readings of Spanish and Spanish- American works from a variety of sources, includ- ing literary texts Special attention to improvement of grammar, and oral and written expression PRE- REQ; SPA 301-302 or permission of instructor.
320 Civilization of Spain (3) Major contnbulions of Spain Cultural, geographic, literary, philosophi- cal, and artistic manifestations of the Hispanic world PREREQ. SPA 301-302 or permission of instructor
321 Civilization of Spanish America (3) Cultural, geographic, literary, philosophical, and artistic manifestations of the Hispanic-.'Xmerican world PREREQ: SPA 301-302 or permission of instruc- tor.
323 Language and Culture of Puerto Rico (3) (In Spanish) A study of the language and culture of Puerto Rico. Includes geography, history, immigra- tion, and emigration. Emphasis on Puerto Rican Spanish language patterns and literature Study of the mid-Atlantic Pueno Rican community PRE- REQ: SPA 301-302 or permission of instructor.
330 Survey of Spanish Literature (3) Representative selections of Spanish literature from its beginning to the present. PREREQ: SPA 315 or permission of instructor.
331 Survey of Spanish-American Literature (3) Representative selections of Spanish- American literature from 1492 to the present. PREREQ: SPA 315 or permission of instructor
365 Spanish Phonetics (3) Description and prac- tice in the sounds of the Spanish language and its major dialectical differences Comparative analysis with English. PREREQ: LIN 230 and SPA 302.
400 Spanish Literature to 1550 (3) Spanish liter- ature of the Middle Ages and Renaissance, includ- ing epic, early lyric, prose, and theater PREREQ: SPA 330 or permission of instructor
401 Spanish Literature of the Golden Age (3) Spanish literature of the 16th and 17th centuries: mysticism, drama, poetry, and the novel PREREQ: SPA 330 or permission of instructor
402 Spanish Drama of the Golden Age (3) Themes and traditions of the comedia. PREREQ: SPA 330 or permission of instructor.
404 Cervantes (3) Study of Don Quixote and Cervantes' contributions to worid literature PRE- REQ: SPA 330 or permission of instructor
405 Modern Hispanic Literature (18th and 19th Centuries) (3) Spanish and Spanish-American thought, literature, and culture as revealed in out- standing works from the neo-Classical period to the end of the 19th century. PREREQ: SPA 330 or 331 or permission of instructor.
406 The Generation of 1898 (3) A reading and evaluation of the literary and philosophical contri- butions of writers such as Unamuno and Ortega y Gasset. PREREQ: SPA 330 or permission of instructor.
407 Spanish Literature Since the Civil War Period (3) Introduction to works that represent Spanish literature from the Civil War penod to the present. Authors studied include Arrabal. Cela, Delibes, Garci Lorca, Goytisolo, Matute. Sender, and others. PREREQ: SPA 330 or permission of instructor.
408 Modem Hispanic Poetry (3) A survey of major authors and movements in Spanish and Spanish-American poetry of the 19th and 20th cen- turies. Authors include Vicente Aleixandre, Gustavo Adolfo Bequer. Ruben Dan'o. Jose Espronceda, Federico Garcia Lorca. Gabriela
Mistral, and Pablo Neruda. Movements include Romanticism, Modernism, and the avant-garde. PREREQ: SPA 330 or 33 1 or permission of instructor.
409 Contemporary Spanish-American Literature (3) A study of major authors and liter- ary movements in contemporary Spanish America, including magical realism in prose fiction, theater of the absurd, avant-garde poetrv', and modem essays PREREQ: SPA 331 or permission of instructor.
410 Contemporary Spanish-American Prose Fiction (3) A focus on 20th-century prose fiction in Spanish America The works of narratists such as Borges. Carpentier, Corlazar, Fuentes, and Garcia Marquez will be examined closely, in light of Spanish-American cultural and literary modalities. PREREQ: SPA 331 or permission of instructor.
411 Modern Spanish-.American Theater (3) A
study of the theater as a reflection of social realities including the theater of the absurd; the dynamic of play and audience. The Spanish-American stage will be analyzed through its cultural, historical, and religious contexts. PREREQ: SPA 331 or permis- sion of instructor.
412 Literature of the Hispanic Caribbean (3)
An analysis of the literature of the Hispanic Caribbean, placing it in its historical, geographical, and cultural context through a survey of major authors and movements. PREREQ: SPA 331 or permission of instructor.
413 Hispanic Women Writers (3) An examina- tion of the tradition of women writers and their works in Spain and Spanish America from the 17th century to the present. Includes fiction, poetry, and theater PREREQ: SPA 330 or 331 or permission of instructor.
414 The Black in Spanish-American Literature
(3) For undergraduates who are interested in the characterization of blacks in Spanish-American lit- erature and the political and social context of their literary portrayal.
♦ 456-457 Hispanic Literature Seminar I-II (3)
(3) Special topics for advanced students only, such as politics and literature in contemporary Latin America, the literature of discovery and conquest, the novel of the dictator, and Spanish literature dur- ing and after Franco. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
Offerings in English (ESP): Interdisciplinary and Culture Cluster Courses
■ # ESP 219 Culture and Civilization of Spain
(3) A study of the ongins and evolution of Spanish character, tradition, and thought The interrelation- ship of its history and arts. The scope of its contri- bution to Western culture. No knowledge of Spanish is required.
■ # ESP 222 Culture and Civilization of Latin America (3) Cultural, geographic, literary, philo- sophical, and artistic manifestations of the Hispanic-Amencan worid. No knowledge of Spanish is required.
■ ESP/CLS 311 Contemporary Latin American Narrative (3) An examination of Latin American narrative (short story, novella, novel, and testimoni- al literature). Spanish- and Ponuguese-language writers from South and Central Amenca, Mexico, and the Caribbean will be studied, from the period of magical realism (1950's and 1960's) through the present. They may include Isabel Allende, Jorge Amado. Miguel Angel Asturias. Jorge Luis Borges. Gabnel Garcia Marquez. Clarice Lispector. Elena Poniatowska. and Luis Rafael Sanchez.
#ESP 324 Language and Culture of Puerto Rico
(3) A study of the language and culture of Puerto Rico. Includes geography, history, immigration, and emigration. Emphasis on Puerto Rican Spanish language patterns and literature. Study of the mid- Atlantic Puerto Rican community. No knowledge of Spanish is required
#ESP 362 Beyond Columbus (3) The impact the
discovery, conquest, and colonization of the New World had on Europe is seen through diverse sources in literature, history, the arts, and related disciplines Topics include the trans-Atlantic exchange of ideas and cultures, indigenous reli- gions, ethic of conquest, evangelization, cartogra- phy, colonial science, changing views of humanity, and nature. Course includes a field trip and guest lecturers.
ESP 403 Introduction to Cervantes and Don Quixote (3) Reading the full text of Don Quixote. Important chapters and topics will be analyzed. Special emphasis given to problems of translation. No knowledge of Spanish is required.
ADDITIONAL LANGUAGES
191-192 Critical Language I-II (3) (3) Self- instructional program in one of the seldom-taught languages: .Arabic, Chinese, Dutch, Finnish, Gaelic, Japanese, Korean, Modem Greek, Modem Hebrew. Polish. Portuguese, Serbo-Croatian. Swedish, and Vietnamese The student works with an integrated text and tape program, and a tutor. By permission of the Department of Foreign Languages. Not for language requirement
193-194 Critical Language III-IV (3) (3)
Continuation of LAN 191-192.
COURSES COMMON TO ALL LANGUAGES
LAN 301 Teaching of Modern Languages: K-12
(3) Problems, methods, and matenals of teaching second languages at all levels. Observation and par- ticipation in second-language classrooms. PRE- REQ: Completion of language courses through the advanced level and LIN 230.
LAN 303 Second Languages in the Elementary School (3) Techniques and materials used in teach- ing second languages in the elementary school. Practice in the application of these techniques and observation of foreign language classes. PREREQ: Completion of intermediate level in the chosen for- eign language.
LAN 305 Introduction to Bilingual/Bicultural Education (3) Introduction to the history, philoso- phy, current status, and future directions of bilin- gual/bicullural education. Survey of materials, tech- niques, instructional processes, and instructional patterns. Overview of testing, placement, and pupil evaluation. PREREQ: Intermediate level proficien- cy in a second language and LIN 250 or equivalent.
♦ LAN 411 Topical Seminar (3) Specialized studies in language and the teaching of foreign lan- guages.
LIN 230 (also ENG 230) Introduction to Linguistics (3) See ENG 230
LIN 250 Psycholinguistics (3) Introduction to the study of relationships between language, generative models, communication theory, and learning
♦ This course may be taken again for credit. ■ Culture Cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Geography and Planning
School of Business and Public Affairs
theory. Major emphasis on natural language devel- opment and bilmgualism
#LIN 330 (also PHI 330) Introduction to Meaning (3) See PHI 330
LIN 360 (also PHI 360) Philosophy of Language
(3) See PHI 360.
LIN 380 Language and Culture (3) Language as an aspect of culture, using linguistic-perceplual- cognitive categories, social and psychological aspects of language PREREQ: LIN 230 or peimis- sion of instructor.
♦ LIN 411-412 Seminar in Linguistics (3) (3)
Specialized studies in linguistics. Topics announced
annually. PREREQ: LIN 230 or at least junior
standing.
LIN 415 (also COM 415) General Semantics (3)
See COM 415
TRANSLATION COURSES
Symbol; LAN
350 Translation I (3) Introduction to translation as a profession. A survey of the history, literature, and theories of translation and of professional organiza- tions and technical resources available to translators.
351 Translation II (3) Practical work in translat- ing a variety of matenals drawn from vanous fields, including literature, business, government, and the sciences
450 Translation III (3) Practice translating more advanced materials with specialization in one or two subject areas.
460 Field Placement (3) Internship under faculty supervision in a translation agency, business firm, or other organization or institution that has substan- tial translation work as part of its operation. ♦ CLS 309 Literature Translation Workshop (3) A writing workshop on the theory and practice of literary translation.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Geography and Planning
207 Ruby Jones Hall 610-436-2746
Arlene C. Rengert, Chairperson PROFESSORS: Rengert, Tachovsky. Thomas ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Grassel, Lewandowski, Welch ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Fasic
Geography and Planning is an academic discipline that bridges the physi- cal and social sciences. Students study the patterns and processes of human and physical phenomena in relationship to each other. Students gain knowledge that can be applied to solving societal problems and to planning for the future, whether they are taking general education or elective cours- es, acquiring specialized preparation needed for working in geography and planning and related fields, or meeting particular needs in combination with other majors in arts and sciences or professional fields. The field of geography assists students in comprehending the broad scope of the physical, cultural, and economic environments on local, national, and global scales. Geography courses develop skills and organize knowl- edge from various disciplines, and enable students to examine the inte- grated whole of a people with reference to habitat and interspatial rela- tionships. Specialized skills, such as geographic information systems tech- nology and computer cartography, provide salable skills for sUidents inter- ested in technical careers, and complement courses that teach knowledge of environmental and human situations and problems.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — GEOGRAPHY
The Bachelor of Arts in geography offers a choice of three emphases (called "tracks"): traditional geography (cultural, environmental, and economic geography including an international perspective), geograph- ic analysis, and urban/regional planning. The geographic analysis and urban/regional planning areas emphasize specialized skill development. Internships are available and are recommended for qualified students. Geography majors, as pan of their general education requirements, must take GEO 101 or 103 and achieve a grade of 2.0 or better. They also must pass ENG 120 and 121 with a grade of 2.0 or better.
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement
3. Additional Social Science Courses
4. Geography Core Requirements Required: GEO 102, 225, 310, 326, 400, and 404 ( 1 8 credits)
Track requirements taken under advisement
For geography track: five courses from specified
groups, selected under advisement (15 credits)
OR
For urban/regional planning track: GEO 214,
320, and 322, and an addifional two
courses from a specified list, selected under
advisement (15 credits)
OR
5 1 semester hours
0-15 semester hours
9 semester hours
33 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
For geographic analysis track: three courses chosen from GEO 324, 328, and 330 or 424, plus two courses from specified lists of courses selected under advisement (15 credits)
5. Cognate Courses Courses (taken under advisement) that are specifically related to identified career aspirations, and chosen outside General Requirements, or Geography Core Required of all majors: COM 101, 216, or 315 and ENG 368, 371, or 420
Required for urban/regional planning track: Two of these three: PMG 20 1 , 202, or other approved PMG course, plus one CSC course (101 level or above)
Required of geographic analysis track: CSC 1 15, 141, or 142, and one course from the fol- lowing: ECO 251; MAT 121, 421, 422; and PHI 150,422
6. Free Electives 4-19 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION- GEOGRAPHY CONCENTRATION
This is a professional degree program designed to prepare certified sec- ondary school teachers of social studies. The curriculum involves an overall social studies exposure with a concentration in geography. See the program description under "Social Studies: B.S. in Education," pages 125-126. All students in the geography concentration must com- plete seven courses.
Geography Concentration
Required courses: GEO 102, 200, 220
Plus one course from each of these four groups
GEO204, 252, 310, 312
GEO 230, 232, 336
GEO 302, 303, 304
GEO 205, 301
Minor in Geography
The geography minor provides a flexible geography focus that com- bines well with other majors.
It consists of 18 semester hours of geography courses, no more than six hours of which may be at the 100 level. The department will advise students on selection of courses appropriate to their needs. Clusters of courses may involve environmental geography, spatial technology, international courses, or courses especially suitable as preparation for social studies education, for example.
Minor in Planning 18 semester hours
The minor program in planning allows students from other majors to acquire geography and planning skills and to expand their career
21 semester hours
9 semester hours 12 semester hours
18 semester hours
School of Business and Public Affairs
Geography and Planning
possibilities to include such areas as land planning and management, conservation of resources, location of commerce and industry, and county or other local government. 1. Required Course; GEO 214 3 semester hours
Elective Courses, taken under advisement 15 semester hours
from the department
GEO 212 or 320, 216, 225 or 401, 310, 322, 324 or 326 or 330, 328, 336, 402. 403, 415, and 424
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS GEOGRAPHY
Symbol; GEO
* 101 World Geography (3) The scope of geog- raphy and understanding of the world's regions generated by it Human society is examined in a frame of spatial, environmental, and resource fac- tors. Map skills and other "tools" of geography are introduced.
102 Physical Geography (3) The study of basic principles of physical geography and of relation- ships between components of the total earth envi- ronment
* 103 Human Geography (3) An inquiry into the theoretical and applied approaches to the study of human spatial behavior and the distribution of social problems.
200 Patterns of World Cultures (3) An examina- tion of selected, non-Western areas, representing different stages of development, in the contempora- neous world. Emphasis is placed on cultural adapta- tion, innovation, and achievement of human occu- pants of these areas.
#204 Introduction to Urban Studies (3) An examination of the breadth of urban studies from the perspecnves of many social science disciplines. Philadelphia is emphasized as an object of percep- tion, as a place of life and livelihood, and as an example of continual change in the urban environ- ment. PREREQ: ENG 121. Usually offered spring semester and summer
205 Geographic Influences in American History (3) Geographic characteristics that figure promi- nently in the discovery and colonization of Amenca. and on the progressive development of the United States up to the 20th century. 214 Introduction to Planning (3) The methods of analyzing problems of urban and regional planning. Emphasis is placed on systems of housing, recre- ation, transportation, industry, and commerce. 216 Planning for Public Services (3) A study of the quality of individual life. Analysis of geograph- ic variation in social well being, problems of social systems monitoring, and social indicators used in planning.
220 Economic Geography (3) This course is con- cerned with the spatial patterns of economic activi- ties, including production, consumption, and settle- ment. It provides an understanding of their location and the processes of change. The course is interna- tional in scope, with an emphasis on the global economy.
225 Introduction to Maps and Remote Sensing (3) Introduction to mapping and remote sensing. Thorough exposure to grid coordinate systems, rep- resentative fractions/scale, map projections, and mapping systems. Also, aerial photographs, digital orthophotos. satellite images, and computers as tools. Offered in the fall semester 230 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) An inquiry into the type, size, and distribution of natural resources, and into the problems of resource management. Emphasis is placed on the United Stales.
232 Environmental Crises (3) The nature and dimensions of environmental problems with an emphasis on endangered life-support systems.
Aspects of natural and social environment systems and their mutual interrelationships. 236 Climatology (3) Climatic variations on the earth and their classification into regional types. Relationships of plants, soils, and cultures to types of climate. PREREQ: GEO 102 or permission of instructor.
252 Political Geography (3) A study of selected major themes in political geography at the regional and international levels.
301 United States and Canada (3) An examina- tion of the complexity and diversity of the physical and human landscapes of the U.S. and Canada. Both rural and urban geography are studied with an emphasis on recent geographic changes of influ- ence— such as the shift from an emphasis on pro- duction to one on service and consumption, the grow ing importance of cities, and increasing racial and ethnic diversity.
■ 302 Latin America (3) Central and South Amenca are studied with emphasis on geographic understanding of the major sources of change in recent times. The course focuses on selected indi- vidual countries in addition to presentation of the region as a whole Usually offered spring semester and summer.
■ 303 Europe (3) A regional study of Europe, excluding the former USSR. Includes a macro- study of the continent and sequential microstudies of culturalized landscapes. Usually offered spring semester and summer
■ 304 The Former Soviet Union (3) A regional study of European and Asiatic U.S S.R. with analy- sis of geographic factors that contribute to its strengths and weaknesses as a major world power. PREREQ: GEO 101 or permission of instructor. 310 Population Problems (3) The dynamic processes of population change (fertility, mortality, and migration) and the resultant changes in popula- tion distribution and composition. In addition to a substantive study of these topics, students are intro- duced to the use of primary data sources for demo- graphic description and policy recommendation. Usually offered spring semester.
312 Urban Geography (3) Analysis of panems. processes, and consequences of urban growth and development Theory of systems, size, spacing, and functions of cities Students will conduct outside analysis using real data.
320 Land Use Planning (3) An inquiry into the development of comprehensive land use studies by governmental and private agencies, emphasizing the development of skills in problem identification and resolution PREREQ: GEO 214 or permission of instructor.
322 Land Development Controls (3) An insight into the "why" and "how" of land development, emphasizing the role of local government in zoning, subdivision regulation, and other land regulations. PREREQ: GEO 214 or permission of instructor.
324 Introduction to Geographic Information Systems (3) Data sources and analysis techniques used in the planning process, with emphasis on appropriate applications. Students receive consider- able expenence in using geographic information systems technology to solve real-world problems.
325 Business Geographies (3) This course pro- vides a conceptual oveniew of geographical infor-
mation systems as well as hands-on experience of software systems used in developing business man- agement and marketing strategies Attention is focused on using CIS technology as an analysis tool to improve decision making. 326 Geographical Analysis (3) Applications of basic statistical techniques to problems of spatial significance, emphasizing the adaptation of tech- nique to problem, and the understanding and inter- pretation of specific analytical methods as applied to real-worid situations PREREQ: MAT 103 or higher-level mathematics course must be passed with a 2.0 or better prior to enrollment in GEO 326. 328 Computer Graphics (3) Structured to devel- op skills in the design and use of analytical and computer-mapping systems, the course emphasizes the techniques of spatial problem resolution and display.
330 Population Analysis (3) A course designed to develop skills in demographic research, emphasiz- ing interrelationships of population processes, use and limitation of data sources, and the understand- ing and interpretation of specific demographic and related analytical methods. PREREQ: GEO 310 or permission of instructor
335 Geography of International Trade (3) A descriptive and analytical course on the spatial structure of global commodity flows and the under- lying processes and spatial arrangements leading to spatial interaction among trading areas.
336 Environmental Planning (3) Introduction to the concepts and tools of environmental planning which include landscape form and function in plan- ning. Applications to local and regional issues are stressed.
338 Computer Applications in Social Research (3) The use of existing and student-generated pro- gramming software in the design and execution of social research.
341 Landscape Analysis (3) The study of contem- porary geographical patterns of plants and animals, and the overall processes which influence landscape development and characteristics, such as climatic and geomorphic events, and anthropogenic activities.
400 Senior Seminar in Geography (3) The study of historical and contemporary trends in geography; the design, preparation, and defense of a research proposal Offered in fall semester.
401 Cartography (4) A laboratory course to develop proficiency in the design, construction, and appropriate application of maps and map-related graphics. Offered in spring semester. PREREQ: GEO 225 or permission of instructor.
♦ 402 Topical Seminar in Geography (3) Intensive examination of a selected area of study in the field of geography. Topics will be announced at the time of offering. Course may be taken more than once when different topics are presented PRE- REQ: Junior or senior geography major or consent of instructor.
403 Planning Design (3) Selected experiences designed to assist the student (either as an individ- ual or as a member of a group) in developing profi- ciency in information-providing techniques.
* Approved distributive requirement course ■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Geology and Aslronomy
Colllege of Arts and Sciences
404 Senior Project in Geography (3) The execu- tion of the research proposal (designed m GEO 400) as an acceptable departmenlal senior research paper. Offered in spring semester PREREQ: GEO 400. ♦ 410 Independent Studies in Geography (3) Research projects, reports, and readings in geography. PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson.
^ 415 Internship in Geography and Planning
(3-15) Practical job expenence in applying geo- graphic Iheory. executing substantive research, and engaging in community sersice in selected off-cam- pus silualions Open only lo upper-division B A majors and minors in geography/ planning with permission of department chairperson.
424 Geographic Information Systems Applica- tions (3) A course to advance the student's knowl- edge of the design and implementation of geo- graphic information systems. PREREQ; GEO 324 or permission of inslniclor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Geology and Astronomy
207 Boucher Hall
610-436-2727
C. Gil Wiswall. Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Piitchard, Stolar, Wiswall
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Busch, Ehleiter, Johnson, Smith, Srogi
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Dyar, Good
The Department of Geology and Astronomy offers two Bachelor of Science degree programs. Students pursuing the Bachelor of Science in Geoscience degree program choose one of the three concentrations; Environmental Geoscience, Geology, or Eanh Systems. Offered in con- junction with the School of Education, the Bachelor of Science in Education degree with certification in Earth and Space Science con- tains three tracks: Environmental Geoscience, Geology, and Astronomy. All programs emphasize analytical skills and build upon required background course work in mathematics, chemistry, physics, and statistics. Written and oral communications are emphasized in a majority of the course work.
1. The B.S. in GEOSCIENCE programs offer specialized training in one of three fields of concentration. The environmental geoscience concentration is intended for students planning a career or graduate work in environmental fields. The program emphasizes those areas of geology most pertinent to environmental work including minerals and rocks, geochemistry, geologic structures, geophysics, and hydrology. The geology concentration is designed to prepare recip- ients for occupations in geology and/or geochemistry, including the environmental industry, as well as for studies toward advanced degrees in those areas. Its curriculum emphasizes depth in the tradi- tional disciplines of geology, including studies of igneous, meta- morphic, and sedimentary rock types, mineralogy, paleontology, structural geology, and tectonic processes. The earth systems con- centration is a liberal arts program intended for students wanting to concentrate on the breadth of the earth sciences. Students preparing for careers in fields related to the earth sciences such as environ- mental law or resource management, or those wishing to place a greater emphasis on astronomy, are encouraged to utilize this con- centration.
2. The B.S. in EDUCATION in EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCES is a professional degree program designed to prepare cenified sec- ondary school teachers with an overall science exposure and spe- cialization in the earth and space sciences. The program meets all guidelines established by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE), the Pennsylvania Department of Education (PDE), and the National Science Teachers' Association (NSTA) for earth and space science certification. The program con- tains three tracks allowing students to gain additional depth in envi- ronmental geoscience, geology, or astronomy.
A cooperative five-year program with Pennsylvania State University leading to a degree in engineering with several geoscience specialties is available. For further information about this program, refer to the Physics and Pre-Engineering section of this catalog. Regardless of which degree is pursued, all students must consult with their adviser regularly to avoid problems. Those in the B.S. in Education
program will have a second adviser in the School of Education to help the student meet the secondary education requirements.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL DEGREE PROGRAMS
1 . General Education Requirements, 38 semester hours see pages 32-35
(exclusive of math and science requirements)
2. Math and Computer Science Requirements 9- 1 0 semester hours one semester of calculus
(MAT 108, 161, or above), CSC 115 or 141, and MAT 121
3. Science Cognate Requirements 9 semester hours CHE 103 and CRL 103, PHY 130 or 170
4. Earth Science Courses 1 1 semester hours ESS 101,202, and 204
5. A grade of C- or better must be achieved for all required courses within the department including the required electives; as well as those in biology, chemistry, computer science, math, and physics.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — GEOSCIENCE
1 . Additional Science Cognates 9 semester hours CHE 104 and CRL 104: PHY 140 or 180
2. Core Requirements 6 semester hours ESL 201 and ESS 478
3. To complete the program, students must fulfill the requirements of one of the concentrations described below. All students are encour- aged to take additional science or interdisciplinary courses as elec- tives (listed under Distributive Requirements). Most ESS courses listed below have ESS 101 or ESS 1 1 1 as prerequisites. For addi- tional prerequisites, see individual course descriptions.
Concentration in Environmental Geoscience
Required courses 29 semester hours
BIO 100 or 1 10; ESS 230, 236, 313, 321, 420, 439, 442; MAT 162
Electives 1 2 semester hours
Selected under advisement from CHE 231, CHE/CRL 321; ESS 333, 343, 405, 450
Concentration in Geology
Required courses 25 semester hours
ESS 321, 331, 333, 405, 420, 450; MAT 162 Electives 9 semester hours
Selected under advisement from CHE 231,
CHE/CRL 321; ESS 313, 410, 439, 442
Concentration in Earth Systems
Required courses 1 8 semester hours
ENG 371; ESS 111, 230, 270, 307; SCB 210 Electives (ESS or ESL prefix) 9 semester hours
Completed with approval of the adviser Electives 1 5 semester hours
A minimum of 15 additional credits in one
department (including Geology and Astronomy)
with the approval of the adviser
College of Arts and Sciences
Geology and Astronomy
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION IN EARTH AND SPACE SCIENCES
30 semester hours
7 semester hours
19 semester hours
Secondar>' Education Requirements, including SCE 350
2. Additional Science Cognates BIO 1 10 and a minimum of four or more semester hours at a higher level in BIO, CHE, or PHY
3. Core Requirements ESL 230. ESS 1 1 1. 230, 236, 270, and any two of the following: ESS 102. IND 201, and SCB210
4. To complete the program, students must fulfill the requirements of one of the tracks described below. All students are encouraged to take additional science or interdisciplinary courses as electives (list- ed under Distributive Requirements). Most ESS courses listed below have ESS 101 or ESS 1 1 1 as prerequisites. For additional prerequisites, see individual course descriptions.
Environmental Geoscience Track 9 semester hours
ESL 201 and ESS 332 or 371 At least one of the following:
£88 313,327.343,439,442
Geology Track 9- 1 0 semester hours
ESL 201
At least two of the following courses:
ESS 3 1 3. 327. 33 1 , 333, 405, 420, or 450
Astronomy Track 9- 1 0 semester hours
ESS 355
At least two of the following courses: ESS 293, 307, 353. 354. 362, 475
5. Students are encouraged to obtain Certification in General Science in addition to Earth and Space Science. See catalog for require- ments.
Minor Programs 15 semester hours
Students may choose to minor in any of the following programs.
Courses are selected with the approval of the student's adviser.
1. Astronomy
ESS 1 1 1 plus four other astronomy courses (15)
2. Earth Science
ESS 101, 111, 230, and 270, plus one course in earth science. ESL 230 is optional. (15)
3. Geology
ESS 101 plus four other geology courses (15)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS GEOLOGY AND ASTRONOMY
Symbol: ESS unless otherwise shown
•101 Introduction to Geology (3) The earths composition and hisiorv: the processes that occur on and within the earth. Two hours of lecture and two hours of lab.
#102 Humans and the Environment (3) A study of the ability of humans to sunive and maintain their life quality, considenng the limited resources and recycling capacity of planet Earth. •Ill General Astronomy (3) A descriptive course, including the composition and evolution of solar and stellar systems. Two hours of lecture and two hours of lab
ESL 201 Fundamentals of Techniques in Geology (3) An inu-oduction to the basic methods of geologic data collection, analysis, and presenta- tion; literature research; and report writing. One weekend field uip is required PREREQ: ESS 101. 202 Minerals and Rocks (4) Ongins of important minerals, rocks, and ore deposits. Observation, data collection, and analysis applied to the study of min- erals and rocks. Hands-on experience in sample identification in the laboratory and field. Introduc- tion to techniques of materials analysis. Required one-day field trip on a weekend PREREQ: ESS 101; CHE 103 and 104 are strongly recommended. 204 Historical Geology (4) The geologic history of the earth and the evidence for this history. Laboratory included
206 Gemstones (3) A survey of gem formation, identification, fashioning, and evaluation. For the general student. Demonstrations, specimens, and field trips complement lecture topics. No science background is assumed.
230 Introduction to Oceanography (3) A survey of our present knowledge of the waters and floors of the oceans.
ESL 230 Introduction to Oceanography Laboratory (1)
236 Environmental Geology (3) The application of geological information to human problems encountered in natural phenomena, such as flood- ing, earthquakes, coastal hazards, and man-made concerns, including waste disposal, land use. and
global change PREREQ: ESS 101 or permission of instructor.
270 Introduction to Meteorology (3) A study of the principles governing the earth's atmosphere and how these principles determine weather conditions 293 Introduction to Space Science (3) Formal and informal lectures and discussions. Use of cur- rent literature. In-depth study of a topic of the stu- dent's choice.
307 Geology of the Solar System (3) The geolo- gy, origin, evolution, and properties of planets, comets, asteroids, moons, and meteontes 313 Geochemistry (3) The chemistry of the earth and its relation to geologic processes. PREREQ; ESL 201.
321 Geometries (3) Application of computational and statistical methods to geologic problems. Geologic samphng. data comparisons in environ- mental, petrologic. paleontologic, and geochemical problems.
323 General Geologic Field Studies of South- eastern Pennsylvania (3) Occurrence, relation- ships, and geologic history of the rocks, minerals, and soils of this area, studied at representative loca- tions. PREREQ: ESS 202. ESL 327 Electron Microscopy I (3) A one- semester lecture/laboratory course in theory opera- tion and applications of electron beam technology in scientific research.
ESL 329 Electron Microscopy II (3) A one- semester lecture/laboratory course in advanced the- ories of electron microscopy in scientific research Emphasis on individual projects. PREREQ: ESL 327.
331 Introduction to Paleontology (3) Identifica- tion and study of common fossils in order to under- stand their life processes and geologic significance. PREREQ: One course in geology
332 Advanced Oceanography (3) An advanced course in oceanography covering marine resources, oceanographic literature, animal-sediment relation- ships, field techniques, estuanes. salt marshes, sea level changes, and pollution PREREQ: ESS 230.
333 Crystallography and Optical Mineralog)- (3) Application of the principles of symmetry and crystal chemistry to understand the properties of minerals and rocks Use of the petrographic micro-
scope to identify minerals in thin section. PRE- REQ: CHE 104. ESL 201. and ESS 202. 343 Geomorphology I (3) Constfuctional and degradational forces that have shaped present land- forms and are constantly reshaping and modifying landforms. Interpretation of geologic and topo- graphic maps; field studies PREREQ: ESS 101 or GEO 101.
353 Nautical Astronomy (Celestial Navigation) (3) Technical skills including celestial coordinates, principles of time, the navigational triangle, lines of position, and star identification PREREQ: ESS III.
ESL 353 Nautical Astronomy Laboratory (1) Observation will be taken in the real sky and with a water honzon. and data will be reduced to deter- mine the position of the observer.
354 Archeoastronomy (3) Astronomical skills of the Babylonians. Egyptians, Greeks. Chinese, Maya, Incas. Aztecs, and the North American Indians PREREQ: ESS 1 1 1 or permission of instructor
355 Intermediate .\stronomy (3) An analytical and qualitative analysis of selected astronomical phenomena. Topics include telescope optics (including photographic and photoelectric attach- ments), lunar and planetary orbits, stellar motions and magnitudes, galactic classifications, and dis- tances Two hours of lecture and two hours of lab. PREREQ: ESS 111.
362 History of Astronomy (3) Development of astronomical theones from the ancient Greeks until the :Oth centuo'. PREREQ: ESS 1 1 1. 371 Advanced Meteorology (3) A continuation of the study of the principles governing the earth's atmosphere and how these principles determine weather conditions. PREREQ: ESS 270.
394 Geology of the Northv* estern National Parks (4) Field course.
395 Geology of the Southwestern National Parks (4) Field course
405 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrologv' (4) Theories of the formation of igneous and metamor- phic rocks based on field occurrence, physical properties, geochemistry, thermodynamics, and
* Approved distributive requirement course
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Hcukh
School of Health Sciences
petrography Classification and identification of rocks Laboratory and field examination of rocks. PREREQ: ESL 201. ESS 304 408 Field Geology I (3) Practical experience in the techniques and tools of the field geologist PREREQ: 405
410 Techniques in Mineralogy (3) Individual stu- dent projects involving minerals in which some analytical technique, such as the petrographic microscope or X-ray diffraction, is used PREREQ: ESS 202 and permission of instructor 420 Structural Geology (4) Determination of the sequential development and the forces involved in the various structural features of the earth PRE- REQ: ESL 201, ESS 202. 425 Tectonics (3) To appreciate how the surface of the planet evolves; why things are where they are.
435 Remote Sensing (3) An introduction to the science and technology of remote sensing and the applications of remote sensing data to geology, oceanography, meteorology, and the environment Includes a discussion of the history and principles of remote sensing; fundamentals of electromagnetic radiation; theory and types of active and passive remote sensing systems; fundamentals of image interpretation; digital analysis of LANDSAT and AVHRR data; operation of environmental .satellites; and future imaging systems 439 Hydrology (3) The factors that control the distribution, occurrence, and recoverabilily of
groundwater; techniques for locating and estimating recoverable water; groundwater pollution and waste water disposal Familiarity with calculus is recom- mended PREREQ: ESS 236. 442 Geophysics (3) Gravitational, magnetic, seis- mic (refraction and reflection), and electrical prop- erties of rocks and minerals in the earth. Physical principles of the earth; geophysics in relation to economic deposits. PREREQ; MAT 162 and PHY 140 or 180.
450 Sedimentation and Stratigraphy (4) Deve- lopment of the relative geological time, methods, and techniques for the description and evaluation of the total environment of the time of the formation of stratified rock.
♦ 460 Internship (1-18) Work with industry, or local, slate, or federal government agencies under faculty supervision
475 Introduction to the Planetarium (3) Princi- ples and use of the planetarium in a teaching situa- tion Specific projects are assigned PREREQ: ESS 111
♦ 478 Earth Science Seminar (3) Reports on special topics and current development
♦ 480 Special Problems (1-3) Reports on special topics and current developments in the earth and space sciences. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
490 Fundamentals of Soil (3) The properties of soils, edaphology, and pedology: chemical, physi-
cal, and biological factors. Soil genesis and classifi- cation. ♦ 491 Independent Study (1-3)
#IND 201 Unified Science (3) An interdisciplinary course dealing with methodologies used by all sci- entists; an analysis of the concepts that find expres- sion in all of the biological and physical sciences.
#SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe
(3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the theory and evidence of the first three minutes of the universe and formation of the stars, galaxies, plan- ets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis of organic evolution. PREREQ: High school or col- lege courses in at least two sciences. SCE 310 Science for the Elementary Grades (3) A course to prepare the elementary teacher for teaching science Selected units or problems that cut across vanous fields of science. Methods and processes of science and available resources. PRE- REQ: Completion of science and mathematics gen- eral education requirements. Must reach junior sta- tus by the end of the previous semester
SCE 350 Science Education in the Secondary School (3) Philosophy, objectives, and methods of leaching science Practical experience provided. PREREQ: A major in liberal arts or secondary edu- cation (sciences)
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Department of Health
207 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Cenler
610-436-2931
Sheila M. Patterson, Chairperson
Bethann Cinelli, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Cinelli. Mustalish, Nye, Sheehan, Young
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Carson, Goetz, Harris, Sankaran,
Shorten ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Boyle, James, Patterson ADJUNCT PROFESSORS: Albright. Evans, Fellows, Furio,
LeRoy, Robbins, Therkauf, Wix The Department of Health offers three programs leading to a Bachelor of Science degree and also offers an Associate of Science degree in respiratory care.
1. The B.S. in HEALTH EDUCATION prepares an individual to teach in grades K through 12. Upon completion of the degree, students take the mandated examination to certify teachers in Pennsylvania. Students passing the exam will receive an Instructional Level I Certificate to teach health education. The B.S. in health education also is accredited by the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the American Association for Health Education (AAHE) and the Peruisylvania Department of Education.
2. The B.S. in PUBLIC HEALTH is designed to provide students with the competencies needed for a career in public health. Students selecting this program will take a public health core of courses and select one of the concentrations from the following:
a. PUBLIC HEALTH— HEALTH PROMOTION. Prepares stu- dents for a career as a public health practitioner in hospitals, health departments, health agencies, and industry. The program provides a comprehensive basic science background as well as a strong public health foundation. This is an approved program by the Society of Public Health Educators (SOPHE) and AAHE.
b. PUBLIC HEALTH— ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH. Prepares students for careers as environmental health scientists in indus-
try, consulting firms, government, and academia. The program synthesizes a rigorous general scientific preparation with spe- cialized applied courses in a wide range of environmental health science disciplines, such as industrial hygiene, hazardous waste management, and water quality.
c. PUBLIC HEALTH— NUTRITION. Prepares students for
careers in dietetics, which include community nutrition, foodser- vice management, and clinical nutrition. This program meets the American Dietetic Association's (AD. A.) knowledge require- ments for entry-level dietitians. Graduates of the program will have fulfilled these requirements. However, following gradua- tion students must successfully complete an A.D.A.-accredit- ed internship to qualify to take the registration examination for dietitians. Graduates who pass this examination are recog- nized by the AD. A. as registered dietitians. Faculty advisers provide assistance to students in identifying and submitting applications to these postgraduate internships.
The B.S. in HEALTH SCIENCE is for students who have complet- ed a certificate or associate's degree program in such health science areas as dental hygiene, respiratory therapy, occupational therapy, medical technology, and cardiovascular technology. The program gives professionals the chance to build on their technical education already received and to develop academic competency in a related field. General education requirements and health courses are needed for completion of the B.S. in health science. A school dental hygiene certification concentration of 1 8 credits is offered under this degree.
The A.S. in RESPIRATORY CARE is offered in association with Bryn Mawr Hospital. Graduation from the program satisfies the entrance requirement for the Written Registry Examination and the Clinical Simulation Examination given by the National Board for Respiratory Care. Successful completion of these examinations qualifies the candidate as a registered respiratory therapist. Most respiratory therapists are employed by hospitals and home health care agencies.
School of Health Sciences
Health
Academic Policies
1. Repealing Courses
Department of Health majors who earn less than a C (2.0) in select- ed program requirements may be required to repeat such courses. Students should discuss these requirements with their advisers.
2. Overall GPAs for student teaching, internships, and field experi- ences
a. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA is required of all school health education majors for student teaching assignments.
b. A minimum 2.3 cumulative GPA is required of environmental health and nutrition majors for mtemships or field experience assignments.
c. A minimum 2.5 cumulative GPA is required for health promo- tion majors for internships.
For students not meeting these requirements, supplementary course work will be advised.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.S. PROGRAMS
General Education Requirements, 51 semester hours
see pages 32-35
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — HEALTH EDUCATION
1 . Health Education Core 52 semester hours ENV 102, HEA 103. 206, 220, 242, 303, 304,
306, 330, 341. 342, 403, 404, 405, 410, and 440
2. Professional Education Requirements 18 semester hours EDA 100, EDE 406, EDF 100. EDM 300, and
EDP 250 and 351
3. Cognate Requirements 1 1 semester hours BIO 100*. 259, and 269; CHE 100*, COM 101,
CSC 101*, MAT 103*. PHI 180*. PSY 100*, and SOC 200*
4. Continuation Requirements
All ENV and HEA courses, C or better.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — PUBLIC HEALTH
All public health students are required to complete one of three concen- trations:
A. Public Health — Health Promotion
1. Cognate Requirements: 30 semester hours BIO 1 10*, 204. 259, 269; CHE 102*;
COM 101; CSC 101*; PSY 100*; SOC 200*
2. Public Health Core Requirements: 39 semester hours HEA 240, 242, 306, 330, 341. 342, 343,
419,420,421
3. Elective Requirements (selected under 18 semester hours advisement) ENV 350; HEA 106, 110, 300,
303, 304, 305, 310, 311, 325, 331, 410, 438, 440; NSG 316; SOC 361
4. Grade Requirements:
In order to count towards the Bachelor of Science in Public Health/Health Promotion, all cognate, public health core, and elective classes require a minimum grade of C.
B. Public Health — Environmental Health
I. Required: 47 semester hours
BIO 1 10, 204; CHE 103 and 104; CRL 103/104; CSC 101; ENV 350, 451, 455, 456; HEA 341; MAT 121
9 semester hours 42 semester hours
2. Elective Environment Health Track 14 semester hours Select from one of the following:
a. Environmental Quality/Public Sector ENV 360. 435. 450. 461, 462, and 463
b. Environmental Quality/Occupational Sector ENV 435, 452, 453, 459, and 460
c. General: Any combination of the above courses taken under advisement
3. Cognate Requirements 28-29 semester hours BIO 270, CHE 231-232, CRL 232, ESL 101.
ESS 101*. MAT 161*, and PHY 130-140*
C. Public Health— Nutrition
1. Required:
a. Public Health Core: HEA 242, 306, 341
b. Nutntion Core: HEA 203, 205, 303, 309, 312, 314. 409. 411.412. 413,414, 415, 416
c. Cognates: BIO 1 10, 204, 259, 269; CHE 103, 49 semester hours 104. 230, 310; CRL 103. 104; CSC 101;
ECO 101; MAT 121; MGT 100; PSY 100; SOC 200
d. General Education (courses selected under advisement)
e. All public health core and nutrition core courses require a minimum grade of C.
f. A minimum grade of C- is required for BIO 1 10. 204. 259. 269. and CHE 104, and a minimum grade of C is required for CHE 230,310. "
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — HEALTH SCIENCE - GENERAL
1. Satisfactory completion of an allied health certificate, diploma, or A.S. degree program
2. Satisfactory completion of 128 semester hours, including
a. 51 semester hours of general education
b. Complete a minimum of 1 8 semester hours earning a C or better for each course. Students must take HEA 242, 341, and 419, and nine credits as approved by an adviser.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE — RESPIRATORY CARE
1. General Requirements 19 semester hours COM 101, ENG 120, MAT 107, PHI 180,
PSY 100, and the arts
2. Respiratory Care Requirements 44 semester hours HEA 249, 250, 251, 252, 253, 254, 255, 256,
257, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, and 266
3. Cognate Requirements 1 5 semester hours BIO 204, 259. and 269, and CHE 100*
4. Grade Requirements
a. All HEA courses, C or better
b. All other WCU courses, C- or better
Minor in Health Sciences 18 semester hours
Required course HEA 100 and 15 hours of other health courses select- ed under advisement. Nine credits must be at the 300 and 400 level. A grade of C- or better is required in each course.
' These required courses also satisfy general education requirements.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ENVIRONTVIENTAL
Symbol: ENV
#102 Humans and the Environment (3) A study of the ability of humans to survive and maintain their life quality considering the limited resources and recycling capacity of planet Earth.
350 Environmental Health (3) Methods of pro- moting health by controlling environmental factors
relating to air. water, wastes, housing, radiation, and industnal hygiene, PREREQ: BIO 1 10 and CHE 104. or permission of instructor.
360 Air Quality and Health (4) A consideration of the types and amounts of air contaminants, the atmospheric processes that transport them, and the role of air quality in human health PREREQ: ENV 350. or permission of instructor.
450 Hazardous and Solid Wastes (3) Sources, char- acteristics, and amounts of solid and hazardous wastes
and their implications for human health. Methods of collection, handling, disposal, and recycling. PRE- REQ; EN\' 350. or permission of instructor.
451 Toxic Substances (3) An investigation of the health problems caused by toxic substances in the workplace and in the general environment. PRE- REQ: BIO 204. CHE 231 (concurrent), ENV 350, or permission of instructor.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Health
School of Health Sciences
452 Industrial Hygiene (3) A study of the antici- pation, recognition, evaluation, and control of health hazards in the work environment. PREREQ: ENV 350, or permission of instructor.
453 Occupational Safety (3) A study of the recognition, evaluation, and control of safely haz- ards in the work environment. PREREQ: ENV 350, or permission of instructor.
455 Environmental Health Seminar (3) In-depth investigation and discussions on topics of particular concern or significance to the environmental health field Topics will be varied from year to year. PRE- REQ; Senior environmental health major.
456 Environmental Health Internship (12) Field placement with an environmental healih department in an industry, consulting firm, or government agency PREREQ: Senior environmental health major
460 Industrial Hygiene Techniques (3) Students will learn evaluation techniques for monitoring the industrial environment in a laboratory setting as well as in the field, such as checking air quality, air flow, noise, heat stress, and radiation Evaluation of personal protective equipment, and pulmonary function and audiometric testing also will be inves- tigated PREREQ: ENV 350, 452, or permission of instructor
461 Introduction to Watersheds (3) An introduc- tion to the concept of watersheds and a discussion on how waterbome disease agents are distributed within a drainage basin Emphasis is placed on methods of assessing pollution of water resources.
462 Water Quality and Health (4) An examina- tion of the quality and quantity requirements of sur- face and subsurface water resources used for dnnk- ing water supplies Laboratory included. PREREQ: ENV 350, or permission of instructor.
463 Wastewater Systems (4) An evaluation of the human health implications of liquid wastes; sources, waste characteristics, treatment, and dis- posal will be considered Laboratory included PREREQ; ENV 350, or permission of instructor.
HEALTH
Symbol: HEA
100 Dimensions of Wellness (3) Fundamental concepts of health and wellness exploring several health-related areas with an opportunity for person- al lifestyle change conducive to better health.
103 Drugs and Society (3) Provide knowledge regarding the use and abuse of substances in our society and the impact on the individual, family, and community. Teaching strategies also will be incorporated,
104 Human Sexuality (3) Study of sexuality as it relates to self; the interrelationships with people.
105 Consumer Issues (3) Study of consumer issues today that relate to the field of health
106 Death and Dying (3) Current controversial issues concerning death and dying. How involved persons cope with death.
109 Health Issues of Women (3) The needs and concerns of women as consumers in our present health care system. Various biological, psychologi- cal, and social topics will be discussed.
110 Transcultural Health: Principles and Practices (3) This course examines the health beliefs and practices of a variety of subcultural groups in the United Stales. Emphasis is placed on the application of multicultural health beliefs and practices. It utilizes the cross-cultural approach in meeting the health needs of clients and families. It
IS open to all University students, regardless of major
201 Health Education I (3) An overview of health topics: wellness, consumer issues, diseases, dental care, and community health resources. Teaching strategies and resources will be incorpo- rated
202 Health Education II (3) An overview of health topics: mental health, aging, and death and dying Teaching strategies and resources will be incorporated
203 The Dietetic Profession (1) An introduction to the profession of dietetics and its three domains, code of ethics, and history. Occupational opportu- nities and routes to dietetic registration will be dis- cussed Onenlation to the public health/nutrition curriculum will be provided
205 Principles of Food Selection and Prepa- ration (4) Nutritionally based study of the basic principles of food selection and preparation with an emphasis on food safety Comparative study and integration of convenience food and traditionally prepared food. Includes one credit hour of foods laboratory
206 Human Development (3) A lifespan approach to the study of human development in the physical, cognitive, and psychosocial domains.
220 Field Experience in Health (1) Opportunities for observation and field expenence in health sci- ence settings
240 Foundations of Health (3) Introductory course for undergraduate majors in health promo- tion/education Pnmary emphasis on the philosoph- ical, histoncal. and theoretical foundations of the profession
242 Introduction to Public and Community Health (3) This course is intended to provide the student with an overview of public and community health concepts in the United Slates.
249 Respiratory Therapy Equipment (3) Study of the equipment utilized in the delivery of respira- tory care
250 Bronchopulmonary Hygiene (3) An in-depth study of respirators' care modalities utilized in the maintenance of bronchopulmonary hygiene, includ- ing humidity and aerosol therapy, sustained maxi- mal inspiration, IPPB therapy, chest physical thera- py, and airway maintenance
251 Oxygen Therapy (2) An overview of basic science relevant to respiratory therapy is followed by the study of the manufacture, storage, and trans- port of medical gases, regulators, and metering devices, oxygen therapy, and oxygen analysis.
252 Medical Terminology (1) An introduction to medical terminology using a programmed instruc- tion, self-learning technique. Includes chart format, word parts, pulmonary terminology abbreviations, and an overview of respiratory anatomy.
253 Aspects of Respiratory Therapy I (2) A dis- cussion of topics essential to the provision of com- prehensive respiratory therapy. Topics include patient care, CPR, and psychosocial issues.
254 Clinical Practice I (2) An introduction to clinical respiratory care consisting of rotations through patient care areas followed by discussion of experiences and correlation to didactic work.
255 Pulmonary Function Evaluation (2) A com- prehensive study of various pulmonary function evaluation techniques Includes bronchoscopy and arterial blood gas analysis.
256 Mechanical Ventilation (3) A comprehensive study of mechanical ventilation, including the physiology of positive pressure breathing, tech-
niques of ventilation, charactenstics of commonly used ventilators, and monitoring of the ventilator- patient system.
257 Respiratory Physiology (2) An in-depth study of breathing mechanics, pulmonary circula- tion, ventilation/perfusion ratios, regulation of ven- tilation, and gas transport.
258 Aspects of Respiratory Therapy II (2) A
continuation of HEA 253. Topics include rehabili- tation, home care, administration and organization, respiratory pharmacology, and infection-control techniques.
259 Clinical Practice II (4) An intensive exposure to noncritical patient care areas Performance eval- uation of basic therapies to include humidity, aerosol, oxygen, chest inflation techniques, suction- ing, and chest physical therapy
260 Cardiopulmonary Diseases (2) A compre- hensive study of cardiopulmonary diseases and treatment. Includes pulmonary diagnostic proce- dures.
261 Respiratory Therapy Seminar I (2) Includes critical, wntten analysis, and discussion of perti- nent respiratory care literature as well as elements of research relevant to the respiratory care profes- sion The students culminate their study of respira- tory care by designing and implementing a minire- search project.
262 Clinical Practice III (2) An introduction to cntical and specialized respiratory care areas fol- lowed by discussions and correlation to didactic work.
263 Cardiopulmonary Evaluation (3) An in- depth study of monitoring and evaluation tech- niques including modules on cardiopulmonary physiology, electrocardiographic monitoring, and hemodynamic monitonng. Interpretation and appli- cation data is emphasized Appropriate lab expen- ence is included.
264 Clinical Practice IV (5) An intensive expo- sure to cntical care and specialized areas of respira- tory care Performance evaluation of therapies and procedures to include mechanical ventilator set-up, and evaluation, neonatal ventilator set-up. pul- monary function assessment, arterial line set-up, and artenal line blood withdrawal
265 Pediatric/Neonatal Respiratory Care (2) A
comprehensive study of neonatal and pediatric res- piratory care, including fetal lung development, pathophysiology of the neonate and pediatric patient, and related respiratory care procedures.
266 Pharmacology (2) An in-depth study of vari- ous drug categories including drug-dose response and principles of absorption, distribution, metabo- lism, and excretion.
300 Professional Ethics and the Health Profes- sions (3) This course examines ethical issues rele- vant to the professional roles of health profession- als. Students will examine ethical principles and apply a model of ethical decision making to case studies. Other areas addressed include professional codes of ethics, ethical concerns in health behavior change, health communications, and health educa- tion research.
301 Health for the Elementary Grades (3)
Provides basic health content and instructional methodology for preservice elementary teachers.
303 Introductory Principles of Human Nutri- tion (3) Practical approach to the role nutrition and dietetics play in improving the quality of our lives — socially, physically, mentally, and emotion- ally. Dispelling of fads and fallacies.
School of Health Sciences
Health
304 Family Life and Sex Education (3) The pur- pose of this course is to prepare the health profes- sional to develop and teach appropnate K-12 fami- ly life education curricula.
305 Contraceptive Technology and Health Issues (3) The course will teach contraceptive methods, reasons for a society's acceptance or rejection of certain methods, and the effect on the health care delivery system.
306 Curriculum and Instruction in Health (3) This course provides the knowledge and skills for the development, implementation, and evaluation of K-12 comprehensive school health curriculums.
307 Consumer Nutrition (3) Consumer approach to the roles foods and nutrition play in improving the quality of our lives — socially, physically, men- tally, and emotionally. PREREQ: HEA 303 or equivalent
309 Nutrition Through the Life Cycle (3) A study of nutritional needs and dietary concerns of people from conception to old age PREREQ; HEA 303.
310 Love and Marriage (3) Defines love and marriage for the student and teaches the skills essential to fulfilling those needs.
312 Experimental Foods (4) A study of the chem- ical, physical, and biological effects of processing, storage, and food preservation on the structure, composition, palatability. and nutritive value of food. Includes one credit hour of laboratory. PRE- REQ: CHE 103. 104. 310; CRL 103, 104; HEA 205; BIO 204 may be taken concurrently 314 Quantity Food Production (5) A basic course in quantity food production. Emphasis is placed on the essentials of operating a foodservice facility — menu planning, purchasing, storage, issu- ing, food production, service, distribution, and quality control. Includes two credit hours of quanti- ty foods laboratory. PREREQ: HEA 205 320 Positive Aspects of Aging (3) Descnbes past. present, and projected information concerning the aging process in normal human development 325 Stress Management (3) Comprehensive sur- vey of stress concepts, theories, and management techniques. Emphasis is placed on personal applica- tion.
330 Health Behavior (3) Individual and group health behavior of children and adults at different levels of wellness and in various settings Past and current theories of health behavior with methods of application by health professionals will be included. PREREQ; HEA 240 and 242.
331 Health Promotion in the Workplace (3) A study of current health promotion efforts and pro- grams for employees and management personnel at the worksite.
341 Chronic and Communicable Diseases (3) A study of the disease process, including causes, effects, and control of selected diseases with an emphasis on disease prevention and health promo- tion. PREREQ; BIO 259/269, HEA 242. or permis- sion of instructor.
342 Program Planning and Evaluation (3) Provides an in-depth study of the program planning process and evaluation methods. Needed skills are developed and experience given in writing pro- grams from assessment through evaluation with both hypothetical and real populations. PREREQ; HEA 240. 241,341.
343 Advanced Program Planning and Evalua- tion (3) Advanced course for health professionals
Major emphasis on program implementation and evaluation. Overview of grantwnting provided. PREREQ: HEA 330. 342
403 Student Teaching: Elementary School (3) Practical classroom experience in teaching health education at the elementary level PREREQ; Must have full admission status in teacher education cer- tification and completed a minimum of 28 credits of the required health courses including HEA 306.
404 Student Teaching: Middle School (6) Practical classroom expenence in teaching health education. PREREQ; Must have full admission sta- tus in teacher education cenification and completed 34 credits of the required health courses including HEA 306.
405 Student Teaching: Secondary School (6) Practical classroom teaching in health education. PREREQ; Must have full admission status in teacher education certification and completed 34 credits of the required health courses including HEA 306.
408 Dental Hygiene: Field Experience (6) Field experiences for dental hygienists who are working towards certification as public school dental hygienists. PREREQ: EDF 100. EDM 300. EDP 250 and 35 1 . and HEA 306.
409 Professional Skills in Dietetics (3) A focus on the development of nutrition counseling and communication/media technology skills. An appre- ciation of multiculturalism will be promoted. A familiarization with dietetics-related professional organizations, graduate school opportunities, and dietetic internships will be provided. Assistance with the dietetic internship and graduate school application process will be given. PREREQ; All professional courses except HEA 414. 415. 416.
410 Mental Health (3) Designed to aid persons in improving their understanding of themselves and others. Emphasis on ways to recognize mental health problems.
411 Advanced Human Nutrition I (3) In-depth examination of the digestion, transport, and metab- olism of carbohydrates, lipids, and proteins. Special emphasis is placed on metabolic interrelationships and hormonal control of the three processes men- tioned above. PREREQ; BIO 1 10. 259. 269; CHE 103, 104. 230. 310; CRL 103. 104; HEA 303; HEA 309 may be taken concurrently.
412 Advanced Human Nutrition II (3) In-depth examination of the digestion, transport, and metab- olism of vitamins, minerals, and w ater. Special emphasis is placed on digestive and metabolic interrelationships and hormonal control. PREREQ: HEA 411
413 Medical Nutrition Therapy I (3) This course covers nutritional assessment, drug-nutrient interac- tions, nutritional therapy in diseases of infancy and childhood, gastrointestinal diseases, diseases of the liver and gallbladder, and surgery. PREREQ: HEA 341,412.
414 Medical Nutrition Therapy II (3) This course covers nutritional therapy in coronary heart disease and hypertension, diabetes mellitus, renal disease, cancer, and disabling diseases. PREREQ; HEA 414
415 Community Nutrition (3) A study of the community nutrition programs and services at all levels of development. Course covers nutrition pro- gram planning, implementation, and evaluation; socioeconomic and cultural context of programs and services; an examination of the political and legislative process as it relates to nutrition legisla- tion; and the role of the community nutntionist. PREREQ; HEA 242, 303, 309.
416 Foodservice Systems Management (4) .\
study of the organization and administration of foodservice systems and the functions and responsi- bilities specific to management: decision making, planning, organizing, staffing, leading, and control- ling Management of human resources, food, mate- rials, capital, facilities, and markets as related to vanous hospitality systems will be examined. PRE- REQ; ECO 101, HEA 314, MOT 100.
419 Research Methods in Health (3) This course will give students an introduction to research issues in the health professions. Students will gain an understanding of the reasons for research, designing research studies, research techniques, principles of instrumentation, data interpretation, and data pre- sentation.
420 Health Marketing and Communications (3)
The purpose of this course is to prepare students for work expenences as a health educator. Major emphasis will be placed on marketing and health communication strategies PREREQ: BIO 204, 259, 269; CHE 102; HEA 306. 342.
421 Public Health Internship (12) A practical, full-time work experience in a hospital, public health agency, or company, jointly supervised by an on-site supervisor and a public health faculty member PREREQ; HEA 343. 419. 420. and a cumulative GP.'k of 2.5 or above.
♦ 425 Independent Study (1-3) The student will initiate a health-related research study or project under faculty supervision
♦ 435 Health Workshop (1-6) Special workshops on contemporar)' health problems and issues. Topics announced at time of offering.
436 Health Care Delivery: Trends, Challenges, and Opportunities (3) This course will provide an overview of the organization and financing of the current US health care system, the need for reform, and initiatives to meet the health needs of all Americans.
438 Understanding AIDS/HIV Infection (3) Students will learn basic information about the dis- ease process, transmission and risk behaviors, treat- ment options, and legal and ethical issues surround- ing HIV infection. Pnmary emphasis will address the impact of AIDS/HIV on those with the disease, as well as the psychosocial factors influencing part- ners, family members, and health care profession- als Societal responses to the AIDS/HIV epidemic also will be interwoven throughout the topics. Course format will include lecture and discussions, view ing of videos, interaction with guest speakers, and individual areas of interest. No prerequisites needed. Open to all majors.
440 School Health Programs (3) This course pro- vides an overview of comprehensive school health programs. Specific focus is on program develop- ment, implementation, and evaluation. PREREQ; HEA 306.
470 Advances in Respiratory Therapy I (3) A comprehensive examination and investigation of recent advances in respiratory therapy designed for the registered or registry-eligible therapist.
471 Individualized Study in Respiratory Care (3) A course to gain didactic knowledge through independent readings and research in a chosen sub- specialty. Practical application is stressed through a minimum of 1 12 hours of field experience in an appropriate setting.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
History
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of History
506 Main Hall 610-436-2201
Anne Dzamba, Chairperson
William Hewitt, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Burgwyn, Dzamba, Foster, Hesion, Riley, Shur,
Soldon, Turner, Webster, Young ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Boes, Davidson, Hardy, Peters ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Hewitt, Jones, Kirschenbaum
The student of history seeks to re-create the past (or, more precisely, as much of it as possible) in a rational manner, not only to explain and under- stand the past for its own sake, but also to identify our age with earlier times. The student is concerned with the origins, development, and rela- tionships between past people and events and, from the multiplicity of credible and sometimes conflicting evidence, renders judgments on causa- tion and consequences. He or she seeks to achieve a sense of the past. Among the careers open to history majors are the law, government service, teaching, research, journalism, and business. Indeed, a strong preparation in history can lead to possibilities in virtually every field of endeavor.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — HISTORY
6 semester hours
3 semester hours 1 2 semester hours
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Foreign Language Requirement
3. History Concentration Requirements
HIS 101 taken under general requirements;
HIS 102, 151, and 152 (nine semester hours);
HIS 300 (three semester hours)
Group 1 — United States History
HIS 325, 329, 344, 352, 354, 356, 357,
359, 360, 361, 362, 364, 365, 366, 367
373, 380, 399, 445. 451, 455, 456, 458
474, 480
Group 2 — European History
HIS 318, 319, 320. 321, 322, 323, 324, 329
5 1 semester hours
0- 1 5 semester hours
33 semester hours
330, 331, 332, 333, 398, 415, 416, 420, 421, 422, 423, 425, 426, 427, 428, 435, 445, 447 Group 3 — World and Regional History HIS 301, 302, 305, 306, 308, 311, 312, 315, 316, 317, 318, 348, 349, 375, 380, 397. 406, 407.411,412,415 History Electives
4. Cognate Courses Four cognate courses selected from literature, art, or philosophy
5. Additional free electives to complete 128 semester hours
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION — SOCIAL STUDIES
Concentration in History
Students interested in teaching secondary social studies may pursue con- centrations in history while earning state certification in social studies and the Bachelor of Science degree. (See the descnption under "Social Studies; B.S. in Education," pages 125-126, for common requirements.) In addition to the history concentration, the department offers concentra- tions in American culture, world cultures, and ethnic studies. In all con- centrations, students must complete HIS 300. Varieties of History; other requirements vary according to the concentration.
History Minor
Students may obtain minor recognition on their transcript so that their concentrated choice of free electives will be recognized.
6 semester hours
|
6 semester hours |
|
|
358, |
|
|
370, |
|
|
462, |
|
|
6 semester hours |
12 semester hours
1 . Required Courses One course among HIS 100, 101, or 102, and one course among HIS 150, 151, or 152
2. Electives Chosen under advisement from three groups: United States. European, World and Regional History (six semester hours in one group; three semester hours in each of the others)
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in liberal studies general degree program.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS HISTORY
Symbol: HIS unless otherwise shown
• 101 History of Civilization I (3) Cultural ele- ments and social institutions in the West and the East from earliest times through the Renaissance. Offered every semester
* 102 History of Civilization O (3) Developments in civilizations from 1500 to the present, with emphasis on Western civilization and its interrela- tionships with the non-Western world Offered every semester
♦ 150 The American Experience (3) The history of the United Slates, with emphasis on major themes, ideas, and developments — nationalism, sectionalism, impenalism, industnalism, and others. Offered every semester
tlSl History of United States I (3) The social, economic, political, and intellectual development of the United Slates from the beginning of the Colonial period through Reconstruction. Offered every semester
tl52 History of United States II (3) A compre- hensive history of the United States from 1865 to the present, examining the economic, political, and cultural development of American society, and the evolution of American foreign policy,
300 Varieties of History (3) Histoncal research techniques. Methodology, historiography, and vari- eties of history. Required of all history majors. Offered every semester.
301 History of South Asia (3) A histoncal study of developments on the Indian subcontinent (India and Pakistan), the course also considers those areas of Southeast Asia (Burma and Thailand) that have been traditionally influenced by the course of Indian events.
#302 Modem India (3) Social, religious, and cul- tural underpinnings of modem India against a back- drop of the subcontinent's chronological develop- ment, Hindu and Muslim traditions discussed in terms of their own social, religious, and histoncal dynamics and as examples of complexities of national integration.
305 Modem China (3) Survey of the historical and cultural background of China Emphasis is given to the significance of China's modem penod and Its impact on world affairs.
#306 Chinese Civilization (3) Study of dominant cultural, philosophical, and historical pattems that have influenced the development of China as it is today and the U'aditional way in which Chinese approach their own history
#308 Introduction to the Islamic World (3) Study of the religio-cultural heritage of the Islamic world against a historical background Selected areas of Middle, South, and Southeast Asia will be utilized to illustrate the flowering of Islamic arts, architec- ture, and poetry. Includes geography component. Offered in spring semester.
311 History of Africa to 1875 (3) A survey of African history to 1875. providing regional cover-
age of the entire continent, and an examination of
African oral traditions.
312 History of Africa Since 1875 (3) A survey of
Afncan history since 1 875, focusing on European
colonialism, African resistance, and contemporary
developments.
■ 315 History of Latin America to 1825 (3) Pre- Columbian period, colonial Latin America, and movements for independence; Indian, European, and African backgrounds; government, economy, society, religion, culture, and enlightenment. Interaction of diverse cultures in the New World. Offered every semester.
■ 316 History of Latin America Since 1825 (3) Latin Amenca in the 19th and 20th centuries; liber- alism, conservatism, dictatorship, revolution, social- ism, industrialization, agrarian reform, cultural- intellectual achievements, and international rela- tions. Topical approach, using individual countries as case history illustrations. Offered every semester.
■ 317 History of Mexico (3) Mexico from Pre- Columbian period to present, including civilizations of Mayas and Aztecs. Spanish conquest. Colonial period, movement for independence era of Santa Ana. La Reforma, Diaz dictatorship. Mexican Revolution, cultural-intellectual achievements, inter- national relations, and modemization of Mexico since the Revolution.
* Approved distributive requirement course
t HIS 151-152 — Approved two-semester substitute for distributive requirement
# Approved interdisciplinary course
■ Culture Cluster
College of Arts and Sciences
History
■ 318 The Ancient World (3) Classical Greece and Rome with consideration of economic, social, intel- lectual, and political history. Selected wntings of the ancients.
■ 319 Medieval Europe (3) Western Europe fh)m the fall of Rome to approximately 1300 Economic, social, political, and intellectual developments in the major kingdoms of the West; the history of the Universal Church. Offered in spring semester.
320 Renaissance and Reformation (3) Political, economic, social, and cultural forces that emerged in Europe from 1300 to 1650. The evolution of modem states and the rise of the middle class. Offered in spring semester.
321 Everyday Life in Early Modem Europe (3) An examination of the daily lives of Europeans of various social backgrounds from the 1 5th to 1 8th centuries. Topics will include dress, diet, recreation, labor, and medicine.
322 Family and Women in Europe: Renaissance to Industrial Revolution (3) Focuses on pnvate and public aspects of the family in various European countries, and the role and everyday life of women of diverse social backgrounds. Special anention is given to changes overtime.
■ # 323 Austrian Civilization (3) An interdiscipli- nary study of Ausuian civilization, 1848-1938. Emphasis is placed on fin-de-siecle Vienna, not only as its pivotal role in Austrian culture but also as a testing ground for modernism in the West.
■ 324 Russian History to 1917 (3) Russian history from ninth century Kiev to the end of the Impenal period. Major emphasis on the continuing religious, economic, social, and political tradition peculiar to the Russian state. Offered in fall semester
325 History of Journalism (3) A histoncal survey of the American press from Colonial times to the pre- sent, with special emphasis on the continuing struggle for press freedom and the new journalistic environ- ment created by the emergence of mass media #329 Gender and Peace (3) Examination of the ways in which social and historical constructions of gender intersect with perceptions and experience of war and peace.
■ 330 Conflicts in Modern Europe (3) Power poli- tics m Europe; alliances and counteralliances; imperi- alism; First Worid War and Versailles peace settle- ments; emergence of totalitarian ideologies. Offered in fall semester.
331 20th-century Europe (3) European fascism and communism; totalitarianism confronts liberalism; interaction between domestic politics and foreign pol- icy; polarization of European politics; disintegration of the political institutions of the traditional state.
332 The Holocaust (3) Focuses on ethnic, national- istic, economic, and religious causes of the Holocaust, including 20th-century Nazism, racism, and anti-Semitism; study of the Nuremburg trials.
333 European Economic History (3) European demographic and technological change; trade unions; agriculture; mide; the entrepreneur; dismbution of in- come and welfare from the 1 0th century to the pre- sent.
344 History of Pennsylvania (3) The founding and development of Pennsylvania from its Colonial beginnings to the present with emphasis on the rela- tion of the past to the present. ■ 348 The Bible in History (3) The Bible as a his- torical record. From the Pentateuch through the prophetic literature, the Apocrypha, the Pseudepigra- pha, and the Dead Sea Scrolls to the New Testament. Historical records of the ancient Near Eastern civi-
lizations will be compared with Biblical sources. Offered in spring semester. 349 The Jew in History (3) Review of the 4,000 years and five civilizations that have welcomed the Jewish people. Emphasis on the Jews in contempo- rary society.
352 Modem American Military History (3) The role of the Amencan military in shaping the course of the nation in the 20th century. Offered in fall semes- ter
356 U.S. Environmental History (3) An examina- tion of the transformation of the Amencan landscape, the history of Amencan envu-onmental policy, and the development of today's environmental crisis.
357 Diplomatic History of the United States (3) The theory and practice of Amencan diplomacy from Colonial times to the present with emphasis on the 20th century. Offered in spnng semester.
360 Technology and American Life (3) Promises and practices of Amencan life in response to the interaction of Amencan forms, values, and scientific- technological change from the Colonial period to the present.
361 Constitutional History of the United States (3) The development of the Constitution of the United States from the Philadelphia convention to the present with emphasis on major Supreme Court deci- sions.
362 Violence in America (3) A study of violence in American society as an instrument of change and a method of social control. Offered every semester.
364 U.S. Urban History (3) A survey of the rise of the Amencan city from early Philadelphia to the modem metropolis. The recumng themes of growth, immigration, social mobility, city politics, city plan- ning, urbanism, and suburbanism,
365 Popular Culture in 20th-century America (3) An examination of the nse of American mass con- sumer culture, coiTUTiercialization of leisure, develop- ment of the mass media, and redefinition of normal and deviant behaviors
366 The Turbulent Sixties (3) Examination of the stress and conflict in Amencan politics, arts, litera- ture, and society of the I960's. Offered in spring semester.
367 American Material Culture (3) An interdisci- plinary study of American civilization through the examination of its built environment and crafted and manufactured artifacts from the colonial period to the mid-rwentieth century.
370 American Indians (3) A survey of Indian civi- lization on the continent of North America and the confrontation of this civilization with white culture. 373 Afro-American History (3) A survey of African-American history from 15th century West Africa to the present that focuses on the evolution of Afncan-American culture and identity, and the strug- gle for freedom and racial equality. 375 A History of the Arab-Israeli Conflict (3) This course will examine the history of the Arab-Israeli conflict and the factors that both encourage and impede resolution. Consideration will also be given to the history of the U.S. involvement in the conflict. 380 The History of U.S. Involvement in the Middle East (3) Examines U.S. involvement in the Middle East in the 19th and 20th centuries. Consi- deration will be given to religious, econoinic, and diplomatic activities as well as involvement in the Arab-Israeli conflict.
♦ 397 Topics in World History (3) Topics may vary each semester Emphasis on student research and discussions.
♦ 398 Topics in European History (3) Topics may vary each semester. Emphasis on student research and discussions
♦ 399 Topics in U.S. History (3) Topics may vary each semester. Emphasis on student research and dis- cussions.
400 Seminar (3) In-depth research, study, and dis- cussion of a selected historical topic. Topics will vary. Recommended for seniors Offered in spring semester. PREREQ: HIS 30O 406 20th-century Japan (3) The course deals with Japan's role in Asian and world affairs from the Meiji Restoration of 1868 through the World War II period. Concludes with an assessment of Japan's post-World War II role as an economic power posi- tioned to re-emerge as a major political entity.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in History (1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in history. Open to seniors only. PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson.
411 Middle East to 1700 (3) The histoncal evolu- tion of the Middle East from just before the time of Muhammad until 1700. The course seeks to promote an understanding of the nature and rise of the religion of Islam, the spread of Islamic civilization, and the evolution of the Arab and Onoman empires. Offered in fall semester.
412 Middle East Since 1600 (3) The historical evo- lution of the Middle East from 1600 to the present. The course seeks to promote a historically sound understanding of the conflicts and differences between Western and Middle Eastern societies, as well as the continuing interplay of secular and reli- gious forces in the history of the region. Offered in spring semester.
416 Crime and Punishment in Europe, 1450- 1789 (3) Focuses on the historical development of criminal law, criminalization processes, court proce- dures, the use of judicial tonure, cnme rates, personal characteristics of the sentenced cnminals, and the punishments they received.
■ 420 Biography of Modem European Women (3) A discussion of biography as a form of historical writing and writing about women
421 History of England to 1688 (3) The British people and their mores, institutions, and achieve- ments from the earhest times to the Glorious Revolution.
422 History of England Since 1688 (3) England as a world leader during the Commercial and Indusuial Revolutions, the evolution of the democratic process, and the emergence of liberalism followed by the democratic welfare state. Offered in spring semester.
■ 423 Modem Germany (3) Germany in the 19th and 20th centuries: Napoleonic era, rise of Prussia, nationalism and unification, imperialism and World War I, National Socialism, World War II, and divid- ed Germany. Offered in fall semester.
■ 425 Soviet Russia (3) Its rise and fall in light of traditional Russian patterns and the communist exper- iment. Offered in spring semester.
■ 426 History of Modem Italy (3) A study of Italian unification, the Era of Liberalism. Fascism, and post-World War II developments. Offered in fall semester, alternate years.
■ 427 Modern France: 1789 to Present (3) The French Revolution; Napoleon; Bourgeois France; Third Republic; The Great War and Versailles;
■ Culture Cluster
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Honors Program
College of Arts and Sciences
Nazism and the Popular Front; ihe collapse of 1940; the Fourth Republic; and the DeGaulle era Offered in spring semester, alternate years 428 History of Spain (3) Focuses on political, reli- gious, economic, and social aspects of Spain from the Roman penod to the present. Special attention is given to the "Reconquista spirit" and the Spanish civil war
■ 435 European Intellectual History Since 1800 (3) A cultural history of ideas in 19th- and early 20th-century Europe.
445 Oral History (3) Students select, design, and carry out a project of onginal histoncal research, recording broadcast-quality oral history interviews with elderly informants. ♦ 450 Internship in History (1-3)
451 Women in America (3) American women's daily routines, social roles, and search for rights and identity since Colonial days. Recent goals, val- ues, and conflicts Offered in fall semester
455 American Intellectual History (3) Political and economic thought, theology, science, philoso- phy, and literature
456 Reformers and Radicals: Social Movements in .\merican History (3) Probes the ongins and legacies of social movements in Amenca, varying from abolitionism and temperance in the antebel- lum age to Afro-.'Xmencan
458 History of the Cold War (3) Ongins and evolution of the Cold War with emphasis on the rationale for, and objectives of, American foreign
policy since 1945. Includes an examination of the histoncal interpretations of Ihe era 460 Field Studies in History (3) A fully super- vised learning expenence designed to expose stu- dents to the culture, artifacts, and research facilities of a given country or area 474 .\merican Religions (3) The changes of Amencan religion from the Piignms of New England to the cults of California. Offered in fall semester
480 Computer Applications in Historical Research (3) Methods of histoncal research and analysis based on the use of personal computers.
■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Honors Program
131 Francis Hai^ey Green Libi^ry
610-436-2996
Kevin W, Dean, Director
Ruth Porritt. Faculty Assistant to Director
HONORS COUNCIL
Timothy Blair, Music
Robert Fletcher, English
Sandra Fowkes Godek, Sports Medicine
John Hynes, Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
Anne-Marie Moscatelli, Foreign Languages
Sara Newell, Communications Studies
Helen Raid, Chemistry
Frauke Schnell, Political Science
The Honors Program serves students with outstanding achievements in scholarship, community service, the arts, and/or leadership, and enables them to enhance these areas through specially designated sections of general education courses, interdisciplinary upper-level seminars, and a capstone project.
The aim of the Honors Program is to provide an inviting environment for academically gifted and highly motivated students to interact and form a learning community of peers, faculty, administrators, and staff that will challenge and ennch the students' college experience. Grounded in the liberal arts tradition, the Honors Program seeks inter- disciplinary connections in order to develop students' natural intellectu- al abilities and to challenge them to employ those gifts on behalf of the larger community. For this reason, the West Chester University Honors Program considers "honors" more than a matter of strong grades. It means using the gift of knowledge to be an active and creative problem solver in both the campus community and in the world. Honors is about building character and fostering a commitment to lifelong learning that can develop the leaders of the 21st century.
Membership is competitive and based on attainment and maintenance of a cumulative 3.25 grade point average, regular enrollment in Honors courses, and service to the campus community.
The program comprises two tiers: Honors in General Education and Junior-Senior Honors. Students may receive one or a combination of three certificates; a) Honors in General Education; b) Junior-Senior Honors; c) University Honors. A student who completes both tiers is granted a certificate in University Honors.
A certificate for Honors in General Education is awarded to a student who completes five lower-tier Honors designated courses. These
Honors courses partially fulfill general education requirements. They also fulfill writing emphasis requirements.
A certificate in Junior-Senior Honors is awarded to a student who com- pletes the upper tier of the program. Requirements for the upper tier consist of two of the interdisciplinary seminars offered by the program itself and a senior project. The seminars are usually new each semester; recent topics have included "Future Energy Alternatives," "The Arts from 1900 to 1920," "Death and Dying," "Gender, War and Peace," and "Elizabethan England." Senior projects are often done in the stu- dent's major field of study and must demonstrate growth beyond an already completed assignment. Projects have been of many types, including library research theses, computer programs, recitals, and port- folios in the arts. Individual initiative is encouraged.
The West Chester University Honors Program requires students to maintain a 3.25 cumulative grade point average to remain a member in good standing within the program. Falling below this average will cause the student to be placed on probation and may lead to the stu- dent's dismissal from the program. Students are expected to register regularly and complete Honors courses to remain in good standing with the Honors Program. If a student has two consecutive semesters where a minimum of one Honors course is not completed with a passing grade, students forfeit their right to priority scheduling.
A probation and dismissal policy, based on the maintenance of a 3,25 cumulative grade point average, will follow these procedures:
Cumulative grade point averages of students in the Honors Program will be reviewed at the completion of 31 credit hours. If a student's average is below a 3.0, the student will be dropped from the program. If a student's average is below a 3.25 but not below a 3.0, the student will be placed on probation for two semesters during which time it is expected that the student will raise the cumulative average to a 3.25. While the student is on probation, the rights to priority scheduling will be suspended. If at the end of the two semesters the cumulative average is not at 3.25 or higher, the student will be dropped from the program. No student will be eligible for Honors certification without the achieve- ment and maintenance of a 3.25 cumulative average at the time of com- pletion of the required elements of the Honors Program for the given level (general education and/or junior-senior and/or University Honors) certification.
Students dismissed from the Honors Program for reasons of a cumula- tive average below a 3.25 may seek readmission by contacting the Honors Program director should the cumulative average rise above a
3.25.
Students may appeal the dismissal or probationary action for extraordi- nary circumstances by contacting the director of Honors who will take the appeal before the Honors Council for final decision.
School of Education
Instructional Media
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS HONORS PROGRAMS
Symbol: HON
301 Seminar (3) First of two special topics offered fall semester. Subject matter rotates and is deter- mined by. the director of Honors and the Honors Council through competitive submission from University faculty Seminars are writing emphasis and interdisciplinary.
302 Seminar (3) First of two special topics offered spring semester. Subject matter rotates and is deter-
mined by the director of Honors and the Honors Council through competitive submission from University faculty. Seminars are writing emphasis and interdisciplinary.
401 Seminar (3) Second of two special topics seminars offered fall semester. Subject matter rotates and is determined by the director of Honors and the Honors Council through competitive sub- mission from University faculty. Seminars are wnt- ing emphasis and interdisciplinary.
402 Seminar (3) Second of two special topics seminars offered spring semester Subject matter
rotates and is determined by the director of Honors and the Honors Council through competitive sub- mission from University faculty. Seminars are writ- ing emphasis and interdisciplinary.
490 Senior Project (3) Capstone experience where students complete a significant individual research, service, and/or creative project. If the project is in the student's academic major, the work must demonstrate growth beyond an already completed assignment. Projects are generally completed in the senior year but may occur during the junior year as well.
Department of Instructional Media
Nancy J. Rumfield, Chairperson
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Momyer, Rumfield
Minor in Instructional Media 18 semester hours
Current trends have increased the need for trained personnel in the field of instructional technology. Students who are trained in this field have several career options, in industry, with either the training and develop-
ment center or the public relations department, and in education, with
the instructional media department.
Students in the instructional media program will be required to develop a
broad range of skills and knowledge in the use of media and technology.
Students pursuing a B.A. in liberal studies may satisfy requirements with a
minor in instmctional media along with other requirements.
Students selecting a minor in instructional media must complete the
following 18 credit hours of required courses: 402, 423, 425, 430, 433,
and 475. Students seeking a minor in instructional media must meet
with a department adviser.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
Symbol; EDM
202 Selection and Effective Utilization of Media
(3) This course uses a systems approach in the design of training packages, emphasizing the criteria for the selection of media that will effectively fulfill training objectives. It also will involve the most effective ways to utilize the media selection.
203 Mediated Programs (3) This course will explore the area of visual communication materials. Through the use of research materials, demonstra- tions, and various production techniques, the student will be able to design and produce visual instructional materials. The materials produced will be relevant to either the group or individualized instructional process reflected in current trends and methods of curriculum design.
213 Production of Multi-Image Programs (3) The multi-image presentation, perhaps more than any other means of communication, offers endless possi- bilities for creative expression. This course will attempt to acquaint the student with the "how" and "why" of multi-image presentations. The student, through hands-on experience, will research, design, and produce several programs that use multi-image techniques. PREREQ: Basic photography 223 Design and Production of Visual Materials (3) This course will explore the areas of design as they relate to the production of visual insu^ctional materials to be utilized as an integral part of the cur- riculum. Discussion of, and hands-on experience with, the phases of perception, communication, and learning theories for determining advantages, limita- tions, and the use of various visual media.
225 Basic Photography (3) A course dealing with the photographic process. The course will cover cam- era handling, film and print processing, and applica- tion of photography to media production and the development of U^ning packages. Student must sup- ply adjustable 35mm camera plus developing and printing materials.
226 Intermediate Photography (3) A course for those who have had a basic photography class or pre- vious photographic experience. The course will stress technical and creative approaches to black-and-white and color photography with small format cameras
and will involve advanced techniques of exposure, lighting composition, macro photography, and film and print processing Student must supply adjustable 35mm camera plus developing and printing materials PREREQ: Basic photography 228 Advanced Photography (3) Course designed for students interested in learning professional tech- niques of black-and-white and color photography General areas considered will be large and medium format cameras. Specific consideration will be given to camera equipment, lenses, filters, retouching, available light and electronic flash photography, com- position, and advanced darkroom techniques. PRE- REQ; Basic and intermediate photography
230 Motion Picture Production I (3) A workshop in scripting and shooting of 16mm films.
231 Motion Picture Production II (3) Particular attention is paid to 16mm/video equipment, editing, sound recording, laboratory and processing proce- dure, color, and television application.
233 Basic TV Production I (3) This course deals with the history and development of commercial and instructional television in the United States It will include a study of closed circuit systems and the equipment and practices to operate such a system. The student will gain experience in planning and produc- ing instructional or promotional television programs.
234 TV Production II (3) A television studio pro- duction course emphasizing the practical work of all aspects of closed circuit television It will include the presentation of scripts, graphics, animation, photos, film, slides, sound recordings, lighting, staging, and electronic technical information.
235 Instructional TV Production III (3) A course designed for the advanced undergraduate student in television production. The lO-minute television pro- ductions are basic requirements of the course. The student will use the television production facilities of West Chester University to complete the basic TV production requirements.
275 Sound Reproduction in Instructional Communication (3) A combination theory and workshop course that will teach the theory of sound and its application in instruction 290 Internship (4-15) Intemship/field experience will give students an opportunity to gain practical experience in the field of media technology at dieir
level. Areas where students might be placed are schools, two- and four-year colleges, industry, TV stations, photo labs, etc.
300 Introduction to Instructional Communica- tions (3) Techniques, materials, and equipment, and the development of skills needed for teaching.
402 Selection and Effective Utilization of Instructional Media (3) This course will engage the student in a systems approach to course development, emphasizing the criteria used in the selection of media appropriate to the effective fulfillment of course objectives. It also will involve the most effec- tive ways to utilize the media selected.
403 Developing Mediated Individualized Instruc- tional Programs (3) Involves the development by students of individualized instructional packages uti- lizing various fonris of media. The packages will be developed using a systems approach and emphasis will be on interactive video and computer-assisted insU^ction.
405 Theory of Motion Picture Production (3) Lec- ture integrated with extensive use of films to teach the basic functions of the educational film and attempt to cite results to demonstrate the effective use of films.
413 Production of Multi-Image Production (3)
The multi-image presentation, fierhaps more than any other means of communication, offers endless possi- bilities for creative expression. This course will attempt to acquaint the student with the "how" and "why" of multi-image presentations. The student, through hands-on experiences, will research, design, and produce several programs that use multi-image techniques. PREREQ; Basic photography.
423 Design and Production of Visual Materials
(3) This course will explore the areas of design as they relate to the production of visual insUuctional materials to be utilized as an integral part of the cur- riculum. The phases of perception, communication, and learning theories are discussed, along with hands- on experience, for determining advantages, limita- tions, and the use of various media.
425 Basic Photography (3) A course dealing with photographic processing, camera handling, and film and print processing. Students must have a complex camera and must purchase personal supplies.
Interdisplinary Programs
College of Arts and Sciences
426 Intermediate Photography (3) A course designed for students who have had the basic photog- raphy course and wish to sharpen previously learned skills and acquire more advanced skills in pictun: tak- ing, film and pnnt processing, and pnnt finishing PREREQ: Basic photography. 428 Advanced Photography (3) Course designed for students interested in learning professional tech- niques regarding black-and-white and color photogra- phy. General areas considered will be large, medium, and 35mm format cameras. Specific consideration will be camera equipment, lenses, filters, retouching, available light and electronic flash, composition, and advanced darkroom techniques. PREREQ: Basic and intermediate photography
430 Motion Picture Production I (3) Scripting and shooting of 16mm films and videos including mag- netic sound recording and reproduction
431 Motion Picture Production II (3) Course geared for the advanced filmmaker/video producer interested in learning the professional techniques for producing 16mm/video production.
433 Basic TV Production I (3) This course deals with the history and development of commercial and instructional television in the United States It will include a study of closed circuit systems and the equipment and practices to operate such systems The student will gain e.xpenence in planning and produc- ing instructional or promotional television programs,
434 Instructional TV Production D (3) A lecture and demonstration, and workshop course that stresses planning, wnting, producing, and evaluating instruc- tional television. Emphasis is placed on student involvement in the television production process.
435 Instructional TV Production III (3) This is a course designed for the advanced undergraduate stu- dent in television production. It will allow students to produce three, 15-minute television productions on topics of theu' own choice. The student will assume the role of a TV director and producer and will accept independent responsibility for the TV productions 463 Field Study of Media Programs (3) A sched- uled group or individual tour, foreign or domestic, in which students investigate notable installations or projects in educational media. 475 Sound Reproduction in Instructional Communications (3) A combination theory and workshop course that will teach the theory of sound and its application in instruction 495 Independent Study in Instructional Media (3) 498 Workshop in Instructional Media (3 or 6)
Interdisciplinary Programs
Richard J. 'Webster, Coordinator
West Chester University offers two interdisciplinai^ programs
leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree:
American Studies Comparative Literature Studies
West Chester also offers six interdisciplinary programs leading to transcript recognition:
Peace and Conflict Studies
Russian Studies Women's Studies
Ethnic Studies
Latin American Studies
Linguistics
These programs give students the opportunity to develop a synthesis of knowledge from several disciplines. Drawing upon professors from across the campus, the programs are directed by a Committee of Interdisciplinary Programs under the aegis of the dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. See individual programs for course sequences.
American Studies Program
412 Main Hall 610-436-2995
AMERICAN STUDIES COMMITTEE
Walter J. Fox, Jr., English Charles A. Hardy, History Sterling E. Murray, Music History C. James Trotman, English Richard J, Webster, History, Coordinator Ruth I. Weidner, Art
Students are introduced to a broad spectrum of American culture, and are further encouraged to study in depth and to develop career interests through concentrations in American art history, black studies, historic preservation, environmental studies, journalism and editing, and muse- um studies. An optional internship provides on-the-job experience.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — AMERICAN STUDIES
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirements
3. Required Core AMS20O(3) AMS300(3) AMS 400 (3)
or AMS 415 (1-15)
5 1 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
21-33 semester hours
1 8 semester hours
HIS 151-152(6) LIT 200-201 (6)
4. Elective Core Six American-topic courses are to be taken in anthropology, art history, geography, history, literature, music history and literature, philosophy, political science, and sociology, with no more than two courses from one discipline.
5. Elective Concentration
Enough courses to insure that a minimum of 128 semester hours are taken. Each American Studies major must submit for approval a proposed course of study at the beginning of the junior year. For guidance consult the American Studies program coordinator.
Minor in American Studies 18 semester hours
For transcript recognition of an American Studies minor, a student must take 18 semester hours allocated in the following areas; American Studies (6)
American History, preferably HIS 151 or HIS 152 (3) American Literature, preferably LIT 200 or LIT 201 (3) American topics: One course from the arts, literature, or philosophy, and one course from history or social and behavioral sciences, or other courses approved by the adviser. (6)
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS AMERICAN STUDIES
Symbol: AMS
#200 American Civilization (3) An interdiscipli- nary study of the forces, forms, and values that have contributed to the making of American civi- lization. Several academic disciplines are drawn upon in exploring the "Americaness" of American institutions, thought, behavior, and material culture #210 Mass Media and Popular Culture (3) An exploration of the role of media in the development of American popular culture. Particular emphasis will
be given to the transfomiations brought about by mass media after 1880 and the increasing corporate involvement in mass media during the 20th century.
300 American Material Culture (3) An interdis- ciplinary study of .American civilization through the examination of its built environment, and craft- ed and manufactured artifacts from the Colonial period to the mid-20th century.'
305 American Decorative Arts (3) Study of deco- rative and utilitarian objects of the American house- hold from the Colonial penod through World War 1.
400 Senior Thesis or Project (3) A concluding "statement" incorporating the interdisciplinary gen- eralist approach.
401 Independent Study (1-3) An opportunity to pursue alternative study projects outside the class- room; field work in community resources, etc.
♦ 415 American Studies Internship (1-15)
Cooperative, service/learning experience at a com- munity agency, business, or institution.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Interdisciplinary Programs
Comparative Literature Studies Program
532 Main Hall
610-436-2335
Kostas Myrsiades, Coordinator
PROFESSORS: K. Myrsiades, Schlau
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: McDonald, L. Myrsiades,
Ramanathan, Ward ASSISTANT PROFESSOR: Awuyah
This program provides a curriculum option for students with an interest in international studies by offering a broad background in European and non-Western culture and literature.
This program is responsive to recent developments in professional business, law, and medical schools, which stress admission of students with humanities backgrounds or humanities complements to their sci- entific or technical backgrounds, and it reflects the growth of profes- sional school programs that include more options in the humanities. More specifically, this program is designed to answer student requests for a program that supplies a greater breadth of literature than is com- monly offered in a language program and a greater variety than that offered in an English department.
BACHELOR OF ARTS — COMPARATIVE LITERATURE STUDIES
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Foreign Language Requirement
3. Related Course Requirements (Second language or minor)
4. Cognate Requirements (Courses related to student's major area of concentration)
5. Comparative Literature Core (CLS 200, 261, 310, 367, and 400) (A Grade Point Average of 3.0 is required for these courses.)
6. Comparative Literature Electives Five electives that reflect a variety of genres, periods, traditions, approaches, and theoretical
5 1 semester hours
-12 semester hours
1 8 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
concerns, selected from those courses listed below.
Students wishing to take courses other than
those courses listed below must have the
written approval of the Comparative Literature
Committee.
Literature in the Original Language
Two courses in the literature of a language
other than English.
6 semester hours
15 semester hours
listed below.
Minor in Comparative Literature
*Select ONE course in each of the areas !
1. Literature and the other arts (CLS200, 201,368, or 370)
2. Theory, intellectual history, or literary cnticism (CLS 310 or 364)
3. Theme, genre, or movement (CLS358, 359, 361,or362)
4. Relationship, influence, or intertextuality (CLS 304, 309, 363, 367, or 400)
5. Non-Western literature or literature in a language other than English
(CLS360, 400, or41l) NOTE: Not all course numbers available for each category above are listed. Please check with the Comparative Literature Studies coordina- tor in Philips 210 (610-436-2901) for other possible substitutions.
Minor in Film Criticism 18 semester hours
1 . Required Course 3 semester hours FLM 200
2. Elective Courses 1 5 semester hours Any five courses selected from the following list with approval of the adviser:
CLS 304, 363, 364, 368, 369, 400, and 410; COM 217 and 317; FLM 201, 202, 300, 301, and 400
* For course descriptions, see English and Foreign Language sections in this catalog. For related departments other than English or Foreign Languages, con- sult the Handbook for Comparative Literature Studies available from the pro- gram coordinator.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COMPARATIVE LITERATURE STUDIES
Symbol: CLS
* 165 Introduction to World Literature (3) This course acquaints students with the "master- pieces" of Western literature from classical antiqui- ty to the present. This course can be taken as an alternative to LIT 165.
200 Interrelations of Comparative Literature (3) This course investigates the relationship between literature and art, film, philosophy, and critical theory.
#201 Classical Mythology in the 20th Century (3) Classical myths and their significance in select- ed works of literature, film, and art. 203 African Studies (3) This course studies African culture through literature, anthropology, and history, h focuses on the socio-cultural and his- torical contexts of African writing through the colonial and postcolonial periods. t260 Continental Literature I (3) Literature of continental Europe from classical times through the Renaissance.
t261 Continental Literature 11 (3) Literature of continental Europe from Neoclassicism to the pre- sent.
♦ 297 Themes in Contemporary Literature Topics to be announced each time course is offered.
304 Women and Film (3) An examination of the role of women in contemporary world cinema and the feminist film.
309 Literature Translation Workshop (3) A
writing workshop on the theory and practice of lit- erary translation.
310 Contemporary Literary Criticism (3) A sur- vey of the major developments in European literary criticism during the 20th century with emphasis on the developments of the last 20 years.
■ 311 Contemporary Latin-American Narrative
(3) An examination of Latin-American narrative (short story, novella, novel, and testimonial litera- ture). Spanish- and Portuguese-language writers from South and Central America, Mexico, and the Caribbean will be studied, from the period of magi- cal realism (1950's and 1960's) through the pre- sent. They may include Isabel Allende, Jorge Amado, Miguel Angel Asturias, Jorg Luis Borges, Gabriel Garcia Marquez, Clarice Lispector, Elena Poniatowska. and Luis Rafael Sanchez.
#329 Gender and Peace (3) An examination of the ways in which social constructions of gender intersect with perceptions and experiences of war and peace.
350 Computer Applications in the Humanities
(3) This course is designed to provide an introduc- tion to the computer and its applications in a num- ber of humanistic disciplines (literature, history.
and writing, but some attention also will be given to foreign languages, linguistics, music, and art).
351 African Literature (3) A study of the repre- sentation of Africa through the perspectives of African and non-African writers.
#352 Modernity/Postmodernity (3) A critical analysis of the modemity/postmodemily debates from the integrated perspectives of literature, phi- losophy, history, and politics.
358 Women in Western Literature (3) An inquiry reaching back into classical antiquity for some prototypes of women in the literature of the West. Readings from Aeschylus. Sophocles, Aristophanes, Euripides, Ovid, Dante, Petrarch, Shakespeare. Moliere. Austen. Flaubert, James, Tolstoy, Shaw, Gather, Giraudoux, and others.
359 Women in Modern Fiction (3) Readings, analysis, and discussion of works of contemporary fiction that present major depictions of women by authors such as Sarraule. Duras, Boll. Walker, Kundera. Morrison, Woolf, etc
♦ Approved distributive requirement course
♦ Approved interdisciplinary course
t Approved two-semester substitute for a distribu- tive requirement
♦ This course may be taken again for credit. ■ Culture Cluster
Interdisciplinary Programs
College of Arts and Sciences
361 Modern Continental Drama (3) A considera- tion of the chief wrileR who influenced the modem drama: Ibsen. Stnndberg, Chekhov, Hauplmann, Pirandello. Sartre. Brecht. and lonesco
362 Modem Continental Fiction (3) Imponant modem European writers in translation: Raubert. Dostoevsky. Unamuno. Gide, Mann, Kafkx Camus, Sartre, and Moravia Their aesthetic and philosophical contnbutions to modem fiction
363 Soviet Literature and Film (3) A compara- tive approach to selected 20th century Soviet works of fiction, poelrv. drama, and film
364 Eastern European Literature and Film (3) A critical and analytical approach to Eastern European literature and film covenng major move- ments and theory since World War II.
365 African-American Film (3) This course will study the history, form, and content of African- American film The films chosen are from various genres and cover older and contemporary films.
367 Classical Mytholog)- (3) An exarrunation of Greek mylhology through the works of Hoiner. Hesiod. the Greek tragedians, and Greek lyric poets
368 Literature, Myth, and Society (3) An exami- nation of how the culture, mythology, and politics of ancient Greece from Homer to Plato determine
how a period is represented through its literary, his- torical, and philosophical texts and how contempo- rar\' culture rewrites these texts
369 Literature and Film (3) The interrelationship between selected works of world fiction and their film adaptations
#370 Literature and Medicine (3) A course treat- ing the study of literary works, film, and selected readings from other areas (history, science, fiction, and nonfiction) to generate an understanding of the relationship of human values to medicine, illness, and issues of related importance to physicians
#371 Law, Literature, and Communication (3) A look at the presentational aspects of law — legal wnting and oral argument — its constructions in nar- rative— law as literature and literature as law — and the relationship of law to anthropology, psycholo- gy, history, and sociology
^ 400 Comparative Literature Seminar (3)
Topics such as Beckett/Joyce, Homer/Joyce, Greek comedy, Greek tragedy, m>'th, and film are offered periodically Required of comparative literature majors in their junior or senior year
^ 410 Independent Study in Comparative Literature (3)
4 411 Foreign Study in Comparative Literature
(3)
FILM THEORY AND CRITICISM
Symbol: FLM
200 Introduction to Film (3) A critical and ana- lytical approach to world cinema covenng film the- or> and the major film movements (Soviet Realism, German Expressionism, Italian Neo-Realism, French New Wave, Cinema Nuovo, New German Cinema, and Surrealism) from the beginning to pre- sent (Group E)**
201 American Film (3) The function of cinema in contemporary society as a socio-cultural, economic, and political object as seen through critical analysis of American films (Group El"
300 Private Screening '1) Eight to 12 narrative film classics per semester on a specific topic or theme.
301 Docimientary Film (3) Understanding and enjoying die social, philosophic, economic, and politi- cal aspects of documentary film (Group E)**
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
** See the department handbook for group descrip- tions.
Ethnic Studies Program
501 Main Hall 610-436-2725
Bonita Freeman- Witihoft. Director and Native American
Coordinator William I. Guy, Assistant Director C. James Trotman. African-American Coordinator Stacey Schlau, Hispanic-American Coordinator Irene G. Shur, Jewish-American Coordinator STEERING COMMITTEE
Marshall J. Becker, Erminio Braidotti, Mary Crawford, Andrew E. Dinniman, Stephen D. Gilmour, Charles Hardy. William L. Hewitt, Mildred C Joyner, Deborah Malstedt, Bhim Sandhu, Richard W. Voss, Jerome M. Williams. Robert J. Young
The Ethnic Studies Institute (ESI) offers a minor and a certificate to any student, regardless of major, who satisfactorily completes 1 8 semester hours of work in ethnic studies. Study may lead to a general certificate in ethnic studies or to a specialized certificate in one of the following areas:
• African-American Studies
• Hispanic-American Studies
• Jewish-Amencan Studies
• Native American Studies
For current requirements and a list of approved courses in each special- ization, consult the director or assistant director of ethnic studies. For each option currently offered there are, in addition to the relevant ethnic studies core courses, certain cognate courses. These cognate courses do not necessarily deal directly with ethnic group life but give an added dimension of social and historical background.
As soon as possible, students should register their intent to earn the minor with the director of the ESI. At the end of each semester, stu- dents should report the ethnic-related courses completed during the semester and the courses planned for the following semester to the director. An updated list of courses approved for credit is available each semester from the ESI before the advising and scheduling peri- od. Students can use an approved ethnic-related course toward the completion of the minor in Ethnic Studies at the same time it is being used to fulfill their major, other minor, or elective requirements.
Students are encouraged to attend at least two cultural ethnic events — speakers, musical programs, art shows, theatre productions, or films — each year.
For advising in Ethnic Studies, contact Bonita Freeman-Witthoft, 201 Old Library, or William I. Guy, 237 Schmucker Science Center.
Minor in Holocaust Studies
18 semester hours
The program in Holocaust Studies deals not only with historical aspects of the Holocaust, but also with moral and political issues involved in the prevention of future holocausts.
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in liberal studies general degree program.
For advising in Holocaust Studies, contact Dr. Irene G. Shur in Main Hall.
1. Required Courses 9 semester hours
HIS 332, 349, and PHI 180
2. Elective Courses
Any three courses selected from the following:
ANT 120; GER 221/EGE 222; HIS 423; LIT 304; PSC 252, 322; PSY 254; SOC 335; SSC 385, 480; or SWO 225
9 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ETHNIC STUDIES
Symbol; SSC
#201 Global Perspectives (3) This course is intended to help students develop the competencies
needed for the understanding of. and meaningful participation in, the world issues of the 1990's
♦ 480 Ethnic Cultures Workshop (3) This woik- shop considers the history, traditions, customs, and contributions to American life of various ethnic groups The lectures and special programs are
designed to increase the student's knowledge of the multicultural nature of American society. Projects, specifically tailored to individual needs, are directed by a faculty member of the Ethnic Studies Institute.
# .Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Arts and Sciences
Interdisciplinary Programs
Latin-American Studies Program
1 1 1 Main Hall
610-436-2372/2168
Enninio Braidotti and William Hewitt, Coordinators
Any student in the University, regardless of his or her area of specializa- tion, may earn a minor and a letter of verification in Latin-American Studies after satisfactory completion of 18 semester hours of work, distrib- uted as follows:
Minor in Latin-American Studies
Required: Either A or B 18 semester hours
A. 1. Spanish or Portuguese 6 semester hours
(Intermediate level or above)
2. Latin-American history 6 semester hours
OR
B. 1. Latin- American history 6 semester hours
2. Latin-American civilization and thought 6 semester hours
Electives 6 semester hours
Selected under advisement from Latin- American-oriented courses offered by the departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Geography and Plaiming, Political Science, Economics, Art, or others. In track A, one three-credit course must be devoted to literature, art history, or music. For advising, see Professor Braidotti in the Department of Foreign Languages or Professor Hewitt in the Department of History. A student should maintain a 2.5 average in area-studies courses to be recommended for graduate work in the area-studies concentration.
Linguistics Program
537 Main Hall 610-436-2915 Dennis L. Godfrey, Coordinator
CONTRIBUTING FACULTY
Diane O. Casagrande, Communication Studies
W. Stephen Croddy, Philosophy
Stephen D. Gilmour, Foreign Languages
Jane E. Jeffrey, English
John T. Kelly, English
Chen L. Micheau, English
Garrett G. Molholt, English
Frederick R. Fatten, Foreign Languages
Paul A. Stoller, Anthropology and Sociology
Andrea Varricchio, Foreign Languages
Michael S. Weiss, Communicative Disorders
18 semester hours
9 semester hours
The minor in linguistics is an interdisciplinary program offered by the departments of Anthropology and Sociology, Communicative Disorders, Communication Studies, English, Foreign Languages, and Philosophy. Its purpose is to provide the smdent with a foundation in the analysis of the various aspects of language. Students wishing to enter the program must consult the program coordinator. To receive credit for the minor in hnguistics, a student must complete 18 semester hours of course work. The program coordinator must approve all courses.
Minor in Linguistics
1. Required Courses ENG/LIN 230, ENG 331 (or any other structural grammar course), ENG 335 (or any other historical linguistics course)
2. Electives 9 semester hours
A. Choose one of the following:
ENG 330, FRE 365, GER 365, RUS 365, SPA 365, SPP 106, or any other approved course in phonology or phonetics
B. Choose one of the following:
ANT/LIN 380; COM/LIN 415; ENG 339, 340; LIN 250; PHI/LIN 330, 360; or any other approved comparable course
C. Choose an additional course from either Group A or B above, or choose one of the following: COM 307; ENG 430; LAN 250; LIN 41 1, 412; LIT 430, 431; PHI 190, 436; PHY 1 10; SPP 204; or any other approved linguistics course
For course descriptions, see Anthropology and Sociology (ANT), Communicative Disorders (SPP), Communication Studies (COM), English (ENG or LIT), Foreign Languages (LIN, FRE, GER, RUS, or SPA), Philosophy (PHI), or Physics (PHY).
Peace and Conflict Studies Program
101 Main Hall
610-436-2754
Frederick R. Struckmeyer, Coordinator
ADVISORY COMMITTEE: Charles Bauerlein, Roger Bove, Diane Casagrande, Louis Casciato, Anne Dzamba, Robin Garrett, Harvey Greisman, Tom Heston, Barbara Kauffman, Carol Radich, Bhim Sandhu, Stacey Schlau, William Seybold, Irene Shur
Peace and Conflict Studies examines social conflict, conflict resolution, and cooperation at the group, national, and international levels. This process involves understanding factors that contribute to peace with justice, various functions of conflict, and processes by which conflict may be managed. The minor fosters skills for both study and action. Though primarily an enrichment to liberal education, this minor is rele- vant to a variety of careers, both traditional and emerging. The former include law, communications, education, and government. However, there are also many career opportunities with a wide range of public interest and advocacy organizations.
The Peace and Conflict Studies minor consists of 18 credit hours, some of which also may be used to fulfill other degree requirements. This
minor may be taken as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in liberal studies general degree program.
Minor in Peace and Conflict Studies 18 semester hours
1.
3 semester hours
Required Course
SSC 200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies
Either of the following
SSC 201 Global Perspectives, or
PSC 316 World Order
Either of the following
HISAVOS 329 Gender and Peace, or
PHI 207 Philosophies of Nonviolence
Either of the following
COM 204 Dyadic Communication, or
COM 216 Small Group Communications
Electives
Must be from different departments or disciplines.
These include BIO 102; COM 312 and 499; CRJ
470; GEO 232; HIS 146, 352, and 362; LIT 162
and 309; PHI 382; PSC 315; PSY 254; SOC 335,
341, and 376; SWO 225; WOS 315.
Other courses, under advisement, also may satisfy the elective
requirement, as well as substitute for the PSC 316 option in #2
above. (PSC 316 is not currently offered.)
3 semester hours
3 semester hours
3 semester hours
6 semester hours
Interdisciplinary Programs
College of Arts and Sciences
COURSE DESCRIPTION
#S$C200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies (3) An interdisciplinary
study of the causes and functions of societal conflict and processes of controlling conflict, with major attention given to the
problem of war
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Russian Studies Program
114 Main Hall 610-436-2585 Frederick Patton,
Coordinator
This program is offered jointly by the faculty of Arts and Sciences and the faculty of Professional Studies.
Any student in the University, regardless of his or her area of special- ization, may earn a minor specialization in Russian Studies after satis- factory completion of 18 semester hours of work, distributed as fol- lows:
Minor in Russian Studies
Required: Either A or B
A. 1. Russian language (intermediate level
or above) 2. Russian history and/or politics OR
B. 1. Russian history and/or politics 2. Russian civilization, culture
and/or politics
18 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours
6 semester hours 6 semester hours
To fulfill requirements for the Russian Studies minor, students may choose from the following courses: ARH 405 (Russian Art), CLS 363 (Soviet Literature and Film), CLS 364 (Eastern European Literature and Film), ERU 209 (Russian Culture— Soviet Period), GEO 304 (The Soviet Union), HIS 324 (Russian History to 1917), HIS 425 (Soviet Russia), PSC 246 (Soviet Politics), PSC 311 (Soviet Foreign Policy), PSC 349 (Comparative Communism), RUS 201- 412 (Russian language courses), and RUS 310 (Russian Literature in Translation).
Electives
6 semester hours
Selected under advisement from Russian-oriented courses offered by the departments of Political Science. Anthropology and Sociology, English, Art, or other departments of WCU. In track A, one three- credit course must be devoted to literature, art, history, or music.
For advising, see Professor Patton in the Department of Foreign Languages.
A student should maintain a 3.0 average in area-studies courses to be recommended for graduate work in the area-studies concentration.
Women's Studies Program
211 Main Hall
610-436-2464
Stacey Schlau. Coordinator
STEERING COMMITTEE
Helen Berger, Lori Bemotsky. Marita Boes. Kristina Brooks, lean Piper Burton, Diane Casagrande. Mary Crawford. Anne Dzamba, Celia Esplugas, Robin Garrett. Anne Herzog. Jane Jeffrey. Mary Keetz. Elizabeth Larsen, Deborah Mahlstedt, Mary McCullough. Avis McDonald, Lynette McGrath. Ruth Porritt, Geetha Ramanathan. Judith Ray, Arlene Rengert. Frauke Schnell, Carol Shioss, Diana Thomas. Karin Volkwein, Richard Webster
The Women's Studies Program consists of an interrelated group of courses offered in a wide variety of academic disciplines. The program operates under the supervision of the Women's Studies Steering Committee. This program is envisaged both as an enrichment to liberal education and as a preprofessional field. The social transformation that is taking place in society and in intellectual life is making study in this area an asset in many arenas.
The aim of the program is to integrate the perception and experience of women into the curriculum and to encourage inquiry into previously neglected areas, such as women's history, women's literature and art, psychology of women, and women's position in society.
Women's Studies Courses
ARH 419 CLS 304 CLS 358 CLS 359 ECO 303 HEA/NSG 109 HIS/CLSAVOS 329 HIS 420 HIS 451
Women in Art: Madonna or Model?
Women and Film
Women in Western Literature
Women in Modem Fiction
Economic Role of Women
Health Issues of Women
Gender and Peace
Biography of Modem European Women
Women in America
KIN 380 Women and Sport
LIT 204 Black Women Writers of America
LIT 274 Feminist Poetry
PSC 301 Women in Politics
PSY 365 Psychology of Women
SOC 346 Sociology of Gender
WOS 225 Women Today: An Introduction to Women's
Studies
WOS 3 1 5 Third World Women
WOS 320 Independent Study
WOS 325 Special Topics in Women's Smdies
WOS 400 Internship
WOS/PHI 405 Feminist Theory
WOS 410 Senior Colloquium
WOS 415 Senior Project
These courses are open to all students as free electives under general requirements. With the permission of their departments, students also may take these courses as electives within their major or minor pro- grams.
Minor in Women's Studies 18 semester hours
A women's studies minor consists of 18 credit hours, no more than two of which may be taken in a single department. Two courses are required for the minor: WOS 225, and either WOS 405, 410, or 415. Other courses may be chosen from the list of women's studies offer- ings. Transcript recognition will be awarded upon completion. Additionally, other courses may be applied to the minor, under advise- ment. This minor may be taken in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in liberal studies degree program.
For advising in Women's Studies, contact Dr. Stacey Schlau, 21 1 Main Hall.
Descriptions of WOS courses in Women's Studies appear below. See departmental listings for all other courses.
School of Health Sciences
Kinesiology
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS WOMEN'S STUDIES
Symbol: WOS
#225 Women Today: An Introduction to Women's Studies (3) An interdisciplinary course designed to enable students to analyze vanous kinds of statements on women, to question the implications of changing cultural patterns, and to sample first-hand effons for change. Satisfies inter- disciplinary requirement Offered every semester. #315 Third-World Women (3) This course will examine the nature of women's lives in the Third World, focusing on topics such as family, educa- tion, health, development policies, and political change. Geographic areas studied include Africa, Asia, Latin Amenca, and the Middle East. Offered spring semester, odd-numbered years. ♦ 320 Independent Study (3) Independent research and study for upper-division students. Topic to he approved by supervising faculty mem- ber. PREREQ: WOS 225 Offered as needed.
♦ 325 Special Topics in Women's Studies (3)
Selected (and changing) topics, e.g.. Ethnic Women; Women and Work; Love and Sexuality. Offered as projected enrollments warrant.
#329 Gender and Peace (3) An examination of the ways in which social constructions of gender intersect with perceptions and the experience of war Offered fall semesters.
♦ 400 Internship (3) This course is designed to allow students the opportunity to put into practice, outside the academic setting, the knowledge regard- ing women's experiences gained in other courses Some possible sites might be a women's health clinic, a business, a newspaper, a social service agency, or an electoral campaign. There will be both an on-site and a faculty supervisor PREREQ: WOS 225 and two other women's studies courses. Offered as needed.
#405 Feminist Theory (3) Designed to introduce and discuss basic questions in contemporary femi- nist theory, the course will explore different
philosophies of feminism and include such issues as motherhood, intersections with other theories of oppression, and body politics. Offered spring semester, even-numbered years. PREREQ: WOS 225 or permission of the instructor.
♦ 410 Senior Colloquium (3) This is one of the choices for the final required course for the minor. Sample topics include global feminism, mothering, the experiences of women of color, and feminist Utopias, Offered as needed.
♦ 415 Senior Project (3) Preparation of research
in any area of women's studies, to be decided by student and adviser. Supervision includes exercises in method and bibliography. Usually, a lengthy research paper will be the final result. Offered as needed.
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Kinesiology (formerly Physical Education)
Monita Lank, Chairperson
John Helion, Assistant Chairperson — Health and Physical Education -
Teacher Certification, Coordinator of Field Experience John G. Williams, Assistant Chairperson — Exercise Science and
Graduate Studies Susan W. Lubking, Coordinator of Required Physical Education
Program Barbara Lappano, Coordinator — Recreation, Leisure, and Dance Richard Yoder, Coordinator of Safety Education PROFESSORS: Lank, Yoder ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bonsall, Cleland, Koehler, Lepore,
Lubking, Smith, Williams, Wintermute ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Fry, Helion, Jones, Lappano,
Lauletta, Pagano, Ray, Remley, Stevens, Thielz, Volkwein
The Department of Kinesiology offers two programs leading to the Bachelor of Science degree.
1. The B.S. in HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION- TEACHER CERTIFICATION is for students interested in earning teaching certification.
2. The B.S. in HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION— PHYSI- CAL FITNESS is designed for students interested in the exercise sciences. This program provides academic preparation for individu- als who seek to plan and conduct physical fitness programs for healthy adults.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION— TEACHER CERTIFICATION
1 . General Education Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Physical Education Theory
KIN 100, 101, 243, 251, 310, 350, 351, 352, 353, 361, 451, 453, 489, 490, 492, KIL 251, andSMD271
3. Related Requirements
COM 101, EDF 100, EDP 250, HEA 103, 201, 202, HEA 206 or KIN 385, HEA 304, 306, and 440
4. Related Requirements that also satisfy the General Education Requirements
BIO 259 and 269, CHE 102, and PSY 100
51 semester hours
47 semester hours
24 semester hours
140,
.211,
141, 212,
5. Required Activities 10 semester hours KIN 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 142, 143, 144,208,209,210, 213, 214, and 242
6. Three extracurricular experiences prior to student teaching.
7. GPA Requirement
Students must maintain a 2.5 GPA or higher to remain in good standing in this program. Refer to the Teacher Certification section in this catalog.
8. Certification granted when Pennsylvania requirements are met
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— PHYSICAL FITNESS SPECIALIST
5 1 semester hours
,453,
4.
General Education Requirements,
see pages 32-35
Kinesiology Theory
KIN 100, 101.251,351.352,385,451,
KIL 251, and SMD 271
Related Requirements
COM 101, HEA 100, HEA 303, HEA elective,
and MGT 300
Related Requirements that also satisfy the
General Education Requirements
BIO 259 and 269, CHE 102, CSC 101. and
PSY 100
Physical Fitness Specialist Program
HEA 325 or KIN 475, KIN 361, 429, 431, 432,
434, 453. and SMD 454
Physical Education Activities
Intern Expenence
Extracurricular Experience
Grade requirement of at least a C- in concentration courses
Student must have a 2.0 GPA for internal transfer and a 2.5 before
submitting final proposal.
AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
Special Physical Education
Required: KIL 362 and KIN 360, 362, 379, and 457
Driver-Safety Education 12 semester hours
(State Certification) Summer program only
West Chester offers certification in Driver Education and Safe Living
(Highway Safety and General Safety Education).
Completion of the following program will enable teachers to endorse
their teaching certificates with this area. Students must apply for the
endorsement through the office of the dean of the School of Education.
6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
22 semester hours
15 semester hours
18 semester hours
22 semester hours
6 semester hours 1 2 semester hours
Kinesiology
School of Health Sciences
Required: Accident Causation and Prevention (KIN 355), Critical Problems Within the Highway Transportation System (KIN 356), High School Driver Education Program Management (KIN 450), and Introduction to the Driving Tasks (KIN 456). NOTE; This program meets state certification requirements for driver-safety education.
Minor in Coaching 15-18 semester hours
Those students who successfully complete the program at West Chester earn a transcript and written endorsement from the School of Health Sciences attesting to school administrators that recipients have attained basic preparation for coaching. Students pursuing the B.S. in health and physical education automatically achieve coaching certification. Certification requires competencies equivalent to 15-18 hours of course work. Behavioral competencies in the theoretical foundations of coach- ing, skill acquisition, and management techniques also are required. Course offerings at the undergraduate and graduate levels are available. The program is open to any person who applied for admission through the program adviser. Prof Thielz. Applicants should direct inquiries to that office for a coaching minor brochure.
Minor in Dance 21 semester hours
Required Core: History of Dance (KIN 344), Dance Composition and Choreographic Techniques (KIN 441), and Independent Study. This is a two-track program. Beyond the required core courses, the student may select course(s) under educational concentration or theatrical performance concentration. Other program requirements include assisting in teaching, under the direction of a faculty member, and a minimum of two semesters of performance or work for a production. Application for this program can be obtained from Prof Lappano, dance coordinator.
Facilities
Facilities to support the programs of the department have kept pace with a rapid increase in students and faculty. The Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center and field complex, located on South Campus, provide the University with one of the nation's out- standing facilities for education and research in health and physical education. Among the center's notable components are its research facilities, its multipurpose teaching stations, and a one-acre gymnasium that can be divided into six, separate, pneumatically sealed gymnasi- ums. A vast complex of tennis courts and baseball, lacrosse, field hock- ey, soccer, and football fields also are located on the South Campus. NOTE: Students who choose to fuinil their art requirement through the dance curriculum must do so as follows: Two Credits Course Selections
|
KIN 344 |
History of Dance |
|
KIN 345 |
Dance Production Workshop |
|
KIN 441 |
Choreography |
|
KIN 446 |
Repertory Performance |
|
One Credit |
Course Selections |
|
PEA 132 |
Modem Dance 1 |
|
PEA 133 |
Jazz Dance I |
|
PEA 134 |
Ballet I |
|
PEA 135 |
Tap Dance I |
|
PEA 233 |
Jazz Dance II |
|
PEA 234 |
Ballet II |
|
PEA 235 |
Tap Dance II |
|
PEA 334 |
Ballet III |
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PmSICAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES
Symbol; PEA (2) ( 1 ) These courses meet the Physical Education .\ctivity General Education requirement except for students whose majors have obtained University approval for KIN courses.
The first number in parentheses shows the number of class meetings per week; the second one shows the semester hours of credit A program of selected activities for nonphysical education students.
100 Basic Swimming (for nonswimmers)
101 Swimming Styles (strokes)
106 Canoeing
107 Orienteering
108 Rock Climbing and Rappelling
109 Backpacking and Camping
110 Cycle Touring
♦ 115 Physical Conditioning 116 Personal Defense 122 Fencing 129 Basketball
132 Modem Dance I
133 Jazz Dance I
134 Ballet I
135 Tap Dancing
137 Strength Training
141 Water Fitness
231 Advanced Volleyball
233 Jazz Dance II
234 Ballet U -235 Tap II
334 Ballet IH— Pointe
PEA (2) (2) These courses also meet the Physical Education Activity General Education Require- ment except for students whose majors have obtained University approval for KIN courses. These courses include a Titness component.
117 Karate (2)
120 Fitness through Badminton (2)
123 Fitness through Golf (2)
125 Fitness through Gymnastics (Women's) (2)
128 Fitness through Tennis (2)
130 Softball as a Lifetime Activity (2)
131 Volleyball and a Fitness Lifestyle (2) 136 Fitness for Life (Theory and Lab) (2) 140 Aerobic Dance Fitness (2)
228 Advanced Tennis (2| 236 Developing Personal Fitness Programs (2) This course is designed to provide the student with a basic understanding of the scientific basis of phyyical fitness. The course is intended lo help each student in developing a personal fitness profile and subsequent program of physical activity that will result in healthful living The course will make use of practical experience and actual participation in fiwess activities. Individual programs will be emphasized. This is for nontraditional students and students with disabilities only. KINESIOLOGY Symbols; KIN; KIL indicates lab course.
These courses do not meet the Physical Activity General Education requirement except for students whose majors have obtained University approval for such courses. These courses are for kinesiology majors only, with the following exceptions: ele- mentary education majors, early childhood educa- tion majors, music majors, and sports medicine majors
The first number in parentheses shows the number of class meetings per week; the second one shows the semester hours of credit. 100 Foundations of Physical Education and Sport (2) (2) An introduction to the discipline and profession of physical education and sport, with an emphasis on career guidance The history and tradi- tion of the field will be traced to provide perspec- tive for student choices during their undergraduate
education. Field experiences and advice will expose students to the current opportunities and methods for achieving personal goals. 101 Introduction to Adventure-Based Education (3) (3) A course designed for the student to under- stand the adventure approach to experiential educa- tion in various environments The students will have the opportunity to experience an adventure curriculum including initiatives, problem-solving activities, and low and high ropes course elements. 107 Music and Movement (2) (1) A course that examines and develops the concept of music and rhythm through movement skills.
109 Wrestling (nine weeks) (3) (Vi) The teaching of the basic skills of the sport of wrestling. Fundamental skills, tactics, rules, and combative, lead-up activities for presentation to physical edu- cation classes in the public schools.
110 Soccer (nine weeks) (3) C/j) The leaching of the basic skills of the sport of soccer. Fundamental skills, tactics, rules, and lead-up games are present- ed for all school ages.
111 Basketball (nine weeks) (3) (Vi) Emphasis is placed on fundamental skills, rules, and tactics of the sport, accomplished through dnils and game sit- uations.
112 Gymnastics I (3) (1) Apparatus skills, stunts, tumbling, and pyramids for leaching all age levels.
113 Physical Conditioning (nine weeks) (3) (Vi) The teaching of activities to help develop total health, especially physical fitness. Circuits of exer- cises, weight training, running, and rope jumping are included for all ages.
140 .\quatic Fundamentals and Emergency Water Safety (3) (1) Review of basic aquatic skills. Emphasis on lifesaving practices, safety, and survival techniques. Successful completion of this course may lead to advanced lifesaving certifica- tion by the American Red Cross.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Health Sciences
Kinesiology
141 Fundamental Movement (3) (1) Fundamental locomotor and axial movement; music and rhythm in relationship. Rhythmical activities for the ele- mentary program with suggested leaching methods.
142 Tennis (nine weeks) (3) (V2) An explanation of the mechanics and specific skills of tennis. Emphasis is placed on conceptual understanding and teaching progressions and methods.
143 Golf (nine weeks) (3) (Vi) The teaching of the basic skills of golf Class management, techniques, rules, and safety procedures to present to physical education classes.
144 Badminton (nine weeks) (3) (V2) The teach- ing of the basic skills of badminton. Class manage- ment, techniques, rules, and safety procedures to present to physical education classes.
200 Elementary School Physical Education (3)
(2) Theoretical and practical approach for the teaching of physical activities to elementary school children by the classroom teacher.
208 Self Defense (nine weeks) (3) C/z) The teach- ing of the basic skills of self defense. Fundamental skills, tactics, and methods of presentation to school-age groups.
209 Track and Field (nine weeks) (3) ('/:) Principles of running, throwing, and jumping Modification needed for physical education classes. Self-testing.
210 Softball/Baseball (nine weeks) (3) C/z) The teaching of the basic skills of Softball and baseball Fundamental skills, tactics, rules, and lead-up games for presentation to all ages
211 Hockey (nine weeks) (3) ('/z) Basic funda- mentals, tactics, and rules. Modified active games. Geared to teaching physical education classes
212 Football (nine weeks) (3) (Vz) The teaching of basic football skills. Fundamental skills, tactics, rules, and lead-up games for all school ages
213 Lacrosse (nine weeks) (3) (Vz) Basic funda- mentals, tactics, and women's rules. Modified active games. Geared to teaching physical educa- tion classes.
214 Volleyball (nine weeks) (3) C/z) The teaching of the basic skills of volleyball. Fundamental skills, tactics, rules, and lead-up games for all school ages.
215 Preparation for Teaching Dance Technique
(3) (1) Basic course offering methods and materials for teaching dance technique.
242 Methods and Skills of Dance in Education (3) (1) To provide the student with a generalized coverage of various dance forms that could be taught within the educational field, such as social dance, folk dance, square dance, aerobics, or jazzercize.
243 Preparation for Teaching Activities (3) (1) Methods of teaching in all areas of physical educa- tion and the development of appropriate lesson plans for all ages PREREQ: Four activity courses,
244 Software Applications in Physical Education (3) Students apply word processing and graphics software to produce knowledge tests, worksheets, skill checklists, certificates of merit, and public relations handouts. Spreadsheet software will be applied to budget and inventory projects. Grading, crossword puzzle, computer-assisted instruction, and physical fitness assessment soft- ware also will be applied. Students also will leam e-mail.
245 Lifetime Fitness Concepts (3) (3) Designed to provide an interdisciplinary understanding of the relationship between lifestyle, physical fitness, and health and well-being.
246 Sport, Culture, and Society (3) (3) Current theories and research in the area of sport and soci-
ety will be introduced. Focus of course is interdisci- plinary, incorporating sociological, psychological, historical, anthropological, philosophical, and eco- nomic prospectives. Topics include moral, ethical, racial, and gender issues in sport in relation to the North American culture.
251 Physical Activity for Special Children (3) (3) A course of adapted physical education. Common childhood disabilities are studied with emphasis on problems of a chronic nature. Also screening and practical training and working with physically and mentally handicapped children. KIL 251 Physical Education for Special Children (LAB) (0) A practical working experi- ence with children and adults who have disabilities.
252 Classroom Activities for the Special Child (3) (3) To acquaint special education teachers with physical education activities useful in the class- room PREREQ: BIO 209.
257 Principles and Practices of Recreation (3) The basic principles of planning, administering, and evaluating recreational programs for all ages in a variety of settings and participating in suitable recreational activities.
275 Lifeguarding (3) (2) Theory and techniques relative to preventive lifeguarding, emergencies in and around water, water rescues, search and recov- ery operations, types and uses of equipment, records and reports, health and sanitation, and supervision of waterfront areas.
310 Preparation for Teaching Secondary Physical Education (3) (2) Each student develops a physical education activity unit and teaches one lesson from that unit Further opportunities for familiarization with various teaching methods and styles through observation, demonstration lessons, and actual practice.
311 Coaching Racquet Sports (3) (3) Advanced coaching and leaching techniques for the racquet sports, including tennis, badminton, racquetball, and squash.
314 Track and Field II (3) (2) PREREQ: KIN
209.
316 Basketball II (3) (2) PREREQ: KIN 1 1 1.
318 Lacrosse II (women's equipment) (3) (2)
319 Lacrosse II (men's equipment) (3) (2)
321 Volleyball II (3) (2) PREREQ: KIN 214.
322 Soccer II (3) (2) PREREQ: KIN 110.
323 Field Hockey II (3) (2) Individual and team tactics and special situations. Basic knowledge needed for coaching hockey, PREREQ: KIN 211
324 Football II (3) (2) Skills, tactics, and strate- gies for coaching football.
326 Wrestling II (3) (2) PREREQ: KIN 109. 331 Water Safety Instruction (3) (2) Leadership procedure in aquatics activities for schools and school camps. Swimming strokes and life-saving techniques are analyzed. Opportunity to qualify as a waterfront safety instructor.
343 Modern Dance II (3) (1) Emphasis is placed on longer combinations and more complex, prob- lem-solving themes. PREREQ: KIN 215.
344 History of Dance (3) (2) Evaluation of dance as an art form in relation to man and his society. Physiological, sociological, and psychological implications; dance forms and types. Film and other materials focus on parallel developments in related arts.
♦ 345 Dance Production Workshop (3) (2) Study of the various elements of performance and dance production. All are integrated into a final performance that is created and directed by the stu- dents. Admittance is through auditions during the fall semester.
348 Instructional Skills for Aerobic Dance Fitness (2) (1) The purpose of this course is to teach various dance exercises, dance movements, and aerobic dance routines to music with the intent of promoting cardiovascular fitness and endurance, and improving muscle tone and coordination.
350 Health and Physical Education Practicum (6) (3) Students receive classroom theoretical and practical information and are assigned to elemen- tary, middle, and high schools for observation, analysis, and teaching with cooperating teachers and University supervisors. PREREQ: KIN 100 and 243.
351 Evaluation in Health and Physical Education (3) (3) Selecting, administering, scoring, and evaluating tests of physical fitness, general motor ability, motor educability. and skill and knowledge.
352 Applied Exercise Physiology (3) (3) The application of physiological principles to physical education, exercise, and sport PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269.
353 Organization and Administration of Physical Education, Health, and Athletics (3) (3) Principles of program building in curricular and extracurricular programs; organizing, administer- ing, and supervising physical education, health, intramural, and interscholastic programs.
355 Accident Causation and Prevention (3) (3) Survey of safety education. History, philosophy, and psychology of accident prevention.
356 Critical Problems in the Highway Trans- portation System (3) (3) Techniques of assessing the knowledge, skill, and psycho-physical charac- teristics of a beginning driver; the relation of these to the safe operation of a motor vehicle.
360 Pathology of Special Physical Education and Therapeutic Recreation (2) (2) Considera- tions of the commonly seen disabling conditions with regard to anatomical and physiological changes.
361 Kinesiology (3) (3) Basic fundamentals of movement, articulation, and muscular actions; analysis of the related principles of mechanics. PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269.
362 Therapeutics for Special Physical Education and Therapeutic Recreation (3) (3) For students who want to specialize in adapted physical education or therapeutic recreation. To improve the students' understanding of evaluation and programming in the psychomotor domain for special populations. Principles of therapeutic exer- cise, and guidelines for exercise programs for those disabilities commonly seen in schools are present- ed. PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269; HEA 206; KIN 251, 352, and 361; and PSY 100. Taken concur- rently with KIL 362.
KIL 362 Therapeutics for Special Physical Education and Therapeutic Recreation Lab (3) (2) A course designed to give those students practi- cal experience in those topics presented in KIN 362. Taken concurrently with KIN 362. 369 Principles of Recreational Outdoor Pursuits Education (3) (3) History, philosophical back- ground, objectives, educational strategies, curricu- lum, safety considerations, and administration of an adventure-based, outdoor pursuits program. ♦ 378 Field Experience (3) (3) Practical experi- ence for the student-designed concentration. Students must solicit approval of the appropriate agency, develop a proposal for the on-site experi- ence, and secure agreement from the faculty adviser.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Liberal Studies
College of Ans and Sciences
380 Women and Sport (3) (3) An examinaiion ol women's participation in sport from historical, cul- tural, psychological, physical, and legal perspec- tives; emphasis placed on women in sport in American society today.
385 Exercise, Play, and Development (3) (3) To understand human development throughout the lifespan from a physical, mental, social, and emo- tional viewpoint To understand the role thai exer- cise and play have in the development of the indi- vidual.
429 Electrocardiography and Stress Testing (3) Designed lo prepare the prospective fitness instruc- tor in exercise testing protocols as well as how to record, label, and calculate data with stress-testing exercise equipment and a standard, 12-lead electro- cardiogram PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269; KIN 352; CPR certification
430 Planning Facilities for Athletics, Physical Education, and Recreation (3) (3) Management and planning of the facilities for athletics, school physical education, and recreational programs, play- fields, playgrounds, buildings, and auxiliary struc- tures as well as the maintenance of these facilities
431 Physical Fitness Assessment and Exercise Program (3) (3) Designed to prepare students to assess the physical fitness levels of healthy but sedentary adults and prescnbe individualized exer- cise programs. PREREQ. BIO 259 and 269; KIN 351, 352, and 429; EKG and stress testing; CPR certification
432 Exercise Techniques/Theory and Practice (3) (3) Analysis of vanous exercise techniques, and devices and systems emphasizing their use and safety. Clinical expenence in strength and range of motion (ROM) testing and prescription. PREREQ; BIO 259 and KIN 361
433 Exercise and Stress Management (3) (3) Focuses on the use of exercise in the management of stress. The course includes exercise techniques that may be useful in alleviating stress
434 Organization and Management of Adult Fitness Programs Clinic/Seminar (3) (3) Designed to provide students with practical experi- ence in organizing and managing physical fitness programs for adults PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269; KIN 352. 361. 431. and 433.
435 Physical Fitness Specialist Internship (12) (6) (6) Experience working in a cardiovascular rehabilatory center or similar clinical setting under the supervision of qualified personnel for one-half semester. Practical experience in an adult physical fitness center under the supervision of qualified personnel for one-half semester PREREQ: BIO 259 and 269; KIN 352. 361. 431. and 433.
441 Principles of Choreography (3) (I) The art of dance composition Basic elements of space, rhythms, and motion dynamics Students design onginal movement, progressing from simple to com- plex solo and group forms. PREREQ: KIN 215 443 Modern Dance III (3) (2) Advanced-level modem dance techniques with emphasis on all aspects of production: accompaniments, costume, sets, and lighting
445 Dance/Movement for Special Groups (2) (2) Adaptation of dance movement with emphasis on methods, techniques, and activities suitable for spe- cial groups (elderiy, disabled, mentally retarded, and special groups).
446 Repertory Performance (2) The purpose of this course is to offer dance students invaluable experience that can only be gained from perfor- mance. To ensure maximum benefit, the objectives are thorough studio rehearsal of dances, thorough lighting and staging rehearsals, and well-directed performances
449 Learning on the Move (3) (3) A combination of movement education and perceptual motor theo- ry and activities to help teachers and parents guide the children to maximum developmental potential Preschool, nursery, and kindergarten ages
450 High School Driver Education Program Management (3) (3) A study of the total safety program with emphasis on the teaching of safety. Each student prepares a practice lesson
451 History and Philosophy of Health and Physical Education (2) (2) A study of past and present concepts of physical education; philosophy and pnnciples of modem physical education pro- grams.
452 Principles of Coaching (2) (2) Principles and methods of coaching sports in the school program
453 Motor Learning (3) (3) A study of the theo- ries of learning in relation to the acquisition of motor skills,
456 Introduction to the Driving Tasks (3) (3) An advanced course to prepare students to teach driver education in the secondary schools
457 Psychosocial Aspects of Physical Disability (3) (3) A study of the psychological and social implications of physical disabilities PREREQ: PSY 100 or equivalent, plus any basic course about the disabled person.
458 Physical Disabilities of Childhood (2) (2) A course designed for students in special education. Common orthopedic and neurological disabilities of childhood, especially chronic deviations Emphasis is on understanding the medical aspects and prob- lems of rehabilitation.
465 Mechanical Analysis of Motor Skills (3) A problem-solving approach to skill analysis using
qualitative and quantitative video and cinemato- graphic analysis as well as elementary force-time and accelerometry techniques Useful for teachers, trainers, coaches, and exercise professionals. 470 Leadership in Recreational Outdoor Pursuits (3) (3) This course is designed to provide instruction that would help persons desiring a career in recreational outdoor pursuits education, or develop an outdoor education or physical education program using activities, processes, and educational methodology in a safe and meaningful manner. 473 Independent Study and Special Projects (1- 3) Provide an opportunity for selected students to pursue areas of special interest and talent or to take advantage of special conferences or seminars. PRE- REQ: Permission of department chairperson.
475 Mental Training in Sport (3) (3) Techniques of mental training for sport and physical activity, including relaxation training, concentration skills, breathing regulation, positive imagery, autogenic training, and meditation
489 Student Teaching (6) Observation and partic- ipation in teaching situations in elementary, junior, and senior high schools under qualified cooperating teachers and college supervisors. PREREQ: HEA 206, 306; KIN 243. 350. 353. extracumcular requirement, and updated medical examinaiion.
490 Student Teaching (6) Observation and partici- pation in teaching situations in elementary, junior, and senior high schools under qualified cooperating teachers and college supervisors. PREREQ: HEA 206, 306; KIN 243, 350, 353 extracurricular requirement, and updated medical examination.
491 Internship (3-12) Interns will perform a vari- ety of services for the agency. It is expected that interns will be involved in meaningful work pro- jects during the placement with adequate time to interact w ith their work supervisors for questions, answers, and knowledge sharing. PREREQ: Accep- tance of final student-designed concentration pro- posal
492 Principles and Practices of Teaching (2)
Deals with the professional preparation of the health and physical education teacher certification student. It is offered concurrently with the student teaching experience and is designed to assist the student in the public school setting. An examina- tion of current problems and issues in the profes- sion and in the schools leads to discussion of prob- lem prevention and solution Lectures on job pro- curement skills are included.
Liberal Studies Program
144 Main Hall 610-436-1096
James D. Fabrey, Director
In addition to programs leading to baccalaureate degrees in specific academic fields, the University offers a degree in liberal studies. The program is designed for either traditional or nontraditional students who seek a general education, or who desire to build majors that cut across traditional disciplinary lines.
A limited number of freshmen are accepted directly into the program based on a pre-admission interview. Students not accepted directly in their freshman year may select the undeclared major program. After completing at least 32 semester hours, and after achieving a minimum Grade Point
Average of 2.0. the student may request an interview with the director of liberal saidies for the purpose of planning a curriculum in one of the three available U^acks. Students may enter the liberal studies program from other majors of the University, or as transfers from other colleges, by the same process and by meeting the same requirements. It is University policy that no student, whether presently enrolled at West Chester or attempting to be admitted from another university, is permitted to enroll in the liberal stud- ies program after earning 80 semester hours.
Three advisement tracks within two separate baccalaureate degrees are available. The Bachelor of Arts in liberal studies — arts and sciences track is designed principally for students who are interested in a gener- al education with no specific orientation toward career preparation. Alternatively, either the Bachelor of Arts in liberal studies — career preparation track, or the Bachelor of Science in liberal studies — sci-
School of Business and Public Affairs
Management
ence and mathematics emphasis track will be more useful to the stu- dent who is seeking to construct a career-centered cumculum that is not otherwise available at West Chester University.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LIBERAL STUDIES — ARTS AND SCIENCES TRACK
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 (MAT 1 05, 1 2 1 , or a calculus course)
2. Foreign language (Students must show competency through the 202 level.)
3. Liberal studies breadth requirements (language culture cluster, natural and computer sciences, behavioral and social sciences, humanities and communications, and the arts)
4. Liberal studies electives of the student's choice at the 300 and 400 level
5. At least one minor offered by the College of Arts and Sciences, the School of Music, or by the departments of Economics, Geography, or Political Science
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN LIBERAL STUDIES — CAREER PREPARATION TRACK
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 (MAT 105, 121, or a calculus course)
2. Foreign language (Students must show competency through the 202 level.)
3. Liberal studies breadth requirements (natural sciences, behavioral and social sciences, humanities and communications, and the arts)
5 1 semester hours
0-12 semester hours
45 semester hours
20 semester hours
51 semester hours
0-12 semester hours
24 semester hours
4. Liberal studies electives of the 30 semester hours student's choice at the 300 and 400 level
5. At least one minor offered by a department associated with the student's career interest
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN LIBERAL STUDIES — SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS TRACK
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 51 semester hours (MAT 105, 121, or a calculus course)
2. Liberal studies breadth requirements 15 semester hours (behavioral and social sciences, humanities and communications, and the arts)
3. Science and mathematics cognate 32 semester hours requirements. Seven to nine semester hours in
any four of the following departments: Biology (BIO 1 10 or above). Chemistry (CHE 103 and CRL 103 or above), Geology/Astronomy (above ESS 111), Mathematics or Computer Science (MAT 1 10 or above, or CSC 1 15 or above), and Physics (PHY 130 or above)
4. Liberal studies electives of the 20 semester hours student's choice at the 300 and 400 level
5. At least one minor selected from the departments of Biology, Computer Science, Geology and Astronomy, Mathematics, or Physics
Students in the Bachelor of Arts tracks have the option of using up to six semester hours of their liberal electives as Senior Thesis (LST 490) credits. Interested students should consult with the program director well before earning 80 semester hours about procedures for pursuing the senior thesis.
COURSE DESCRIPTION LIBERAL STUDIES
Symbol: LSP
490 Senior Thesis (3-6) Directed research in an interdisciplinary subject of the arts and sciences. For students in the Bachelor of Arts tracks. PREREQ: Permission of the director of liberal studies.
Department of Management
312B Anderson Hall 610-436-2304
Charles McGee, Chairperson PROFESSORS: Chu, Snow
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: McGee, Selvanathan ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Culpan, Leach The primary objective of the Department of Management is to provide students with the skills required to manage business and public organi- zations effectively.
To accomplish this objective, the faculty of the Department of Management will strive
(1) to inculcate in the student the ability to reason analytically and crit- ically;
(2) to make the student sensitive to the human relations aspect of man- aging others;
(3) to increase the student's awareness of the concepts and terms used in current managerial practice;
(4) to increase the student's awareness of the international dimension of business;
(5) to increase the student's skills in written and verbal communica- tion;
(6) to foster the student's ability to synthesize the knowledge acquired from various disciplines in order to focus on managerial problems. The Department of Management offers a B.S. in business management, which focuses on functions required to make a group of people work effectively together as a unit. These functions include planning, orga- nizing, staffing, directing, and controlling.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 51 semester hours (includes CSC 101, ECO 1 1 1*, and one math
course)
2. Business and Economics Core 30 semester hours ACC 201 *, 202*; BLA 201 *; ECO 112*,
251, 252; FIN 325; MGT 300*, 499*; and MKT 325*
3. Other courses required by major 6 semester hours COM 230, CSC 101, ENG 368, MAT 105 or
107 or 108 or 161 (also general requirements)
4. Major concentration 2 1 semester hours MGT 313*, 321*, 341*, 431*, 441*, and 498*;
MIS 300*
5. Economic or Business Electives 9 semester hours
6. Free Electives 21 semester hours
*A minimum grade of C must be attained in each of these courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MANAGEMENT
Symbol: MGT
100 (formerly 101) Introduction to Business (3)
Survey of the sUucture and function of the American business system. Topics covered include forms of business organization, fundamentals of
management, fundamentals of marketing, basic accounting principles and practices, elements of finance, money and banking, business and govern- ment, and careers in business. Open to nonbusiness majors.
300 (formerly 301) Principles of Management
(3) Introduction to the pnnciples and functions of management. Examines the management process.
organizational theory, planning, decision making, motivation, and leadership in supervisory contexts. PREREQ; ACC 201, and ECO 1 1 1 and 1 12.
313 (formerly 408/411) Business and Society (3)
An analysis of the social, political, legal, environ- mental, and ethical problems faced by business firms. PREREQ: MGT 300.
IBl Marketing
School of Business and Public Affairs
321 (formerly 402) Organization Theory and Behavior (3) Study of the theoretical foundations of organization and management The system of roles and functional relationships. Practical applica- tion of the theory through case analysis. PREREQ: MGT 300.
333 (formerly 334) Labor Relations (3) Rise of the American labor movement Labor legislation Collective bargaining arrangements Procedures in settling labor disputes Organized labor's policies and practices PREREQ; MGT 300 341 (formerly 303) Production and Operations Management (3) Methods analysis, work measure- ment, and wage incentives Production process and system design. Plant location, layout, sales fore- casting, inventory, production, and quality control, to include statistical aspects of tolerances, accep- tance sampling, development of control charts. PERT, and cost factors PREREQ: CSC 101 or equivalent; ECO 111, 1 12, 251, 252; MAT 107 and 108; and MGT 300
431 (formerly 302/331) Human Resource Administration (3) Study of a well-planned, prop- erly executed, and efficiently evaluated approach to manpower recruitment, screening, usage, and development Case analysis and/or expenential exercises to illustrate the concepts used PREREQ MGT 300 or permission of instructor 441 (formerly 406) Introduction to Management Science (3) Business problems in production, inventory, finance, marketing, and transportation translated into application of scientif- ic methods, techniques, and tools to provide those in control of the system with optimum solutions PREREQ; MGT 341 or permission of instructor 451 (formerly 407) Systems Management (3) Application of systems theory and pnnciples to the operation of contemporary organizations with emphasis on nonquantitative methods of analysis. PREREQ; MGT 321.
471 (formerly 401) Enlrepreneurship (3) Organization of a business venture with emphasis on risk, requirements, roles, and rewards Students
develop a simulated venture, with oral and wntten report PREREQ; ACC 201 and 202. FIN 325, MGT 300, MKT 301. or permission of instructor
♦ 483 (formerly 450-451) Management Intern- ship (3) The management internship is designed to enhance the student's educational experience by providing a substantive work expenence in the business world PREREQ; Internship program coordinator's approval
486 Management Internship (6) The management internship is designed to enhance the student's edu- cational expenence by providing a substantive work experience in the business world PREREQ; Internship program coordinator's approval
487 (formerly 490) Special Topics in Manage- ment (3) This course deals with current concepts in management not covered by existing courses. The course content is determined at the beginning of each semester. PREREQ; MGT 300
♦ 488 (formerly 410) Independent Studies in Management (1-3) Special research projects, reports, and readings in management Open to seniors only PREREQ; Instructor's approval
498 (formerly 400) Senior Seminar in Manage- ment (3) Students are engaged in reading and research on current developments in management. Research project is required to help expand and deepen the horizons of the participants PREREQ: Senior standing. MGT 300. Seniors eligible for graduation at the end of the coming semester take prionty for registration dunng the preregistration period.
499 (formerly 405) Business Policy and Strategy
(3) A capstone course for all business majors, requiring students to integrate and apply multidisci- plinary knowledge and skills in actively formulat- ing improved business strategies and plans Case method predominates Wntten reports PREREQ: Senior standing in ACC. ECO. FIN. MKT. or MGT major; prior completion of all courses in Business and Economics Core except ECO 335 Seniors eli- gible for graduation at the end of the coming
semester take pnonty for registration dunng the preregistration penod.
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Symbol: MIS
300 (formerly 200) Introduction to Manage- ment Information Systems (3) A comprehensive introduction to the role of information systems in an organizational environment This course focuses on transforming manual and automated data into useful information for managenal decision making. PREREQ MGT 300
451 (formerly 350) Systems Analysis and Design
(3) The course develops the necessary skills for analysis of organizational environments in light of information system needs, as well as the skill to design such systems PREREQ; MIS 300.
453 (formerly 360) Decision Support Systems
(3) This course is an advanced presentation of the role of management information systems in the special support needs of managers for aiding deci- sion making PREREQ; MGT 441. MIS 300 and 451.
INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Symbol: INB
300 (formerly 301) Introduction to Internatio- nal Business (3) Analysis of international business transactions in large and small businesses, multina- tional and domestic Functional emphasis on multi- national environment, managenal processes, and business strategies PREREQ: MGT 300
469 (formerly 402) International Management Seminar (3) Study of issues confronting executives as they plan, organize, staff and control a multina- tional organization Lectures, case analyses, and outside projects with local firms engaged in. or entering, international business will be utilized. PREREQ; INB 300 and MGT 300.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Marketing
312B Anderson Hall
610-436-2304
John Redington. Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Morgan, Redington
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Christ, Gault, Tomkowicz
The primary objective of the Department of Marketing is to prepare
students for careers in business or government organizations.
To accomplish this, the faculty of the Department of Marketing will
strive
(1) to create an understanding of the role marketing plays in organiza- tions and social and economic systems;
(2) to create an understanding of the scope and content of marketing as a critical thought process designed to reconcile organizational prof- itability with customer satisfaction and social responsibility;
(3) to assist students in acquiring skills required for a successful mar- keting career in business in a global environment;
(4) to offer students the opportunity to learn and use modem manage- ment technologies;
(5) to create an understanding of the legal and ethical framework of competition and business conduct.
The B.S. in MARKETING focuses on the activities required in organiza- tions to create and keep customers. Emphasis is on understanding cus- tomers' needs and designing strategies and programs to meet these needs.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS:
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 51 semester hours (Includes ECO 111*. See appropriate
curriculum guidance sheet.)
2. Business and Economics Core 30 semester hours ACC 201*. 202*; BLA 201*; ECO 112*, 251*,
and 252; RN 325; MGT 300*. 499*; MKT 325*
3. Other courses required by the business program 6 semester hours CSC 101 or 115 or 141, and MAT 105* or 107*
or 108* or 161*
These courses satisfy and are included under the
general requirements.
4. Other course required 3 semester hours GEO 325
5. Major concentration courses 1 8 semester hours MKT 330*, 340*. 360*, 425* 440* and one
additional 300-level or above MKT course
6. Business or Economics Electives 9 semester hours 300-level or above courses in ACC. BLA, ECO,
RN, INB, MIS, MGT, MKT, or ENG 368.
7. Restricted Electives 6 semester hours Chosen in consultation with the adviser.
8. Free Electives 1 2 semester hours
*A minimum grade of C must be attained in each of these courses.
College of Arts and Sciences
Mathematics
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS LAW
Symbol; BLA
201 The Legal En>Troiunent of Business (3)
Exanunes the framework of the .-Vnencan legal sys- tem and its impact on the en\'ironment in which busi- ness operates. Sources of law . mcluding constitution- al, statutory, administrative, and common law princi- ples, that define the relationships between government and business; buyers and sellers of goods and ser- vices: and employers and employees are discussed. 302 Special Subjects in Business Law (3) In-depth coverage of the legal topics of contracts and sales. It is intended as a partial preparation for the uniform Certified Public Accountant (CPA) examination and thus provides smdents w ith an adequate knowledge of the most widely exanuned subjects Provides mar- keting students with a detailed know ledge of the legal topics that they will use in their careers and covers basic legal topics highly useful to management majors and all persons engaged in business ♦ 303 Legal Problems in Business (3) Special legal problems in business will be considered at length, such as consumer credit regulation, insurance, personal law relating to decedent's estates and Social Security, preparation for the CPA examination, etc This course may be taken more than once (but not more than three times) for credit if the subject matter of the course is not duplicated.
MARKETING
Symbol; MKT
200 Survey of Marketing (3) Examines the impact of marketing systems in producing a standard of liv- ing in local and global economies Topics include the structure and functions of marketing within an orga- nization, the role of customers, and the competitive, political/legal/regulalor\'. economic, social-cultural, and technological environments in which these sys- tems operate. May not be taken for credit after com-
pletion of any other marketing course. Open to non- business majors.
325 Marketing Management (3) Study of the processes involved in planning and managing mar- keting activities in organizations. Emphasis on case studies and applications of the decision-making prxxess. PREREQ: ACC 201. BLA 201, CSC 101, ECO 112, 251, MAT 105 or 107 or 108 or 161. 330 (formerly 303) Consumer Behavior (3) Foundations of consumer behavior Market structure and consumer behavior, purchase strategy and tactics, determinants and patterns of consumer behavior An integrated theory of consumer behavior is sought. PREREQ; MKT 200 or 325 and permission of instructor.
340 (formerly 321) Personal Selling (3) Analysis of the selling process applied to sales calls and sales strategies, communication, persuasion, motivation, ethics, interpersonal relationships, negotiations, and professionalism. Emphasis on case studies PREREQ: MKT 200 or 325 and permission of instructor 350 (formerly 322) Advertising and Sales Promotion (3) A study of advertising and sales pro- motion manageineni with a major focus on organiza- tion, media, strategy, campaigns, legal control, con- sumer behavior, budgeting, and the coordination of these activities with overall marketing programs. PREREQ; MKT 200 or 325 and permission of instructor.
360 (formerly 408) Marketing Research (3) Systematic definition of marketing problems, strate- gies for data collection, model building, and interpre- tation of results to improve marketing decision mak- ing and control. PREREQ; MKT 325. 404 International Marketing (3) Historical and theoretical background of foreign trade, world mar- keting environment and world market patterns, mar- keting organization in its international setting, and international marketing management. PREREQ; MKT 325.
406 (formerly 320) Managing Sales (3) Source, technique, and theories applied to problems encoun- tered in managing a sales force in the areas of admin- istration, policy, organizational structure, personnel selection and evaluation, sales training, compensa- tion, forecasting, establishing territories and quotas, and sales analysis. Emphasis on case studies. PRE- REQ; MKT 340 or permission of insQiictor. 410 Independent Studies in Marketing (1-3) Special research projects, reports, and readings in marketing. Open to seniors only. PREREQ; Permission of instructor. 425 Marketing Strategy and Plaiming (3) Application of the skills required for effective man- agerial decision making and communication using a team approach. Emphasis on case studies, computer simulations, and the development of a marketing plan; oral and written presentation of results. PRE- REQ: MKT 325, 360, and senior standing. 440 (formerly 400) Senior Seminar in Marketing (3) Team research projerts that require an in-depth investigation of a current topic in marketing, and the preparation and presentation of an oral and w ritten professional report. PREREQ: Senior standing and 12 credits in marketing, including MKT 325 and 360,
♦ 460 (formerly 450) Marketing Internship (3) The markcDng internship is designed to enhance the student's educational experience by providing a sub- stantive work experience in the business worid. PRE- REQ: Perrmssion of insBiictor and department chair.
♦ 461 (formerly 451) Marketing Internship (6) The marketing mtemship is designed to enhance the student's educational experience by providing a sub- stantive work experience in the business world. PRE- REQ; Permission of instructor and department chair 490 Special Topics in Marketing (3) Special topics in marketing not covered under existing, regularly offered courses. PREREQ: MKT 325 and permission of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Mathematics
323 C Anderson Hall
610-436-2440
Sebastian Koh, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Branton, Grosshans, Kerrigan, Koh, L'Heureux,
Mandelbaum, Montemuro, Szymanski ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Gallitano, Gupta, Horvath,
Milliman, Morgan, Moser, Schremmer, Seybold, Tan, Wolfson
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Glidden, Johnston The Department of Mathematics offers two programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree in mathematics and a program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education.
\. The B.A. in MATHEMATICS enables each student to receive the basic preparation for the career of his/her choice, such as college teaching, research, and service in industry and government. In all cases, the student receives a sound preparation for graduate study in the field of mathematics.
2. The B.A. in MATHEMATICS - COMPUTER SCIENCE offers the student the opporuinity to do in-depth study in both mathematics and computer science.
3. The B.S. in EDUCATION - MATHEMATICS focuses on a heavy concentration in mathematics while the student earns state certifica- tion to teach mathematics on the middle, junior high, or senior high school levels.
Majors in all these areas should consult the appropriate department handbook and review with their advisers current requirements listed on the guidance record sheets.
REQUIREMENTS CO^LMON TO THE B.A. PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Foreign Language Requirement (French, German, or Russian)
3. Related Requirements CSC 141 and PHY 170
4. Major Requirements MAT no, 161, 162, 211, 261, 262, 343, 41 1, and 421
BACHELOR OF ARTS— MATHEMATICS
1, Additional Major Requirements MAT 232
2, Electives in Mathematics Selected from upper-division mathematics courses
3, PHY 180 4 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS— \L\THEMATICS WTTH COMPUTER SCIENCE CONCENTRATION
1. Additional Major Requirements CSC 142, 241, 242, and 490 (CSC 490 must be taken as a three-credit course); MAT 425
2. Electives in Mathematics
3. Electives in Computer Science
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE EM EDUCATION - MATHEMATICS
1 . General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Mathematics Requirements MAT 110, 161, 162,211,231,261,262,343,
5 1 semester hours 0-12 semester hours
7 semester hours
29 semester hours
3 semester hours
12 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
6 semester hours 6 semester hours
5 1 semester hours 38 semester hours
Mathematics
College of Arts and Sciences
350 (credited to professional education), 354 , 41 Land 421
3. Professional Education Requirements 27 semester hours EDF 100; EDM 300; EDP 250 and 351;
EDS 306 and 41 1-412; PSY 100
4. Related Requirements 1 1 semester hours CSC 141 and PHY 170-180
5. Electives in Mathematics 9 semester hours Selected from upper-division mathematics courses
Minor in Mathematics 18 semester hours
Baccalaureate students may receive transcript recognition for a minor area of study in mathematics by completing four required courses and two electives selected from the approved list.
12 semester hours
6 semester hours
1 . Required Courses MAT 105 or 110, and 161, 162, and 211
2. Approved Electives; Select two MAT232, 343, 411,or421
In the above minor, a student must earn a minimum grade of C- in each course and have an average of at least 2.0 over all the courses taken in the minor.
Advanced Placement Policy
A score of three or higher on the Mathematics Advanced Placement Exam of the College Boards will allow a mathematics major to begin his or her studies with MAT 162. MAT 110 may or may not be taken at the discretion of the student. Students who are granted advanced placement of 4-8 semester hours take 4-8 additional semester hours of electives in mathematics.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MATHEMATICS
Symbol: MAT
MAT 000 FundamenUls of Algebra (3) A prepara- tory course to remediate basic algebraic skills Students scoring between 440-480 on the mathemat- ics section of the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and who do not pass the mathematics test during their on- entation program are placed in this course prior to any other mathematics course Credits earned in 000-level courses do not count towards the 128 hours of credit needed for graduation. The course must be passed with a grade of C- or better, or be repeated 001 Fundamental Skills in Arithmetic (3) A course designed to remediate basic arithmetic skills and to introduce elementary algebra In general, stu- dents placed in MAT 001 have scored below 440 on the math SAT and have not taken high school alge- bra. Students are being prepared to take Fundamen- tals of Algebra (MAT (XX)) and must earn at least a C- to enroll in that course A student in MAT 001 does not earn credit toward graduation for this course. Elementary and special education majors in need of algebraic and/or arithmetic remediation must enroll in MAT 001.
101 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers I (3) Sets; functions; logic; development of whole numbers, integers, and rationals (including ratios, proportions, and percents), number theory; problem solving. For early childhood, elementary education, and special education majors only.
102 Mathematics for Elementary Teachers n (3) Development of real numbers; geometry; measure- ment; probability and statistics; problem solving For elementary education and special education majors only PREREQ:MAT 101.
103 Introduction to Mathematics (3) This course is a liberal ans introduction to the nature of mathemat- ics Topics are chosen from among logic, graph theo- ry, number theory, symmetry (group theory), proba- bility, statistics, infimte sets, geometry, game dieory, and linear programming. These topics are independent of each other and have as prerequisite the ability to read, reason, and follow a logical argument.
105 College Algebra and Trigonometry (3) A uni- fied course in algebra and trigonometry. PREREQ: High school algebra.
107 College Algebra (3) A thorough treatment of college algebra. Topics covered include the study of polynomial, exponential, and logarithmic functions, plus systems of linear equations. PREREQ: SAT score of 450 (original scale), 480 (recentered scale) or above, or passing a placement test, or obtaining at least a C- in MAT 000.
108 Survey of Calculus for Business (3) An intu- itive approach to the calculus of one and rwo variables
with emphasis on business applications. PREREQ; MAT 107
110 Foundations of Mathematics (3) A precalculus course. Topics include polynomials, rational func- tions, inverse functions, theory of equations, circular functions, arithmetic and geometric series, mathemati- cal induction, and complex numbers
121 Statistics I (3) Basic concepts of statistics. Frequency distnburions. measures of central tendency and vanability, probability and theoretical distribution, significance of differences, and hypothesis testing For nonmathematics majors
MTL 121 Statistics Lab I (1) Introduces the student to using and programming die computer to solve sta- tistical problems and to aid the student in undeistand- ing statistical concepts
122 Statistics II (3) Continuation of MAT 1 2 1 Inference about the means, standard deviations and proportions, goodness of fit. analysis of variance, regression analysis, correlation, and nonparametric tests PREREQ; MAT 121
161 Calculus I (4) Differential and integral calculus of real-valued functions of a single real variable, with applications PREREQ; Good working knowledge of high school algebra and trigonomeUy demonstrated by a math SAT score of 650 or above, or a C- or above in MAT 105 or 110
162 Calculus II (4) Continuation of MAT 161 including the study of series, methods of integration, transcendental functions, and applications to the sci- ences PREREQ; MAT 161
209 Topics in Mathematics for the Elementary Teacher (3) Introduction to programming in BASIC; computer uses for the classroom teacher; descnptive statistics with applications for teaching; and measure- ments of length, area, volume, and temperature Uiat focus on the SI metric system with practice in the classroom. Additional topics in applied mathematics will be considered, PREREQ; MAT 102.
211 Linear Algebra (3) An introduction to linear algebra Topics covered include matrices, systems of linear equations, vector spaces, linear transformation, determinants, eigenvalues, spectral theorem, and tnan- gulauon.
212 Algebra for Elementary Teachers (3) Formal structure of groups, rings, and fields with examples from the elementary curriculum. Topics from linear algebra including matrices, determinants, and linear programming PREREQ; MAT 102.
221 Applied Statistics (3) Probabilities, discrete and continuous probability distributions, methods of esti- mation, and hypothesis testing PREREQ; CSC 141 (or equivalent) and MAT 162 (or equivalent). 231 Foundations of Geometry' (3) Geometric foun- dations from an advanced viewpoint. Topics are cho- sen from euclidean and noneuclidean geometries. Offered in the spring semester.
232 Differential Geometry (3) Classical differential geometry from a modem viewpoint. Curves and sur- faces and shape operators. Introduction to Riemann geometry. PREREQ; MAT 262.
233 Geometry for Elementary Teachers (3) Modem informal approach to rwo- and three-dimen- sional geometric figures, measurement, similarity, congruence, coordinate geometry, and the postulation- al method PREREQ; MAT 102.
261 Calculus III (3) The calculus of several vari- ables. Topics include polar coordinates, vectors and three-dimensional analytic geomeuy, differenuation of functions of several variables, multiple integrals, and line and surface integrals PREREQ: MAT 161 and 162
262 Calculus FV (3) The calculus of vector-valued functions of a vector variable. Derivatives and proper- ties of the denvative including the chain rule, fields and conservative fields, integration, and Green's, Stokes', and Gauss' theorems PREREQ; MAT 261. 281 Discrete Mathematics (4) This course is designed to provide a foundation for the mathematics used in the theory and application of computer sci- ence. Topics include mathematical reasoning, the notion of proof logic, sets, relations and functions, counting techniques, algonthmic analysis, modelling, cardinality, recursions and induction, graphs, and algebra PREREQ; MAT 162
321 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) Introduction to set theory, graph theory, and combina- tonal analysis. Includes relations, cardinality, elemen- tary combinatorics, principles of mclusion and exclu- sion, recurrence relations, zero-one matrices, parti- tions, and Polya's Theorem PREREQ; CSC 101 or 141,andMAT262or281. 343 Differential Equations (3) The general theory of nth order, and linear differential equations includ- ing existence and uniqueness criteria and linearity of the solution space. General solution techniques for variable coefficient equations, series solutions for variable coefficient equations, and study of systems of linear equations. PREREQ; MAT 261. Offered in the spring semester
349 Teaching Mathematics in E^ly Childhood (3) Concepts, learning aids, syllabi, texts, and methods in early childhood mathematical teaching. PREREQ: MAT 101.
350 Foundations of Mathematics Education (3) Historical overview of mathematics education with emphasis on influential curricular programs, implica- tions of learning theory, significance of research, identification of current issues, organizational alterna- tives for the classroom, and evaluation resources. PREREQ: MAT 261 . Offered in the fall semester.
351 Teaching Mathematics in Elementary Schools I (3) Concepts, learning aids, syllabi, texts, and methods in elementary school matheinatics. PREREQ: MAT 101-102.
School of Music
Music
352 Teaching Mathematics in Elementarj' Schools n (3) Techniques for leaching children concepts such as geometry in two and three dimensions, number sentences, graphing, ratios and percentages, quanti- fiers, etc. Use of laboratory materials will be empha- sized. PREREQ: MAT 351 Offered m the spnng semester.
354 Techniques of Teaching Secondary School Mathematics (3) Techniques used in the presentation of specific mathematical concepts, associated materi- als, levels of questioning, and motivational de\ices Scope and sequence of secondary mathematics top- ics. Criteria for text evaluation. Preview of student teaching. PREREQ: MAT 350. Offered in the spnng semester.
357 Teaching Mathematics to the Handicapped
(3) Methods and materials associated with the presen- tation of mathematics to the handicapped. Emphasis on individualization and involvmg thinking skills at the concrete level. Evaluative and interpretive tech- niques are included. PREREQ: MAT 101-102.
^ 390 Seminar in Mathematics Education (3)
Typical topics are remedial programs, low achiever programs, materials for mathematics education, methodology in mathematics education, mathematics and the computer, theones of mathematics education, and analysis of research in mathematics education. PREREQ; MAT 351
400 History of Mathematics for Elementary Teachers (3) History and development of elementary mathematics from primitive times to the discovery of
calculus. Problems of the period are considered. PREREQ: MAT 212 and 233. 401 History of Mathematics (3) Development of mathematics from the Babylonian era to the 18th century. Some modem topics included. PREREQ: MAT 26 1.
♦ 405 Special Topics in Mathematics (3) Topics announced at the time of offering. 411-412 Algebra I-II (3) (3) Abstract algebra. Algebraic systems, groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. PREREQ: MAT 261. MAT 4] 1 must pre- cede 412.
414 Theory of Niunbers (3) Properties of integers; primes, factorization, congruences, and quadratic rec- iprocity. PREREQ: MAT 262 421-422 Mathematical Statistics I-H (3) (3) Probability theory, discrete and continuous random variables, distributions, and moment generating func- tions. Statistical sampling theor>', joint and interval estimation, test of hypothesis, Degression, and correla- tion. PREREQ: MAT 262. MAT 421 must precede 422.
425 Numerical Analysis (3) Numerical methods for the approximate solution of applied problems. Interpolation theory, curve fitting, approximate inte- gration, and numerical solution of differential equa- tions. PREREQ: CSC 1 15 or 141, and MAT 262. 427 Introduction to Optimization Techniques (3) Nature of optimization problems: deterministic and stochastic, and discrete and continuous. Computer methods of solution, systematic and random search.
linear quadratic, dynamic programming, and others. PREREQ: CSC 1 15 or 141. and M.^T 262. 432 Topology (3) Elements of point set topology. Separation axioms. Connectedness, compactness, and metrizability. PREREQ: MAT 262 441-442 Advanced Calculus I-II (3) (3) A rigorous treatment of the calculus of a single real variable. Topics in several real variables and an introduction to Lebesque integration PREREQ: MAT 262. MAT 441 must precede 442.
443-444 Applied Analysis I-O (3) (3) The tech- niques of analysis applied to problems in the physical sciences Topics include partial differential equations, orthogonal functions, complex integration, and con- formal mapping. PREREQ: MAT 262. MAT 443 must precede 444
445 Complex Variables (3) Introduction to func- tions of a complex vanable Analytic fiinctions. map- pings, differentiation and integration, power series, and conformal mappings. PREREQ: MAT 262. ♦ 490 Seminar in Mathematics (3) Topics in mathematics selected for theu' significance and stu- dent-instructor interest Independent study and stu- dent reports, oral and written. PREREQ: Senior standing and consent of department chairperson. 493 Mathematical Modeling (3) The idea of a mathematical model of a real situation Techniques and rationales of model building. Examples from the life, physical, and social sciences. PREREQ: MAT 262 and 343
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Music
1 1 Swope Hall (Office of the Dean)
610-436-2739
PROFESSORS: Bedford, Belmain, Burton, Friday, Laudermilch,
McVoy, Murray, Nelson, Pennington, Schmidt, Sullivan, Veleta,
Voois ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Ahramjian. Aliferis, Alt, Balthazar,
Blair, Dorminy, Guidetti, Hegvik, Klein, Ludeker, Maggie,
Newbold. Pandel, Price, Southall, Sprenkle, Wagner, Wyss ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Balthazar. Briselli, Chilcote,
Grabb, Manning, Hershey. Lyons, Markey, Metcalf. Pippart-
Brown, Richmond, Richter, Winters INSTRUCTORS: Cullen, Galante, McKenna. Paulsen, Turk, Villella
The mission of the School of Music at West Chester University is to create a learning environment that provides the highest order of education in all major aspects of music, to establish a foundation for life-long growth in music, and to offer programs and degrees that are tradition based but future oriented. In pursuing this mission, we reaffirm our commitment to diversi- ty within the School of Music. Our faculty members strive to be inspiring teachers as well as musical and intellectual leaders. Further, we endeavor to expand the music opportunities available to all University students and to enhance the quality of our community's musical life.
MUSIC TESTS — BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MUSIC EDUCATION
1. Each candidate must demonstrate skill in at least one performance medium in which he or she excels: piano, organ, voice, classical guitar, or a band or orchestra instrument. It is preferable, although not required, for pianists and vocalists to perform at least part of their audition from memory.
2. All candidates are tested in voice and piano.
3. Piano, organ, or voice majors with band or orchestra instrument experi- ence are urged to demonstrate their ability on their instruments.
NOTE: All candidates must bring music for the vocal, piano, and instrumental compositions they intend to perform, and should come prepared with a song that will demonstrate vocal range and quality.
MUSIC TESTS — BACHELOR OF MUSIC
Each candidate in performance must demonstrate an advanced level of proficiency in the major area of performance as evidenced by the abili- ty to perform compositions representing a variety of musical periods and styles, and must show potential as a professional performer. Memorization is required for pianists and vocalists. Each candidate in theory and composition must demonstrate an acceptable background in a major performing area; candidates in composition must present scores of completed compositions.
NOTE; Candidates for the B.M. degree will also take all of the tests required for admission to the B.S. program. Depending on the outcome of the aural perception tests (required of all candidates), students in any music degree program may be required to take a remedial course in ear training (MTC 014), which must be passed with a grade of C or better. Refer to "Repeat Policy on Remedial Courses."
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO ALL MUSIC PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 38-50 semester hours Basic Skills (1 1 semester hours)
Science (6 semester hours)
Behavioral and Social Sciences (6 semester hours)
Humanities (6 semester hours)
The Arts (3 semester hours)
Free Electives (6 semester hours)
2. Theory Requirements 20 semester hours MTC 112, 113, 114, 115, 212. 213, 214, and 215
3. Music History Requirements 6 semester hours MHL 221 and 222
4. Recital Attendance
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— MUSIC EDUCATION
The B.S. in MUSIC EDUCATION is a balanced program of general, spe- cialized, and professional courses leading to qualification for a Pennsylva- nia Instructional 1 Certificate to teach music in the elementary and sec- ondary schools of Pennsylvania. Three teaching concentration programs — • general, instoimental, and vocal-choral — are provided. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division" should be consulted for the current general, music, and concenu^ation requirements.
Music
School of Music
Required Music Education Courses Professional qualifying test, MUE 331, 332 (333, 335, 337 depending on area of concentration), 431. and 432 Other Music Requirements Major performing instrument, applied music courses, conducting, music organizations, MTC 450, and music electives Education Courses EDF 100 and EDP 250
20-23 semester hours
46-59 semester hours
6 semester hours
BACHELOR OF MUSIC
There are four concentrations available in the Bachelor of Music — compo- sition, theory, music history, and performance (instrumental, keyboard, or vocal). The requirements for each concentration are listed below.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO B.M. PROGRAMS
Foreign Language 6-12 semester hours
The B.M. in COMPOSITION offers comprehensive theory and compo- sition courses designed to develop creative skills enabling the student to write in an acceptable contemporary idiom and to develop an individual style. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division" should be consulted for the current general and music requirements.
24 semester hours
38 semester hours
1. Required Composition Courses MTC 312, 313, 341, 344, 412, 413, 417; and 342 or 346
2. Other Music Requirements MHL elective, conducting, music organization, music electives. performance area, and MTC 450
The B.M. in THEORY offers extensive training to develop analytical skills leading to the comprehension of the structure and form of music of all styles and periods, and to develop acceptable writing skills. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division" should be consulted for the current general and music requirements.
1. Required Theory Courses 21 semester hours MTC 312, 341, 342, 344. 346, 417, and 479
2. Other Music Requirements 38 semester hours MTC 450. MHL elective, conducting, performance
area, music organizations, and music electives
The B.M. in MUSIC HISTORY prepares the student for graduate studies in music history and literature, and musicology. The required courses provide a broad foundation in the major field. The wide choice of music electives permits the student to structure a program compati- ble with his or her particular career goals and interests. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division" should be consulted for the current general and music requirements.
15 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
1 3 semester hours
1. Required Music History Courses MHL 440, 441, 442, 443. 444. 445 (select four of the six), and MHL 470
2. Music History Electives
3. Music Electives
4. Other Music Requirements MTC 342, applied music, conducting, music organization
Until further notice, no new students are being admitted into the B.M. in Music History program.
The B.M. in PERFORMANCE is for students who demonstrate a high degree of ability on their chosen instrument and who desire to concentrate on developing that ability. Majors in the program should consult the "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division" for the current general and music requirements. I. BACHELOR OF MUSIC— INSTRUMENTAL PERFORMANCE
a. Required Instrumental Courses 38-40 semester hours
Major instrument 141. 142. 241, 242, 341, 342, 441, 442; AIC 311, 312; band/ orchestra; and master class/ensemble
b. Other Music Requirements 29 semester hours MTC 341, 344, and 450, secondary applied
3.
music, major literature course, and music
electives BACHELOR OF MUSIC— KEYBOARD PERFORMANCE Option I (Performance)
a. Required Keyboard Courses 40 semester hours PIA 141, 142,241,242,341,342,405,
406, 425, 426, 441, 442, and 450 or 452
b. Other Required Music Courses 29 semester hours MTC 344, MHL electives, conducting,
secondary performance area, music organizations, music electives, and master class/ensemble Option 2 (Performance with Pedagogy Emphasis)
a. Required Keyboard Courses 48 semester hours PIA 141, 142,241,242,341,342,405,406,
425, 426, 441, 442, 450, 452, and 451 or 453
b. Other Required Music Courses 20 semester hours MHL or MTC elective, supportive elective,
conducting, secondary performance area, music organizations, and master class/ensemble BACHELOR OF MUSIC— VOCAL PERFORMANCE
a. Required Vocal Courses 44 semester hours vol 141, 142, 241, 242, 329, 341. 342, 413,
414, 424, 441, and 442; vocal literature course; VOC 311 and 312
b. Other Music Requirements 24 semester hours MTC 344 and 450; keyboard courses; music
electives; chorus
Minor in Music 18-21 semester hours
This program is geared toward liberal arts students with an interest in music. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division" should be consulted for current requirements.
1. Required Courses 1 2 semester hours MTC 1 12 and 1 14, MHL course, music
organization, and PIA 191 and 192
2. Music Electives 6-9 semester hours
Minor in Jazz Studies
18-21 semester hours
This program is designed primarily for students currently enrolled in a music degree program. Students in other degree programs will be admitted if qualified. Students must have the permission of both their major adviser and the chairperson of the Instrumental Department. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division" should be consulted for current requirements.
1. Required Courses 1 8 semester hours AES 151, 152; AJZ 361, 362, 365; MHL 322;
MTC 361, 362
2. Music Electives 0-3 semester hours ACP 193; AEO 121; AES 151, 152
Minor in Music History 18 semester hours
This program is designed primarily for students currently enrolled in a music degree program. Students in other degree programs will be admitted if they qualify. Students must have the permission of both their major adviser and the chairperson of the Department of Music History. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division" should be consulted for current requirements. Required Courses
Any three of the following six courses — MHL 440, 441, 442, 443,
444, and 445
Any two of the following genre or composer courses —
MHL 320, 322, 451, 454, 455, 456, 457, 458, 460, 461, 462; and
MTC 342
Certification in Music Therapy
Music majors may pursue a certification in music therapy through a cooperative program with Immaculata College, located ten miles from West Chester. The "Handbook for Students in Music — Undergraduate Division" should be consulted for current requirements.
School of Music
Music History and Literature
Department of Music Education
Carol A. Belmain, Chairperson
FACULTY: Burton, Ludeker, Markey, Pippart-Brown, Richmond, Villella
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MUSIC EDUCATION
Symbol: MUE
231 Music for the Classroom Teacher (3) Designed
to equip the elementary classroom teacher to partic- ipate in a music program. Emphasis on teaching procedures and materials
232 Music in Early Childhood (3) Designed to equip the teacher of early childhood to develop specific concepts utilizing singing, rhythmic, and melodic activities. Emphasis on listening and movement to music.
331 The Music Curriculum, K-6: Methods and Materials (3) The study of music and the learning process at the elementary level The listening pro- gram, pedagogy for the elementary music program, and materials. See note below.
332 The Music Curriculum, 7-12: Methods and Materials (3) The study of music and the learning process at the secondary level. The listening pro- gram, the middle and junior high school general music programs, ethnomusic. programs and perfor- mances, basics of administration, related arts, the music major program, and evaluative techniques. See note below.
333 Instrumental Methods (3) Fundamentals underlying the development of instrumental pro- grams in the public schools. Emphasis on program organization and administration, teaching proce- dures, and materials.
NOTE: MUE 331 must be completed successfully before MUE 332. The sequence for these REQUIRED music education courses is consecutive semesters: MUE 33 J followed by MUE 332 and then MUE
431/432 the following semester. Enrollment for these courses is limited on a yearly basis and is planned at a meeting for sophomores in the spring semester. SEE DEPARTMENT CHAIRPERSON MUE 333 is scheduled during the semester with MUE 332.
335 Choral Materials and Practices (2)
Designed to acquaint the student with a variety of choral music suitable for school use. Program building and rehearsal techniques are demonstrated. Offered in fall semester only.
337 Instrumental Techniques and Materials (2)
For juniors and seniors who desire to specialize in instrumental music Considers rehearsal proce- dures, effective materials, minor repairs of instru- ments, competitions and festivals, and marching band procedures. Offered in spring semester only. PREREQ: MUE 333
338 Comprehensive Musicianship/Leadership Training in Music Education (2) A course designed to help future professionals develop lead- ership qualities and pragmatic instructional skills. Motivational strategies as advocated by leading authorities will be emphasized Content includes visionary leadership, time management, and princi- ples in self-discipline, self-confidence, and problem solving. Teaching assignments will include metho- dologies in comprehensive musicianship and a vari- ety of teacher/leader concepts.
412 Teaching Music Listening at the Elemen- tary Level (3) The teaching of the elements of music, musical concepts, and the development of aesthetic sensitivity through listening.
422 Music in the Middle School (3) Review and critical analysis of music education in the middle
school: philosophies, curriculum, practices, and personnel.
428 Music in Special Education (3) Characteristics of special pupils; adaptation of teaching techniques, materials, and curriculum PREREQ; MUE 231, 232, or 331.
430 Related Arts Pedagogy in Music Education
(3) Principles of related-arts teaching applicable to musical elements, art, and creative movement, with appropriate teaching techniques at specified grade levels. Materials for school music programs; basal music series, other texts and literature, and resources in related arts. Demonstration lessons and unit plan- ning
431 Student Teaching (Elementary) (6)
Observation and participation in teaching vocal and insUTimental music at the elementary level. Under- taken in conjunction with qualified cooperative teach- ers. Professional conferences and visits are an integral part of the experience. PREREQ: See MUE 432.
432 Student Teaching (Secondary) (6)
Observation and teaching general, vocal, and/or instrumental music at the secondary level. Professional conferences and visitations are an inte- gral part of the experience. PREREQ for MUE 431/432: Satisfy requirements under "Admission to Teacher Education." GPA 2.5 Grades of C or bet- ter in required methods classes and final required keyboard minor and voice minor. Complete music theory and aurals. music history, conducting, and all instrument classes. Completion of 96 semester hours including the required music theory, aural activities, music history, conducting, and all profes- sional education courses.
Department of Music History and Literature
Sterling E. Murray, Chairperson
FACULTY: Balthazar, Price, Schmidt, Winters
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS MUSIC HISTORY
Symbol: MHL
121 Fine Arts (Music) (3) Designed for the gener- al requirements. An introductory course in the his- tory and appreciation of music from the Middle Ages through the contemporary period. Not open to music majors.
NOTE: Other courses are available to the nonmu- sic major for general requirements. Particularly suitable is MHL 125.
125 Perspectives in Jazz (3) For nonmusic majors. Guided listening to improve understanding and enjoyment of jazz with emphasis on jazz her- itages, chronological development, and sociological considerations, culminating in an analysis of the eclectic styles of the I960's and 1970's. Not open to music majors.
♦ 179 Special Subjects Seminar (3) Significant topics in music history and literature presented by
faculty members and/or visiting lecturers. Designed for the nonmusic major who has had little or no previous musical experience. Fulfills the general requirements. Not open to music majors. #201 Form and Style in the Arts (3) Relation- ships between the arts (music, literature, fine arts, and dance) stressed through common principles of form and style. Concentration on the development of skills of critical perception through practical application with reference to various arts. Fulfills the interdisciplinary requirement.
221 Music History I (3) A history of music from earliest known times through the Baroque Penod. Analysis of styles, forms, aesthetic concepts, and practices. PREREQ for music majors: MTC 1 13. For nonmusic majors: permission of instructor.
222 Music History II (3) A history of music from Classical through Contemporary Penods. Analysis of styles, forms, aesthetic concepts, and practices, PREREQ for music majors: MHL 221. For nonmu- sic majors: permission of instructor.
♦ 310 Collegium Musicum (1) A chamber ensemble specializing in the use of authentic instru- ments and performance techniques in the music of the Medieval. Renaissance, and Baroque eras. Membership by audition.
320 World Music (3) An introduction to the study of tribal, folk, popular, and oriental music and eth- nomusicology methodology. Open to music majors and nonmusic majors without prerequisites.
322 History of Jazz (3) A survey of the history of jazz, including representative performers and their music PREREQ: MHL 222, or permission of the instructor.
323 Women in Music (3) A survey of the role that women played in the history of music from the Middle Ages to the present. Open to nonmusic majors with permission of instructor.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
♦ Approved interdisciplinary course
Instrumental Music
School of Music
451 Music in the United States (3) Survey of the development of music and musical styles from 1620 to the present. Analysis of styles, forms, aes- thetic concepts, and practices PREREQ; MHL 222. or permission of instructor.
454 History of Opera (3) A basic course in the origin and development of opera and its dissemina- tion throughout the Western world PREREQ: MHL 222. or permission of instructor
455 History of Orchestral Music (3) A study of representative orchestral works: symphonies, con- certi, suites, overtures, and others, from the Baroque Period to the present. PREREQ MHL 222. or permission of instructor.
458 Performance Practices (3) A consideration of the special problems encountered in the stylistic realization and performance of music from the Medieval through the Romantic eras. Particular attention will be focused on onginal sources, period instruments, and performance practices PREREQ: MHL 222, or permission of instructor 462 Mozart and His Works (3) A study of the life and music of Wolfgang A Mozart with special reference to the period in which he lived PREREQ MHL 222. or permission of instructor This course is offered in Salzburg, Austria. ♦ 479 Topics in Music History I (1-3) Signifi- cant topics presented by faculty members and/or
visiting lecturers Designed to meet specific needs of undergraduate music majors.
♦ 480 Topics in Music History II (1-3) Significant topics presented by faculty members and/or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet specific needs of undergraduate music majors.
♦ 481 Independent Study (1)
♦ 482 Independent Study (2)
♦ 483 Independent Study (3)
♦ MHW 401-410 Workshops in Music History (1-3) Participation-oriented workshops designed to meet specific needs in music history and to develop skills for practical application in teaching and pro- fessional settings.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Instrumental Music
Henry Grabb, Chairperson
FACULTY: Ahramjian, Briselli, Cullen, DiSanto, Galante, Guidetti, Hanning, Hegvik, Kaderabek. Klein, Laudermilch, Lyons, McKenna, Metcalf, Meyer, Newbold, Paulsen, Richter, Solick, Southall, Villella
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Piivate and class lessons given by the Department of Instrumental Music are shown by the following numbers, together with the appropriate prefix: BAR Baritone
BAS Bass
BSN Bassoon
CLT Clarinet
FLU Flute
FRH French Horn
GTR Guitar
HRP Harp
JBR Jazz Brass
JPR Jazz Percussion
JST Jazz Strings
JWW Jazz Woodwinds
OBO Oboe
PER Percussion
SAX Saxophone
TBA Tuba
TPT Trumpet
TRB Trombone
VCL Cello
VLA Viola
VLN Violin
101-402 Private instruction in minor perfor- mance area (1)
111-412 Private instruction in major perfor- mance area, music education program (2) 141-442 Private instruction in advanced perfor- mance area, B.M. program (3) INS 471-474 Advanced Instrumental Lesson (2) (Elective)
AIM 311 Marching Band Techniques (1) A sur- vey of the function of the total marching band and of each component within it AIM 429 Special Subject Seminar (3) AJZ 331 Electronic Instruments (2) A study of the MIDI implementation of synthesizers, sam- plers, sequencers, signal processors, and rhythm processors as related to real-time performance.
AJZ 361 Jazz Musicianship and Improvisation
I (3) A basic course in jazz improvisation that emphasizes the learning and discovery of improvi- salional techniques through playing and listening AJZ 362 Jazz Musicianship and Improvisation H (3( A continuation of AJZ 36 1 AJZ 365 Jazz Ensemble Techniques (1) Tech- niques and methods for organizing, rehearsing, pro- gramming, and operating jazz ensembles
♦ AWM 429 Special Subjects Seminar-Work- shop (1-2-3) Topics in the area of instrumental music presented by faculty members and/or visiting specialists.
ALC A Literature Class A histoncal survey of the music written for instrumental solo and ensem- ble, including current teaching materials. ALC 311 Brass Literature (3) ALC 331 String Literature (3) ALC 336 Guitar Literature (1) ALC 337 Guitar Literature II (1) ALC 341 Woodwind Literature (3) AMC A Master Class Solo and ensemble instru- mental repertoire is performed and critiqued by the teacher and students.
♦ AMC 311-314 Master Class Brass (1)
♦ AMC 321-324 Master Class Percussion (1)
♦ AMC 331-334 Master Class Strings (1)
♦ AMC 341-344 Master Class Woodwinds (1) ACB A Class in Brass (at the beginning level) for music education majors
ACB 191 Trumpet Class (1/2)
ACB 192 French Horn Class (1/2)
ACB 193 Trombone Class (1/2)
ACB 194 Brass Class (1/2)
ACP A Class in Percussion (at the beginning
level) for m.usic education majors
ACP 191 Percussion Class (Drums) (1/2)
ACP 192 Percussion Class (MaUets) (1/2)
ACP 193 Drum Set Class (1/2)
ACS A Class in Strings (at the beginning level)
for music education majors
ACS 191 Violin Class I (1)
ACS 192 Violin Class U (1)
ACS 193 Viola Class (1/2)
ACS 194 Cello Class (1/2)
ACS 195 Bass Class (1/2)
ACS 196 Guitar Class (1/2)
ACW A Class in Woodwinds (at the beginning level) for music education majors
ACW 191 Clarinet Class (1/2)
ACW 192 Flute Class (1/2)
ACW 193 Double Reed Class (1/2)
ACW 194 Woodwind Class (1/2)
AEB An Ensemble: Band
♦ AEB 101 Elementary Band (1/2)
♦ AEB 112 Marching Band Front (1)
♦ AEB 311 Marching Band (1)
♦ AEB 321 Concert Band (1)
♦ AEB 331 Symphonic Band (1)
♦ AEB 341 Wind Ensemble (1) AEO An Ensemble: Orchestra
♦ AEO 101 Elementary Orchestra (1/2)
♦ AEO 111 Chamber Orchestra (1/2)
♦ AEO 121 Studio/Pit Orchestra (1/2)
♦ AEO 331 Chamber Orchestra (1)
♦ AEO 341 Symphony Orchestra (1) AES An Ensemble: Small
♦ AESlll Brass Ensemble (1/2)
♦ AES 121 Percussion Ensemble (1/2)
♦ AES 131 String Ensemble
♦ AES 141 Woodwind Ensemble (1/2)
♦ AES 151 Jazz Ensemble (Criterions) (1/2)
♦ AES 152 Jazz Ensemble (Combo) (1/2)
AlC A Class in Instrumental Conducting
AIC311 Instrumental Conducting I (2)
AIC 312 Instrumental Conducting II (2) PRE- REQ; AlC 311 orVOC31l
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
School of Music
Music Theory and Composition
Department of Keyboard Music
Shirley Pethes Aliferis, Chairperson
FACULTY: Bedford, Blair, Pandel, Pennington, Turic, Veleta, Voois
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS KEYBOARD MUSIC NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private and class lessons given by the Depart- ment of Keyboard Music are shown by the fol- lowing numbers, together with the appropriate prefix: HAR-Harpsichord, PIA-Piano, ORG-Organ
PIA 181 Class instruction in keyboard skills for nonmusic majors.(l) Prior score reading ability is not required
PIA 182 Class instruction in keyboard skills for nonmusic majors. (1) PREREQ: PIA 181 or previ- ously acquired score reading ability.
191-192 Class instruction in minor performance
area (1)
^ 100 Private elective instruction (1)
101-402 Private instruction in minor performance
area (1)
103-104 Private instruction in minor performance
area, B.M. in history program (1)
105-106 Private instruction in minor performance area, elementary education students with a concen- tration in music (1)
107-109 Private instruction in a major perfor- mance area, elementary education students with a concentration in music (1)
111-412 Private instruction in major performance area, music education program (2)
141-442 Private instruction in advanced perfor- mance area, B.M. program (3)
413 Elective credit for senior recital, accompany- ing, or other participation in concerts or recitals, or extra study of Uterature. Available to music education seniors only during the nonstudent- teaching semester by permission of the department (1) 471-474 Advanced Keyboard Lesson (2) (Elective)
PIA 403 Harpsichord and Continuo Realization
(1) An introduction to harpsichord playing and the principles of continuo accompaniment as a Baroque style.
♦ MAK 311-314 Master Class (Keyboard) (1) For
keyboard majors. Experience in performing memo- rized literature. Class members also play two piano compositions and ensemble music for piano and other instruments.
ORG 351 Organ Literatiu-e I (3) A survey of litera- ture for the organ from the 13th century to the
Baroque period: influence of the organ on the litera- ture.
ORG 352 Organ Literature n (3) A survey of liter- ature for the organ from J. S. Bach to the present; influence of the organ on the literature. Recordings and performances by organ majors will be evaluated.
ORG 451 Accompanying (3) Performance of the vocal and instrumental accompanying literature for organ from all periods; performance and reading ses- sions.
ORG 452 Service Playing (3) A study of problems in service playing for the organist. Included will be hymn accompaniment, improvisation, conducting from the organ, and literature for the service.
PIA 130 Music for Piano (3) An introductory course in the history and appreciation of keyboard literature from the 16th to the 20th century. This is a basic course for nonmusic majors designed for the general requirements Not open to music majors.
4 PL\ 213 Studio Lessons in Accompanying (1)
Smdio instruction in accompanying for pianists in any
music program.
^ PIA 250 Accompanying, Ensemble, and Sight
Reading (1) Class instruction in accompanying,
ensembles, and sight reading.
PIA 404 Transposition and Score Reading (2)
Emphasizing the needs of the keyboard accompanist,
techniques include clef reading, harmonic analysis,
interval transposition, solfege steps, and enharmonic
changes.
PIA 405 Accompanying — Vocal (3) Performance of the vocal accompanying literature from all periods; performance and reading sessions in class.
PIA 406 Accompanying — Instrumental (3)
Performance of the instrumental accompanying litera- ture from all periods; emphasis on the sonata litera- ture; performance and reading sessions in class.
PIA 410 Independent Studies in Keyboard Music
(1-3) Special research projects, reports, or readings in keyboard music. Permission of department chairper- son required.
PIA 423 Baroque Keyboard Literature (3) The
Renaissance through development of variation form and dance suite. Performance practices, ornamenta- tion, and figured bass. In-depth study of works of Handel, Bach, and Scarlatti, Some student perfor- mance required.
PIA 424 Classical Piano Literature (3) Origin and development of the sonata and performance practices of homophonic style. Music of Bach's sons. Haydn,
Mozart, and Beethoven. Some student performance required.
PIA 425 Romantic Piano Literature (3) Analysis of piano styles of Schubert, Chopin, Mendelssohn, Schumann, Liszt, Brahms, Faure, and Tchaikovsky. Performance practices. The virtuoso etude and prob- lems of technical execution. Some student perfor- mance required.
PIA 426 20th-century Piano Literature (3)
Seminal works and styles of this century. Albeniz, Rachmaninoff Debussy, Ravel, Prokofiev, Hindemith, Schoenberg, Bartok, and American com- posers. Some student performance requued. PRE- REQ: MTC 213.
PIA 427 The Concerto (3) A chronological presen- tation of the development of the piano concerto emphasizing performance practices and problems. PREREQ; MTC 213.
PIA 429 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3) Significant topics presented by faculty members and/or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet the specific needs of undergraduate keyboard majors.
PIA 450 Group Piano Pedagogy I (4) Procedures and materials for group piano instruction. Emphasis on developing comprehensive musicianship through an interwoven study of literature, musical analysis, technique, improvisation, ear training, harmony, trans- position, and sight reading. Includes practicum in group piano instruction.
PIA 451 Piano Pedagogy I (4) An in-depth study of materials available to the studio piano teacher for the elementary levels. Discussions include different meth- ods, technique, harmony, ear training, and sight read- ing. Includes practicum in individual instruction.
PIA 452 Piano Pedagogy II (4) An in-depth study of repertoire and materials available to the studio piano teacher for the intermediate levels Discussion of related concerns such as memorization, practice techniques, developing technique through literature, principles of fingering, and sight reading. Includes practicum in individual instruction.
PIA 453 Selected Topics in Piano Pedagogy (4)
Further exploration of the goals and objectives of piano study through presentation of selected topics and continued practicum in individual instruction.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Music Theory and Composition
James McVoy, Chairperson
FACULTY: Hershey, Maggio, Nelson, Sullivan
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
MUSIC THEORY AND COMPOSITION
Symbol: MTC
014 Basic Dictation and Sight Singing (2) A
preparatory course for music majors emphasizing
basic aural perception and sight-singing skills need- ed for effecfive music study. A final grade of C or better is a prerequisite for taking MTC 1 14.
110 Fundamentals of Music (3) A study of basic elements of music for those without previous musi- cal experience. For nonmusic majors only.
112 Theory of Music I (3) Introduction to music the- ory, music writing, and keyboard harmony. Elements of musical form; binary and ternary forms. Primary tri- ads and their inversions. Analysis and creative activity.
113 Theory of Music II (3) Supertonic and other secondary triads and their inversions: diatonic sev-
Vocal and Choral Music
School of Music
enth chords; modulation; compound ternary, rondo, and variation forms Analysis and creative activity. PREREQ: MTC 1 12, with a grade of C- or better.
114 Aural Activities I (2) Development of basic hearing skills, chiefly through sight singing and dictation activities based on the subject matter of MTC 112.
115 Aural Activities II (2) Continued develop- ment of basic heanng skills. PREREQ: MTC 1 14, with a grade of C- or better.
212 Theory of Music III (3) Diatonic and chro- matic seventh chords and their inversions. Modulation. Invention and fugue, sonata-allegro forms. Analysis and creative activity. PREREQ: MTC 1 13. with a grade of C- or bener
213 Theory of Music IV (3) Harmonic and con- trapuntal techniques of the 20th century Form in contemporary music. Analysis and creative activity. PREREQ: MTC 212.
214 Aural Activities III (2) Material of advanced difficulty involving chromatic alteration, foreign modulation, and intncate rhythms. PREREQ: MTC 115, with a grade of C- or better.
215 Aural Activities IV (2) Continuation of MTC 214 and activities involving nontonal music PRE- REQ: MTC 214
261 Fundamentals of Jazz (2) A basic course in jazz theory.
271 Radio and Television Music (2) Techniques used in composing and arranging music for radio and television; practical writing experience.
312 Composition I (3) Creative writing in the forms, styles, and media best suited to the capabili- ties and needs of the student PREREQ: MTC 212
313 Composition II (3) Further application of MTC 312, stressing contemporary techniques. PREREQ: MTC 3 12
341 Orchestration (3) The orchestra; use of instruments individually and in combination PRE- REQ: MTC 212
342 Musical Form (3) The standard forms of tonal and contemporary music. PREREQ: MTC 212.
344 Counterpoint I (3) The contrapuntal tech- niques of tonal music. Chorale prelude and inven- tion. PREREQ: MTC 212.
345 Counterpoint 11 (3) Advanced contrapuntal forms including canon and fugue PREREQ: MTC
344.
346 Techniques of Early 20th-century Music
(3) A study of compositional techniques in repre- sentative vocal and instrumental works of the first two decades of the century.
361 Jazz Harmony and Arranging I (3) A basic course in jazz/popular harmony and arranging tech- niques, including contemporary chord symbols and terminology, and basic voicing for brass, reed, and rhythm sections
362 Jazz Harmony and Arranging II (3) An
intermediate course in jazz/popular harmony and arranging techniques, including more advanced harmonic techniques Writing for strings, wood- winds, and electronic instruments is introduced.
364 Performance Practices in Contemporary Music (3) Technical problems of understanding new notation (eg . graphic, proportional, multi- phonics, microtones. metric modulauon. asymmet- ncal rhythm groupings, prose scores, etc ) and
facility in performing scores that include these techniques PREREQ: MTC 213 or permission of instructor
412 Composition III (3) Composition in larger forms. Open to composition majors only. PRE- REQ: MTC 313
413 Composition IV (3) Advanced composition involving major projects in a contemporary idiom. PREREQ: MTC 412.
415 Serialism and Atonality (3) Compositional procedures and theoretical concepts in atonal and serial works of Schoenberg. Berg. Webem, Bartok, Stravinsky, and more recent composers PREREQ: MTC 213
416 Jazz Practices (2-3) Jazz history, writing, and performance. Survey of basic jazz literature; funda- mental techniques in arranging and improvising. PREREQ: MTC 213 or equivalent.
417 Electronic Music (3) Materials and tech- niques of electronic music and their use in compo- sition. Laboratory experience in the composition of electronic music. PREREQ: MTC 312 or permis- sion of instructor.
450 Acoustics of Music (3) The study of sound: its production, transmission, and reception. Musical instruments, the acoustics of rooms, and the physi- cal basis of scales
♦ MTC 479 Seminar in Music Theory (3)
Special topics seminar designed to meet specific needs of undergraduate music majors.
♦ MTC 481 Independent Study (1)
♦ MTC 482 Independent Study (2)
♦ MTC 483 Independent Study (3)
♦ This course may be taken again for credit
Department of Vocal and Choral Music
Jane Wyss, Chairperson
FACULTY: Alt, Chilcote, DeVenney, Domiiny, Dowdell, Friday, Sprenkle, Wagner, Wyss
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS VOCAL AND CHORAL MUSIC
NUMBERING SYSTEM
Private lessons given by the Department of
Vocal and Choral Music are shown by the
following numbers, together with this prefix:
VOI-Voice
♦ 100 Private instruction for nonmusic majors. Permission of the chairperson required (1) 101-402 Private instruction in minor perfor- mance area (1)
111-412 Private instruction in major perfor- mance area, Music Education program (2) 141-442 Private instruction in advanced perfor- mance area, B.M. program (3) 471-474 Advanced Voice Lesson (2) (Elective) 151-452 Private instruction in minor perfor- mance area, B.A. Theatre: Musical Theatre (1) 161-462 Private instruction in major perfor- mance area, B.A. Theatre (2)
♦ CHO 112 University Chorale (1) A chorus presenting a wide selection of choral music for mixed voices. Open to all students.
♦ CHO 211 Men's Chorus (1) A sophomore chorus presenting the choral literature for male voices. Open to men in all curricula. Not regularly offered.
♦ CHO 212 Women's Chorus (1) A sophomore chorus presenting the choral literature for female voices. Open to women in all curricula. Not regu- larly offered.
♦ CHO 311 Masterworks Chorus (1) A chorus presenting oratorios, masses, and more difficult mixed chorus literature Open to students in other curricula through audition.
♦ CHO 410 Opera Chorus (1) An elective course devoted to the training of a choral group that partic- ipates in opera or operetta productions. May not be used to satisfy choral requirements. Membership by audition.
♦ CHO 411 Chamber Choir (1) Small group of singers specializing in the performance of Renais- sance/Baroque, sacred, and secular literature. Membership by audition.
♦ CHO 412 Concert Choir (1) Devoted to acquiring a fine technique in choral singing through the preparation of programs for performance. Membership by audition.
VOC 111 Madrigal Class (1) A survey of madri- gal literature through records, tapes, and class per- formance with emphasis on materials suitable for use in secondary schools PREREQ: MHL 221 or permission of the instructor. Offered in fall semes- ter of odd-numbered years.
♦ VOC 112 Performance Preparation I (3) A course designed to teach the student performer how to prepare a dramatic vocal score. PREREQ: MTC 1 10 or equivalent.
♦ VOC 113 Performance Preparation II (3) A continuation of Performance Preparation I with emphasis on advanced literature and interpretive techniques. PREREQ: VOC 112.
VOC 227 Literature of the Musical Theater (3) The literature of the musical theater from Singspiel to Broadway musical. Changes in style are observed and analyzed.
VOC 311 Choral Conducting I (2) A practical application of conducting and vocal techniques in
♦ This course may be taken again for crediL
School of Health Sciences
Nursing
choral direction through practice in conducting a choral group.
VOC 312 Choral Conducting n (2) Continued development of the conducting techniques with emphasis on conducting of polyphonic choral music and on the musical styles of the various choral periods Regularly offered in the spring semester only. PREREQ; VOC 311. VOC 329 Art Song (3) Origins and development of the art song.
VOC 411 Master Class (Voice): Baroque Period (1)
VOC 412 Master Class (Voice): German Lied (1)
VOC 413 Master Class (Voice): French Melodic (1)
VOC 414 Master Class (Voice): 20th-century Art Song (1)
VOC 415 English-Italian Diction (3) English, Italian, and Latin diction for singers. Use of pho- netics with application to singing of selected songs
VOC 416 French-German Diction (3) French and German diction for singers. Use of phonetics with application to singing of selected songs.
♦ VOC 421 Opera Workshop (2) The prepara- tion of a musical production; coaching of scenes, stage movement, and costuming.
♦ VOC 424 Musico-Dramatic Production (1-3) Major roles and/or major responsibilities in extend- ed productions. By audition.
VOC 426 Choral Literature (3) The develop- ment and performance style of the choral reper- toire.
♦ VOC 429 Special Subjects Seminar (1-3)
Significant topics presented by faculty members and/or visiting lecturers. Designed to meet the spe- cific needs of undergraduate music majors.
♦ VOC 436 Vocal-Choral Music Workshop (1-
3) Specialized workshops in the area of vocal and/or choral music. Subject to be announced at the time of the offering.
VOC 491 Vocal Pedagogy (2) Pnnciples and techniques of teaching voice. PREREQ: Four semesters of private instruction or permission of
instructor.
VOI 181 Voice Class (1) Class instruction in singing skills for nonmusic majors. Previous voice study not required.
VOI 182 Voice Class (1) Class instruction in singing skills for nonmusic majors. PREREQ: VOI 181 or permission of instructor.
VOI 191 Voice Class (1) Class instruction in a minor performance area. Open to nonmusic majors with permission of the department chairperson.
VOI 192 Voice Class (1) Continuation of VOI 191 PREREQ; VOI 191.
VOI 413 Elective credit for senior recital (1)
Available to music education seniors only during the nonstudent-teaching semester by permission of the department.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Nursing
105 Nursing Building
610-436-2219
Ann Coghlan Stowe, Chairperson
Susan C. Slaninka, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Slaninka
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Haus. Hickman, Perciful
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Conroy. Coghlan Stowe, Devlin- Kelly, Garrett, Matz, Nester, Petit de Mange, Wanta
INSTRUCTOR: Tucker
The Department of Nursing is accredited by the National League for Nursing and approved by the State Board of Nursing of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Admission Criteria
Applicants for nursing must have completed work equal to a standard high school course, including a minimum of 16 units: four units of English, three units of social studies, two units of mathematics (one of which must be algebra), and two units of science with a related labora- tory course or the equivalent. A combined score of 1000 is expected on the SAT.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
The Bachelor of Science degree program in nursing is offered by the Department of Nursing, which is an integral part of the School of Health Sciences. The family-centered program is based on the concept that the person is a biopsychosocial being with basic health needs. The Department of Nursing believes that high-quality health care is a basic right of all people and that health care needs can be met through the practice of the professional nurse who has completed a systematic pro- gram of courses in the social and natural sciences, humanities, and the nursing major.
Characteristics of the graduate include: 1) an awareness of, and sense of responsibility for, contemporary health and social issues; 2) advo- cacy for health care improvement in society through professional citi- zen activities at various adaptational levels and developmental stages in a variety of settings; 3) accountability and competency in utilizing the nursing process to assist clients; 4) collaboration, coordination, and consultation as a colleague in the interdisciplinary health team; 5) belief in learning as a life-long process; 6) participation in the change process by collection of data applying to nursing theories and practice.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
5 1 semester hours 50 semester hours
27 semester hours
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Nursing Core Requirements NSG 212, 31 1-312, and 411-412; NSL 212, 311- 312, 411-412; and one nursing elective
3. Cognate Requirements* BIO 100, 204, 259, 269, and 307; CHE 103-104 andCRL 103-104 or CHE 107 and CRL 107; CHE 230 and 404; MAT 121; PSY 100, 210, and 375; SOC 200 and 240
A total of 128 credits is required for graduation.
Academic Promotion Policy Failures, D Grades, or NG (No Grade)
All nursing students who have a grade of D, F, or NG (no grade) in required courses during the freshman and sophomore years must repeat these courses and achieve a satisfactory grade (C- or above) before entering the junior-level nursing major courses. Nursing stu- dents must have a 2.0 GPA before entering the clinical courses at the junior year.
A student must achieve a grade of C- or better in the nursing major in the junior year for promotion to the senior year and achieve at least a C- in the senior year for graduation. Students also must achieve at least a C- in BIO 307, MAT 121, and PSY 375.
If a student must repeat a nursing course, a grade of C- or better in both the theory and laboratory (clinical practicum) components must be achieved. The theory and clinical portions of a nursing course must be taken concurrently.
Other policies are explained in detail in the current issue of the depart- ment handbook.
Special Requirements
Generic nursing candidates are admitted once a year, in September. Transfer students can be admitted in spring and fall. Nursing students are required to supply their own transportation to clin- ical facilities.
Insurance. Students are required to carry liability insurance coverage in the amount of SI, 000,000/53, 000,000 during the junior and senior year at a yearly cost of approximately $30. Students also are required to carry health insurance.
Uniforms. Students are required to wear white uniforms to some of the clinical experiences during the junior and senior years. Uniform poli- cies are presented in detail in the current issue of the department hand- book.
* Some of these courses may be used to satisfy distributive requirements.
Nursing
School of Health Sciences
CPR Certification. Students enrolled in nursing courses with a clinical component are required to be currently certified by the American Red Cross, American Heart Association, or other acceptable resource in Life Support (two-person) Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation. The CPR course must include resuscitation of children and infants. Calculations exam. Competency in calculation of dosages is a prereq- uisite to NSG/NSL 311. The student is required to have attained 100 percent proficiency in calculating dosages as measured by a paper and pencil test. The nursing laboratory coordinator administers the calcula- tions exam in the spring semester immediately prior to enrolling in the clinical courses.
Mosby Assess Test. All senior students must complete the Mosby Assess Test prior to graduation. Cost is assumed by the student.
Health Requirements
Nursing candidates must meet the general health requirements of all students at West Chester University for the freshman and sophomore years. Candidates must meet the following health requirements during the summer prior to the junior and senior years: inoculations against diphtheria, typhoid, tetanus, measles, poliomyelitis (a series of four), and Hepatitis B; a complete physical examination thai must include a complete blood count, blood serology, TB skin test, urinalysis, dental and eye examinations, and any other diagnostic tests deemed necessary.
Nursing Laboratory
The nursing laboratory in the basement of the Old Library building is available as a resource to help the nursing student in the learning process. There are two sections of the laboratory. One area houses a variety of equipment that allows the student to view audio- visual mate- rial such as filmstnps, slides, and videocassettes related to psychomotor skills involved in nursing. This equipment can be used individually or in small groups. The other section contains equipment that allows the student to practice these skills. Computers are available in the labs for use with various software packages.
Every student is required to use the learning laboratory at specified times. In addition, students are expected to spend time utilizing this resource for independent learning based on their individual needs. The laboratory is staffed by a full-time nursing laboratory coordinator who is a registered nurse.
Transfer Policy
Both internal and external transfer students are accepted into the nurs- ing major each semester. The number accepted each semester is based on the number that the department can accommodate in a sound educa- tional experience.
Students currently enrolled at West Chester University who wish to transfer in to the Department of Nursing should attend a transfer infor- mation session to begin the process and subsequently submit an appli- cation packet to the department. All application procedures must be
completed by the deadlines established by the Department of Nursing
in order for the candidate to be considered for entrance into the nursing
major.
All students who wish to transfer into the Department of Nursing must:
1 . Show evidence of satisfactory completion (70 percent or better) in BIO 100, 1 10, or 259, CHE 103 and CRL 103, or CHE 107 and CRL 107, ENG 120, and PSY 100 or SOC 200; and
2. Meet with the adviser in the Department of Nursing to sign an indi- vidualized "agreement" that reserves placement in clinical nursing courses during the academic year identified.
Degree Program for Registered Nurses
The department also offers a program for registered nurses who wish to earn a baccalaureate degree in nursing. The registered nurse is required to complete a series of nursing examinations to demonstrate current nursing knowledge and determine placement in the nursing major. Detailed information about this program may be obtained from the Office of Admissions or the department office.
Licensing Eligibility in Pennsylvania
In order to be employed in professional nursing, students must apply for a temporary practice permit through the State Board of Nursing. Students must meet all program requirements to be eligible for the NCLEX Examination upon graduation. Passing this examination desig- nates Registered Nurse (RN) status. In accordance with the January 1, 1986, Professional Nursing Law (P.L. 317, No. 69), felonious acts pro- hibit licensing in Pennsylvania in accordance with the following guide- lines:
The State Board of Nursing in Pennsylvania shall not issue a license of certificate to an applicant who has been:
1. Convicted** of a felonious act prohibited by the act of April 14, 1972 (PL. 233, No. 64), known as "The Controlled Substance, Drug, Device and Cosmetic Act," or
2. Convicted** of a felony relating to a controlled substance in a court of law of the United States or any other state, territory, or country unless:
a. At least 10 years have elapsed from the date of the conviction;
b. The applicant satisfactorily demonstrates to the board significant progress in personal rehabilitation since the conviction such that licensure should not create a substantial risk of further viola- tions; and
c. The applicant otherwise satisfies the qualifications contained in this act.
2. A person convicted of any felonious act may be prohibited from licensure by the Board of Nursing at any time.
' Convicted includes a judgment, an admission of guilt, or a plea of nolo contendere
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS NURSING
Symbol: NSG
109 Health Issues of Women (3) (Offered jointly with Department of Health, as NSG/HEA 109) This course encompasses the needs and concerns of women as consumers in our present health care sys- tem It examines various biological, psychological, and social topics related to women's health care, including medical abuses, sexuality, sex roles, and women's health in the workplace This course is an enrichment to liberal education, encouraging inquiry into previously neglected areas of women and health. It is offered in the Women's Studies Program and is open to all University students, regardless of major, as an elective.
110 Transcultural Health: Principles and Practices (3) (Offered jointly with Department of Health, as NSG/HEA 1 10) This course examines the health beliefs and practices of a variety of sub-
cultural groups in the U.S. Emphasis is placed on the application of multicultural health beliefs to the caring process. It utilizes the cross-cultural approach in meeting the health needs of clients and families It is open to all University students, regardless of major, as an elective 212 Nursing Theories and Concepts (4) Taken in the sophomore year. Nursing theories and concepts, conceptual frameworks, theories from other disci- plines that may apply to nursing, and the nursing process are studied in this course PREREQ: Sophomore standing.
NSL 212 Nursing Theories and Concepts Lab (2) (Must be taken with NSG 212) This clinical experience includes interviewing skills, physical and psychosocial assessment, vital signs measure- ment, basic hygienic practices, body mechanics, and infection control.
216 Adaptations in the Aged (3) The student will have the opportunity to form a relationship with a healthy, elderly individual. Students will utilize
communication skills through interaction on a one- to-one basis with senior citizens in a private home setting. Students will become acquainted with the problems of day-to-day living and the crises that face this population along with the adaptive strengths and resources that are an essential part of the healthy older person's personality.
217 Loss and Grieving: What to Say, What to Do (3) Loss, grief and/or depression are universal experiences. Concrete measures to help oneself and peers better cope with these experiences are pre- sented. Barriers that make providing comfort and support to others difficult or uncomfortable are identified and discussed. Effective measures for talking with and helping those who are grieving, depressed, or suicidal are presented, and each stu- dent is assisted to develop his or her own style in comfortably using selected approaches. Classes will be participatory with minimal lecture.
218 Concepts in Caring (3) The emphasis of this course is that caring is a universal concept that can
College of Arts and Sciences
Philosophy
be viewed from many disciplines. Nurses, profes- sionals in the caring business, serve as the guides in a creative journey connecting human caring and the various disciplines.
219 Computers and the Health Care Delivery System (3) This elective course will be of practical importance to any student who is interested in the impact of computers on the health care delivery system. The course is divided into three areas: 1) an overview of the computer; 2) application of the computer to the health care delivery system, including the role of the health care professional and the consumer; and, 3) issues pertaining to the computer and the health care delivery system. Use of the computer with a variety of applications and CAl software is integrated throughout the course.
220 Care of the Inner Self (3) This course focus- es on care of the inner self or spirit. The purpose of the course is to prepare one to understand the inner self and to know how to utilize the power within the self to maintain wellness and prevent illness.
311 Adaptation I (S) Must be taken during junior year, fall semester. The emphasis of this course is on the prevention of illness and promotion of health by assessment of the health status, appropri- ate intervention, and evaluation of the health pro- motion plan. The nursing process provides the framework for promotion of wellness in a variety of settings with clients of any age group.
NSL 311 Adaptation I Laboratory (5) Clinical experiences are provided in agencies where rela- tively well populations have been identified, such as schools, nursery schools, well baby clinics, and health maintenance clinics. NSG 3 1 1 and NSL 3 1 1 always must be taken concurrently. PREREQ; BIO 100, 204. 259, and 269; CHE 103-104 and CRL 1 03- 1 04 or CHE 1 07 and CRL 1 07, CHE 230 and 404; ENG 120 and 121; NSG 212 and NSL 212; PSY 100 and 210; and SOC 200 and 240.
312 Adaptation II (5) Must be taken during junior year, spring semester. The emphasis of this course
is on the maintenance of health and promotion of adaptive responses m clients with chronic health problems. The nursing process is used to assist these clients to adapt to stressors through support- ive therapeutic, palliative, and preventive measures.
NSL 312 Adaptation II Laboratory (5) Clinical experience is provided in settings where clients with chronic health problems have been identified. These settings include rehabilitation centers, child development centers, nursing homes, and acute care settings. These environments provide flexibih- ty for students to implement changes for clients and acquire skills that will be utilized in other nursing courses. NSG 312 and NSL 312 always must be taken concurrently PREREQ: BIO 307, NSG 31 1, and NSL 31 1.
314 Internship (3) This course is designed to pro- vide nursing students with the opportunity to enhance knowledge and skills acquired in NSG/NSL 311-312 Students will have the oppor- tunity to participate in the care of a group of clients over a consecutive span of days and to increase their awareness of the professional role PREREQ: Successful completion of NSG/NSL 311-312. 316 Coping with Cancer (3) The emphasis of this course is on coping with clients who have cancer. Various physiological and psychosocial effects this disease has on clients and their families will be examined. The course will allow students to explore their own feelings related to cancer and assist them in their contacts with cancer clients. Topics that will be discussed include dealing with loss, pain, pain management, hospice care, and communication with the cancer client. This course is open to all students.
367 Nursing Implications of Drug Interactions (1) The student will be introduced to essential phar- macological principles and concepts. The nursing process will provide the framework by which stu- dents will apply theoretical knowledge in BIO 367 to situations in a variety of health care settings. To
be taken in conjunction with BIO 367, or after, with permission of instructor. ♦ 410 Independent Study in Nursing (2) The student produces an independent, research-oriented project under close faculty advisement on a nursing topic of special interest to the student. Participation in a selected field experience is optional. PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson
411 Advanced Adaptational Problems I (5) Must be taken during senior year, fall semester. The emphasis of this course is on the study of adaptive responses that create new stresses, requir- ing additional adaptations and frequently interrupt- ing an individual's mode of functioning. The nurs- ing process is used to assist clients in crises. NSL 411 Advanced Adaptational Problems I Laboratory (5) Clinical experience is provided in acute care settings, in psychiatric in-patient set- tings, and in community health settings NSG 41 1 and NSL 41 1 always must be taken concurrently. PREREQ: MAT 121, NSG 312, NSL 312, and PSY 375.
412 Advanced Adaptational Problems II (6) Must be taken during senior year, spring semester. NSG 412 is a continuation of NSG 41 1 with the emphasis on the subconcepts of decision making and advocacy. The nursing process is utilized inter- dependently in approaching multihealth care prob- lems of clients. Special attention is given to inquiry as the student correlates nursing theories and con- cepts with identifiable research problems in varied environments. Opportunity is provided in this semester to develop organization and management skills.
NSL 412 Advanced Adaptational Problems II Laboratory (5) Clinical experience is provided in acute care settings, psychiatric inpatient settings, and community health settings. NSG 412 and NSL 412 always must be taken concurrently. PREREQ: NSG 41 1 and NSL 411.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Philosophy
103 Main Hall
610-436-2841
Thomas Piatt, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Claghom, Croddy, Piatt, Riukas, Streveler,
Struckmeyer ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Banyacski, Williams ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Hoffman, Ponitt The Department of Philosophy offers two programs leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree and, in cooperation with the faculty of teacher education, a program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education.
1. The B.A. in PHILOSOPHY surveys the history of philosophy, explores its major disciplines, and focuses on selected topics of perennial interest. The purpose of the program is to develop the organizational, analytic, and expressive skills required for law school, the seminary, graduate work in philosophy, and the wide range of careers in government, business, and industry.
2. The B.A. in PHILOSOPHY— RELIGIOUS STUDIES is designed for students planning on religious vocations, or as a foundation for graduate work in religion or cross-cultural studies. The emphasis is on individual and social expression of religion. Western and non- Western, philosophic implications, and fine arts applications.
3. The B.S. in EDUCATION in SOCIAL STUDIES is for students interested in pursuing a concentration in philosophy while earning state certification to teach secondary school social studies.
Majors in the two B.A. programs should consult the department hand- book and their adviser for current requirements. During the freshman year, students planning to pursue the B.S. in Education in social studies should consult with their adviser in this department and their professional studies adviser in secondary educa- tion.
REQUIREMENTS COMMON TO THE B.A. PROGRAMS
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 44-5 1 semester hours
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0-15 semester hours
3. Major Requirements 24 semester hours
4. Free Electives 38-60 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS— PHILOSOPHY
1 . Required Core Courses 1 5 semester hours PHI 190, 270, 272, 412, and 499
2. Philosophy Electives 9 semester hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS— PHILOSOPHY— RELIGIOUS STUDIES
1. Required Courses 2 1 semester hours PHI 102, 202, 203, 204, 271, 349, and
SOC 344
2. Elective in Religious Studies 3 semester hours As advised
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION- SOCIAL STUDIES: CONCENTRATION IN PHILOSOPHY
Students interested in teaching secondary school may pursue a concen- tration in philosophy while earning state certification and the Bachelor
Philosophy
College of Arts and Sciences
of Science in Education. See descnption under ■Social Studies: B.S. in Education." pages 125-126.
Minor Programs
Students may minor in either philosophy or religious studies. A mini- mum of 18 semester hours is required. Elective courses are selected in consultation with the student's minor adviser. Either of these minors may be taken as a concentration in the Bachelor of Arts in liberal stud- ies general degree program.
Philosophy Minor
1 . Required Courses
PHI 101, 150 or 190. 174 or 180, and 270, 271, or 272
2. Philosophy Electives, under advisement
Religious Studies Minor
1 . Required Courses
PHI 102, 202 or 203. 204 or 205, and 349
2. Religious Studies Electives, under advisement
18 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
6 semester hours
18 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
6 semester hours
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHILOSOPHY
Symbol: PHI
NOTE: Only PHI 405. 436. and 499 have prerequisites. All other philosophy courses are nonsequential and open to all students. Not all courses will be offered every year.
INTRODUCTORY COURSES IN PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
* 101 Introduction to Philosophy (3) The chief problems and methods of philosophic thought, wiih a survey of some typical solutions. The place and influence of philosophy m life today Offered every semester
#102 Introduction to Religious Studies (3) The role of religion in human life lllu.strations drawn from various traditions, rituals, and belief patterns, both ancient and modem
150 Critical Thinking and Problem Solving (3) Intfoduction to the principles of valid inference and effective thinking Problem solving; puzzles; games; decision making; the syllogism; probability; logical fallacies; and creative thinking. #174 Principles of the Arts (3) Contrasting sys- tems for the analysis and evaluation for works of art — literature, the visual arts, and music.
* 180 Introduction to Ethics (3) Great ethical systems of history and their application to personal and social life The nghl and the good; the nature of values; and critical ethical dilemmas.
207 Philosophies of Nonviolence (3) The theory and practice of nonviolent action Gandhi. Tolstoy, and King are studied, along with lesser-known fig- ures such as Gene Sharp. Thomas Merton. and A.J. Muste
#SSC 200 Introduction to Peace and Conflict Studies (3) An interdisciplinary study of the causes and functions of societal conflict and processes of controlling conflict.
COURSES IN THE HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY
■ 270 History of Ancient Philosophy (3) A sur- vey of the major figures of ancient philosophy, from the pre-Socratic period through Plato. Aristotle, the Epicureans, and Stoics, to the Skeptics and Neo-Platonists. Offered in fall semes- ter.
271 History of Medieval Philosophy (3) The his- tory of philosophy from the early Church fathers to the late Middle Ages. St. Augustine, St. Thomas, mysticism. Jewish and Mohammedan influences, humanism, and the rise of science
■ 272 History of Modern Philosophy (3) From Descartes to Hegel The social, political, and scien- tific impact of the philosophers. Offered in spnng semester.
■ 273 19th-century Philosophy (3) Hegel and German Idealism; decisive influences on European and American literature and thought. Survey of the
chief themes of Schopenhauer. Comle. Mill,
Spencer. Marx, Kierkegaard. Darwin, and
Nietzsche.
274 Contemporary Analytic Philosophy (3)
Philosophic trends since 1850, including the
process philosophy. Pragmatism. Positivism.
E.xisleniialism, and the Analytic School.
284 American Philosophy (3) Leaders in science.
literature, religion, and government who have shaped
Amencan thought Philosophers of Punianism, the
Revolution. Transcendentalism, and native schools of
Realism. Idealism, and Pragmatism.
■ 415 Existentialism (3) The nse and development
of Existentialism; chief exponents; views of man;
and influence on ethics, literature, and social
action
COURSES ON OTHER PHILOSOPHICAL TOPICS
190 Logic (3) Introduction to symbolic logic. The nature of logical arguments; truth-functional propo- sitions, validity; natural deduction; and simple quantification Offered every semester. ♦ 201 Contemporary Issues (3) Discussion and analysis of contemporary philosophical issues of particular concern to students. The topic varies from semester to semester. #330 (also LIN 330) Introduction to Meaning (3) Relationship between linguistics and philosophy with emphasis on meaning in language. Some issues in the theory of meaning from both linguis- tics and philosophy; materials from each field to help solve these issues
360 (also LIN 360) Philosophy of Language (3) A discussion of our use of language in the acquisi- tion of knowledge. We will use material from phi- losophy, linguistics, psychology, art. music, and lit- erature.
#405 Feminist Theory (3) Designed to inttoduce and discuss basic questions in contemporary femi- nist theory, the course will explore different philosophies of feminism, including such issues as motherhood, intersections with other theories of oppression, and body politics. PREREQ: WOS 225 or permission of instructor.
412 Ethical Theories (3) Advanced course in ethi- cal theory, stressing applications.
413 Aesthetic Theories (3) Interpretation of beau- ty and art Effects of motivation, and problems in media and in goals. A background of meaning for the evaluation of specific works of painting, sculp- ture, music, and architecture.
414 Philosophy of Religion (3) Religion and the religious experience as viewed by major Western thinkers. The existence of God, immortality, reli- gious knowledge, evil, miracles, and science and religion.
422 Philosophy of Science (3) The nature of sci- entific method and scientific theory, with reference to presuppositions, inference, explanation, predic- tion, applications, and verification.
436 Symbolic Logic (3) Pnnciples and methods of symbolic logic. Practice in determining validity of sentential and quantificational arguments. The alge- bra of classes. PREREQ: PHI 190 or permission of the instructor.
# 470 Biomedical Ethics (3) A survey of basic eth- ical theories with application to contemporary ethi- cal issues, including nghls and responsibilities, the definition of life, and biomedical research. 480 Environmental Ethics (3) Ethical issues and duties relating to the natural environment, animal rights, and community issues, including overpopu- lation, pollution, and distribution of resources 482 Social Philosophy (3) The relation between man and the stale, especially as seen by recent thinkers Focus is on justice, natural rights, political obligation, freedom, and equality
COURSES IN RELIGION
202 Religions of the West I (3) A survey of the thought of Christianity and Judaism to the year 500.
203 Religions of the West II (3) A survey of the thought of Christianity, Islam, and Judaism, from the year 500 to the present Emphasis on theologi- cal development, with atlenuon to social, econom- ic, and historical factors
204 Philosophies and Religions of India (3) The religious and philosophical heritage of India, from Vedic times to the present Examination of major classics, such as Rig Veda, Upanishads, Bhagavad- Gita. and Yoga-sutras; recent writers such as Tagore, Gandhi, and Radhakrishnan.
205 Philosophies and Religions of the Far East (3) A survey of Far Eastern philosophy, religion, and scientific thought. Confucianism. Taoism, and the various schools of Mahayana Buddhism, including Zen. are given primary emphasis.
349 Ideas of the Bible (3) An introduction to
Biblical concepts of revelation. God. man. nature.
and redemption in light of Hebrew and Greek
thought
414 Philosophy of ReUgion (3) See "Courses in
Philosophical Topics." above
INDEPENDENT STUDIES AND SEMINARS
♦ 410 Independent Studies (1-3)
♦ 499 Philosophic Concepts and Systems (3) An
intensive study of the major works of one philoso- pher, stressing themes and comparison with other views. Required of all philosophy majors. PRE- REQ; Six hours of philosophy and senior standing, or permission of instructor.
♦ Approved distributive requirement course
♦ Approved interdisciplinary course ■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
College of Ans and Sciences
Physics and Pre-Engineenng
Department of Physical Education — See Kinesiology
Department of Physics and Pre- Engineering Program
127 Boucher Hall
610-436-2497
Harold L. Skelton, Chairperson
PROFESSOR: Smith
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Hawkes. Martens, Nicastro,
Skelton The Department of Physics offers three undergraduate degree pro- grams: the Bachelor of Science in physics, the Bachelor of Science in Education, and a cooperative five-year engineering program with Pennsylvania State University.
For admission to the physics program, most students should have com- pleted, in addition to the general University requirements, one year each of high school chemistry and physics, and a minimum of three years of mathematics, including algebra and trigonometry. Any student with a deficiency must complete ENG 120 and MAT 161 with grades of C- or better to be admitted to the program. West Chester has a chapter of the national physics honor society, Sigma Pi Sigma.
A minor program in physics also is available. The physics programs can also be found on the Internet (www.wcupa.edu). Look for Physics Home Page.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— PHYSICS
This program is designed as preparation for graduate school or careers in government or industry. The curriculum includes a strong foundation in mathematics and the humanities. A wide choice of electives in the pro- gram provides the flexibihty to develop a minor in an area of interest.
Requirements
A. PHYSICS: PHY 170, 180, 240, 300, 310, 320. 330, 350, 370, 420, and 430; an additional six credits in physics must be chosen from available electives at or above the 300 level
B. MATHEMATICS: CSC 141; MAT 161, 162, 261, and 343
C. CHEMISTRY: CHE 103 and 104; CRL 103 and 104 Candidates for the B.S. in physics must satisfy a foreign language requirement at the 102 level. In physics, the recommended languages are French, German, or Russian.
Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 or greater in their physics cours- es. Transfer students must take 15 or more physics credits at West Chester at the 300 level and above for graduation.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— PHYSICS
The B.S. program in physics education provides a solid background in physics, mathematics, and related science for a teaching career at the secondary level and leads to certification to teach physics in the public schools of Pennsylvania.
1 . Physics Concentration Requirements
A. Physics: PHY 170, 180, 240, 300, 310, 320, 330, and 410 or 430
B. Mathematics: MAT 161, 162, 261, and MAT 343 or PHY 370
C. Sciences: CHE 103 and 104; CRL 103 and 104; SCB 350; and an elective in astronomy, biology, and computer science
2. Professional Education Requirements (See page 68.)
Students must maintain a GPA of 2.0 or greater in their physics cours- es. Transfer students must take nine or more physics credits at West Chester at the 300 level and above for graduation.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— PHYSICS/BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— ENGINEERING
The Department of Physics offers a cooperative engineering program with Pennsylvania State University, requiring three years at West Chester University plus two years at Pennsylvania State University for study in engineering. At the end of this period, the student receives two baccalaureate degrees; a B.S. in physics from West Chester and a B.S. in engineering from Penn State.
Admission to Pennsylvania State University is contingent on a recom- mendation from the Department of Physics and the student having maintained the overall average for the specific engineering major. Students who have completed a bachelor's degree are not eligible for transfer to Penn State in this program.
Areas of study in engineering are:
Environmental Engineering
Industrial Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Metallurgy
Mining Engineering
Nuclear Engineering
Petroleum and Natural Gas Engineering
Aerospace Engineering
Agricultural Engineering
Ceramic Science
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Computer Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Engineering Science
Physics Concentration Requirements
A. PHYSICS: PHY 115, 116, 170, 180, 240, 260, 300, 310, 320, and 370; an additional six credits in physics at or above the 300 level must be chosen, depending on the engineering area selected
B. MATHEMATICS: CSC 141; MAT 161, 162, 261, and 343
C. CHEMISTRY: CHE 103 and 104; CRL 103 and 104
In addition, smdents intending to enroll in chemical engineering must have CHE 231 and 232; in mining engineering, ESL 201, and ESS 101 and 302; and in petroleum and natural gas engineering, ESL 201, and ESS 101 and 203. Students intending to enroll in aerospace, electrical, or nuclear engineering must take PHY 370 and PHY 420.
Minor in Physics 19 semester hours
The program can be used as technical preparation to complement work in other scientific or nonscientific areas, e.g., business majors interested in careers in technologically oriented industries, majors interested in technical or scientific sales, English majors interested in technical writ- ing, or social science majors interested in the area of energy and the environment.
Required: PHY 130 and 140, or PHY 170 and 180; also PHY 240. In addition, students must select eight credits of physics courses at the 300 level or above, chosen under advisement with the Department of Physics. Transfer students must take a minimum of six credits at West Chester at the 300 level or above. A 2.0 GPA or better must be main- tained in all physics courses.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PHYSICS
Symbol: PHY
(3,2) represents three hours of lecture and two hours of lab.
• 100 Elements of Physical Science (3) A study of motion, energy, light, and some aspects of mod- em physics.
lis Engineering Graphics I (1) Use and prepara- tion of engineering drawings. Topics include the use of instruments, linework. geometric construc-
tion, lettering, four types of projections, dimension- ing, and sections.
116 Engineering Graphics II (1) A continuation of PHY 1 15. to include topics such as layout.
♦ Approved distributive requirement course.
Political Science
School of Business and Public Affairs
detail, and assembly drawings, developments, aux- iliary drawings, various types of drafting, machine tool processes, and computer drafting. PREREQ: PHY 115.
t 130 General Physics I (4) An introductory, non- calculus, physics course. Mechanics of solids and fluids, wave motion, heat and temperature, thermo- dynamics, and kinetic theory (3,2) PREREQ; Algebra and trigonometry. t 140 General Physics II (4) An extension of PHY 130. Electricity and magnetism, geometrical and physical optics, and modem physics. (3,2) PREREQ: PHY 130.
t 170 Physics I (4) An introductory laboratory- based course Includes mechanics, kinetic theory, waves, heal, and thermodynamics The laboratory emphasizes error analysis, the wnting of technical reports, and data analysis using computers. PRE- REQ; MAT 161.
t 180 Physics II (4) A continuation of PHY 170. Includes electricity and magnetism, geometrical and physical optics, electronics, and modem physics. PREREQ; PHY 170 Concurrent with MAT 162.
240 Introduction (o Modem Physics (3) An atomic view of electncily and radiation, atomic the- ory, special relativity theory. X-rays, radioactivity, nuclear fission, and introductory quantum mechan- ics PREREQ; PHY 140 or 180, and MAT 162. 260 Engineering Statics (3) Composition and res- olution of forces, equivalent force systems, equilib- rium of particles and rigid bodies, centroids and center of gravity, analysis of simple structures, internal forces in beams, friction, moments and products in inertia, and methods of virtual work. PREREQ; PHY 130 or 170, and MAT 162. 300 Mechanics (3) Particle kinematics, dynamics, energy, and momentum considerations; oscillations; central force motion; accelerated reference frames; rigid body mechanics; Lagrangian mechanics PRE- REQ: PHY 140 or 180. and MAT 162 310 Intermediate Physics Laboratory I (2) A laboratory course to familiarize students with labo- ratory equipment and methods by performing a
senes of classical and modem physics experiments The resuhs of these are reported through both oral presentations and written reports. CONCURRENT: PHY 240
320 Intermediate Physics Laboratory II (2) A continuation of PHY 310. but including an intro- duction to writing scientific proposals. Students are required to propose and complete an experiment of their own design as one part of this course. PRE- REQ: CSC 141. PHY 310
330 Electronics I (3) Emphasis is divided between theory and experiment The course begins with a brief review of resistive and RC voltage dividers. Electronic circuits studied include basic operational amplifiers, timers, instrumentation amplifiers, logic circuits, flip flops, counters, and timers (2,2) PRE- REQ; MAT 161. PHY 140 or 1 80, or permission of instructor.
340 Fundamentals of Radioisotope Techniques (3) Biological, chemical, environmental, and physi- cal effects of nuclear radiation Radiation detection instrumentation and radio tracer methodology. (2.2) PREREQ: CHE 104. and PHY 140 or 180. 350 Heat and Thermodynamics (3) Equations of state, first and second laws of thermodynamics, ideal and real gases, entropy, and statistical mechanics PREREQ or CONCURRENT; MAT 262. PHY 240
370 Mathematical Physics (3) Selected topics in mathematics applied to problems in physics, ordi- nary differential equations, vector calculus, Fourier analysis, matnx algebra, and eigenvalue problems. PREREQ: MAT 261. and PHY 140 or 180. 400 Analytical Dynamics (3) Wave propagation, Lagrange's equations and Hamilton's principle, rigid body motion, and special relativity. PREREQ; MAT 343 and PHY 300.
410 Optics (3) Geometrical and physical optics. Reflection and refraction at surfaces, lenses, inter- ference and diffraction, and polarization. PREREQ; PHY 140 or 180. PREREQ or CONCURRENT: MAT 262.
420 Atomic Physics and Quantum Mechanics (3) Fundamental concepts of quantum mechanics
with application to atomic physics Topics covered are Bohr model. Schrodinger equation w ith applica- tions, perturbation theory, helium atom, and scatter- ing theory PREREQ: PHY 240 and 300, and MAT 343 or PHY 370.
430 Electricity and Magnetism (3) Electrostatics of point charges and extended charge distributions, fields in dielectrics, and magnetic fields due to steady currents Ampere's Law and induced emfs. Topics in electromagnetic waves as time permits. PREREQ: PHY 300. and MAT 343 or PHY 370. 440 Microcomputer Electronics (3) Laboratory study of special circuits, integrated circuits, micro- computers, and microcomputer interface applica- tions PREREQ; PHY 330. and MAT 343 or PHY 370.
450 Advanced Physics Laboratory I (1) A course to familiarize students with contemporary laborato- ry equipment and methods
460 Advanced Physics Laboratory 11 (1) A con- tinuation of PHY 450.
470 Seminar in Physics (1) Oral and written reports on approved topics. Variation in topics from year to year, depending on the interest and needs of students.
♦ 480 Special Topics (1-3) Topics of special interest to be presented once or twice PREREQ; To be specified by the instructor. Course may be repeated by student for credit any number of times when different topics are presented 490 Introduction to Research (1-9) Specific problems in consultation with the faculty adviser. PREREQ; Permission of instructor. #SCB 210 The Origin of Life and the Universe (3) An interdisciplinary course that presents the theory and evidence for the first three minutes of the universe, and formation of the stars, galaxies, planets, organic molecules, and the genetic basis of organic evolution. PREREQ: High school or col- lege courses in at least two sciences.
t PHY 170-180 and PHY 130-140 - Approved two- semester substitute.
♦ This course may be laken again for credit.
# Approved interdisciplinary course.
Department of Political Science
106 Ruby Jones Hall
610-436-2743
John C. Shea, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Marbach, Milne, Shea
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bums, Burton, lacono, Polsky, Sandhu
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Bemotsky, Loedel, Schnell
INSTRUCTOR: Brenneman
The department offers a Bachelor of Arts degree in PoHtical Science with three concentrations. Our objective is to provide programs tailored to each student's career goals and to still allow a wide range of options after graduation.
Our three B.A. programs are the following:
Bachelor of Arts — Political Science is a general liberal arts program exposing the student to the broad areas of political science, including American government, international relations, comparative govern- ment, public administration, political behavior, and political theory.
Bachelor of Arts — Political Science/Public Management is for stu- dents who plan a career in public service. It includes relevant courses from the geography and planning area.
Bachelor of Arts — Political Science/International Relations is for
students with a primary interest in international affairs and includes rel- evant cognates in several disciplines.
All three Bachelor of Arts programs are intended for students with an interest in government and public service, journalism, and the law.
Bachelor of Science in Education — Social Studies offers concentra- tions in general social studies, geography, and political science.
The department also sponsors pre-law advising, the Law Society, and the Political Science Club.
I. Bachelor of Arts — Core for All Concentrations
A. Required
PSC 100 American Government 3 semester hours
PSC 200 Foundations of Political Science 3 semester hours
PSC 213 International Relations 3 semester hours
PSC 230 Introduction to Political Philosophy 3 semester hours
School of Business and Public Affairs
Political Science
3 semester hours
II.
B. C. D.
III.
PSC 240 Introduction to Comparative
Politics or PMG 202 Elements of Public
Administration PSC 400, 401, or 402 Senior Project or
Senior Seminar Total
B. Recommended for all students with
an interest in graduate studies PSC 399 Senior Symposium
Bachelor of Arts General Concentration
A. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 Foreign Language/Culture Cluster Political Science Core (see above) An additional course from the behavior or American government category, which includes PSC 252, 256, 301, 322, 323, 324, 329, 350, 355, 356, and 359
E. An additional course from the comparative group, including PSC 246, 340, 341, 342, 343, 348, and 349
F. Nine additional hours of PSC or PMG courses at the 200 level or above
G. Cognates distributed as follows:
1. GEO 101
2. Either ECO 101, 111, or 112
3. Either SOC 200 or PSY 100 Total (including cognates)
Bachelor of Arts — International Relations Concentration
A. General Requirements, see pages 32-35* 51 semester hours
3 semester hours
1 8 semester hours 3 semester hours
51 semester hours
0-15 semester hours
18 semester hours
3 semester hours
3 semester hours
9 semester hours
9 semester hours
42-45 semester hours
Foreign Language (must be completed through the 202 level) Political Science Core (see above) PSC 217 American Foreign Policy Two additional comparative courses, chosen from among PSC 246, 340, 341, 342, 343, 348, and 349 Two additional international relations courses, chosen from among PSC 311, 312, 316, 317, 319, and 414 Additional and cognate courses under the following rules: 1. May not include more than one
political science course 2. Always may include up to two
additional language courses, either
0-12 semester hours
18 semester hours 3 semester hours 6 semester hours
6 semester hours
1 2 semester hours
beyond the 202 level or in a second
language
Must be formally approved by the
student's adviser in advance using
the IR Cognate Approval Form
Total
45 semester hours
0-15 semester hours 1 8 semester hours 15 semester hours
IV. Bachelor of Arts — Public Management Concentration
A. General Requirements, see pages 32-35* 51 semester hours
B. Foreign Language/Culture Cluster
C. Political Science Core (see above)
D. Specific Concentration Requirements GEO 210 (3)
PMG 202 Elements of Public Admistration (taken as part of Political Science Core) (3) PMG 201 or 204 (3) PMG 372 (3) PMG 375 (3)
An additional planning course (under advisement) (3)
E. Three additional political science courses chosen from PMG 373, PMG 369, either PMG 201 or PSC 204 (if not taken above), PSC 356 or PMG 412 (9)
Total
F. Recommended for Public Management smdents
COM 208 and 230, HIS 150 or 152. PSY 254, and an economics courses
42 semester hours 15 semester hours
Minor in Political Science
18 semester hours
Students may minor in general political science or in one of the sub- fields such as international relations. Students take PSC 100 plus five courses in a concentrated area, or (at least two) areas under departmen- tal advisement.
This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in liberal studies general degree program.
Minor in Public Management 18 semester hours
Students take PMG 202 and PSC 100 plus four additional courses in public administration under department advisement. This minor may be taken as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science liberal studies general degree program.
*Students in the International Relations concentration are encouraged to take PSC 240; students in the Public Management concentration are required to take PMG 202.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS POLITICAL SCIENCE
Symbol: PSC, unless otherwise indicated
♦ 100 American Government and Politics (3)
Devoted to understanding how the system works: political action, elections, interest groups, civil liber- ties. Congress, the presidency, and the courts are among the topics considered. Seeks to provide a framework in terms of which process and current issues become meaningful. Offered each semester.
♦ 101 Political Issues Today (3) Uses the issues of our time as vehicles to an understanding of the politi- cal process. Emphasis is on American politics but in a world-wide perspective. Topics considered may include economic, race, gender, and civil liberty issues among others.
200 Foundations of Political Science (3)
Incorporates techniques for analyzing political ques- tions logically and systematically, and inUoduces basic research design and methodological and library
usage skills appropriate to the political science disci- pline. Required course for B.A. majors in political science, public administration, and international rela- tions, and the B.S. in Education with a political sci- ence concentration. Optional course for minors in political science, public administration, and interna- tional relations. PREREQ: PSC 100. Cannot be used to meet University general education requirements. Offered each semester.
#204 Introduction to Urban Studies (3) An exami- nation of the breadth of urban studies from the per- spectives of many social science disciplines. Philadelphia is emphasized as an object of percep- tion, as a place of life and livelihood, and as an example of continual change in the urban environ- ment. PREREQ; ENG 121.
* 213 International Relations (3) Politics among nations, including politics carried on through interna- tional organizations. Examines power politics, tech- niques of diplomacy, and methods of current interna-
tional organizations. Special attention to U.S. inter- ests and policies. Offered each semester.
217 American Foreign Policy (3) Cultural, politi- cal, economic, and psychological influences on poli- cy; process of decision making. Special attention to a few policy areas such as relations with allied, under- developed, revolutionary, or Communist countries. Possible response to threats of war, population growth, resource shortages, and pollution may be examined.
230 Introduction to Political Thought (3) Great
political thinkers of Western civilization from Plato to the present. Historical background of Western thought and its relevance to the present political world.
240 Introduction to Comparative Politics (3) An
introduction to the comparative study of political
* Approved distributive requirement course
# Approved interdisciplinary course
Political Science
School of Business and Public Affairs
systems at various stages of cultural, social, econom- ic, and political development. ■ 246 Soviet Politics (3) Marxism-Leninism, the functioning of the political system, and its domina- tion of all areas of Soviet life Some brief attention to the conduct of Soviet foreign policy, 252 Civil Liberties and Civil Rights (3) A survey of the sources of civil liberties and civil nghts in the United States with an inquiry into contemporary problems and their solutions through statutory and constitutional developments 256 Energy and the Political Process (3) Stresses the process of policy making and implementation in the field of energy Emphasis also is given to foreign policy and natural security implications 301 Women in Politics (3) The role of women in politics is surveyed Considerations include the rela- tionship between the sexes as it impacts politics.
311 Soviet and Post-Soviet Foreign Policy (3) Emphasis on Soviet-Amencan relations since 1945 and a companson of the two societies Topics treated include the influence of Marxism, Great Russian nationalism, and histoncal expenence on Soviet for- eign relations PREREQ; PSC 213 or 2->6 or permis- sion of instructor
312 Politics of Modem Nationalism (3) An analy- sis of political processes in the former Soviet Union and Eastern Europe, Western Europe, and the Middle East. The role of nationalism in these countnes after the demise of communism The rise of nationalism in the Middle East and Western Europe.
316 World Order: Problems, Approaches, and Prospects (3) Examines global interdependence, con- flict, and cooperation regarding contemporary and future world problems, such as nationalism, resources, etc. Considers alternative approaches to cooperation and means of bnnging about change
317 Contemporary International Relations (3) Recent issues and problems with special emphasis on superpower behavior around the world. Also, third world revolutions, mtemational terronsm, human rights, international law and the United Nations, and the changing international economic order
318 International Political Economy (3) The focus is the politics of international economic relations. Alternative analytical and theoretical perspectives will be examined for their value in helping to under- stand and evaluate the historical developments and current operation of the global economy. Special attention is given to system governance (international regimes such as the World Trade Organization and the International Monetary Fund) and the ability of the nations of the world to provide stability to the international political economy The pnmary objec- tive of this course is to develop analytical and theo- retical skills in the application of vanous international political economy perspectives (liberalism, mercantil- ism, Marxism/structuralism) which examine the inter- relationship between states and markets.
319 Middle Eastern Politics (3) Topics include the Arab-Israeli conflict, the politics of the Persian Gulf the role of OPEC, and the superpower conflict in the region.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS POLITICAL SCIENCE/PUBLIC MANAGEMENT
Symbol; PMG
201 State and Local Government (3)
Examination of the organization, functions, and politics of state and local government, including analysis of politics in states, counties, cities, and
322 Public Opinion, Propaganda, and Political Behavior (3) The dynamics of opinion formation and change, and the role of public opinion in policy for- mation Political socialization, survey research and political socialization, survey research, and propagan- da techniques also are considered
323 Racial and Ethnic Politics (3) This course examines the relationship between racial and ethnic groups' political behavior and the Amencan political system's response to them in terms of its public poli- cies.
324 American Political Parties (3) Panems, func- tions, and history of the Amencan political party sys- tem at national, state, and local levels. Theoretical and empirical studies of political interest groups, pub- lic opinion, and voting behavior
329 Judicial Behavior (3) A behavioral approach to the law, with specific reference to conceptual, methodological, and ideological considerations. Depending on the availability of information, role- playing simulations will be used with students por- traying judges and attomeys. 339 Contemporary Political Thought (3) Consi- deration of major political thinkers since Marx, including Berlin. Rawis. Dworkin. Nozick. and ratio- nal choice theonsts
■ 340 Latin-American Culture and Politics (3) Comparative analysis of contemporary Latin- Ame- rican systems Political cultures, decision making, ideologies, and political processes Emphasis is on Mexico and Central America. Offered each semester 341 Politics of Non-Western Areas (3) Emphasis on the general problems of nation building, political participation, and elite-ma.ss relationships in less- developed nations African nations. Latin America, or Asia may be emphasized
■ 342 Government and Cultures of Western Europe (3) Primary attention focuses on France. Germany, and Great Britain; secondary attention is on other European systems. PoUtical cultures, popular participation, political parties, and formal institutions of government.
343 Culture and Politics of Asia (3) Study of cul- tural, philosophical, and political systems of modem Asia with special emphasis on China. Japan, and India.
348 African Culture and PoUtics (3) The political nature and practices of individuals, organizations, and govemments of Black Afnca are examined in the cul- tural context of the contemporary independent period PREREQ: PSC 1(X) or equivalent.
349 Comparative Communism (3) Comparative analysis of the ideological, political, social, and eco- nomic systems of Communist nations. Concentration is on comparisons between the Soviet Union and Communist China, but other Communist systems also are considered
350 American Constitutional Law (3) The devel- opment of the American constitutional system as reflected in leading decisions of the United States Supreme Court. Emphasis on national powers, feder- alism, and the Bill of Rights. PREREQ; PSC 100 or permission of instructor.
towns in urban, suburban, and rural areas Intergovernmental relations in education, trans- portation, and welfare policy are examined. PRE- REQ; PSC 100
202 Elements of Public Administration (3) Considers public administration in the United States as a process of implementing public pohcy. Uses case studies and projects with texts focusing on organizational theory, human behavior and
355 Congressional Politics (3) Deals with the inter- nal and external factors that influence Congressional behavior, including the roles of constituents, pressure groups, parties, the committee system, rules, and the leadership. Theu' relationships to the president and court structure and their impact on electoral politics also are considered. Comparisons with state legisla- tures
356 American Public Policy (3) Policy formation and execution Policy areas considered vary from semester to semester. May include role-playing. PRE- REQ: PSC 100 or 101 or permission of instructor 359 The American Presidency (3) In-depth analy- sis of the nature and significance of the American presidency, including constitutional development, presidential roles and customs, the recniitment process, the executive branch, and the politics of the presidency,
399 Political Science Symposium (3) Nature of research in political science. ConsUTiCtion of a research design. Extensive reading in an area of polit- ical science. Offered each semester.
HBI 400, 401, 402 Harrisburg Internship Seminar (15) A full-semester internship in Pennsylvania state government. Student intern is placed in cabinet-level or legislative office. Placement (9 cr ); Policy Research Project (3 cr ); Policy Seminar (3 cr). The internship is open to any junior or senior student, regardless of major, who has a minimum GPA of 3.5. Stipend involved.
400 Senior Seminar in Political Science (3) Research in political science. Methodology, bibliog- raphy, and presentation, both oral and written. The research paper for the seminar must be acceptable as a required departmental senior research paper.
401 Senior Project in Political Science (3) Execution of the research design constructed in PSC 399 Involves completion of a major senior paper under supervision of a staff member. Extensive inde- pendent effort
402 Seminar in International Relations (3) Theme centered with capstone paper. Senior I.R. majors only.
410 Independent Studies in Political Science (1-3) Research projects, reports, and readings in political science. Open to seniors only. PREREQ: Permission of instructor.
♦ 412 Internship in Political Science (3-15) Upper-level student field placement learning. Short- term. 3- to 6-hour experiences in political settings under faculty advisement; and 9- to 15-hour place- ments in state, federal, local government or public service agencies. Learning contracts and faculty advisement create a whole experience from exposure to government administration and politics. Offered each semester
414 International Theory (3) General theory applied to specific case studies. Advanced readings.
■ Culture Cluster
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
motivation, budgeting, personnel, and administra- tive responsibility. Offered each semester. 363 Urban Government (3) Structures and processes of central city and suburban government are considered. Examines patterns and trends in governmental organization and administration as well as sources of conflict in urban decision mak- ing, e.g.. the urbanization process, race and class antagonism, and city-suburban perspectives.
College of Arts and Sciences
Pre-Medical Program
369 Politics of Bureaucracy and Administrative Behavior (3) In-depih examinaiion of the fourth branch of govemmenl Impact of the administration apparatus (bureaucracy) on public policy formula- tion and implementation. Case studies and student projects.
372 Organization and Management (3) Introduction to public and nonprofit organization management. Broad coverage of key elements of organizational functions and structure for potential managers. Uses both macro sociological and micro psychological levels of analysis. Case studies inte- grated into conceptual frameworks.
373 American Intergovernmental Relations (3)
Designed to familiarize students with the complex network of conflict, cooperation, and interdepen- dence among national, state, and local government units. Topic areas, among others, include an analy- sis of the continuing evolution of American feder- alism, an examination of this relationship from state and city government perspectives, and a description of specific intergovernmental fiscal pro- grams and policies.
375 Public Fiscal Management (3) Introductory course to public fiscal management applicable to local, state, and national levels of government.
Focus on the three major aspects of fiscal manage- ment: public services in a free market/mi.\ed econ- omy; revenue/taxation theory and practice; and governmental budgeting systems and concepts. PREREQ: PMG 202, and one pnor course in eco- nomics recommended.
# 412 Internship in Public Management (3-15) Same as PSC 412, but for students with pubHc management concentration. PREREQ: PMG 364 Offered each semester.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Social Studies With Concentrations in Political Science
Students interested in teaching secondary school social studies may pursue a concentration in political science while earning state
certification and the Bachelor of Science in Education degree. See the description of the Social Studies Program on pages 125-126.
Pre-Medical Program
161 Schmucker Science Center
610-436-2978/3277
Elise Triano, Director
Melissa Cichowicz, Assistant Director
COMMITTEE MEMBERS
Melissa Cichowicz, Chemistry Marianne Eleuterio, Biology Andrew Goudy, Chemistry Ronnie Morgan, Mathematics Linda Myrsiades, English Anthony Nicastro, Physics Thomas Piatt, Philosophy Elise Triano, Biology Richard Woodruff, Biology
The Pre-Medical Program prepares undergraduate and post-baccalaure- ate students for application to the health professional schools of medi- cine, dentistry, and veterinary medicine, and for careers in biomedical research. Supervised by a Pre-Medical Committee, the program con- sists of an individualized selection of course work, personal counseling and academic support, and optional junior-year biomedical research at a medical school or research institute. For highly select undergraduates and post-baccalaureates, medical school admission assurance programs are available in affiliation with the Allegheny University of the Health Sciences, MCP-Hahnemann School of Medicine; the Penn State University College of Medicine; and the Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine. Students with majors other than chemistry-biol- ogy (pre-medical) are required to have two advisers — one from their major field and one from the Pre-Medical Committee.
Because of the intense competition for health professional school admission, only academically talented and highly motivated students should apply to the Pre-Medical Program. Applicants are selected on the basis of their potential for achievement in the program. Students in the program are expected to maintain a minimum 3.0 Grade Point Average and the high standards of performance necessary for health professional school admission.
It is essential for incoming students contemplating a medical career to register with the Pre-Medical Office immediately upon matriculation at the University. Similarly, it is essential for students who at some later time develop an interest in a medical career to register with the Pre- Medical Office, Students who fail to consult with the Pre-Medical Office prior to taking the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) or who fail to report the results of any MCAT exam to the Pre-Medical
Office forfeit the privilege of receiving a Pre-Medical Committee letter of evaluation when they apply to medical school.
All West Chester students who wish to apply to a health professional school should ask their professors to forward letters of evaluation to the Pre-Medical Committee and should process their applications through the committee. The committee will send a composite letter of evalua- tion to the professional school. Except for special circumstances, no letters of recommendation should be sent directly to professional schools.
Further information is available in the Pre-Medical Office, Room 161 Schmucker Science Center.
CONCENTRATION AND CORE REQUIREMENTS FOR CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY (PRE-MEDICAL) CURRICULUM
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE — CHEMISTRY-BIOLOGY (PRE-MEDICAL)
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 29 semester hours
Includes six semester hours of English composition
24 semester hours
2. Biology BIO 1 10, 217, 220, 230, 357, 448, and 468
3. Chemistry
CHE 103/105, 104/106, 231, 232, 321, 345,
418, and 471/476
CRL 103/105, 104/106, 231, and 471
4A. Internship Track CHE 450
One 3-credit biology or chemistry concentration elective
4B. Nonintemship Track CRL 321, CHE 477 BIO 490 or CHE 491 Three 3-credit concentration electives
5. Supporting Courses MAT 121, 161
MAT 162 or MAT 122 and one 1 -credit concentration elective PHY 130/170 and 140/180
6. Free Electives See also Chemistry.
3 1 semester hours
18 semester hours
1 5 semester hours
19 semester hours
7-10 semester hours
Psychology
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of Psychology
Peoples Building
610-436-2945
Edward Pollak, Chairperson
Philip Duncan, Assistant Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Crawford, Duncan, Kumar, Moore, Morse,
Pollak, J. Porter, L. Porter, Treadwell ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bloom, Bonifazi, Mahlstedt,
McConatha ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Kerr, C. Renner, M. Renner,
Verges ADJUNCT PROFESSOR: Pekala
The Department of Psychology offers bachelor's degrees in three areas of concentration.
1. The B.A. in PSYCHOLOGY prepares the student to understand those variables, such as heredity, learning, and the environment, which shape and change behavior. Careers are possible in clinics, guidance centers, industry, hospitals, schools, and government. Students should consult their advisers concerning recommended preparations for specific career goals. This program also will pre- pare the student for postgraduate study.
2. The B.A. in PSYCHOLOGY: COGNITIVE REHABILITATION CONCENTRATION provides training for cognitive rehabilitation therapists. Such therapists work with patients who have suffered brain trauma followmg an accident or stroke. The therapist will carry out a treatment program designed to facilitate the recovery of cognitive functions such as memory, rea.soning, judgment, etc. The cognitive rehabilitation therapist typically works under the supervi- sion of a doctoral-level clinical neuropsychologist. This program also will prepare the student for postgraduate study.
3. The B.S. in EDUCATION program prepares students to teach psy- chology and the social sciences in the secondary schools.
BACHELOR OF ARTS— PSYCHOLOGY
1. General Education Requirements, 5 1 semester hours see pages 32-35
Includes PSY 100. MAT 103 or higher MAT course is required. BIO 100 and CSC 101 are strongly recommended for partial completion of the science requirement.
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement, 0- 1 5 semester hours see page 35
3. Department Requirements 36 semester hours
A. Required Psychology Courses (21 semester hours) PSY 245, 246, and 400. Smdents must
choose two courses from Group I and two courses from Group II. Group I
PSY 254, 257, or 375 Group II
PSY 363, 464, or 470
B. Psychology Electives (15 semester hours) These may be selected from among any of the departmental offerings.
4. Department Free Electives 29-48 semester hours These electives are in addition to the nine
semester hours of electives listed under the General Education Requirements and may be selected from among any of the University's course offerings.
BACHELOR OF ARTS— PSYCHOLOGY: COGNITIVE REHABILITATION CONCENTRATION
1 . General Education Requirements, 5 1 semester hours
see pages 32-35
Includes PSY 100. MAT 103 or a higher MAT course is required. BIO 100 and CSC 101 are strongly recommended for partial completion of the science requirement.
2. Foreign Language/Culture Requirement 0- 1 5 semester hours
3. Departmental Requirements 39 semester hours
PSY 245, 246, 254. 257, 363, 375, 400, 441. 442, 464, 470. 475, and 480
4. Department of Special Education Requirements Requirements
EDA 101 Psychology of the Mentally
Handicapped EDA 102 Psychology of the Physically
Handicapped
5. The following special education courses are not required; however, it is strongly recommended that the student consider them when selecting free electives.
EDA 220 Behavior Management EDA 350 Life Curriculum and Methods EDA 360 Diagnostic and Prescriptive Teaching SPP 340 Development and Disorders of Language
6 semester hours
6. Free Electives
These electives are in addition to the nine semester hours of electives listed under the General Education Requirements and may be selected from among any of the University course offerings.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION- SOCIAL STUDIES: PSYCHOLOGY
17-36 semester hours
Psychology Requirements
PSY 245. 254. 257, 375, 400, and 464
See description under "Social Studies: B.S. in Education," pages 125-126.
Minor in Psychology
1 8 semester hours
18 semester hours
The minor in psychology is designed for students of any major and is tailored to the specific educational goals of each suident. After taking PSY 100. the student will choose 15 additional hours of PSY courses in consultation with the Department of Psychology's minor adviser.
Minor in Cognitive Disabilities
18 semester hours
The minor in cognitive disabilities is designed for special education majors and others who work to facilitate the recovery of cognitive functions (such as memory, reasoning, judgment, etc.) of patients who have suffered brain trauma following an accident or stroke.
Required Courses
PSY 363, 464, 470, 475, 480 15 semester hours
Electives
PSY 375, PSY 325, or ED? 351
Minimum Grade Requirement
3 semester hours
Beginning in the fall of 1996 all newly declared psychology majors and minors must earn a grade of C- or better in PSY 100 and all other PSY courses that fulfill departmental requirements. PSY courses used as general education free electives are exempt from this policy.
School of Education
Social Studies Program
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS PSYCHOLOGY
Symbol: PSY
* 100 Introduction to Psychology (3) Introduc- tion to the scientific study of behavior. The multiple bases of human behavior with emphasis on the learn- ing process Basic concepts, principles, and method- ology. Students may be required to become familiar with an ongoing research study in psychology as an out-of-elass assignment. Offered fall and spring semesters.
210 Developmental Psychology: Lifespan (3) A survey of research findings and theoretical issues related to developmental processes from the prenatal phase to senescence PREREQ: PSY 100. Majors are advised to take PSY 382 and/or PSY 384 rather than PSY 2 10
245 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences (3) Descriptive and inferential statistical concepts and techniques and their apphcation to the collection, analysis, and interpretation of behavioral data Computer-assisted computation procedures will be employed.
246 Research Methods in Psychology (3) Critical examination of research methods in psychology, including experimental and quasi-experimental designs, correlational methods, and survey methods. Students will receive practical experience in the design, implementation, analysis, and interpretation of data, and in preparation of written reports for research projects,
254 Social Psychology (3) The study of the ways in which the individual is affected by the actual, imag- ined, or implied presence of others. PREREQ: PSY 100. Offered fall and spring semesters. 257 Theories of Personality (3) A course in person- aUty that examines the theories and writings of Freud, Jung, Adler, Fromm, Erikson, Rogers, and other major personality theorists. PREREQ: PSY 100. 265 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3) A basic course for business majors and others interested in the psychology of the workplace. Emphasis on the theoretical developments in psychology as these relate to the study of people in organizations and industry. Offered fall and spring semesters. 325 Psychological Testing and Measurement (3) Principles of psychological measurement including standardization, scale transformation, reliability, validity, and item analysis Use of tests for the solu- tion of problems in industrial, clinical, and education- al settings. PREREQ: PSY 100 327 Behavior Modification (3) A survey of the principles and practices employed in inducing behav- ioral changes in clinic, instimtion, agency, and school settings PREREQ: PSY 100
335 Animal Behavior (3) The evolution and adap- tiveness of behavior Emphasis on physiological, genetic, and learning processes underlying animal behavior. PREREQ: PSY 100, or BIO 100 or 1 10, or permission of instructor.
336 Animal Behavior Laboratory (2) Laboratory exercises and experiments in the principles of animal behavior and comparative psychology. PREREQ:
Concurrent enrollment in (or previous completion of) PSY 335.
350 Motivation (3) A study of drives, motives, and emotions as determinants of behavior Physiological and social aspects of motivation will be explored with some attention given to pathological factors. PREREQ: PSY 100
362 History and Systems of Psychology (3) An integrated overview of the history of psychology as well as the systems, theories, and fundamental issues with which psychologists have concerned themselves in the past, recent, and current stages of the science. PREREQ: PSY 100; PHI 101 recommended.
363 Psychology of Learning (3) Basic laws and theones of learning PREREQ: PSY 100.
364 Learning Laboratory (3) Laboratory exercises and experiments in the pnnciples of Pavlovian and instrumental condinoning PREREQ: Successful completion or concurrent enrollment in PSY 363.
365 Psychology of Women (3) A smdy of the behavior and experience of women Biological, cul- tural, interpersonal, and intrapersonal determinants of women's actions, thoughts, and feehngs will be explored PREREQ: PSY 100 Offered fall and spring semesters.
375 Abnormal Psychology (3) The nature and man- ifestauons of normality and abnormality, mental mechanisms and symptoms, psychoneuroses, psy- choses, the psychopathic personality, and mental deficiency. PREREQ: PSY 100. 382 Developmental Psychology of Infancy, Childhood and Adolescence (3) Study of the normal child from conception to puberty Emphasis on cur- rent theoretical issues involved in the effects of early experience and environment PREREQ: PSY 100. 384 Developmental Psychology of Adulthood and Aging (3) Study of psychological development dur- ing the mature years up to and including death and dying. PREREQ: PSY 100
390 Principles of Counseling and Psychotherapy (3) A review of theoretical assumptions underpinning various approaches to counseling and psychotherapy with particular reference to comparative outcome data PREREQ: PSY 257 or 375 400 Senior Seminar in Psychology (3) Advanced topics in psychology. A written and/or oral presenta- tion describing and analyzing current issues in psy- chology. Required of all psychology majors. Offered fall and spring semesters. ♦ 410 Research in Psychology (1-3) Special research projects, reports, and readings in psycholo- gy. Open to seniors only PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson. Offered fall and spring semesters.
413 Psychodrama I (3) This class is designed as an introductory course, integrating theory and practice of psychodrama as a psychotherapeutic modality. Emphasis is placed on understanding the basic psy- chodramatic and sociometric techniques from a theo- retical perspective with emphasis placed on how to use these basic techniques in applied situations, PRE- REQ: Permission of instructor.
414 Psychodrama n (3) Continuation of PSY 413 at an advanced level. Integrating clinical sociometry. auxiliary ego techniques, the social atom concept, warm-up techniques, role training, and student direct- ing. Instruction will be both didactic and experiential, integrating the theoretical and applied components of psychodrama and sociometry as a therapeutic modali- ty. PREREQ: PSY 413.
430 Human Sexual Behavior (3) An intensive study of those variables under which human sexual behavior functions. Research from sociological and medical studies is integrated with psychological knowledge. PREREQ: PSY 100. Offered fall and spring semesters.
441 Field Experience in Psychology I (3) A work- study program in an educational or mental health facihty under joint supervision of the instructor and the staff psychologist of the field institution. Offered fall and spring semesters. Permission of instiuctor required.
442 Field Experience in Psychology D (3) Continuation of PSY 441 .
443 Psychology of Group Processes (3) An explo- ration of the dynamics of interpersonal behavior in small groups. Theory applied to practice in class. PREREQ: PSY 100; permission of instructor recom- mended.
445 Organizational Development (3) The study of human behavior in task group and organizational contexts. PREREQ: PSY 100; PSY 254 or PSY 265 recommended.
447 Human Intimacy (3) A study of processes and factors in establishing, maintaining, and terminating relationships via the use of group methods. PRE- REQ: PSY 100 and permission of instructor. 464 Physiological Psychology (3) Anatomical, endocrinological, and physiological processes under- lying behavior, including motivation, emotion, learn- ing, and memory. Special attention is given to the biological bases and treatments of mental illness PREREQ: PSY 100. or BIO 100 or 1 10 recommend- ed. Offered fall and spring semesters. 470 Sensory and Perceptual Processes (3) A study of how we process sensor>' information and perceive our environments. PREREQ: PSY 100. 475 Cognitive Psychology (3) Basic research and application in memory and information processing. PREREQ: PSY 100; PSY 363 recommended. 480 Neuropsychological RehabiUtation (3) The theory and practice of cognitive rehabilitation in patients with brain injury and disease. Topics include fmdings from both basic and clinical research. Methods of cognitive rehabilitation are presented with an emphasis on operant procedures. PREREQ: PSY 327 or 464.
♦ 490 Topical Seminar in Psychology (1-3) Special topics in psychology not offered under exist- ing, regularly offered courses. PREREQ: Consent of instructor or chairperson recommended.
* Approved distributive requirement course
♦ This course may be taken again with the approval of
the Department of Psychology chairperson.
Social Studies Program
For additional information consult the major department or the Secondary Education Advisement Center,
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION- COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES
The Commonwealth of Pennsylvania grants a comprehensive social studies certificate entitling the holder to leach social studies in public school. Preparation combines an introduction to all of the social sci-
ence disciplines with either a concentration in one discipline, or an interdisciplinary concentration.
COMMON REQUIREMENTS
1, General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2, Professional Education, see page 68
3, Social Science Requirements
5 1 semester hours 30 semester hours
24-30 semester hours
ANT 102; ECO 101 or 1 1 1 or 112; GEO 101; HIS 101, 102, 151, and 152; PSC 100; PSY 100;
Social Work
School of Business and Public Affairs
SOC 200; plus 6-9 semester hours and a con- centration chosen from A, B, C, or D below. 4. All students are required to take SSC 331 the semester before student teaching.
NOTE; Some of the requirements in concentrations B, C, and D below may be met by courses that fulfill the social science require- ments.
A. Concentration in a Social Science Discipline 21 semester hours In the discipline of the student's choice;
anthropology, geography, history, philoso- phy, political science, psychology, or sociol- ogy. See department of concentration for advising.
B. Concentration in American Culture 33 semester hours See Department of History for advising.
American Studies Core (24 semester hours) American Studies Electives and Social Science Requirements (9 semester hours)
C. Concentration in World Cultures 30 semester hours
Consult with any of the following depart- ments for advising; Anthropology and Sociology, History, or Political Science. Seminar (3 semester hours) European Tradition (9 semester hours) Non-European Tradition (9 semester hours) Topical and Thematic Approaches (9 semes- ter hours)
D. Concentration in Ethnic Studies 30 semester hours
See the Department of History for advising. History Courses (15 semester hours) Social Science Electives and Requirements (9 semester hours) Humanities Electives (6 semester hours)
A 2.5 cumulative average in the social sciences and a 2.5 overall aver- age is a prerequisite for student teaching.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL STUDIES
SSC 331 Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools (3) Methods and materiajs of teaching
social studies for prospective secondary school teachers Emphasis is on combining educational theory with social studies content for effective leaching Exercises and practical application.
Enrollment is restricted to students who will be stu- dent leaching the next semester Permission to waive this policy may be granted by the chairper- son. Department of History
Department of Social Work
206 McCoy Center
610-436-2527
Mildred C. Joyner, Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Bartlett, Siegel
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Hodgins, Joyner, McCutcheon,
Wieder The social work program is accredited on the baccalaureate level as a professional degree in social work by the Council on Social Work Education.
This mission of the Department of Social Work at West Chester University is to develop the knowledge, values, and skills in students to enable them to function effectively as beginning generalist social workers. Students develop knowledge of the social welfare needs of a complex urban and rural environment. Students promote ethical thinking, are life- long learners, and evaluate their skills continuously. Students are also pre- pared for graduate social work education. The student applies theory to practice in varied field experiences in the junior and senior years. The objectives of the Department of Social Work are;
1. To develop from a systems perspective competence in beginning generalist practice skills with individuals, families, groups, organi- zations, communities, and larger societal systems;
2. To demonstrate attitudes and behavior consistent with the values of the social work profession;
3. To develop sensitivity in students regarding issues of equality, social justice, and empowerment, and to apply sensitivity to all lev- els of practice;
4. To maximize self-awareness, growth, and the ability to evaluate one's own practice through personalized and professional education.
Smdents interested in majoring in social work must take Development of Professional Self (SWO 220) and Introduction to Social Welfare I (SWO 200) during the fall and spring semesters of their freshman year. Students are required to maintain a GPA of 2.25 for up to 64 earned credits and a 2.5 for 65 or more earned credits in order to continue in the social work program. A student needs a 2.75 overall GPA to be eligible for certifica- tion upon graduation by the Council of Social Work Education. There is a continuing evaluation process on all students in the program each year. All students are expected to demonstrate attitudes and behavior consistent with the values and ethics of professional social work and the National Association of Social Work (NASW) Social Work Code of Ethics.
Policy for Social Work Majors
Majors are required to meet with their social work adviser to plan an integrative course of study, to select courses prior to scheduling, to dis- cuss career opportunities, and to keep abreast of departmental activi- ties. Handbooks are provided to help students be aware of requirements and procedures in the department. Social work majors should be aware of social work prerequisite courses and must see their advis- er before registering for classes.
Academic Promotion Policy
Social work students who have a grade of D, F, or NG (no grade) in required courses must repeat these courses and achieve a satisfactory grade before entering the junior field placement. Not achieving at least a C- in social work required courses is considered grounds for dis- missal from the social work program.
Department-Related Activities
The Social Work Club is a student organization that involves department faculty and resources. The activities of this organization are open to all students. The honor society. Phi Alpha, is sponsored by the Department of Social Work and is the Chi Gamma Chapter of the National Social Work Honor Society. Eligibility requires an overall GPA of 3.0 and 3.5 in required social work courses. For more information, see the Student Activities and Service Organization sections of the catalog.
Transfer Students
Transfer credit will be granted for freshman- and sophomore-level cours- es if (a) the course descriptions are equivalent and (b) the grades are C or above in social work related courses. All required courses in professional social work education that are required by the Council on Social Work Education must be taken in an accredited social work program. Transfer smdents can be admitted in September or January. (Exception; students transferring from a social work program that is accredited by CSWE.)
INTERNAL TRANSFER STUDENTS (undeclared majors and change of majors) who desire admission to the Department of Social Work may apply after meeting with the depanment chairperson. Students must have a cumulative GPA of 2.25 for up to 64 earned credits, and a 2.5 for 65 or more earned credits, plus an interview and completion of a change of major form to gain admittance into the program.
STUDENTS TRANSFERRING FROM VARIOUS COLLEGES AM) UNIVERSITIES who desire admission to the Department of Social Work may apply only with a GPA of 2.25 for up to 64 earned credits, and a 2.5 for 65 or more earned credits.
School of Business and Public Affairs
Social Work
Department Field Placements and Volunteer Experiences
Social work students do volunteer experience in the second semester freshman year. During the second semester of the junior year and in both semesters of the senior year, students will be placed in various social work agencies (see partial listing of social work field placements). Students must have completed SWO 200, 220, 225, 300, 320, 332, and 350 with a cumulative average of 2.5 before they register to take the Junior Field Placement in the spring semester. INSURANCE. Students are also required to carry liability insurance coverage in the amount of $1,000,000/3,000,000 during the second semester of their junior and the entire senior year at a yearly cost of approximately $30. Students who have cars must submit a copy of their insurance to the director of field placement. Students may join NASW and become a member of a national social work organization and receive liability insurance at a reduced rate. Students should apply for child abuse clearance and state police background check in the fall semester of their junior year for various field placement considerations.
Social Work Field Placements
Students have been placed with the following organizations to fulfill
their field experience requirements:
Juvenile Court of Delaware County
Brandywine Hospital
Women's Alternatives
Chester County Board of Assistance
Chester County Children's Services
Crozer Chester Medical Center
Delaware County Children and Youth
Delaware County Intermediate Unit
Help Counseling Drug and Alcohol Program
Family Service-Mental Health Centers of Chester County
United Cerebral Palsy of Chester County
Travelers Aid Society
West Chester Area Schools
A.I. DuPont Instimte
Ronald McDonald House
Planned Parenthood
Chester County Services for Seniors
Eagleville Hospital
Delaware County Juvenile Court
Haverford State Hospital
First Step of Chester County
Paoli Hospital
Pathway School
Philadelphia Psychiatric Center
Veteran's Administration
Domestic Relations Court
Housing Authority of Chester County, Coatesville Project
BACHELOR OF ARTS— SOCIAL WORK
5 1 semester hours 0-15 semester hours
9 semester hours 57 semester hours
3 semester hours 6 semester hours
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35
2. Foreign Language/Cluster Requirements (second half of the intermediate year)
3. Social Science Cognate
4. Social Work Concentration SWO 200, 220, 225, 300, 320-321, 332, 350-351, 375, 395, 431, 432, 450-451, and 495-496
5. Cognates (Psycho-Social Foundation)
6. Electives
Social work majors should choose, with help from their advisers, inter- disciplinary electives geared to their learning needs and professional interests.
Minor in Social Work 18 semester hours
A minor in social work offers students (1) an understanding of the pur- posefulness of human behavior, (2) a professional method with which to deal effectively with that behavior, and (3) knowledge of the varied fields of practice of social work and how they relate to the student's chosen major field. Smdents will not be permitted to take social work field practice courses. In some instances a collaborative field internship with the student's major discipline will be designed. Students take SWO 200, 201, 225, 300, 320, and 321 and an elective social work course. Other courses may be selected under advisement. To declare a minor, students must see the minor adviser and complete the declaration of minor forms.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS SOCIAL WORK
Symbol: SWO
PRIMARILY FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
200 Introduction to Social Welfare (3) Current social problems and the influence of societal values on their definition and the structures devised to meet them. Two hours per week of volunteer e,xperience in a social agency is required. 220 The Development of a Professional Self (3) Students are provided background knowledge and skills to function professionally in society. The course adopts the psychological perspective that links self-concept and its development with group behav- ior, the function of social reality, and social role. 222 Human Service Professionals and the Law (3) A study of legislation and case law affecting social welfare programs for the development of an under- standing of legal reasoning and key areas of legal knowledge. Offered every other year. #225 Race Relations (3) Emphasis is placed on racial awareness by examining racial, ethnic, and cul- tural differences of minority groups in the United States. Offered fall and spring semesters
B.A. COURSES FOR SOCIAL WORK MAJORS AND OTHER UPPERCLASSMEN
300 Family Systems I (3) Introduction to selected items in systems analysis, emphasizing application to understanding family systems and the organizational framework of human behavior. Offered spring semes- ter only.
320 Generalist Social Work Practice I (3) The the- ory and application of the generalist model and the problem-solving method to direct practice with indi- viduals and families.
321 Generalist Social Work Practice II (3) A con- tinuation of the application of the generalist model and problem-solving method (o direct practice with groups, organizations, and communities.
332 Social Welfare Policies and Services (3) The history of social welfare in the United States, and an overview of major fields of social work practice with emphasis on legislation and policy formulation. Offered fall semester only
350 Human Behavior in Social Environment I (3) Examination of life stages of early childhood through adolescence. Offered fall semester only.
351 Human Behavior in Social Environment II (3) Continuation of SWO 350. Focus on middle adulthood to aging. Offered spring semester only. 421 Mental Health and Social Work Practice (3) The scope of mental health services and specific practice skills for social work with mentally disturbed or retarded clients only. Offered every other year. 423 Special Skills in Child Protective Services (3) Emphasis is placed on understanding child abuse and neglect, assessment of persons in crises, and treat- ment for the abused and neglected child in today's society. Offered every other year.
431 Methods of Social Inquiry (3) Fundamentals of problem identification, research design, sampling, observation, data collection and reduction, and non- statistical analysis. Offered fall semester only.
432 Advanced Social Welfare Policies and Services (3) A theoretical framework for the analysis, formulation, implementation, and change of social policy, govemmental guidelines, and social legisla- tion. Offered spring semester only. COURSES FOR SOCL\L WORK MAJORS ONLY
375 Field Placement (3) Junior-year field experi- ence for the social work major. Offered spring semes- ter only.
395 Junior Seminar A practice seminar designed to relate to the student's field placement. Offered in the spring semester only.
♦ 410 Independent Studies in Social Work (1-3) Special research projects or practices in social work. Juniors and seniors only PREREQ: Permission of department chairperson. Offered fall, spring, and summer semesters.
♦ 450-451 Field Experience I-O (6) (6) Super- vised work experience in a social agency. Seniors only. Offered fall and spring semesters.
♦ 495 Senior Seminar in Social Work (3) Integra- tion of field and classroom experiences in discussing the application of the generalist model to the helping process. Offered fall semester
496 Social Work Process Seminar (3) Seminar on the social work process designed to relate to the sec- ond semester field experience. Offensd spring semes- ter
# Approved interdisciplinary course
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Sports Medicine
School of Health Sciences
Department of Special Education
309 Recitation Hall
610-436-2579
George P. Drake, Jr.. Chairperson
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: FirJcel, Zlotowski
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Drake, Koury, McGinley
Degree Program to Teach the Mentally and/or Physically Handicapped
The Department of Special Education is committed to preparing teach- ers who can provide diverse student populations with the knowledge, skills, and values considered essential for effective participation in society. We provide relevant and comprehensive education for those who desire to support the educational, emotional, and physical needs of students with disabilities, from birth to 21 years of age, in the public schools of Pennsylvania.
The Department of Special Education stands out in the southeastern Pennsylvania region because of numerous and early opportunities for practicum experiences afforded its students; its small, professionally diverse faculty; a high rate of employment opportunities; a heightened sense of collegiality and volunteerism among its students; and finally, national (National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education), regional (Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Schools), and state (Pennsylvania Department of Education) accreditation.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN EDUCATION— SPECIAL EDUCATION
1. General Requirements, see pages 32-35 51 semester hours
Introduction to Psychology is required. Electives selected under advisement (See department handbook.)
24 semester hours
2. Professional Education
Required: EDF 100, EDM 300, EDP 250
and 351, and student teaching *3. Special Education
Required: EDA 101, 102, 200, 220, 301, 302,
349, 350, 360, and 403 *4. Required Supporting Courses
EDE 311, EDR 321, HEA 206, KIN 252,
MAT 102 and 357. and SPP 340 *5. Program Elective (may not be used to
fulfill major core, cognate, or distributive
electives)
Minor in Special Education
Current trends, enforced by recent litigation, have increased the need for a general understanding of the individuals with disabilities in our culture. The program is designed to introduce students to individuals with dis- abilities through course work and field practicums. A life programming approach is used.
1 . Special Education 1 5 semester hours Required: EDA 100, 200, 220. 349, and 350
2. Free Elective 3 semester hours Selected with approval of special education adviser
This minor may be taken as a concentration by students or as one of the minors in the Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science in liberal studies general degree program. The minor does not lead to Level II teacher certi- fication.
30 semester hours
21 semester hours
3 semester hours
18 semester hours
Minimum grade of C- is required in all special education and the following supporting courses: EDE 31 1. EDR 321, HEA 206, KIN 252, MAT 357, and SPP 340
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS SPECLVL EDUCATION
Symbol: EDA
100 Inclusive Classrooms (3) This course is designed to acquaint the classroom teacher with stu- dents with disabilities who may be spending some portion of the day in the regular education setting. Current regulations covering those placements will be reviewed. Emphasis will be placed on adequately meeting special educational needs
101 Psychology of Mental and Emotional Dis- abilities (3) An introduction to the range of children with disabilities from a historical perspective with an in-depth study of mental retardation and emotional distuibance PREREQ: PSY 100.
102 Psychology of Physical and Learning Dis- abilities (3) An in-depth study of those with physical and/or learning disabilities with an overview of psy- chological and societal implications. PREREQ: PSY 100.
200 Practicum (3) Field experience in an integrated educational environment, consisting of collaborative training with regular and special educators. PRE- REQ: EDA 100 or 101-102. 220 Behavior Management (3) An exploration of current practices in management of behavior with emphasis on teacher-delivered systems PREREQ: EDA 101 or 102.
241 Introduction to Disabilities (3) Introduction to children who have mental retardation, physical or
leammg disabilities, behavior disorders, or disabili- ties of vision, heanng. and speech. PREREQ: PSY 100.
280 Integrating the Arts (3) Fine art. music, pup- petry, and dance are combined as creative processes to be adapted for use with children
301 Field Experience and Seminar: Mentally Handicapped (3) A weekly, three-hour prarticum and one and one-half hour seminar devoted to field experience with students with mental retardation and/or behavior disorders. Class analysis of observed needs and methods of teacher responses. PREREQ: EDA 101
302 Field Experience and Seminar: Physically Handicapped (3) A weekly, three-hour practicum and one and one-half hour seminar devoted to field experience with students with physical and/or learn- ing disabilities Class analysis of observed needs and adjustment factors. PREREQ: EDA 102.
349 Programmed Environments (3) An overview of curriculum preparation including the study of methods, materials, equipment, and areas uniquely designed to meet the needs of smdents w ith severe disabilities. PREREQ: EDA 100 or EDA 101-102 or EDA 241.
350 Life Curriculum and Methods (3) Preparation to assist smdents with disabilities achieve adaptive levels of behavior through the view of total life preparation PREREQ: EDA 349.
360 Assessment and Instructional Strategies (3)
An introduction to instructional assessment and the development of relevant educational plans and instructional stiTitegies PREREQ: EDA 350. 403 Senior Seminar: Current Trends (3) Explo- ration of emerging issues, problems, and trends in a seminar formal PREREQ: EDA 360. ♦ 410 Independent Study (1-3) Special topics or projects initiated by the student that will enable her or him to do extensive and intensive study in an area of special education. PREREQ: Permission of chair- person.
416 Student Teaching and Direction of Activi- ties, Including Practicum: Emotionally Distur-bed (6) Participation in leaching and all other activities in the student teaching role related to the teacher's work. PREREQ: 96 semester hours including all pro- fessional education courses and all specialized prepa- ration courses with standards as shown above (*).
417 Student Teaching and Direction of Activi- ties, Including Practicum: Learning Disabled (6) See EDA 416 for description and requirements.
418 Student Teaching and Direction of Activi- ties, Including Practicum: Mentally Retarded (6) See ED.A 4 1 6 for description and requirements.
419 Student Teaching and Direction of Activi- ties, Including Practicum: Physically Handicap- ped (6) See EDA 416 for description and require- ments.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Department of Sports Medicine
216 Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center
610-436-3293
Neil Curtis, Chairperson
Bradley E. Taylor, Coordinator of Athletic Training Education
Sandra Fowkes Godek, Coordinator of Sports Medicine Services
PROFESSOR: Godek
ASSISTANT PROFESSORS: Curtis, Fowkes Godek, Taylor
INSTRUCTORS: Jimenez, Norris
ADJUNCT PROFESSOR: Ziegler
School of Health Sciences
Sports Medicine
The Department of Sports Medicine offers three programs of study for students interested in careers in athletic training.
1. The B.S. in ATHLETIC TRAINING prepares students to achieve certification from the National Athletic Trainers Association Board (NATA) of Certification, Inc. Students completing this major also are eligible for entry-level athletic training positions, as well as graduate study in such fields as physical therapy, exercise physiolo- gy, biomechanics, and sports medicine.
Applicants should have a combined SAT score of 1070 and rank in the top 20 percent of their high school class. Qualified students are required to participate in an interview with department faculty prior to admission.
Students must have professional liability coverage after completion of the first year.
2. The AREA of SPECIALIZATION is designed for students enrolled in other programs of study, such as teacher certification. These stu- dents will complete courses in subjects fundamental to athletic training and will be eligible for certification by the National Athletic Trainers Association Board of Certification, Inc. Applicants must complete the following prerequisite courses prior to considera- tion: BIO 259, 269; KIN 352, 361; SMD 100, 204, 272; and SML 361. Admission is extremely competitive and dependent on the number of available clinical opportunities. Successful completion of prerequisite courses does not guarantee acceptance.
3. The SUMMER COURSE WORK in ATHLETIC TRAINING is designed for students who are undergraduates at institutions that do not have an approved athletic training education program or post- graduate students seeking certification as an athletic trainer. Students in this program complete 14 credits of course work funda- mental to the profession of athletic training during the summer ses- sions.
NOTE: The Athletic Training curriculum at West Chester Univer- sity is accredited by the Council on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs.
Pre-Physical Therapy
A student may follow several academic paths to prepare for a profes- sional physical therapy program. There is no official pre-physical thera- py curriculum at West Chester University. Students who are interested in preparing for a professional physical therapy school may meet the prerequisites either through the College of Arts and Sciences by enrolling in the Department of Biology, or through the School of Health Sciences by enrolling in the Department of Sports Medicine. Students also may elect to take their undergraduate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences in the Liberal Studies Science and Mathematics Track with a biology minor. Suidenls interested in pre- physical therapy should contact either Professor Joseph Godek in Sports Medicine or Dr. Judith Greenamyer in Biology.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE— ATHLETIC TRAINING
1. General Education Requirements, 5 1 semester hours see pages 32-35
2. Athletic Training courses 35 semester hours SMD 100, 204, 272, 410, 41 1, 412. 413, 414, 415,
416, 417, 418, 454, and SML 361, 410, and 41 1
3. Related Requirements 43 semester hours BIO 259 and 269; COM 101 or 208; HEA 201,
202, and 303; HEA 206 or KIN 385; KIN 352, 361,452, and 453
An advanced psychology and advanced biology elective and three credit hours of physical activity
4. Related Requirements that also satisfy the 27 semester hours General Education Requirement
BIO 1 10, CHE 103 and 104, CRL 103 and 104, MAT 105 or 121, PHY 130 and 140, andPSY 100 Other courses in chemistry, physics, mathematics, and biology may be substituted with approval of program director.
5. Clinical Experience
Clinical experiences are provided in a number of high school, college, and university settings. Students are assigned to assist faculty athletic trainers. Due to potential scheduling conflicts, athletic training students may be excluded from playing varsity sports during their four semes- ters of clinical experience. Students enrolled in SMD 415-418 must have current certification in CPR and first aid. Students must supply their own transportation to clinical sites. Students in clinical assign- ments are required to wear specified uniforms.
6. Students must earn a minimum grade of C in the following courses. In order to be recommended for the NATA Certification Exam, stu- dents must have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.5 in the follow- ing courses:
BIO 259, 269; HEA 303; KIN 352, 361 ; SMD 204, 272, 410, 41 1 , 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417. 418, 454; SML 361, 410, 411
AREA OF SPECIALIZATION
IN ATHLETIC TRAINING 51 semester hours
(Leads to eligibility for NATA certification)
Required: HEA 201, 202, 206, 303; KIN 452, 453; PSY 100; SMD
100, 204, 272, 410, 411,412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 417, 418, 454; and
SML 410, 411
In addition, students must comply with items five and six in the
requirement for the Bachelor of Science — Athletic Training, above.
Summer Course Work in Athletic Training
Many students take the summer courses that are a part of the athletic training education program. The students are either undergraduates at colleges where there is no approved education program in athletic training, or they are graduate students seeking to qualify for the nation- al certification exam. The course work offered in the summer will con- sist of those subjects that are fundamental to the profession of athletic training, i.e., SMD 410 and SML 410, SMD 41 1 and SML 41 1, and SMD 412 and 413. A total of 14 credits will be offered. Students interested in taking the summer session of courses should con- tact the Coordinator of Athletic Training Education, West Chester University, West Chester, PA 19383.
Facilities
Offices, classrooms, and laboratories for the Department of Sports Medicine are housed in the Russell L. Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center. Clinical experience is offered in two athletic training rooms on campus, one located in Hollinger Fieldhouse and the recently expanded facility located in the Sturzebecker Health Sciences Center. The athletic U^aining rooms offer students the opportunity to work with state-of-the-art equipment, including numerous electronic modalities, a cybex isokinetic dynamometer, a Kincom, and the latest in proprioreceptive apparatus. In addition, the department maintains a close working relationship with the Human Performance Laboratory of the Department of Kinesiology.
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS SPORTS MEDICINE
Course Symbols: SMD; SML indicates a lab course. The first number in parentheses is the number of class hours per week; the second number indicates hours of credit.
100 Foundations of Sports Medicine (1) (1) An
overview of the professions in the discipline of sports medicine.
204 First Aid for Health Professionals (3)
Prepares health professionals to meet emergencies requiring first aid. Includes American Red Cross "First Responder" training
271 First Aid and Athletic Training (3) (2) A
course designed to qualify students in American Red Cross First Aid and CPR, and to introduce the principles of athletic injury prevention and manage- ment. For nonmajors only.
272 Athletic Training Techniques (3) (2) A course designed to develop athletic training skills for beginning athletic training students. Offered fall and spring semesters. PREREQ: KIN 27 1 or SMD 204.
SML 361 Surface Anatomy Laboratory (2) (1)
Orientation to major anatomical landmarks and underlying structures Required of athletic training majors. Offered fall and spring semesters. PRE-
Teaching Certification Programs
School of Education
REQ: BIO 259 and 269, KIN 361, or concurrent with KIN 361
410 Therapeutic Modalities for Athletic Training (3) (3) Physical agents used in athletic training are presented with regard to the physics, physiological effects, indications, contraindications, and progression Offered spring and summer semesters only. PREREQ: KIN 352 and 361 Athletic training majors only.
SNfL 410 Therapeutic Modalities for .Athletic Training Lab (2) (1) Lab expenences in the appli- cation of physical agents presented in SMD 410. Offered spnng and summer semesters only. PRE- REQ: SMD 410. or concurrently with SMD 410. Athletic training majors only.
411 Therapeutic Exercise for Athletic Training
(3) (3) The principles, objectives, indications, con- traindications, and progression of various exercise programs used in the rehabilitation of athletic injuries are presented. Offered summer and fall semesters only. PREREQ: KIN 352 and 361. and SML 361. Athletic training majors only.
SML 411 Therapeutic Exercise for Athletic Training Lab (2) (1) Lab expenences in the appli- cation of exercises presented in SMD 411 Offered summer and fall semesters only. PREREQ: SMD 41 1, or concurrently with SMD 411. Athletic train- ing majors only.
412 Pathology and Evaluation of Athletic Injury/Illness I (3) (3) A presentation of the pathology of injuries to the extremities commonly seen in athletics and the techniques for their evalu- ation. Offered summer and fall semesters only. PREREQ: KIN 352 and 361. and SML 361. Athletic training majors only.
413 Pathology and Evaluation of Athletic Injury/Illness II (3) (3) A continuation of SMD 412 with emphasis on the head, neck, and trunk. PREREQ: SMD 412. Offered summer and spring semesters only Athletic training majors only
414 History, Organization, and Administration of Athletic Training (2) (2) A presentation of the historical and current perspectives of athletic train- ing, including techniques for organizing and admin- istering athletic training programs. Offered fall semester only. PREREQ: SMD 272. Athletic train- ing majors only.
415 Athletic Injury Management I (2) (2) Clinical expenence of 200 or more hours w ith spe- cific behavioral objectives in the management of illness, injuries of the lower extremity, and equip- ment fit Offered fall semester only PREREQ: SMD 41 1 and 412, and SML 41 1 Athletic training majors only.
416 Athletic Injury Management II (2) (2)
Clinical experience of 200 or more hours with spe- cific behavioral objectives in athletic equipment
selection and fit, and injunes, illnesses, and condi- tions as recommended by NATA guidelines. Offered spnng semester only PREREQ: SMD 410 and 413, and SML 4 1 0 and 411. Athletic training majors only.
417 Athletic Injury Management III (2) (2)
Clinical expenence of 200 or more hours plus spe- cific behavioral objectives for the management of neurological conditions and conditions of the head, neck, spine, and trunk, plus group discussions of clinical situations. Offered fall semester only. PRE- REQ: SMD 410, 411, 413, and 416; and SML 410 and 411 Athletic training majors only.
418 .Athletic Injury Management IV (3) (3)
Clinical experience of 200 or more hours and par- ticipation in critical reviews of sports medicine research combined with seminars which afford interaction with various medical and paramedical practitioners Offered spnng semester only. PRE- REQ: SMD 410, 411.412. and 413; and SML 410 and 411 Athletic training majors only.
454 Theories and Practices of Conditioning and Training (3) (3) Application of principles of physi- ology, psychology, and kinesiology for the design and use of conditioning programs for various sports PREREQ: KIN 352 and 361.
Teaching Certification Programs
The primary mission of the teacher education programs at West Chester University is the preparation and continuing development of educational professionals in order to meet the needs of diverse student . populations in the public schools and other education environments throughout the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. We are committed to excellence in teacher education which utilizes innovative curriculum designs and fosters collaborative effort in the schools and community.
We are committed to preparing exemplary professionals to assume their roles and responsibilities as educators in a multicultural, global society; to pursue personal and professional development opportuni- ties; to support the continuing improvement of our schools; to assume leadership; and to participate in the education community. West Chester University offers 19 undergraduate certification programs and two endorsement areas for students who wish to prepare them- selves to be certified teachers. These programs, which are described more fully in the departmental listings, include:
Department
Anthropology-Sociology
Biology
Chemistry
Childhood Studies and Reading
Communication Snidies Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education English Foreign Languages
Geology and Astronomy Geography and Planning
Program and Degree
BSED: Social Studies- Anthropology Social Studies- Sociology
BSED: Biology
BSED: Chemistry
BSED: Elementary Education Early Childhood Education
BSED: Communication
Endorsement Certification:
Environmental Education
BSED: English
BSED: French, German, Latin, Russian, Spanish
BS: Earth-Space Science
BSED: Social Studies- Geography
Health History
Mathematics Music Education
Philosophy Kinesiology
Physics Political Science
Psychology
Special Education
ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION
All candidates for teacher certification must meet the teacher education requirements as well as satisfy the requirements of their respective departments. The following teacher education requirements must be satisfied prior to full admission to the professional program in teacher education:
1 . A cumulative GPA of at least 2.5;
2. An overall GPA of at least 2.25 for the following required courses; EDF 100, EDP 250. ENG 120 (if required), ENG 121, three credits of MAT 103 (or course required by major department), PSY 100;
3. Passing ENG 121 with a minimum grade of C (2.0);
4. Completing a speech screening test and a hearing screening test administered by the Department of Communicative Disorders;
5. Passing a reading screening test administered by the Department of Childhood Studies and Reading;
|
BS: |
Health Education |
|
BSED: |
Social Studies- History |
|
American Cultures |
|
|
Ethnic Studies |
|
|
World Cultures |
|
|
BSED: |
Mathematics |
|
BS: |
Music Education: |
|
Vocal, Choral, |
|
|
General, Instrumental |
|
|
BSED: |
Social Studies- |
|
Philosophy |
|
|
BS: |
Health and Physical |
|
Education |
|
|
Endorsement Certification: |
|
|
Driver Education |
|
|
BSED: |
Physics |
|
BSED: |
Social Studies- |
|
Political Science |
|
|
BSED: |
Social Studies- |
|
Psychology |
|
|
•BSED: |
Special Education |
College of Arts and Sciences
Theatre Arts
6. Passing a computer literacy course (may be part of general educa- tion science distribution requirement)
or
Passing a computer literacy test;
7. Evidence of 30 clock hours of field experience by maintaining a portfolio on file in the student's major department. Such evidence must meet the standards of the specific certification program.
All students are expected to apply for full admission to the professional program prior to the completion of 64 credits. Following application for formal admission to the professional program in teacher education, students are classified in one of three categories:
Probationary Status. Students are placed in this status if they are defi- cient in two or more of the requirements listed above. Students must meet all of these requirements prior to the completion of 82 credits of course work. Students who are unable to meet these requirements prior to the completion of 82 credits of course work will not be permitted to enroll in additional professional education courses. Conditional Admission Status. Students are assigned to this status if they are deficient in one of the requirements listed above. Students must meet these requirements prior to the completion of 82 credits of course work. Suidents who are unable to meet these requirements prior to the completion of 82 credits of course work will not be permitted to enroll in additional professional education courses.
Full Admission Status. Students are assigned to this status when they have satisfied all of the requirements listed above and the requirements of their respective departments. Students who have completed 82 cred- its and have not been approved for full admission status will not be permitted to enroll in additional professional education courses. If a student is unable to maintain a grade point average of 2.5, the student will be reassigned to conditional admission status for a maximum of one semester. A student who has completed 82 credits and is reas- signed to conditional status will not be permitted to enroll in profes- sional education until he or she has satisfied all of the requirements for full admission status.
STUDENT TEACHING
Student teaching is to be taken in the seventh or eighth semester and normally culminates the professional experience in preservice prepara- tion for teaching. Students are required to file applications for student teaching with their individual departments. Since each department's regulations differ, students are urged to check with departments so the proper procedure may be followed.
Students must do their teaching in area schools where the University holds a contract for student teachers.
To be eligible for student teaching, candidates must have senior stand- ing (96 semester hours) with a cumulative index of 2.5 or higher, show that all required course work in at least the first six semesters has been completed, and have satisfied the requirements for full admission to teacher education. Criteria for student teaching approval occasionally change. Students should contact departments for requirements. A stu-
dent must earn grades of C or better to qualify for the certificate. Students receiving a grade of C- or lower will not be recommended for certification.
TEACHING CERTIFICATES
It is the student's responsibility to apply for a Pennsylvania Certificate
through the University's Certification Office. It is recommended that
students apply as soon as requirements have been met.
Applicants for certification must meet the requirements in effect at the
Ume of application.
Applicants for the certificate generally must be citizens of the United
States. A noncitizen must have declared the intent to become a citizen
of the United States. For more information, contact the University's
Certification Office.
Application forms and information about certification are available
from the Certification Office in the School of Education.
Postbaccalaureate students who wish to obtain teaching certification
should consult with the School of Education.
NATIONAL TEACHER EXAMINATION
Applicants for an initial Pennsylvania Instructional Level I Certificate must pass the National Teachers Examination in communication skills, including listening, writing, and reading; general knowledge, including social sciences, literature and fine arts, math, and science; professional knowledge; and a major subject specialization area. The professional knowledge and major specialization area tests should be taken near the end of the senior year after all requirements have been completed. West Chester University has been designated as a test center. Tests will be administered three times a year.
INSTRUCTIONAL I CERTIFICATE
A student who completes one of the University's teacher education cur- ricula receives his or her degree from the University and may qualify for an Instructional I Certificate, which is issued by the Pennsylvania Department of Education. This certificate is valid for six years of teaching in Pennsylvania. Recommendation for the certificate is made by the certifying officer of the University.
INSTRUCTIONAL II CERTIFICATE
This certificate requires three years of successful teaching in Pennsyl- vania under the Instructional I Certificate, successful completion of an Induction Plan approved by the Pennsylvania Department of Education, and the satisfactory completion of 24 semester hours of additional work completed at a baccalaureate granting institution, after issuance of the baccalaureate degree. This certificate is a permanent license to teach in Pennsylvania.
All or part of the educational requirements for this credential may be obtained through approved, in-service programs. Certification in additional subject areas may be obtained by completing requirements for that area. Students should consult the department in which they seek certificafion for information and an evaluation of their credits.
Department of Theatre Arts
G-18 E.G. Bull Center
610-436-3463
Jay H. Berkowitz, Chairperson
PROFESSORS: Bytnar, Rovine
ASSOCIATE PROFESSORS: Berkowitz, Hashimoto-Sinclair, Jacobson
INSTRUCTORS: McCoy, Saddoris
The Department of Theatre Arts offers a Bachelor of Arts program which combines the foundation of a liberal arts education with the cre- ative skills needed by the developing theatre artist. In addition, the department cooperates with the Department of Communication Studies in its Bachelor of Science in Education which qualifies graduates to
meet the state of Pennsylvania requirements for teacher certification in communication. Students who are majors in the program may choose a minor in theatre to meet the certification requirements.
Students with an academic major or minor in the department are required to meet with a departmental faculty adviser to develop their curricular plans, select courses prior to scheduling, discuss career options, and to be aware of cocurricular opportunities. Handbooks are provided to entering students for their use as a guide to the develop- ment of their academic programs.
Department Student Activities
University Theatre, United States Institute for Theatre Technology, and Alpha Psi Omega are student organizations which involve students, majors, and nonmajors in theatre-related activities. For more informa- tion see the "Student Affairs" section of the catalog.
College of Arts and Sciences
Theatre Arts
Department Apprenticeships
Although not required, professional apprenticeship experiences are available to qualified theatre majors. Students and their placements are screened by the department to assure mutual satisfaction for all parties involved. For details, students should see the department chairperson.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS IN THEATRE
1. General Education Requirements, 51 semester hours see pages 32-35
2. Core Requirements (all concentrations) 46 semester hours (See department handbook for course
requirements.)
3. Concentration Requirements 1 6 semester hours
a. General Theatre
b. Acting
c. Directing
d. Musical Theatre
e. Technical Production
(See department handbook for course requirements.)
4. Foreign Language Options, 0- 1 5 semester hours see page 35
Bachelor of Science in Education: Theatre Emphasis
(See catalog under Department of Communication Studies.)
Minor in Theatre Arts 18 semester hours
THA 103, 104, 113,210, 215 or 316, and 301
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS THEATRE
Symbol: THA
♦ 100 Theatre Practice (1 credit for theatre majors) Laboratory experience in technical aspects of play production.
100 Theatre Practice (3 credits for nonmajors)
Laboratory experience in technical aspects of play productions Open lo all students
101 Introduction to Theatre (3) A survey of the- atre as a humanity by exploring how theatre reflects its time and country. This course teaches the student what to listen for and what lo look for when attending a live theatre performance Fulfills general education arts requirement,
102 (also COM 102) Oral Interpretation I (3) Theory and practice of oral presentation of various types of literature to an audience.
103 Acting I (3) The firsl part of a one-year course designed to introduce the basic skills and techniques needed by the developing actor to create successfully a character for performance on stage. Fulfills general education arts requirement.
104 Stagecraft (3) Planning, construction, paint- ing, rigging, and shifting of scenery. Management of all operations backstage Laboratory required. 113 Script Analysis I (3) To promote the develop- ment of the student's analytical faculties in the research for a staged production The course con- tent focuses on modem and post-modem theatre, including multicultural and feminist plays. Fulfills general education arts requirement.
202 Oral Interpretation II (3) Advanced work in oral presentation of literature with emphasis on the theory and technique of readers theatre. PREREQ: THA 102.
203 Acting II (3) Second part of a course designed lo introduce the basic skills and tech- niques needed to create a role on the stage. Emphasis on character development
207 Children's Theatre (3) Production of chil- dren's theatre for stage and television Course ele- ments will include script analysis and production values, publicity, and tour preparation. Students enrolled in the course will create a complete pro- duction.
209 Creative Drama (3) Theory and practice in creative techniques of expression and dramatic forms to be used as a leaching and recreational device for children and adults.
210 Stage Makeup I (3) Theory and practice in design and application of various types of makeup for the stage. Laboratory required.
213 Script Analysis II (3) To introduce students to the unique problems of interpreting dramatic texts from the classical periods of theatre history for contemporary stage production.
215 Costume Construction (3) Theory and prac- tice in theatrical costuming including organization, construction, drafting, dyeing, painting, and wardrobe management Laboratory required. 316 Costume History and Design (3) The history of European and American costume and its applica- tion to the penod production Process of designing costumes in various styles will be explored Students are required to design costumes for periods studied. Laboratory required THA 215 is not a prerequisite.
301 Directing I (3) An introduction of the theones and techniques of stage direction with emphasis on prerehearsal planning, play selection, script analy- sis and promptbooks, casting and blocking. PRE- REQ; THA 103, 104. and 113
302 Scene Construction and Rigging (3) This course develops a familianty with scenic construc- tion techniques and matenals Practical solutions to technical problems are discussed. Other topics include theatre safety, technical drawing, and bud- geting This course is a requirement for technical majors but an elective for all other theatre majors PREREQ; THA 104.
303 Acting III (3) A course for the advanced stu- dent actor who wishes in-depth work and study in character building and analysis. Extended scene work and audition materials also will be stressed. PREREQ; THA 203.
304 Scene Design and Painting (3) This course identifies and explores the processes involved in creating a scenic space that is both practical and expressive Skills in set design, representational painting, scenic drafting, and script interpretation are developed.
305 Stage Lighting (3) Exploration of lighting as a means ef artistic communication in the theatre. The course covers the aesthetics, tools, technology, and the graphic methods used to light a play. Special topics in lighting for other performing arts will be discussed
306 History of Theatre I (3) The development of theatre from the ancient Greeks to the 17th century. Wnting emphasis
307 History of Theatre II (3) The development of theatre from the 17th century until the Modem Period in the late 19th century. Writing emphasis. THA 306 is not a prerequisite.
308 Graphics for the Stage (3) An exploration of graphic solutions used in the various stages of plan- ning and executing a setting for the theatre. Scenic design, stage technician drafting techniques, and perspective techniques used exclusively in the the- atre.
309 Trends in Contemporary Theatre (3) The theatre artists, structures, and social milieu whose collective interaction can be referred lo as contem- porary theatre. The creative work being done in
Amenca. England, Polaad, South Africa, and other nations will form the core of the course.
310 Stage Makeup II (3) Theory, development, and application of theatrical makeup according to the play, its period, the style of production, the actor, and the character Students must have previ- ous knowledge of the basic two- and three-dimen- sional makeup devices. PREREQ; THA 210
317 History of Theatre III (3) The development of theatre from the late 19th century (the Modem Penod) through the present. The major theatrical movements of the United States, England, France, Germany. Spain, and Russia will be covered
♦ 399 Directed Studies in Theatre (1-3) Research, creative projects, reports, and readings in theatre. Students must apply to advisers one semester in advance of registration. PREREQ; THA 102, 103, 104, and 1 13 or permission of instructor.
♦ 400 Professional Apprenticeship (3-15) This course provides a structured and supervised work expenence in theatre. Students must submit an application to the department chairperson for per- mission.
401 Directing II (3) Play direction as a creative aspect of stage production with emphasis on explo- ration of concept, techniques of rehearsing a play and working with actors, and ihe role and function of the stage manager. PREREQ; THA 301.
403 Acting IV (3) Study and scene work in a vari- ety of period styles. Greek, Restoration, Elizabethan, and Commedia will be stressed. Students will focus on the physical, intellectual, and emotional demands inherent in premodem texts. PREREQ: THA 303.
404 Advanced Scenic and Lighting Design (3)
Analysis of excellent scene designs of the past. Practice in maximizing the visual impact of stage scenery and lighting. Design projects for selected, visually challenging plays. Students design for both student-directed and major productions on campus. One hour of lab. PREREQ; THA 304
405 Advanced Costume and Makeup (3) In- depth study of costuming and stage makeup for productions. Various styles and penods of produc- tions will be studied. Students prepare a profession- al portfolio. PREREQ; THA 210 or 310, and THA 215 or 316. Laboratory required.
♦ 499 Theatre Seminar (3) Intensive examina- tion of a selected area of study in theatre. Topics will be announced in advance.
♦ This course may be taken again for credit.
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
Thomas J. Ridge, Governor
State System of Higher Education
James H. McCormick, Chancellor
Board of Governors
F. Eugene Dixon, Jr., Chair Julia B. Ansill, Vice Chair R. Benjamin Wiley, Vice Chair Syed R. Ali-Zaidi Muriel Berman Christopher J. Cerski Jeffrey W. Coy
Daniel P. Elby Richard A. Fino Glenn Y. Forney Eugene W. Hickok, Jr. F. Joseph Loeper Kim E. Lyttle Joseph M. Nespoli
Rocco A. Ortenzio Thomas J. Ridge Jere W. Schuler Andrew H. Shoffner Patrick J. Stapleton Christine J. Toretti
West Chester University Council of Trustees
Bernard J. Carrozza, Chair Newtown Square
Carol Aichele Malvern
Edward Feierstein Bala Cynwyd
Laurence Harmelin ; West Chester
Johanna K. Havlick Newtown Square
WilHam E. Hughes, Sr., Secretary West Chester
J. Curtis Joyner West Chester
Sue Ellen Katancik Exton
Patrick Lyden West Chester
James H. McCormick, Ex-officio Harrisburg
John F. Unruh, Vice Chair Media
W. Richard Whitlock Pottstown
Board of Directors West Chester University Foundation
Donald J. Diffenbaugh '34, President
Charles E. Swope, Vice President
Emilie K. Asplundh '27, Secretary
David L. Peirce, Executive Director and Treasurer
William H. Boucher '48
Albert E. Filano
Mrs. Guy Fry
WCU Alumni Association Board of Directors
Mrs. John B. Hannum Johanna K. Havlick '27 W. E. MuUestein Whitman A. Rice '39 Leslie B. Schramm Elinor Z. Taylor '43
Linda Chaffee Chemosky Brian D. Collins Linda Hoffman Delack Janice Weir Etshied Blaise Frost (faculty liaison) Jamie W. Goncharoff Johanna Kuder Havlick David M. James
Joe Kienle
John A. Lawless
Herb Lee
Anne Webster Luttrell
Richard Merion
Larry Miller
Robert Moffett
Teri Flounders Mosteller
John Murphy
Deborah Sardo-Brown
Debra Seller Rhodunda
Luther Sowers
Richard Whitlock (Council of Trustees Uaison)
Don Wright
West Chester University of Pennsylvania is a member of the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education.
Administration
President Dr Madeleine Wing Adler
Executive Assistant to the President Mr. Lawrence A Dowdy
Director. Research and Planning (Interim) Dr Samuel Moore
Director. Social Equity Ms Luz Gomez
Vice President for Academic AfTairs/Provost Dr. Linda L. Lamwers
Dean. College of Arts and Sciences Dr. David R Buchanan
Associate Dean. College of Ans and Sciences Dr Jennie Skerl
Dean. School of Business and Public Affairs Dr. Christopher M Fiorentino
Dean. School of Education (Intenm) Dr Judith S Finkel
Dean. School of Health Sciences (Interim) Mr John L Eberhan
Dean. School of Music (Intenm) Dr. Timothy V Blair
Associate Provost (Intenm) Dr. Mary Ann O. Maggitti
Director of Academic Programs and Services (Interim) Ms Joan T Mims
Director. Academic Advising Center Mr. Theodore H Butcher
Director. Academic Development Program Dr Peler Kyper
Assistant Vice President of Enrollment Management (Interim) Ms Rhoda L Todd
Director. Admissions Ms Marsha L Haug
Registrar Dr Daniel Winicur
Director. Financial Aid Mr Dana C. Parker
Director. Library Services Mr Frank Q Helms
Associate Vice President for Information Services (Interim) Dr. David Buchanan
Executive Director. Academic Computing Services ; Mr Adel Barimani
Director. Administrative Computing „.... Mr Fran DiSanti
Director of the Center for the Study of Connectivity and Databases Dr Thomas A. Egan
Dean. Graduate Studies and Sponsored Research Dr. Gary H. Knock
Associate Dean. Graduate Studies Dr Paul E Meyers
Vice President for Administrative and Fiscal Affairs Dr Joseph D. Hamel
Associate Vice President for Human Resource Services Mr. William H Schweitzer
Executive Director. Facilities Administration Mr Stephen Quigley
Director, Physical Plant Mr Moshen Malek
Director, Support Services Mr. Roysion Gathings
Director. Facilities Planning and Construction Mr Terry Gebhard
Director. Environmental Health and Safety Ms. Gail Fellows
Director, Space Management and Calendar Ms. Lynn Hansell
Director. Public Safety Mr Michael Bicking
Director, Fiscal Affairs Ms. Amy Winston-Boland
Director, University Services Mr. William Peoples
Chief Accountant Mr John Taylor
Bursar (Director, Student Financial Services) Mr. Daniel Pauletti
Director. Budget Mr, Paul Bylaska
Internal Review Mr. Richard Griffing
Vice President for Advancement Mr Kevin J. Garvey
Assistant Vice President for Development Mr. Armand A. Banisti
Director. Alumni and Special Events Ms Carole Murray
Director, Cultural Arts ". Mr John Rhein
Director, Annual Giving Ms. Jan Buzbee
Director, Corporate and Foundation Relations Ms Susan Repmann
Director. Planned Giving Ms Nonna Clayton
Director, Public Relations and Marketing Ms Mary Anderson
Director, Publications and Pnnting Services Ms. Cynthia A Bednar
Manager. Graphics and Pnnting Mr. W. Tyson Cooper
Vice President for Student Affairs Dr. Paul Oliaro
Associate Vice President for Student Affairs and Dean of Students Dr. Matthew Bricketto
Assistant Vice President for Student Affairs Ms Diane DeVestem
Director, Athletics Dr Edward Matejkovic
Director, Career Development Center Ms. Elizabeth Giangiulio
Director, Children's Center Ms. Sandra Jones
Assistant Dean of Students, Community Development Mrs. Margaret Tripp
Director, Counseling and Psychological Services Department Dr. Thomas Spieriing
Director, Greek Life and Student Organizations Mr. Charles Warner
Director, Health Center Ms. Manann Hammond
Director, Multicultural Affairs Mr. Jerome Hutson
Director, New Student Programs Mr Joseph Giuffre
Director, Student Development and Wellness Programs Ms. Jacqueline Hodes
Director, Recreation and Leisure Programs Dr. Stephen Gambino
Director. Residence Life and Housing Mr Thomas Puree
Director, Sykes Union Mr David Timmann
Director, Women's Center Ms. Robin Garrett
Student Services Incorporated, Executive Director ■ Ms. Mell Josephs
Student Services Incorporated. Director. Student Programming Mr. Stephen McKieman
Student Services Incorporated, Director, Student Activities Ms. Sueann Robbins
Faculty
Spring 1997
MADELEINE WING ADLER (1992) President B.A., Northwestern University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
LINDA L. LAMWERS (1995) Vice President for
Academic Affairs/Provost
B.A., Douglass College; M.S., Ph D , Rutgers
University
JOSEPH D. HAMEL (1985) Vice President for Administrative and Fiscal Affairs B.B.A., LeMoyne College; MB. A., Syracuse University; Ed.D., Widener University
PAUL M. OLIARO (1993) Vice President for Student Affairs
B.A., St. Mary's College: M.A., Ph D , Michigan State University
KEVIN J GARVEY (1993) Vice President for
Advancement
B.A., Westminster College
DAVID H. BUCHANAN (1994) Dean. College of Arts and Sciences
B.S., Case Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin
CHRISTOPHER M. FIORENTINO (1985) Dean. School of Business and Public Affairs B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
JUDITH S. FINKEL (1968) Interim Dean. School of Education
B.S., Temple University; M.Ed , West Chester University; Ph.D., Union Graduate School
JOHN L. EBERHART (1969) Interim Dean. School of Health Sciences
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.A., Syracuse University
TIMOTHY V. BLAIR (1992) Interim Dean. School of Music
B.Mus., Susquehanna University; M.M., The New England Conservatory of Music; DM. A., Catholic University of America
GARY H. KNOCK (1996) Dean. Graduate Studies
and Sponsored Research
B.S., M.S., Wisconsin University; Ed.D . Indiana
University
MARY ANN O. MAGGITTI (1970) Interim
Associate Provost
B.A., Emmanuel College; M.S., Central
Connecticut State College; Ph.D.. Temple
University
DENNIS M. ADAMS (1992) Associate Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.A., California State University; PhD , University of Wisconsin
THOMAS J. AHLBORN (1967) Associate Professor of Computer Science B.S., California University; M.A., Kent State University; M.S., University of Delaware
NASEER AHMAD (1987) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., D Sc, Aligarh Muslim University
SYLVIA MOSS AHRAMJIAN (1976) Associate Professor of Instrumental Music B.Mus., Juilliard School of Music; MM., Indiana University, Bloomington
SHIRLEY PETHES ALIFERIS (1968) Chairperson. Department of Keyboard Music: Associate Professor
A.R.C.T,, Royal Conservatory of Music of Toronto; Artist, Diploma, University of Toronto; M.Mus., Indiana University
LOIS W. ALT ( 1 966) Associate Professor of Vocal and Choral Music
B.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania; B.Mus , M.Mus., University of Michigan
THOMAS ANDREWS (1997) Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
CHRISTIAN K. AWUYAH (\9m Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Ghana; M.A., University of Guelph; Ph.D., University of Alberta
JOHN H. BAKER (1974) Chairperson. Department of Art: Associate Professor B.A., West Chester University; M.F.A., University of Delaware
LYNDA A. BALOCHE (1989) Associate Professor
of Childhood Studies and Reading
B A., Trenton State College; Ed.D , Temple
University
SCOTT BALTHAZAR (.\99\) Associate Professor
of Music History and Literature
B.A., Amherst College, M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
PAUL A. BAN YACSKI (1965) /iMOf/are Professor of Philosophy B.A., Eastern College
JUDITH BARON (1974) Psychologist. Counseling Center: Professor
B.A., M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., York University, Toronto
ROGER BARTH (1985) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.A.. La Salle University; M.A., Ph.D., Johns
Hopkins University
CHARLOTTE E. BARTLETT ( 1972) Associate Professor of Social Work B.A., University of Pennsylvania; M.S.S., Bryn Mawr College
CHARLES R. BAUERLEIN (1988) Assistant
Chairperson. Department of English; Assistant
Professor
B.A., Loyola University of the South; M.A.,
Pennsylvania State University
MARSHALL J. BECKER (1968) Professor of
Anthropology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT M. BEDFORD (1966) Professor of Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School; D.M.A., Catholic University of America
DENA G. BEEGHLY (1992) Assistant Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.S., S. Connecticut State University; M.Ed., Ed D., University of Georgia
SHARON BEGAN (1992) Assistant Professor of
Biology
B.S., Kutztown University; M.S., East Tennessee
State University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois
University at Carbondale
CAROL A. BELMAIN (1971) Chairperson, Music
Education: Professor
B S., M.S., Ithaca College; DMA., Temple
University
JOHN T. BENESKI (1986) Professor of Biology A. A., Southwestern College; B.A., M.A., Humboldt State University; Ph.D., Washington State University
CYNTHIA D. BENZING (1988) Chairperson. Department of Economics and Finance: Professor B.S., Pennsylvania State University; MB. A., Ph.D., Drexel University
HELEN A BERGER (\99l) Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., Sussex University (England); Ph.D., New York University
JAY H BERKOWITZ (1969) Associate Professor
of Theatre Arts
B.S., M.A., Temple University
R. LORRAINE BERNOTSKY (1996) Assistant Professor of Political Science B.A.. Messiah College; M.A., Temple University, D.Phil.. University of Oxford
TIMOTHY V BLAIR (\992) Associate Professor
of Keyboard Music
B.Mus., Susquehanna University; MM.; The New
England Conservatory of Music; D.M.A., Catholic
University of America
RICHARD E BLAKE (1975) Assistant Professor
of Art
B.F.A., Tyler School of Art of Temple University
ARVID J. BLOOM (1988) Associate Professor of
Psychology
B A., Wesieyan University; M.S., Ph.D., Colorado
State University
MARITAR. BOES (199\) Associate Professor of
History
B A., M.A., Hunter College; Ph.D., City University
of New York
GAIL G. K. BOLLIN (1990) Assistant Chairperson. Department of Childhood Studies and Reading: Associate Professor B.A., St. Bonaventure University; M.A., Purdue University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
DAVID L. BOLTON (1991) Assistant Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education B.A., Seminar Marionhoehe (Germany); M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Florida State University
DEANNE L. ZOTTER BONIFAZl ( 1 99 1 ) Associate Professor of Psychology B.A., Bloomsburg University; M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University
Faculty
DALE R. BONSALL ( 1969) Associate Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed.. Western Maryland College
ROGER E. BOVE (1984) Chairperson.
Department of Economics and Finance: Associate
Professor
B.A., Hai^ard College; M.A., Ph D . Harvard
University
BETTY FINCH BOYLE (1972) Assistant
Professor of Health
B.S , Ball State University; M.Ed.. West Chester
University
ERMINIO BRAIDOTTl (1978) Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.A.. Youngstown State University; M.A..
Middlebury College; Ph.D . University of
Pennsylvania
RICHARD G BRANTON (1962) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., West Chester University; M.S.. University of
Delaware; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
JAY P. BRENNEMAN (1995) Instructor of Political Science
B.A.. Franklin and Marshall College: M.A.. University of Tennessee
LINDA S. BREUNIG (1978) Instructor.
Educational Services
B.S.. M.A., West Chester University
MARY P. BREWSTER (1993) Assistant Professor
of Criminal Justice
B.A., St. Joseph's College; MA. Fordham
University; Ph.D., Rutgers University
PATRICIA BRODERICK (1995) Assistant Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A.. Alvemia College; MA Villanova University; PhD , Temple University
STEVEN L. BROITMAN (1987) Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., State University of New York at Stony Brook; M Ed , University of Massachusetts; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University
KRISTINA M. BROOKS (1996) Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley
MICHAEL W. BROOKS (1971) Professor of
English
B.A., Antioch College; M.A.. Ph.D., University of
Toronto
DEBORAH S. BROWN (\992) Associate Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and Professiorml Education B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware
DAVID F. BROWN (1991) Chairperson. Department of Childhood Studies and Reading: Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Northern Illinois University; Ed.D., University of Tennessee
FRANC:ELINE H. brown (1984) Assistant
Professor of Library Services
B.A., Linderwood College; M.S.L.S., Drexel
University
KIMBERLEE S. brown (1993) /^iJiilon/ Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education
B Ed . Temple University; M.Ed.. West Chester University; Ph D . University of Pennsylvania
ROGER J brown (1968) Assistant Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.S . West Chester University
JOSEPH BROWNE (1966) Professor of Engli<!h Diplome En Philosophic, St Jerome's College (University of Ottawa); B S . St. Joseph's University (Pa ); MA., Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania
CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY (\9il) Associate Professor of English
B.A , St Mary's College of California; MA, San Diego State University; M.F.A , University of California. Irvine
H. JAMES BURGWYN (1968) Professor of
History
B A , Swarthmore College; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph D , University of Pittsburgh
WILLIAM F BURNS (\9(A) Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., Case Western Reserve University
MARY ANNE BURNS-DUFFY (1969)
Chairperson. Department of Library Services:
Assistant Professor
A.B., Immaculata College; M.S.L.S , Drexel
University
A. WAYNE BURTON (1965) Associate Professor of Political Science
B A., Brigham Young University; MA, University of Pennsylvania
J. BRYAN BURTON (1991) Professor of Music
Education
B M , West Texas State University; MA, Western
State College of Colorado; D.M.E., University of
Southern Mississippi
JEAN PIPER BURTON (1993) Assistant Professor of Library Services
B S., Valley City University of North Dakota; MLS., Vanderbilt University
RICHARD M. BUSCH (1990) Associate Professor of Geology
A B., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A., Temple University; Ph D , University of Pittsburgh
CHERELYN BUSH (1996) Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., M.A., Ph D., Michigan State University
THEODORE H BUTCHER (1970) Director. Academic Advising Center: Associate Professor. Educational Services B A , Lincoln University; MB. A., Drexel University; MS , West Chester University
ROBERT E. BYTNAR (1975) Professor of
Theatre Arts
B S Ed.. California University; M.A., West
Virginia University; M.F.A., University of
Pittsburgh
WEI WEI CAI (1996) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B A . Beijing Teachers College; MA. Bloomsburg
University; Ed.D . Indiana University of
Pennsylvania
CHRISTINE CARLTON DOWDELL (1996) Assistant Professor of Vocal and Choral Music B.M , MM., Illinois University; Ed.D., Columbia University
SUSAN F. CAROFF ( 1 995) Assistant Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.Ed., The Citadel; Ph.D., Purdue University
LYNN CARSON ( 1 99 1 ) Associate Professor of
Health
B.A , Neumann College; MS., St Josephs
University; Ph D , Temple University
DIANE O CASAGRANDE (1968) Professor of Communication Studies A.B , Wayne State University; MA., Ph.D., Temple University
LOUIS A CASCIATO (\963) Associate Professor
of Earth Sciences
B.S.. St Joseph's College (Pa); M.S.. Villanova
University
GIOVANNI CASOTTI (1996) Assistant Professor
of Biology
B.A.. Ph.D., Murdoch University, Australia
CONRAD E. CHALICK (1962) Psychologist, Counseling Center: Professor B A , Pennsylvania Military College; M.A., Villanova University; Ed.D , Nova University
KATHRYN S CHILCOTE (1989) Assistant Professor of Vocal and Choral Music B A , MM, University of the Pacific; DMA., University of Oregon
PAUL F. CHRIST (1994) Assistant Professor of
Marketing
B.B.A., MB. A., Temple University
HUNG M. CHU (1976) Professor of Management B.S., St. Joseph's College (Ind); MB. A., Northern Illinois University; Ph D., Louisiana State University
MELISSA CICHOWICZ (1986) Associate
Professor of Chemistry
B.S . St. Joseph's College; Ph.D.. University of
Maryland
BETHANN CINELLI (1987) Professor of Health B S , Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Temple University; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
GEORGE S CLAGHORN (1963) Professor of
Philosophy
B A . University of Chattanooga; Ph.D.. University
of Pennsylvania
FRANCES E. CLELAND ( 1994) Associate
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S.. Purdue University: M.S., P.E.D., Indiana
University
ANN COGHLAN-STOWE (1984) Chairperson. Department of Nursing: Assistant Professor B.S.N., M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania; Diploma in Nursing, Thomas Jefferson University
KATHERINE A CONROY (1983) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S . Rutgers— The State University; M.S., Boston
University
IDNA CORBETT ( 1 992) Assistant Professor of Educational Services
B.A., Goshen College; M.A., Michigan State University; Ed.D., Temple University
JON A. COWEN (1967) Assistant Professor of
Sociology
B.A., University of Massachusetts; A.M.,
University of Pennsylvania
MARY E. CRAWFORD (1978) Professor of
Psychology
B.S , West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
Faculty
W. STEPHEN CRODDY (1969) Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., University of Southern California; M.A.,
Temple University; Ph.D., Brown University
DAVID CULLEN ( 1993) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
B.M., Hartford School of Music
GEORGANN CULLEN (1964) Associate
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.A., Kent State University
OYA CULPAN (1995) Assistant Professor of
Management
B.A., University of Leeds (England); M.A.,
University of Connecticut; PhD , University of
Hacenepe (Turkey)
NEIL CURTIS (1993) Assistant Professor of Sports
Medicine
B.S.. Boston University; M.S., University of
Arizona; Ed.M., Ed.D.. Columbia University
DANIEL DARIGAN (1992) Assistant Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.S., M.S., Northern Illinois University; Ph.D., University of Oregon
LAWRENCE R. DAVIDSON (1989) Associate
Professor of History
B.A.. Rutgers — The State University; M.A.,
Georgetown University; Ph.D., University of
Albeita
KEVIN W. DEAN (\99\) Associate Professor of Communication Studies B.S., Bowhng Green University; MA, Miami University of Ohio; Ph.D., University of Maryland
PHa,IP M. DeMOSS (1972) Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.A.. Park College; MA, Ph D . Kansas State
University
DAVID P. DeVENNEY (1996) Assistant Professor of Vocal and Choral Music B.M., Iowa Stale University; M.M., University of Wisconsin-Madison; DM. A., Conservatory of Music, University of Cincinnati
KATHLEEN DEVLIN-KELLY (1976) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Georgetown University; M.S.N., Boston
University
ANDREW E DINNIMAN (1972) Professor of
Educational Ser\ices
B.A., University of Connecticut; M.A., University
of Maryland; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State University
W. LARRY DORMINY (\912) Associate Professor of Vocal and Choral Music B.Mus., Jacksonville University; MM., Florida State University; DM., Indiana University
GEORGE PULLMAN DRAKE. JR (1994) Assistant Professor of Special Education B.S., West Virginia University; M.Ed.. Trenton State College; Ph.D., University of Virginia
MARTHA DROBNAK (1992) Assistant Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading A.B., Grove City College; M Ed., University of Pinsburgh; Ed D.. Nova University
PHILLIP K. DUNCAN (19&3) Assistant Chairperson. Department of Psychology: Professor B.A., Wittenberg University; M.A.. Western Michigan University; Ph.D., University of Florida
A. SCOTT DUNLAP (1967) Associate Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.A.. King's College (N.Y.); M.Div., Eastern Baptist Theological Seminary
KEVIN C. DUNLEAVY (1979) Assistant Professor of Economics and Finance B.A.. University of Delaware; Ph.D., Duke University
MELINDA DARBY DYAR (1993) Assistant Professor of Geology
B.A., Wellesley College; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
ANNE DZAMBA (1968) Chairperson. Department
of History: Professor
B.A . Swarthmore College; Ph.D.. University of
Delaware
T. OBINKARAM ECHEWA (1986) Associate Professor of English
B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S., Columbia University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Syracuse University
HOWARD EDELMAN (\9%\) Assistant Professor of Computer Science B S., City University of New York; M.S., University of Delaware
JAMES EGAN (1989) Associate Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Syracuse University
THOMAS EGAN (1968) Director. Center for the Study of Connectivity and Databases: Professor of Educational Senices
B.S., MEd., West Chester University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN E. EHLEITER (1969) Associate Professor
of Geology
A.B., M.A., Franklin and Marshall College; M.A.,
Wesleyan University; D Ed., Pennsylvania State
University
MARIANNE ELEUTERIO (1973) Professor of
Biology
B.S., Michigan State University; Ph.D., University
of Delaware
PAUL R. EMMONS (1985) Assistant Professor of Library Senices
B. Mus., Lawrence University of Wisconsin; M.M., M.S., University of Illinois
RICHARD G. EPSTEIN (1991) Professor of
Computer Science
B.A., George Washington University; M.S.E.,
University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Temple
University
JORGE ESCORCIA (1968) Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
Lie . Universidad Pedagogica del Caribe; M.A., Boston University
CELIA ESPLUGAS (1990) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages
B.A , Teacher's College, Argentina; M.Ed., Bowling Green Slate University; Ph.D.. University of Toledo
JAMES D FABREY (1975) Director. Uberal Studies Program: Professor of Computer Science A.B , Cornell University; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology
G. WINFIELD FAIRCHILD (1983) Professor of
Biology
B.A., Hamilton College; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Michigan
JAMES S. FALCONE (\99\) Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Delaware
GEORGE FASIC (1988) Assistant Professor of Geography and Planning B.S , Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Columbia University
JOHN J. FENTON ( 1980) Professor of Chemistry B.A.. Catholic University of America; Ph.D., University of Minnesota
JUDITH S. FINKEL (1968) Associate Professor of Special Education
B.S.. Temple University; M.Ed., West Chester University; Ph D . Union Graduate School
FRANK E FISH (1980) Professor of Biology B.A.. State University of New York at Oswego; M.S., Ph D , Michigan State University
ANDREA R FISHMAN (1990) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Dickinson College; M.Ed., Shippensburg University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBERT P. FLETCHER (1992) Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of California; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles
ANITA K FOEMAN (1991) Professor of
Communication Studies
B.H., Defiance College; M.A., Ph.D., Temple
University
WILLIAM D. FORDYCE (\9(>%) Associate
Professor of English
A.B., A.M.T., A.M., Ph.D., Harvard University
CLAUDE R. FOSTER, JR. (1967) Professor of
History
B.A.. Eastern College; B.D., The Reformed
Episcopal Seminao'; MA, University of Delaware;
Th.M . Crozer Theological Seminary; Zeugnis fuer
deutsche Sprache und Kultur, University of
Freiburg; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
SANDRA FOWKES-GODEK (\99\) Assistant Professor of Sports Medicine B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., University of Colorado
WALTER J FOX, JR. (1983) Assistant Professor
of Journalism and English
B.S., St Joseph's University; M.S., Columbia
University
ALAN W. FRANCE (1989) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., Troy State University; M.A., Stephen F.
Austin State University; Ph.D., Rice University;
Ph.D.. Texas Christian University
BONITA FREEMAN-WITTHOFT (1974) Associate Professor of Anthropology B.A , University of Maine: M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
RAYMOND FRIDAY (1969) Professor of Vocal and Choral Music
B.S., West Chester University; M.Mus., Oberlin College; Diploma, Academy of Vocal Arts; Ph.D., New York University
BLAISE F. FROST (1989) Assistant Professor of
Chemistry
B A., Yankton College; M.S., Ph.D., University of
South Dakota
FRANK F. FRY, JR. ( 1993) Assistant Professor of Kinesiology
Faculty
B.S.. West Chester University; M Ed , Colorado State University; D PE.. Spnngfield College
ANGELO F GADALETO (1986) Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and ProfessiormI Education B.A . Rider College; M.Ed., University of Delaware; Ph.D . University of Virginia
GLORIA GALANTE (1993) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
B S., West Chester University
CLYDE J GALBRAITH (1974) Chairperson. Department of Accounting: Assistant Professor B.S., MBA.. Drexel University; C.P.A., Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
GAIL M. GALLITANO (1992) Associate
Professor of Mathematics
B S.. Monmouth College; M.S , Farleigh Dickinson
University; M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., Columbia
University
CONSTANCE GARCIA-BARRIO (1990) Associate Professor of Foreign Languages B.A., West Chester University; MA, Temple University. Ph D., University of Pennsylvania
ROBIN GARRETT (1978) Director. Women's Center; Assistant Professor of Nursing B.S.N , Case Western Reserve University; M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN GAULT ( 1991 ) Assistant Professor of
Marketing
B.S , US Naval Academy; MB. A., University of
Pennsylvania
JOHN L GAUNT (1970) Professor of English B.A., MA., Tulane University; Ph.D., University of Maryland
JAMAL GHOROGHCHIAN (1986) Chairperson. Department of Chemistry: Professor B.S., University of Moshad (Iran); M.S., Ph.D., University of Southampton (U.K.)
ELIZABETH A. GIANGIULIO (1972) Director. Career Development Center: Associate Professor of Educational Services
B.S., West Chester University; M£d., University of Arizona
JAMES THOMAS GILL (1995) Associate Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.A., Randolph Macon College; M.Ed., Ed D., University of Virginia
STEPHEN D GILMOUR (1979) Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages B.A.. M.A., Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Minnesota
PETER J. GLIDDEN (1995) Assistant Professor of
Mathematics
B.A., College of Wooster; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia
University
JOSEPH J. GODEK III (1972) Chairperson. Department of Sports Medicine: Professor B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., West Chester University
DENNIS GODFREY (1987) Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., University of Northern Iowa; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
PHYLLIS A. GOETZ ( 1975) Associate Professor
ofHealth
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
CHARLES W. GOOD (1966) Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A.,
University of Pennsylvania, Ed D , Temple University
STEVEN C. GOOD (1996) Assistant Professor of
Geology
B A., Augustana College; M.A., PhD . University
of Colorado
ANDREW J GOUDY (1977) Professor of
Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania;
Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
RONALD L GOUGHER (1969) A«ociafe
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A , Muhlenberg College; M.A., Lehigh
University
HENRY GRABB (1992) Chairperson. Department of Instrumental Music: Assistant Professor B A., University of Central Flonda, MM., Northwestern University of lUinois; DM , Florida State University
CHARLES W. GRASSEL (1968) Associate
Professor of Geography
B.S., West Chester University; MS, University of
Pennsylvania
PATRICIA E. GRASTY-GAINES (1970)
Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading
B S , West Chester University; M Ed , Ed D.,
Temple University
PAUL D. GREEN (191 \) Professor of English
A B., Temple University; A.M., Ph.D.. Harvard
University
JUDITH J. GREENAMYER (1988) Assistant
Professor of Biology
M.S.. University of California; D V M . Ohio State
University
HARVEY C. GREISMAN (1979) Professor of
Sociology
B.A . State University of New York at New Paltz;
MA.. Ph.D.. Syracuse University
SHIRLEY R GRICE (1972) Assistant Professor of
Educational Senices
B.S.. M.Ed . West Chester University; Ed.D..
Temple University
FRANK GROSSHANS (1975) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., University of Illinois; PhD., University of
Chicago
TERRY E, GUIDETTI (1966) Associate Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., Northwestern University
SHIV K. GUPTA (1985) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B.S , M.S., Delhi University; M.S., University of
Wisconsin; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve
University
WILLIAM I. GUY ( 1974) Instructor of
Educational Senices
A.B., Temple University
CYNTHIA S HAGGARD (1990) Associate Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education B.A., M.A., Ed. D., Indiana University
SAUNDRA M. HALL (1964) Assistant Professor
of Theatre Arts
B.A., MA, Ohio State University
JAMES W HAMILTON {\9S9) Assistant
Professor of Management
B.S.. University of Wisconsin; M.B.A.,
Northeastern University
CHRIS L. HANNING (1995) Assistant Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.A.. B.A.. University of South Florida; MM.. University of Akron; DMA., University of Colorado
HUBERT E HARBER (1910) Associate Professor of Astronomy
B.S., Louisiana State University; M.B.S., University of Colorado; MAT., Brown University
CHARLES A. HARDY III (1990) Associate
Professor of History
B.A., M.A.. Ph.D., Temple University
JEFFREY E. HARRIS (1983) Associate Professor
ofHealth
B.A., University of California, San Diego; D.H.Sc,
M.P.H . Loma Linda University
YOKO HASHIMOTO-SINCLAIR (1969) Associate Professor of Theatre Arts B.A.. M.A., Aoyama Gakuin University (Japan); MA. PhD . University of Michigan
ELIZABETH A. HASSON (1970) Associate Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading: B S., M Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D., Temple University
BARBARA F. HAUS (1990) Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., University of Pittsburgh; M.S.N., University of Kentucky; Ed.D., Lehigh University
SYLVIA HAVILAND (1988) Instructor of
Philosophy
B.A., Goddard College; M.A., West Chester
University
ROBERT W. HAWKES (1962) A^ocia/c Professor of Physics
B.S , West Chester University; M.S., Pennsylvania State University
ARTHUR T. HEGVIK (1975) Associate Professor
of Instrumental Music
B.M , MM.. University of Michigan
JOHN G. HELION (1990) Assistant Chairperson. Department of Kinesiology: Assistant Professor B.S.. State University of New York; M.A., Ed.M., Ed.D . Columbia University
FRANK Q HELMS (1966) Director, Library Senices: Associate Professor B.A.. University of Delaware; M.L.S., Rutgers — The State University
SHARON L HERSHEY (1992) Assistant Professor of Music Theory and Composition B.M., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
ANNE F HERZOG (1993) Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., College of Holy Cross; M.A., Georgetown
University; Ph.D., Rutgers University
THOMAS J. HESTON (1975) Professor of History A B., Gettysburg College; M.A., Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
WILLIAM L. HEWITT ( 1992) Assistant
Chairperson. Department of History: Assistant
Professor
B.A.. M.A., Adams State College; Ph.D..
University of Wyoming
JANET S. HICKMAN (\992) Associate Professor
of Nursing
B.S.N., University of Bridgeport; M.S.N., Northern
Illinois University; Ed.D., Temple University
STEPHANIE L. HINSON (1992) Assistant Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education A.B., Princeton University; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Virginia
Faculty
CHERYL HODGINS (1979) Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.S.W., University of Texas
JOHN HOLINGJAK. JR. (1965) Associate
Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and
Professional Education
B.S., Kutztown University; Ed.M., Temple
University
BELLE HOLLON (1987) Assistant Professor of Art
B.F.A., Philadelphia College of An; M F A , University of Wisconsin
JOZSEF HORVATH (1988) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B.Sc, Tel Aviv University; M.Sc, University of
British Columbia; Ph.D., Yale University
YI-MING HSU (1975) Professor of Secondary Education and Educational Psychology B.A. National Taiwan University; MA., University of Oregon; D.Ed., University of Georgia
JOHN L. HYNES (1990) Assistant Chairperson. Department of Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education: Associate Professor B.A., State University of New York at Albany; M.A., State University of New York at Binghamton; Ph.D., State University of New York at Albany
LAWRENCE V. lACONO (.\966) Associate Professor of Political Science B.S.. St. Joseph's College (Pa.); M.Ed., West Chester University
CAROL ISAACSON-BRISELLI (1988) Assistant
Professor of Instrumental Music
B.A., State University of New York; MM., Temple
University
WILLIAM J. JACOBSON (1988) Associate
Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Eckerd College; M.F.A., Brandeis University
TAMMY C. JAMES (1994) Assistant Professor of
Health
B.S., M.E., Ph.D., Kent State University
JANE E. JEITTIEY (1991) Assistant Professor of
English
B.A., Memphis State; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Iowa
RONN M. JENKINS (1972) Chairperson.
Department of Educational Services: Associate
Professor
B.S., West Chester University; M.S., Bucknell
University; Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
ELAINE B. JENKS (1992) Assistant Professor of Communication Studies B.A., University of Maryland; M.A., Gannon University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
CAROLYN CONSUELO JIMENEZ (1994)
Instructor of Sports Medicine
B.A., Colorado College; M.S., University of
Arizona
ALLEN H. JOHNSON (1974) Associate Professor of Geology
B.S., University of Illinois; M.S., University of Arizona; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University
DEIDRE ANN JOHNSON (1991) Associate Professor of English
B.A., Knox College; M.A., Eastern Michigan; Ph.D., University of Minnesota
CLIFFORD A. JOHNSTON (1992) Assistant Professor of Mathematics B.S.E., Mansfield University of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., Temple University
EMLYN H. JONES (1968) Assistant Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
JAMES A. JONES (1992) Assistant Professor of
History
B.S., M.A., Ph D., University of Delaware
MILDRED C. JOYNER (1981) Chairperson. Department of Social Work: Assistant Professor B.S.W., Central State University; M S W., Howard University
WALLACE J. KAHN (1977) Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., AGS., Ph.D., University of Maryland
BRENT KAPLAN (1968) Associate Professor of
Physics
B.M.E., M.M.E., New York University
BARBARA A. KAUFFMAN (1987) Instructor of Criminal Justice
B.S., Pennsylvania State University; M.S., University of Pennsylvania; J.D., Temple University School of Law
MARY A. KEETZ (1973) Director. Women's
Institute: Professor of Childhood Studies and
Reading
B.S., University of Delaware; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
NELSON W. KEITH (1989) Professor of
Sociology
M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers— The State University;
Barrisler-at-law, The Honourable Society of the
Inner Temple (U.K.)
JAMES T. KELLEHER (1968) Professor of
English
B.A., Widener College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
JOHN T. KELLY (1969) Associate Professor of
English
B.S., St. Louis University; M.A., Ph.D., University
of Oklahoma
JOHN P. KENT (1972) Professor of English B.A., Southampton University (U.K.); M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois
SANDRA L. KERR (1994) Assistant Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Boston College; M.A., Ph.D., State
University of New York at Stony Brook
JOHN J. KERRIGAN (1972) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S,, West Chester University; M.A., Villanova
University; D.Ed., Temple University
LISA A. KIRSCHENBAUM (1996) Assistant Professor of History
A.B., Brown University; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley
EUGENE KLEIN (1967) Associate Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.M.E., Temple University; M.M.E., Indiana
University
SHARON B. KLETZIEN (199 \) Associate Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.A., West Texas State University; M.A., American University; Ph.D., Temple University
ROBERT M. KLINE {199\) Associate Professor of
Computer Science
B.A., Millersville University; Ph.D., Washington
University
DENNIS R, KLINZING (1976) Chairperson. Department of Communication Studies; Professor B.S., Clarion University; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
MAUREEN T. KNABB (1986) Associate
Professor of Biology
B.S., St Joseph's University; Ph.D., University of
Virginia
KAREN M KOEHLER (1987) Associate
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., The King's College; M.A., Northern
Michigan University; Ed.D., University of North
Carolina-Greensboro
MAREILE A. KOENIG (1990) Associate Professor of Communicative Disorders B.S., MS, Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., University of Illinois
SEBASTIAN S. KOH (1970) Chairperson,
Department of Mathematics: Professor
B.S., National Taiwan University; M.A., Wayne
State University; Ph.D., University of California,
Berkeley
KEVIN A KOURY (1997) Assistant Professor of Special Education
B.S , West Virginia Wesleyan College; M.A., Ed.D., West Virginia University
V KRISHNA KUMAR (1977) Professor of
Psychology
B.S., Osmania University (India); M.S., Indian
Agricultural Research Institute; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Madison
ROBERT S. KURZINSKY (1970) Assistant
Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and
Professional Education
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., West Chester
University; Ed.D., Nova University
PETER T KYPER (1987) Associate Professor of
Educational Services
B.A., University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D., Auburn
University
WILLIAM LALICKER(1995) Assistant Professor
of English
B.A., Loyola Marymount University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Washington
MARG ARETE J LANDWEHR (1992) Assistant
Professor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Georgetown University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard
University
MONITA LANK (1970) Chairperson. Department
of Kinesiology: Professor
A B , M.A., Wichita State University; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa
BARBARA J. LAPPANO (1970) Assistant
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University
ELIZABETH LARSEN (1984) Professor of
English
B.A., University of Minnesota; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
VICTOR LASUCHIN (1970) Associate Professor
of Art
B.F.A., M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
KENNETH L LAUDERMILCH (1968) Professor of Instrumental Music
B.S , Lebanon Valley College; M.Mus., New England Conservatory of Music; DMA., Catholic University of America
Faculiv
JOSEPH C LAULETTA (1973) /ti5iiwnr
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S.. University of Delaware; M.Ed., Boston
University
ALTHIER LAZAR ( 1 994) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S . Enierson College; M.A.T., Simmons College;
Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania
EVAN A. LEACH (1993) Assistant Professor of
Management
B.A., Pennsylvania Slate University; M.A., West
Chester University; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University
HERBERT LEE (1968) Associate Professor of
Educational Services
B.S., M.Ed.. West Chester University
PATRICIA LENKOWSKI (\995) Assistant Professor of Library Services B.A.. Glassboro State College; MS . Drexel University. M Ed . Widener University
MONICA P LEPORE (1983) Associate Professor
of Kinesiology
B.S.. College of Mount Saint Vincent; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ed.D., New York
University
JAMES P LEWANDOWSKI (1991) Associate Professor of Geography and Planning B.A., MA. University of Toledo; Ph.D.. Ohio State University
JAMES E. LHEUREUX (1969) Professor of
Mathematics
B.S.. M.S.. Ph.D., Louisiana State University
PETER H. LOEDEL ( 1996) Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., B.A., MA. Ph.D.. University of California, Santa Barbara
SUSAN W. LUBKING (1978) Aiiociare Professor
of Kinesiology
B.S.. Ursinus College; M.Ed.. Ed.D..Temple
University
PATRICK W. LUCK (1973) Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A.. University of Vermont; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
COLLEEN T LUDEKER (1990) Associate
Professor of Music Education
B.M.E.. Indiana University of Pennsylvania; M.M.,
DePauw University; Ed.D.. West Virginia
University
GLENN LYONS (1984) Assistant Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.A.. Harpur College; M. Mas.. Peabody
Conservatory of Music of Johns Hopkins
University
ROBERT C. MAGGIO (\99\) Associate Professor
of Music Theory and Composition
B.A., Yale University; M.A.. Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania
MARY ANN O. MAGGITTI (1970) Associate Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.A.. Emannuel College; MS.. Central Connecticut State College; Ph D., Temple University
JOHN P. MAHER (1986) Instructor of Health B.S., St. Peter's College; M.P.H.. Harvard University; M.D.. State University of New York. Downstate Medical Center
DEBORAH MAHLSTEDT (1988) Associate Professor of Psychology B.S.. State University of New York at Rockpon; M.Ed.. Ph.D.. Temple University
PAUL L. MALTBY (,1991) Associate Professor of
English
B.A.. Thames Polytechnic; MA. London
University; Ph D . Sussex University
ELI M. MANDELBAUM (1964) Professor of
Mathematics
B.A.. Temple University; M.A.. Ph.D.. University
of Pennsylvania
JOHN A. MANGRAVITE (1976) Professor of
Chemistry
B.S.. St Peter's College; Ph D.. University of New
Hampshire
ROBERT J MARBACH (1976) Professor of
Political Science
B.A.. La Salle University; MA. PhD , Temple
University
KAREN L MARKEY (1983) Assistant Professor
of Music Education
B.S.. M.Mus Ed . West Chester University
MICHAEL F MARTENS (1985) ,4jiocial€ Professor of Physics
B.A.. Gettysburg College; MS . PhD . University of Delaware
THOMAS M MASTRILLI {1995) Assistant Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education
B.S.. M Ed.. Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D.. University of Pittsburgh
EDWARD M. MATEJKOVIC (l995)/l(/i/f/ic Director.Chairperson. Department of Athletics: Associate Professor
B.S.. M.Ed.. West Chester University; Ed.D., Temple University
CAROL R. MATZ ( 1 973) Assistant Professor of
Nursing
B.S.. Albright College; M.S., University of
Maryland
GEORGE W MAXIM (1972) Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.S . M.Ed.. Mansfield University; PhD . Pennsylvania State University
GUSTAVE N. MBUY (1985) Associate Professor of Biology
B.A.. University of California; MM.. Ph.D.. University of Cincinnati
CHRISTINA W McCAWLEY (\97\) Associate
Professor of Library Senices
B.A.. Ohio Wesleyan University; M.S.L.S..
Catholic University of America; Ph.D.. Drexel
University
DWIGHT L. McCAWLEY (1971) Professor of
English
B.A.. M.A., University of Tennessee; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois
RUTH L McCOACH (1969) Instructor of
Educational Senices
B.S., West Chester University
P. DOUGLAS McCONATHA (1988) Professor of
Sociology
B S., University of Alabama; M.A., University of
Atlanta; Ph.D.. University of Utah; M PH., Yale
University
JASMIN T. McCONATHA (1990) Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A.. University of Utah; M.S.. Jacksonville State University; PhD , University of Georgia
RALPH CARL McCOY (1996) Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A.. Emory College; M.F.A.. North Carolina School of the Arts
MARY McCULLOUGH (1977) Associate Professor
of Communication Studies
B.A.. B S.. Milleisville University; M.S.W.,
University of North Carolina; Ph.D.. Temple
University
AVIS G. MCDONALD (1993) Associate Professor of English
B.A.. University of Waterloo; M.A.. York University; PhD , Macquarie University
CHARLES H. McGEE (1987) Chairperson. Department of Management: Associate Professor B.A.. University of California. Santa Barbara; M.A.. University of Southern California; Ph.D.. Northwestern University
VICKI A. McGINLEY (1997) Assistant Professor of Special Education
B.A.. University of Pittsburgh; MA. PhD , Temple University
LYNETTE F. McGRATH (1968) Professor of
English
B.A., University of Sydney; B.A., M.A., Ph.D..
University of Illinois
LARRY McKENNA (1986) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
JAMES E. McVOY (1979) Chairperson.
Department of Music Theory and Composition:
Professor
B.M.. Syracuse University; M.M., Ph D.. Eastman
School of Music
LISBETH MERZ (1985) Associate Professor.
Counseling Center
B.A . Chestnut Hill College; M.A.. Villanova
University; Psy.D., Hahnemann University
OWEN METCALF (1989) Assistant Professor of
Music
B.M.. MM., University of Colorado; DM., Indiana
University
HAROLD W METZ ( 1977) Associate Professor of
Criminal Justice
A B . Glenville State College; M.Ed.. Ohio
University; Ed D.. West Virginia University
KARIN MEYER (1996) Instructor of Instrumental
Music
B M . Temple University
CHERYL L. MICHEAU (1990) Assistant
Professor of English
B.S.E.D.. Millersville University; M.A. Middlebury
College; M.A.. University of Pittsburgh; Ph.D..
University of Pennsylvania
ELAINE R. MILITO (1981) Associate Professor of
Computer Science
B.S.. State University of New York at Stony
Brook; M.A.. City University of New York,
Queens College; Ph D., Pennsylvania State
University
FRANK E MILLIMAN (I960) Associate
Professor of Mathematics
B.N.S., College of Holy Cross; A.B., Hobart
College; A.M., Columbia University
JAMES S. MILNE (1969) Professor of Political
Science
B S , Kutaown University; M.A., Villanova
University; Ph.D.. Temple University
JOAN T. MIMS (1986) Instructor of English
B A.. Columbia College; M.A.. West Chester
University
DANIEL MOHAN (1980) Associate Professor of
Economics and Finance
B.S . B.A.. Monmouth College; M.B.A.. Bucknell
University; M.A.. Ph.D.. Rutgers — The State
University
Faculty
GARRETT G. MOLHOLT (1987) Associate
Professor of English
B.A., MA. (two), Ph.D.. University of
Wisconsin-Madison
ROBERT MOMYER (1986) Assistanl Professor of
Instructional Media
B.S., Philadelphia College of Art; M.Ed., Lehigh
University
MICHAEL MONTEMURO (1965) Professor of
Mathematics
B.A., La Salle College: M.A., Ed.D., Temple
University
SAMUEL F. MOORE (1979) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Youngslown State College; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Cincinnati
EDMUNDO MORALES (1989) Chairperson. Department of Anthropology and Sociology: Associate Professor of Sociology B.A., Richmond College; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., City University of New York
MICHAEL J. MORAN (1981) Assistant Chairperson, Department of Chemistry: Professor B.S., St. Joseph's College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
JOHN R. MORGAN (1984) Associate Professor of
Marketing
B.A., Hampton Institute; M.B.A., Ph.D., Temple
University
RONNIE L. MORGAN (1973) Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Southwest Missouri State University; PhD , University of Missouri
WALENA C. MORSE (1968) Professor of
Psychology
A.B., Duke University; M.A., Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College
ANNE-MARIE L. MOSCATELLI (1991) Associate Professor of Foreign Languages B.A., Fordham University; M.A., Ph D., Bryn Mawr College
JOSEPH G. MOSER (1966) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., Rose Polytechnic Institute; M.S., Purdue
University
CHARLES H. MOTT (1988) Professor of
Accounting
B.S., University of Connecticut; MB. A.,
University of Hartford; Ph.D., American
University; C.P.A.
RENATE MUENDEL ( 1986) Instructor of English M.A. (German), Columbia University; MA. (Enghsh), Ph.D., University of Delaware
MARTIN MURPHY (1966) Associate Professor of
Anthropology
A.B., A.M., University of Michigan
STERLING E. MURRAY (1972) Chairperson.
Department of Music History and Literature;
Professor
B.Mus., University of Maryland; A.M., Ph.D.,
University of Michigan
ROGER W. MUSTALISH (1978) Professor of
Health
A.B., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Michigan
State University; M.P.H., Ph.D., University of
Minnesota
KOSTAS MYRSIADES (1969) Professor of
English
B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University
LINDA S. MYRSIADES (1990) Associate
Professor of English
B.A., Beaver College; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana
University
ALI NAGGAR (1977) Professor of Accounting B.Com., Cairo University; M.B.A., Long Island University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
TAHANY NAGGAR (1977) Professor of Economics and Finance B Com., Rigadh University; M.A., Long Island University; Ph.D.. University of Oklahoma
CAROL M. NAPtERKOWSKI {\9%9) Associate Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education B.A , Temple University; M.A., Villanova University; Ph.D.. University of Connecticut
REGINALD NEALY ( 1 986) Assistant Professor of
Criminal Justice
A A., Pennsylvania State Police Academy; B.S.,
Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Lincoln
University
MARY E NEHLIG (1967) Assistant Director,
Library Services; Associate Professor
A.B , Wilson College; M.S.L.S., Drexel University
LARRY A NELSON (1971) Professor of Music
Theory and Composition
B.Mus.. University of Denver; M.Mus.. Southern
Illinois University; Ph.D.. Michigan State
University
PATRICIA A. NESTER (.\9U) Assistant Professor
of Nursing
B.S.N . MSN.. Medical School of Georgia;
Diploma in Nursing, Gastonia Memorial Hospital
JANA L NESTLERODE (1986) Chairperson. Department of Criminal Justice: Professor B.A., Pennsylvania State University; J.D.. Widener University
EMILY T NEWBOLD (1970) Associate Professor of Instrumental Music B.Mus.. Eastman School of Music; M Mus., Temple University; DMA., Combs College
JOHN T NEWCOMB (1990) Assistant
Chairperson. Department of English; Associate
Professor
A.B.. Davidson College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke
University
SARA E NEWELL (1989) Associate Professor of Communication Studies
A.A., Clark College; B.A., Western Washington University; MS, University of Wyoming; Ph.D., University of Utah
ANTHONY J NICASTRO (1990) Associate
Professor of Physics
B.S., M.S.. Ph.D.. University of Delaware
ELIZABETH NOLLEN (1986) Instructor of
English
B.A . Ohio University; M.A.. Ph.D., Indiana
University
ISAAC B. NORRIS (1986) Instructor of Sports
Medicine
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., University of
Maryland
ROBERT P. NYE (1968) Assistant Chairperson, Department of Health; Professor A3.. Genysburg College; M.Ed., West Chester University; Ed.D . Temple University
C. JACK ORR (1986) Professor of Communication
Studies
B.A.. Messiah College; B.D.. Eastern Baptist
Theological Seminary; M.A., Northwestern
University; Ph.D., Temple University
LARRY P. ORTIZ (1996) Associate Professor of Social Work
B.A.. M.S.W.. Western Michigan University; Ph.D., State University of New York at Buffalo
TERRIE OZELIS (1994) Assistant Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.A., Eastern Michigan University; M.S., National
Louis University; Ed.D.. Northern Illinois
University
CHARLES W. PAGANO (1967) Assistant
Professor of Kinesiology
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Ohio
University
PRAXITELES PANDEL (1972) Associate Professor of Keyboard Music B.Mus., M.S., The Juilliard School
RICHARD D PARSONS (1990) Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education B.A., Villanova University; M.A., Ph.D.. Temple University
SHEILA PATTERSON (1992) Chairperson. Department of Health; Assistant Professor B.S., Mankato State; M.S., Ph.D.. Southern Illinois University
FREDERICK R. PATTON ( 1 98 1 ) AMij/anf
Chairperson. Department of Foreign Languages:
Professor
B.A.. M.Ed., Temple University; M.A., Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania
MARTIN PATWELL (1994) Assistant Professor of Educational Services
B.A , Manhattan College; MS, Marist College; Ed.D., Boston University
PETER PAULSEN (1989) Instructor of Music B.M., West Chester University
REBECCA PAULY (1987) Professor of Foreign
Languages
B.A , Smith College; M.A., University of
California, Berkeley; D.M.L., Middlebury College
MICHAEL V PEARSON (1988) Associate Professor of Communication Studies B.A., lona College; MA., William Patterson College; Ph.D., Temple University
MICHAEL A. PEICH (1968) Associate Professor
of English
B.A., Wartburg College; M.A., University of
Pennsylvania
ROBERT A. PELOSO ( 1993) Instructor of Computer Science
B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University; M.S., Carnegie Mellon University
ROBERT E. PENNINGTON (1966) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus., M.Mus., D.Mus., Northwestern University
EILEEN G. PERCIFUL (1990) Associate Professor
of Nursing
A.S.N., B.S.N.. Gwynedd Mercy College; M.S.N.,
University of Pennsylvania; D.N.Sc. Widener
University
JULIE A. PERONE (1990) Assistant Professor of
Counseling
B.S., M.A., M.P.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
G. KING PERRY (1983) Instructor of Computer
Science
B.S., M.Ed.. Bloomsburg University
RUBY A. PETERS (1988) Associate Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., Cheyney University; M.S.Ed., Temple
University
Faculty
W. BENNETT PETERS ( \913) Associate Professor of History
B.A.. Pomona College: M.A.. California Slate University. San Francisco; PhD . University of California, Santa Barbara
ELIZABETH PETIT de MANGE (1996) Assislanl Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Thomas Jefferson University: M.S.N., Widener University
PATRICIA A. PFLIEGER (1988) Assislanl
Professor of English
B.A., University of Missoun; M.A.. Eastern
Michigan University; Ph D . University of
Minnesota
JANE T. PIPPART ( 1 987) Assistant Professor of
Music Education
B.S., West Chester University; M.Ed., Holy Names
College
THOMAS W PLATT (1968) Chairperson.
Department of Philosophy; Professor
B.A., Washington and Jefferson College; M.A.,
University of Pittsburgh; Ph D.. University of
Pennsylvania
JOAN POLKA (1990) Assistant Professor of
Counseling Ser\ices
B.A., Holy Family College; MA. West Chester
University
EDWARD I. POLLAK (1977) Chairperson. Department of Psychology: Professor B.A.. State University of New York at Binghamton; MA. Ph.D.. University of Connecticut
YURY POLSKY (1989) Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., M.A.. University of Moscow; Ph.D., University of Michigan
RUTH PORRITT (1991) Associate Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., John Carroll University; Ph.D., Purdue
University
JACK PORTER (1968) Professor of Psychology B.S., M.Ed., Ed.D.. Temple University
LOUIS H. PORTER (1974) Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Ohio University; MA. Ph.D.. Howard
University
MARTHA A. POTVIN (1985) Chairperson. Department of Biology: Professor B.S., University of Connecticut; MS, Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Nebraska
CHARLES PRICE (1990) Associate Professor of
Music History and Literature
B.A., M.A., Ph.D.. Stanford University
SANDRA F. PRITCHARD (1967) Professor of
Geology
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ph.D.,
University of Oregon
CATHERINE M. PRUDOE (1992) Assistant Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., University of Delaware
CAROL A. RADICH (1972) Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.A., Glassboro State College; M.Ed , Ph.D., University of Maryland
GEETHA RAMANATHAN (1987) Associate
Professor of English
M.A., University of Bombay; A.M., University of
nhnois; Ph.D., University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign
JUDITH D. RAY (1978) Assistant Professor of
Kinesiology
ABE of Harris Teachers College; M.A.Ed..
Washington University
JOHN T. REDINGTON (1992) Chairperson. Department of Marketing: Associate Professor B.S., MBA., Temple University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
THOMAS G. REED ( 1967) Assistant Professor of Communication Studies
B.S., West Chester University; Ph.D., Union of Experimental Colleges and Universities
HELEN G. REID (1975) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B.A.. B S., Texas Woman's University: Ph.D.,
University of New Orleans
MARTIN S. REMLAND ( 1991) Associate
Professor of Communication Studies
B.A., Western Illinois University; M.A., Central
Michigan University; Ph D., Southern Illinois
University
BARRY G. REMLEY (1968) Assistant Professor
of Kinesiology
B S., M.Ed., West Chester University
ARLENE C. RENGERT (1976) Chairperson. Department of Geography and Planning: Professor of Geography
A.B., University of Indiana: M.A.. The Ohio State University: Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
CATHERINE HACKETT RENNER (1995) Assistant Professor of Psychology B.A., Nazareth College of Rochester; M.S.. PhD . Ohio University
MICHAEL J. RENNER ( 1992) Assistant Professor
of Psychology
B.A . Boise State University; M.S., University of
Oklahoma; Ph.D., University of California,
Berkeley
JOEL M RESSNER (1984) Associate Professor of
Chemistry
B S., Lehigh University; M.Sc, University of
Sussex; Ph.D., Lehigh University; DA., Ball State
University
C. FLOYD RICHMOND ( 1989) Assistant
Professor of Music Education
B.A., MM.. Delta State University; DA. Ball State
University
JANE RICHTER (1986) Assistant Professor of
Music
B.S., M.M., Temple University; DMA., Combs
College
DONN C. RILEY (1966) Professor of History A.B., M.A., Ph.D., St. Louis University
STANLEY RIUKAS (1968) Professor of
Philosophy
A B , Classical Gymnasium (Lithuania); Ph.B.,
Ph.L., Loyola University; Ph.D., New York
University
RONALD F. ROMIG (1967) Assistant Chairperson. Department of Biology: Professor B.S , Bloomsburg University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Delaware
WILLIAM D. ROSENZWEIG 09»9) Assistant Professor of Biology
B.S., St. Johns University; M.S., Long Island University; Ph.D., New York University
SALLY A. ROSS (1988) <4iiodal« Professor of Social Work
B A.. Central Stale University; M.S.W., University of Pennsylvania
HARVEY ROVINE (1992) Chairperson. Department of Theatre Arts: Professor B.S., Towson State University; M.A., University of Central Honda; Ph.D., University of Illinois
MICHAEL RUFFINI (1989) Instructor of
Instructional Media
B A. Glassboro State College; B.S., M.S., West
Chester University
NANCY J RUMFIELD (1986) Chairperson.
Department of Instructional Media: Assislanl
Professor
B.F.A . Moore College of Art; MS, West Chester
University; PhD . Nova Southeastern University
C. RUTH SABOL (1986) Chairperson. Department of English: Associate Professor B Ed , M Ed , Seattle University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin-Madison
ELBERT M SADDLER (1985) /liioaar? Professor of Counseling Center A B., Rutgers — The State University: M.Ed., PhD . Temple University
JANE WESTON SADDORIS (1971) Instructor of Theatre Arts
B.S., West Chester University: MA. in Education, Villanova University
MICHEL H. SAGE ( 1994) Assislanl Professor of Foreign Languages
M.A., San Diego University; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley
BHIM SANDHU (1978) Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Punjab University (India); M.A., University of Texas; Ph D , University of Missouri
GOPAL SANKARAN (1989) Associate Professor
of Health
B S.. MB. Maulanaazad Medical College (India):
M D . All India Institute of Medical Sciences;
M.P.H . Dr PH.. University of California,
Berkeley
FRANK SAUERS (1986) Instructor of English B.A., Villanova University; M.A., Purdue University; Ph D., University of Colorado
JUDITH A. SCHEFFLER (\9i5) Assistant
Chairperson. Department of English: Associate
Professor
A.B., Muhlenburg College; M.A., Purdue
University; M.A.. Ph.D.. University of
Pennsylvania
MARGARET SCHIFF (1990) Assislanl Professor
of An
B.F.A. . Kutztown University; M.F.A., Syracuse
University
STACEY SCHLAU (1985) Director, Women's Studies Program: Professor of Foreign Languages B.A., M.A., Queens College; PhD , City University of New York
LISELOTTE M. SCHMIDT (1970) Professor of Music History and Literature B.Mus.. Converse College; M.A.. New York University; M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music; Ed.D., Columbia University; Fulbright Scholar (University of Munich, Germany, 1957-58)
FRAUKE 1. SCHNELL (1992) Assistant Professor
of Political Science
B.A., University of Tuebingen, Germany; M.A.,
Ph.D., State University of New York at Stony
Brook
Faculty
R. GERALD SCHOELKOPF (1969) Assislanl
Professor of Library Senices
B.A., Villanova University; M.S.L.S., McGill
University
FRANCOISE E. SCHREMMER (1979) Associate Professor of Mathematics Propedeuitque de Mathematique, Maitrise de Mathematique, D.E.S , University of Paris; M.A., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
LEROY SCHUETTE (1913) Adviser, Center for Academic Advising: Associate Professor. Educational Services
B.A., Yankton College; M.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University of Utah
PAUL SEAVER (1992) Assislanl Professor of Foreign Languages
B.S.. Kent State University; M.A., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., University of Maryland
RANI G. SELVANATHAN (1986) Associate Professor of Management B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Delhi (India); Ph.D., University of Paris
GUS V. SERMAS (1971) Professor of Art
B.A., Baylor University; B.F.A., B.S., University of
Texas; M.F.A., University of Wisconsin
WILLIAM H. SEYBOLD, Jr. (1967) Assistant
Chairperson. Department of Mathematics:
Associate Professor
B.S., Temple University; M.A., Northwestern
University
LEIGH S. SHAFFER (1980) Professor of Anthropology and Sociology B.S., M.S., Wichita State University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
JOHN C. SHEA (1967) Chairperson. Department of Political Science: Professor B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
MAURA J. SHEEHAN (1980) Professor of Health B.S., Lowell Technological Institute; M.S., University of Lowell; Sc.D., University of Pittsburgh
CAROL SHLOSS (1987) Professor of English B.A., Swarthmore College; M.A.T., Harvard University; PhD , Brandeis University
CHARLES V. SHORTEN {\9S9) Associate Professor of Health
B.S., MS., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University; Ph.D., Clemson University
IRENE G. SHUR (1956) Professor of History B.S., Ohio State University; M.Ed., University of Delaware; Ed D., University of Pennsylvania
DAVID I. SIEGEL (1990) Associate Professor of Social Work
B.A., Brooklyn College; M.S.W.. University of Michigan; D.S W., Columbia University
JAY SILVERMAN (1977) Associate Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education A.B., University of Chicago; Ph.D., New York University
ANN R. SKEATH (1983) Instructor of
Mathematics
B.S., Ursinus College; M.A., University of Illinois
HAROLD L. SKELTON (1968) Chairperson, Department of Physics: Associate Professor B.S., Case Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., University of Delaware
SUSAN C. SLANINKA (1975) Assistant Chairperson of Nursing; Professor
B.S.N.. Villanova University; M.S.N., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Temple University
FRANCES A. SLOSTAD (1996) Assistant Professor of Childhood Studies and Reading B.S., West Chester University; MA, Villanova University; Ed.D., Immaculata University
LESLIE B. SLUSHER (\99\) Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., North Carolina State University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University
ARTHUR R. SMITH ( 1984) Associate Professor of
Geology and Astronomy
A.B., M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
CARL M. SMITH ( 1 97 1 ) Assistant Professor of
Accounting
B.B.A., MBA., Temple University; C PA.,
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
FRANK A. SMITH (1964) Professor of Physics B.S.. Villanova University; MA, Ed.D., Temple University
LUANNE SMITH (1989) Associate Professor of
English
B.A., University of Kentucky; M.A., Murray State
University; M.F.A., Pennsylvania State University
PAUL K. SMITH il9S5) Assistant Chairperson. Department of Kinesiology: Associate Professor B.S., M.S., Florida State University; Ph.D.. Southern Illinois University
ROBERTA SNOW (1989) Associate Professor of
Management
B.A., M.A., Syracuse University; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania
PATRICK M. SOCOSKI (1990) Assistant Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh
NORBERT C. SOLDON (1963) Professor of
History
B.A., M.A., Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
University of Delaware
H. LEE SOUTHALL ( 1967) Associate Professor of
Instrumental Music
B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Trenton State
College
ALICE J. SPEH (1989) Associate Professor of
Foreign Languages
A.B., Brown University; M.A., PhD , Bryn Mawr
College
THOMAS W. SPERLING (1972) Psychologist,
Counseling Center: Professor
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
LYNN KELL SPRADLIN (1995) /Airman; Professor of Counselor, Secondary, and Professional Education B.A., University of Kentucky; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Louisville
DAVID A. SPRENKLE (1987) Associate Professor of Vocal and Choral Music B.S., MM., West Chester University; DMA., University of Maryland
ELIZABETH LEEANN SROGl (1991) Associate Professor of Geology and Astronomy B.S., Yale University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
TIMOTHY K. STARN (1996) Assistant Professor
of Chemistry
B.S., Ph.D., Indiana University
W. CRAIG STEVENS (1992) Assistant Professor of Kinesiology
B.A., Johns Hopkins University; M.S.. Springfield College; Ph.D., Temple University
LESLIE STEVENSON. JR. (1972) Psychologist. Counseling Center: Associate Professor B.S., M.S., University of Utah
JOSEPH A. STIGORA (1973) Chairperson, Department of Communicative Disorders: Associate Professor
B.S., Bloomsburg University; M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green University
JOHN STOLAR (1988) Professor of Geology and
Astronomy
B.S., Shippensburg University; M.Ed., West
Chester University; Ed.D., Pennsylvania State
University
PAUL STOLLER (1980) Professor of Anthropology and Sociology B.A., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Georgetown University; Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
CLEAVONNE STRATTON (\9Z3) Associate Professor of Communicative Disorders B.A., Miles College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University
PAUL A. STREVELBR (1970) Professor of
Philosophy
B.A., St. John's University (Minn); Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin
FREDERICK R. STRUCKMEYER (1966)
Professor of Philosophy
B.A., King's College (NY.); A.M., Ph.D., Boston
University
ELENA F. STUART (1977) Assistant Professor of
Communicative Disorders
B.A., Emerson College; M.S.. Purdue University
JAMES D. SULLIVAN (1967) Professor of Music Theory and Composition B.S., West Chester University; M.A., Ph.D., Eastman School of Music
RICHARD H. SWAIN (1994) Assistant Professor of Library Services
B.A., Oakland University; M.Phil., M.A., Yale University; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan
PATRICK J.M. SYLVESTER (1968) Professor of Economics and Finance B.A., St. Francis Xavier University (Canada); M.A., University of New Brunswick (Canada); M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
ROBERT J. SZABO (1974) Associate Professor of
Childhood Studies and Reading
B.S., Kutztown University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Lehigh
University
WACLAW SZYMANSKI (1985) Professor of
Mathematics
M.A., Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph.D.,
D.Sc, Polish Academy of Sciences
JOHN C. TACHOVSKY (1970) Professor of
Geography
B.S., M.Ed., West Chester University; Ph.D.,
University of Cincinnati
LIN TAN (1989) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
B.S., M.A., Zhejian University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of California, Los Angeles
BRADLEY E. TAYLOR (1973) Assistant Professor of Sports Medicine B.S., M.Ed., Temple University
CHRISTOPHER J. TEUTSCH (1989) Assistant Professor of English
Faculty
M.A., Jagiellonian University (Poland); Ph D.. University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee
SANDRA J. THELZ (1973) Assistant Professor of
Kinesiology
B S.. Southern Connecticut State College; M.Ed .
West Chester University
DIANA P. THOMAS (1995) Assistant Professor of Library Ser\ices
B.A.. University of Maryland. MB. A., Cornell University; MA, University of Chicago
WESLEY W. THOMAS (1979) Professor of
Geography
B.S., University of Maine; M.S., West Chester
University; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
HARRY TIEBOUT III (1992) Assistant Professor
of Biology
B.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of
Florida
THOMAS W TOLIN (1992) AiJijfan/ Professor
of Economics and Finance
B.A , University of Southwestern Louisiana; Ph.D.,
University of Houston
SANDRA M. TOMKOWICZ (1993) Assistant
Professor of Marketing
B.S., La Salle University; J.D., University of
Pennsylvania
WILLIAM TOROP (1971) Professor of Chemistry A.B.. M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
THOMAS TREADWELL ( 1968) Professor of
Psychology
B.A.. Morris Harvey College; M.S., University of
Bndgeport; Moreno Institute, New York; (Certified
Psychodramatist, T.E.P.); Ed.D.. Temple University
ELISE A. TRIANO (1985) Director Pre-Medical Programs Associate Professor of Biology B.A., Gettysburg University; Ph D., Thomas Jefferson University
C. JAMES TROTMAN (1979) Professor of
English
B.A., M Ed , Pennsylvania State University: Ed.D.,
Columbia University
MICHELLE L. TUCKER (1988) Instructor of
Nursing
B.S.. Michigan State University; M.S.N. .
University of Michigan
GORIX)N TURK (1993) Instructor of Music B.M., The Curtis Institute; MM., DMA., Manhattan School of Music
JOHN J. TURNER, JR. (1965) Professor of History A.B., Muhlenberg College; M.A., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., Columbia University
DONNA L. USHER (1991) Associate Professor of
Art
B.F.A., B S , Moore College of An; M.F.A.,
University of Delaware
ANDREA VARRICCHIO (1986) Associate Professor of Foreign Languages B.A., Chestnut Hill College; M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., Temple University
RICHARD K. VELETA (1965) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B.Mus.. M Mus., D Mus., Northwestern University
MICHAEL S. VIGORITA (1995) Assistant Professor
of Criminal Justice
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers— The State University
JOHN VILLELLA (1986) Instructor of
Instrumental Music
B S , MM., West Chester University; Ed.D.,
Widener University
KARIN A.E VOLKWEIN (1992) Assistant Professor of Kinesiology Staatsexamen. University of Marburg, Germany; PhD , University of Tennessee
JACQUES C VOOIS (1969) Professor of
Keyboard Music
B Mus., Oberlin College; M.Mus., Manhattan School of Music; DMA., Peabody Conservatory of Music of Johns Hopkins University
RICHARD W VOSS (1996) Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.A., St Fidelis College; M.S.W., Fordham University; D.P.C.. Loyola College
RUSSELL H VREELAND (1989) Assistant Professor of Biology
B S , MS, Rutgers — The Stale University; Ph D , University of Nebraska
JACK WABER (1976) Professor of Biology
B A., Hope College (Mich ); Ph.D., University of
Hawaii
G. ALAN WAGNER ( 1967) Associate Professor of Vocal and Choral Music B.Mus.. Northwestern University; M.F.A., Carnegie Mellon University
SHIRLEY ANN WALTERS (1963) Chairperson. Department of Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education: Professor B.S.. Millersville University; M.A., University of Michigan; D.Ed., Temple University
CHERYL L WANKO (1993) Assistant Professor of English
B A , New York University; MA., Ph.D., Pennsylvania Stale University
BARBARA BROWN WANTA {19&3) Assistant
Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., University of Pennsylvania; M.S.. Oxford
University (UK); M.S.N., University of
Pennsylvania
JOHN W. WARD {\96\) Associate Professor of
English
A.B., M.A., Miami University; Ph.D., University of
Delaware
JOHN W WEAVER (1973) Chairperson. Department of Computer Science: Professor B.A.. Eastern Mennonite University; M.A., University of Delaware, Ph D., The Johns Hopkins University
RICHARD J WEBSTER (1967) Coordinator. American Studies: Professor of History A.B.. Lafayette College; M.A., University of Delaware; A.M., Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania
RUTH I WEIDNER (1967) Professor of Art B A . Hood College; M S.L S., Drexel University; MA. University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of Delaware
MICHAEL S WEISS (1978) Professor of
Communicative Disorders
B.A., Long Island University; MS . Ph D., Purdue
University
ROBERT H. WEISS (1967) Director,
Pennsylvania Writing Program: Professor of
English
A.B.. University of Pennsylvania; A.M., Ph.D.,
Temple University
JOAN M WELCH ( 1 990) Associate Professor of Geography and Planning B.A., St. Cloud State University; M.A., Ph.D., Boston University
LESLEY A. WELSH {199\) Associate Professor of Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education
B.A., Eastern Connecticut State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Connecticut
LINWOOD J. WHITE (1968) Associate Professor of An
B.F.A.. Maryland Institute College of Art; M.F A., University of Pennsylvania
SUSANNE WIEDER (1988) Assistant Professor of Social Work
A. A., Potomac State College; B.A., Fairmont State College; MS W., Smith College
EDWIN L WILLIAMS (1968) Associate Professor
of Philosophy
B.A., West Chester University
JEROME M WILLIAMS (1985) Chairperson. Department of Foreign Languages: Professor B.A , Haverford College; MA., M.Phil., Ph.D.. Yale University
JOHN G WILLIAMS (1992) Associate Professor
of Kinesiology
B.Ed., University of Nottingham. UK.; M.Ed., University of Bath. UK; Ph D . University of London. UK
JOHN M WINTERMUTE ( 1966) Associate Professor of Kinesiology B S.. Ithaca College; Ed M . Stale University of New York at Buffalo
THOMAS WINTERS ( 1988) Assistant Professor of Music History and Literature B A.. Bucknell University; MA. Ph D.. University of Pennsylvania
C. GIL WISWALL (1985) Chairperson. Department of Geology and Astronomy: Professor B.A.. Colgate University; M.S.. PhD . University of Montana
MICHELE B WOLFE (1983) Assistant Professor of Library Services
B.S.. University of Connecticut; MLS. Southern Connecticut State College
PAUL WOLFSON (1978) Associate Professor of
Mathematics
A B . Columbia University; M.S.. Ph.D.. University
of Chicago
KAM C. WONG (1996) Assistant Professor of Criminal Justice
B A . J D . Indiana University; M.A., State University of New York at Albany
RICHARD 1. WOODRUFF ( 1966) Professor of
Biology
B.S., Ursinus College: M.Ed.. West Chester
University; Ph D., University of Pennsylvania
FRANCES H. WREN (1989) Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A.. West (Chester University: M.A.. Ph.D., Temple University
RICHARD W. WYATT (1989) Associate Professor of Computer Science B.A.. B.S., MA, University of Melbourne: Ph.D.. University of California. Berkeley; M.Sc. State University of New York at Buffalo
JANE A. WYSS (1990) Chairperson. Department of Vocal and Choral Music: Associate Professor B.M.. MM.. DMA, University of Texas at Austin
URSULE YATES (1986) Instructor of English B.A.. Rutgers — The State University; M.A.. Ph.D.. Bryn Mawr College
DANIEL J. YEH (1968) Associate Professor of Library Services
B.A.. National Taiwan University: M.S.L.S.. Drexel University
Faculty
RICHARD B. YODER (1962) Professor of
Kinesiology
B.S., West Chester University; MA, Villanova
University
STEFANI YORGES (1996) Assistant Professor of
Psychology
B.A., Hastings College; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue University
Adjunct Faculty
DOUGLAS ALBRIGHT Department of Health B.S., West Chester University; M.E.D., Cabrini College
EUGENE A. BENTLEY Department of Biology B.A.. Swarthmore College; MA, Hahnemann Medical College
DAVID K. COHOON Department of Mathematics B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph D.. Purdue University; David Ross Research Associaleship at Institut Henri Poincare
MICHAEL H. COX Department of Kinesiology B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., University of Toronto
BARRY M. EVANS Department of Health B.S., Ohio State University; ME PC, Pennsylvania State University
GAIL M. FELLOWS Department of Health B.S., University of Arizona; M.S., West Chester University
CHRISTINE FORD Department of Biology B.S., Arkansas Polytechnic University; M.S. A., West Chester University
MELISSA M. FURIO Department of Health B.S., University of Rhode Island; Ph G , Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science
PHYLLIS GOTKIN Department of Biology B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.Ed., Beaver College; Ph.D., Pacific Western University
FRANKLIN YOUNG (1985) Professor of Health A.B., Mercer University; B.S A., M.Agr., Ph.D., University of Florida
ROBERT J. YOUNG (1965) Professor of History B.S., University of Pennsylvania
MARTIN ZLOTOWSKI (1973) Associate Professor of Special Education
BRIAN KELLAR Department of Health AS., West Chester University of Pennsylvania; B.A., Eastern College
N. BLAIR LEROY Department of Health B.A., Yale University; M.D., Cornell University Medical College
EDWIN T LURCOTT Department of Geology and
Astronomy
B.S., Syracuse University
HELEN E. MARTIN Department of Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education B.A., Kings College, NY.; M.A., West Chester University
RICHARD A. McCLEAN Department of Biology B.S., Iowa Wesleyan; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr College
KARIN MEYERS Department of Instrumental Music B.M.. Temple University
DANIEL S. MILES Department of Kinesiology B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.A., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University
C. DANIEL MOSER Department of Kinesiology B.S., MA, Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Temple University
WILLIAM K. NAT ALE Department of Biology A.B., Oberlin College; M.D., University of Pittsburgh
A.B., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State University
ANTHONY W. ZUMPETTA (1988) Assistant Professor of Anthropology and Sociology B.A., Edinboro University; M.A.. Ed.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
MICHAEL S. OVERA Department of Biology
B.S , Bloomsburg University; M.B.A., Widener
University
RONALD J. PEKALA Department of Psychology
B S , Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University
KATHLEEN SAZAMA Department of Biology
B.S., University of Nebraska; M.S., American
University; M.D., Georgetown University; J.D.,
Catholic University
SHARON STRAUSS Department of Biology
B S.. Kutztown State College
EDWARD THERKAUF Department of Health
B.S , Princeton University; M.D., Columbia
College of Physicians and Surgeons
TONY J. VERDE Department of Kinesiology
B.S., Brock University; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Toronto
MICHAEL J. WARHOL Department of Biology
A B , Princeton University; M.D., University of
Pittsburgh
JACK C. WHITE Department of Biology
B.S., M.D., University of Vermont, F.A.C.S.
SUSAN WIX Department of Health
B.S , West Chester University; M.S., Eastern College
RICHARD W. ZIEGLER Department of Sports
Medicine
B A . Princeton University; M.D., Jefferson
Medical College, Thomas Jefferson University
Emeriti
'ALEXANDER ANTONOWICH, Music Education •ELEANOR ASHKENAZ, Chemistry 'DOROTHY D. BAILEY, English 'HAROLD W. BENDA, Dean of Education Emeritus BERNICE BERNATZ, Dean of Women Emerita ROBERT BERNHARDT, Biology WALTER R.. BLAIR, Educational Services 'JAMES A. BINNEY, English MARY M. BLISS, Biology JUSTO B. BRAVO, Chemistry WALTER E. BUECHELE, JR., Counselor. Secondary, and Professional Education
ROBERT E. CARLSON, History
•PAUL E. CARSON, Music
NONA E. CHERN, Childhood Studies and Reading
K. ELEANOR CHRISTENSEN, Childhood Studies
and Reading CARMELA L. CINQUINA, Biology MARY E. CLEARY, Education 'JOHN W. CLOKEY, Dean of Arts and Utters
Emeritus BARBARA J. COATES, Physical Education BERNARD B. COHEN, Psychology 'FA YE A. COLLICOTT, Librarian GERALDINE C. CONBEER, Librarian STELLA CONAWAY, Vocal and Choral Music
EDWIN B. COTTRELL, Health and Physical
Education •GEORGE R CRESSMAN, Education •KATHERINE M. DENWORTH, Education RAYMOND A. DOYLE, History 'MARK M. EVANS, Director of Student Teaching •MARION FARNHAM, Art RUTH FELDMAN, Psychology ALBERT E. FILANO, Vice President for Academic
Affairs Emeritus and Mathematical Sciences BYRON Y FLECK, Dean of Social Sciences
Emeritus •THOMAS J. FRANCELLA, Criminal Justice HOWARD FREEMAN, Counseling JOHN FTJRLOW, Physical Education CHARLES GANGEMI, Keyboard Music CHARLOTTE M GOOD, Education •ROBERT B. GORDON, Sciences 'ANNE M. GOSHEN, Psychology •MIRIAM S GOTTLIEB, Music SEYMOUR S. GREENBERG, Geology 'THELMA J. GREENWOOD, Biology MADELYN GUTWIRTH, Foreign Languages •H. THEODORE HALLMAN, Art JOAN HASSELQUIST, Childhood Studies and
Reading
JACK GARDNER HAWTHORNE, Art 'CHARLES W. HEATHCOTE, Social Sciences 'THOMAS J. HEIM, Social Sciences WALTER J HIPPLE, Philosophy PHILIP P. HOGGARD, Education PAMELA JUDSON-RHODES (HEMPHILL), Art CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Communication Studies •W. GLENN KILLINGER, Dean of Men Emeritus CHARLOTTE E. KING, Childhood Studies and
Reading MARY L KLINE, Nursing 'CARRIE C. KULP. Education 'GEORGE LANGDON, Geography and Planning 'MURIEL LEACH, Health and Physical Education MELVIN M. LORBACK, Physical Education 'GRACE D. MCCARTHY, English 'EMIL H. MESSIKOMER, Dean Emeritus 'LLOYD C. MITCHELL, Dean of Music Emeritus WILLIAM M. MOREHOUSE, Theatre Arts SHIRLEY A. MUNGER, Music 'DOROTHY R. NOWACK, Health BERNARD S OLDSEY, English WILLIAM R. OVERLEASE, Biology JACK A. OWENS, Health and Physical Education
' Deceased
Faculty
RUTH PETKOFSKY. Childhood Studies and
Reading 'DOROTHY RAMSEY, English N. RUTH REED, Health RUSSELL K RICKERT, Physics and Dean of
Sciences and Mathematics WALTER NATHANIEL RIDLEY, Education ALFRED D ROBERTS, Foreign Languages 'B. PAUL ROSS, Education 'HELEN RUSSELL, Library Science GLENN W SAMUELSON, Anthropology and
Sociology HAROLD R SANDS, Psychology HARRY SCHALK. History 'GERTRUDE K SCHMIDT, Music JANE E SHEPPARD, Vocal and Choral Music W CLYDE SKILLEN, Biology tKENNETH C SLAGLE, Dean of Arts and
Sciences Emeritus
Honorary Degrees
'CHARLES A. SPRENKLE, Dean of Music Emeritus RUTH S. STANLEY, Mathematical Sciences R. GODFREY STUDENMUND, Education RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Dean of Health
and Physical Education Emeritus JANEB SV/ AN. History ROY D SWEET, Vocal and Choral Music 'EARL F. SYKES, President Emeritus ELINOR Z. TAYLOR, Physical Education and
Dean of Administration 'JOSEPH M THORSON, Business Administration 'WILLARD J TREZISE, Biology •EDWARD T TWARDOWSKI. Health and
Physical Education •S. ELIZABETH TYSON, English JOY VANDEVER. Music Education 'EARLE C. WATERS, Health and Physical
Education SOL WEISS, Mathematical Sciences
1984
ANDREW WYETH, Doctor of Humane Letters
1993
EMILIE KESSEL ASPLUNDH, Doctor of Public
Service
CONSTANCE E CLAYTON. Doctor of Public
Ser\'ice
President's Medallion for Service
1994
DAVID P ROSELLE, Doctor of Uw CHARLES E SWOPE, Doctor of Public Service
1995
WILLIAM A. BOUCHER, Doctor of Public Service
1986
EMILIE KESSEL ASPLUNDH JANICE WEIR ETSHIED W GLENN KILLINGER
1987
THOMAS B CHAMBERS T. FRANK GANNON WILLIAM E. HUGHES MICHAEL J JONES SARA L, SCHMID KURT STRAUSS
1989
ATSUSHI MINOHHARA MASAYOSHI TANAKA
1990
CLIFFORD E DeBAPTISTE
1991
MORGAN DOWD ADEL'i^NE KELLY ALVY KELLY
THEODORA L. WEST, English
BENJAMIN WHITTEN, Keyboard Music
ARDIS M. WILLIAMS, Chemistry
LOIS M. WILLIAMS, Music
HARRY WILKINSON, Music
LLOYD C. WILKINSON, Physical Education
'JOSEPHINE E. WILSON, English
JAMES J. WRIGHT, Music Theory and Composition
EDWIN L. YOUMANS, Dean of Health and Physical Education Emeritus
CARLOS R. ZIEGLER. Childhood Studies and Reading
'EDWARD ZIMMER, Music
CORNELIA ZIMMERMAN, Childhood Studies and Reading
' Deceased
1996
CURT WELDON, Doctor of Public Service ELINOR Z. TAYLOR, Doctor of Public Service
1997
JACOB LAWRENCE, Doctor of Fine Arts
1992
STANLEY J YAROSEWICK
1993
ALBERT E. FILANO
1994
JAMES L LARSON F. JOSEPH LOEPER
1995
CARLOS R ZIEGLER
Trustees Achievement Awards
1985
FRANK GROSSHANS CHARLES C. SOUFAS, JR.
1986
RICHARD W FIELDS
1987
MARSHALL J BECKER WACLAW SZYMANSKI
1989
CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY LARRY A. NELSON
1990
PAUL STOLLER
1992
MARY E CRAWFORD
1995
RICHARD E BLAKE
FRANK E FISH
1996
JEROME M. WILLIAMS
Distinguished Teaching Chairs
1982-1983
FRANK A. SMITH JANE B. SWAN
Merit Awards
1982-1983
DIANE O. CASAGRANDE MARY A KEETZ JANE E. SHEPPARD CHARLES H, STUART
1983-1984
ELIZABETH A. GIANGIULIO KOSTAS MYRSIADES LOIS WILLIAMS
1984-1985
FRANK E. MILLIMAN RUTH I. WEIDNER
1986-1987
G. WINFIELD FAIRCHILD
KOSTAS MYRSIADES
Faculty
1987-1988
WALLACE J. KAHN STERLING E. MURRAY ARLENE C. RENGERT
1988-1989 PAMELA HEMPHILL
1989-1990
MADELYN GUTWIRTH JOAN HASSELQUIST
1990-1991 BENJAMIN WHITTEN
1991-1992
CHRISTOPHER BUCKLEY
1992-1993
WILLIAM TOROP
1993-1994 LOUIS CASCIATO
1995-1996
PHILIP RUDNICK
T. OBINKARAM ECHEWA
Irving Hersch Cohen Faculty Merit Award
1990
DOROTHY NOWACK
1991
GEORGE CLAGHORN
1993
JUDITH FINKEL
1994
RICHARD VELETA
1995
DEBORAH MAHLSTEDT
Distinguished Faculty Awards
1974-1975
THOMAS A. EGAN. Teaching E. RILEY HOLMAN, Teaching MICHAEL A. PEICH, Teaching
1975-1976
WALTER E. BUECHELE, JR.. Service CARMELA L. CINQUINA. Senice PHILLIP B. DONLEY, Senice GEORGE W. MAXIM, Teaching EDWARD N. NORRIS, Senice PHILIP D. SMITH, JR . Teaching WILLIAM TOROP, Teaching
1976-1977
ROBERT E BYTNAR, Senice
ANDREW E DINNIMAN, Senice
IRENE G SHUR, Teaching
RUSSELL L. STURZEBECKER, Senice
1977-1978
MARC L. DURAND and ROBERT F. FOERY
(Joint Project), Sen'ice BERNARD S OLDSEY, Senice GEORGE F. REED, Teaching RICHARD I WOODRUFF, Teaching
1978-1979
ROBERT E CARLSON, Senice JOHN J TURNER, JR., Teaching C. RALPH VERNO, Teaching
ROBERT H. WEISS, Senice
1979-1980
CAROLYN B. KEEFE, Teaching JOHN A. MANGRAVITE, Teaching PHILIP D. SMITH. JR , Senice NORBERT C. SOLDON, Senice
1980-1981
LOUIS A. CASCIATO. Teaching PHILIP B. RUDNICK. Senice ™ANK a. SMITH, JR., Teaching JANE B. SWAN, Teaching JOSEPH M. THORSON, Sen-ice
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1997-98
|
August 23 and 24 |
|
August 25 |
|
September 1 |
|
November 26 |
|
December 1 |
|
December 6-12 |
|
December 13 |
|
December 13 |
|
January 12 |
|
January 19 |
|
March 6 |
|
March 16 |
|
April 25 — May 1 |
|
May 3 |
|
May 3 |
|
May 19 — June 25 |
|
June 30 — August 1 |
|
August 4 — August 22 |
FALL SEMESTER 1997
Residence hails open
Classes begin — 8 a.m./Late Registration and Drop/Add
Labor Day — no classes
Thanksgiving recess begins — 8 a.m.
Thanksgiving recess ends — 8 a.m.
Examination period
Commencement
Fall semester ends
SPRING SEMESTER 1998
Classes begin — 8 a.m./Late Registration and Drop/Add
Martin Luther King, Jr. Day — classes are in session
Spring break begins — 5 p.m.
Spring break ends — 8 a.m.
Examination period
Spring semester ends
Commencement
SUMMER SESSIONS 1997
First Five-Week Session Second Five-Week Session Third Three Week Session
Campus Map
West Chester University
NORTH CAMPUS
* SHUTTLE BUS STOP STUDENT*
FACULTY/STAFF^
FACULTY/STAFF/STUDENT*
BOROUGH OF WEST CHESTER PARKING METER OR PERMIT
VISITOR
©-(§) EMERGENCY PHONES
"University decal required. Lot restrictions designated by posted signs, which takes precedent over published materials. Parking decals and enforcement subject to change as posted. A separate map designating parking for the handicapped is available at Public Safety in the Peoples Maintenance Building. Map prepared by Facilities Planning and Construction Division.
Borough of West Chester
Chester County Map
Index
— A— Academic
Affairs. 26-32
Calendar, 148
Classification, See Student Standing
Development Program, 27
Dishonesty Policy, 42
Policies, Exception to, 45
Policies and Procedures, 36-46
Standards: Probation and Dismissal, Maintenance of, 43 Acceptance Fee, 1 1 Accommodations, Commitment to, ii Accounting, Department of, 50 Accreditation, ii Activities, 23-26 Adding a Course, 37 Adjunct Faculty, 145 Administration, 134 Admission
Requirements, 7-8
to Teacher Education, 130-131
to West Chester University, 7-8 Admissions Staff, 8 Adult Studies, 30 Advanced Placement Program, 44 Affirmative Action Policy, li African-American Studies, See Ethnic
Studies Program Air Force ROTC, 31,74-75 Alumni Association, 26 American Studies Program, 96 Anthropology and Sociology,
Department of, 50-52 Anticipated Time for Degree
Completion, 44-45 Appeals to Fee and Refund Policies, 10 Applicable Catalog Year, 32 Application
Fee, 1 1
for Admission, 7 Armed Services Programs, 30-31 Armed Services Reserve Officer
Candidate Program (ROC), 31 Army ROTC, 30, 73-74 Art
Collections, 6
Department of, 52-55 Associate
of Science, 35-36
See also Health Astronomy, See Geology and Astronomy Attendance Policy, 39 Athlete Absence Policy, 39 Athletic Training, See Sports Medicine Athletic Program, Intercollegiate, 25-26 Audit Fee, 1 1 Auditing Privileges, 38 Awards, See Scholarships and Awards
— B—
Baccalaureate Degree Requirements, 32-35 Biology, Department of, 55-58
Board of
Directors, Alumni Association, 133 Directors, West Chester University
Foundation, 133 Governors, 133
Bookstore, 20
Bus Transportation on Campus, 20
— C—
Calendar, Academic, 148 Campus
and Facilities, 4-6
Description of, 4
Map, 149 Career Planning and Placement
Services, 20-21 Catalog Year, Applicable, 32 Center for Adult Studies, 30 Certification
Admission for, 8
Teaching, 130-131 Changing Majors, 37 Chemistry, Department of 58-60 Chemistry-Biology, See Biology, Chemistry,
Pre-Medical Program Childhood Studies and Reading, Department
of 60-63 Children's Center, 21 Class Load, See Full-time status Classification
Degree-Definitions, 36
of Students, 19 CLEP, 30
Closing, Storm, Policy for, 6 Coaching, See Kinesiology College Level Examination Program
(CLEP), 30 College Literature, 32 Commencement Fee, 1 1 Commitment to Accommodations, ii Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, 133 Communicable Diseases (immunization for
student teachers), 22 Communication Studies, Department
of 63-65 Communications Directory, ii Communicative Disorders, Department
of 65-66 Community Development, 21 Commuters, See Off-Campus Students Comparative Literature Studies
Program, 97-98, See also English Computer Science, Department of 66-68 Computing Services, See Information
Services Continuing Education and Conference
Services, 30 Correspondence Courses Policy, 44 Council of Trustees, 133 Counseling and Psychological Services
Department, 21 Counseling Center, 21
Counselor, Secondary, and Professional
Education, Department of 68-69 Course
Audit Fee, 1 1
Prefixes, Guide to, 49 Creative Writing, See English Credit By Examination, 38-39
Fee, 1 1 Criminal Justice, Department of 70-71 Cumulative Grade Point Average, 40
Required for Graduation, 44 Cut Policy, 39
— D— Damage Fee, 1 1 Dance, See Kinesiology Dariington Herbarium, 5 Daycare, See Children's Center Deadline for Application, 7 Dean's List, 42 Deferred Payment Policy, 10 Degree
Classification - Definitions, 36
Completion, 44-45
Programs,
Graduate, 31-32 Undergraduate, 48
Requirements, 32-36, See also Individual Program Listings Dental Hygiene, See Health Description of the Campus, 4 Dining Accommodations, 20, See also
Meal Fee Directions to the University, 4 Directory Information - Rights and Privacy
Actof 1974, 45 Disabilities
Services for Students with, 29
Students with, 8 Dishonesty Policy, Student Academic, 42 Dismissal, Academic, 43 Distributive Requirements, 33-34 Double Major, 36 Driver Education, See Kinesiology Dropping a Course, 37 Dual Degrees, 36 and Majors, 32
— E—
Early Admission, 7
Early Childhood, See Childhood Studies
and Reading Earth Science, See Geology and Astronomy Economics and Finance, Department
of 71-73 Educational Services
Department of 73-75
Fee, 9 Elementary Education, See Childhood
Studies and Reading Emeriti, 145-146 Engineering, See Physics
Index
English, Department of, 75-79 Enrollment, 3 Environmental
Education Program, 69 Health, See Department of Health Programs, 27-28 Ethnic Studies Program, 98 Evening Studies, See Adult Studies Exception to Academic Policies, 45 Excused Absences Policy for University- Sanctioned Events, 39 Exemption from Final Examinations, 39-40 Experiential Learning Credits, 44
Faculty, 135-145
Faculty Awards, 146-147
Family Educational Rights and Privacy
Act, 45-46 Federal
Parent Loan for Undergraduate Students (PLUS), 13
Pell Grant, 13
Perkins Loan Program, 12
Stafford Loan Program, 12-13
Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG), 13
Work Study Program, 1 2 Fees and Expenses, 9-11 Field Placement in Schools, 36 Film Theory and Criticism, See Comparative
Literature Final Examination, Exemption from, 39-40 Finance, See Economics and Finance Financial Aid, 11-19 Foreign
Culture Clusters, 35
Language and Culture Requirements, 35
Languages, Department of, 79-84
Students, See International Students Former Students, Readmission of, 8 Francis Harvey Green Library, 5-6 Fraternities, 24 Frederick Douglass
Institute, 3-4
Society, 3 French, See Foreign Languages Full-Time Status, 36
— G—
GI Bill, See Veterans Affairs General
Education Requirements, 32-35
Fee, 9 Geography and Planning, Department
of, 84-86 German, See Foreign Languages Geology
and Astronomy, Department of, 86-88
Museum, 5 Grade Point Average, Cumulative (GPA), 40 Grade
Appeals, 40-42
Changes, 40
Reports, 40 Grading System, 40
Graduate
Credit (for Undergraduates), 39
Studies, 31-32 Graduation
Fee, See Commencement Fee
Honors, 45
Responsibility for satisfying requirements, 32
Requirements, 44 Grants, 13 Greek
Letter Organizations, 24-25
Life, 21-22
See also Foreign Languages Green Library, 5-6 Guaranteed Student Loan,
See Federal Stafford Loan Program
— H—
Health
and Physical Education, See Kinesiology
and Physical Education Majors Fees, 1 1
Center Fee, 9
Department of, 88-91
Services, 22 Hebrew, See Foreign Languages Hispanic-American Studies, See Ethnic
Studies Program Historical Properties, 6 History
Department of, 92-94
of the University, 3 Honor Societies, 25 Honors
Graduation, 45
Program, 26-27, 94-95 Housing
Assignments, 19
Deposit, 1 1
Fee, 9
Off-Campus, 20
On-Campus, 19-20
Refunds, 10 How to Reach West Chester, 4
— I—
Identification Card Fee, 1 1
Independent Study, 39
Individualized Instruction, 39
Infirmary, See Health Services
Information Sciences, See Computer Science
Information Services, 4-5
Institute for Women, 4
Instructional
I Certificate, 131
II Certificate, 131
Media, Department of, 95-96 Instrument Rental Fee, 1 1 Instrumental Music, Department of, 112 Insurance
Programs, 22
Requirements for International Students, 8 Intention to Graduate, Required Notice, 45 Intercollegiate Athletic Program, 25-26 Interdisciplinary
Programs, 96-101
Requirement, 34-35
International Education, 27 International Students, 8
Insurance Requirements, 8
Services Fee, 10 Internships, 29
Introducing West Chester University, 3-4 Italian, See Foreign Languages
— J— Jewish- American Studies, See Ethnic
Studies Program Journal of the Hellenic Diaspora, 32 Journalism, See English Junior Year Abroad Program, 80, See
also International Education
— K—
Keyboard Music, Department of, 113 Kinesiology, Department of, 101-104
— L— Languages, See Foreign Languages Late Registration Fee, 1 1 Latin, See Foreign Languages Latin-American Studies Program, 99 Liability Insurance Requirement for
Students in Nursing, 1 15 Liberal Studies Program, 104-105 Library, Francis Harvey Green, 5-6 Library, Music, 6 Life Learning Experience, See
Experiential Learning Credits Linguistics Program, 99 Literature, See English Loans, 12-13
Location of the University, 4 Lost Key Replacement Fee, 1 1
— M—
Mail Service, 22 Majors, Changing, 37
See also Individual Programs of Study Management, Department of 105-106 Map of
the Campus, 149
Chester County, 151
West Chester Borough, 150 Marketing, Department of 106-107 Mathematics, Department of 107-109 Married Students (Housing), 20 Meal
Fee, 9-10
Plans, See Dining Accommodations
Refunds, 10-11 Media Organizations, Student, 25 Military Science, 73-74 Minor Fields of Study, 36-37 Mission of the University, title page Multicultural Affairs, 22 Music
Education, Department of 111
History and Literature, Department of 111-112
Instrument Rental Fees, 1 1
Instrumental, Department of 1 12
Keyboard, Department of 113
Index
Library, 6
School of, 109-115
Theory and Composition.
Department of, 113-114 Vocal and Choral, Department of, 1 14-115 Musical Organizations, 25
— N— Name Changes, 45 National
Student Exchange Program, 27
Teacher Examination, 131 Native-American Studies, See Ethnic Studies New Student Programs, 22 Noncredit Courses, See Adult Studies Nondegree Student Application Fee, 1 1 Nondegree Students, 36, See also Adult Studies Nondiscrimination Policy, ii Notice of Intention to Graduate, 45 Nursing, Department of, 115-117
— O—
Observatory, 5 Off-Campus
and Commuter Services. 20
Housing, 20
Students, 19 Office of the Associate Provost. 47 On-Campus Housing. 19-20 Organizations, 24-25 Orientation Programs, 22
See also UNI 101 . The Student and the University Outdoor Education, See Kinesiology Overloads, 36 Overseas Study, See International
Education
— P—
Parent Loan for Undergraduate
Students, Federal (PLUS), 13 Parking
Decal, See Vehicle Registration
Fees, 1 1 Pass/Fail Policy, 38 Payment of Fees, 10
Peace and Conflict Studies Program, 99-100 Pell Grant, Federal, 13 Pennsylvania State System Visiting Student
Program, 27 Perkins Loan Program, Federal, 12 Philosophy, Department of, 117-118 Physical
Education, Department of See Kinesiology
Education Uniforms, 1 1
Examinations, 8, 22
Fitness, See Kinesiology Physics, Department of, 119-120 Placement, 20-21
Credentials Fee, 1 1 Planetarium, 5
Planning, See Geography and Planning Political Science, Department of, 120-123 Portfolio Assessment Fee, 1 1 Portuguese, See Foreign Languages Post Office, See Mail Service
Pre-Engineering, 28, 119 Pre-Law, 28, 1 20 Pre-Medical Program, 28, 123 Pre-Professional Study, 28 Pre-Theology, 28. 117 Probation, Academic, 43 Professional
Education Requirements. 68
Organizations. 24 Proficiency (English and mathematics). 32 Programs
Graduate. 31-32
of Study and Course Offerings, 49
Undergraduate, 48 Psychological Services, 21 Psychology, Department of, 124-126 Public
Health, See Department of Health
Management, 120-123
Safety, 22-23 Publications, Student, 25
Quad, The. 25
-Q—
Radio Station, See Station WCUR Reading, See Childhood Studies and
Reading Readmission
of Dismissed Students, 43
of Former Students, 8 Readmitted Students (Housing), 20 Recreation and/or Outdoor Education, See
Kinesiology Recreation and Leisure Programs, 25 Refund Policy, 10-11 Religion, See Philosophy Religious Organizations, 24 Repeat Course Procedure, 38 Repeating Courses, 37-38 Required Notice of Intention to Graduate, 45 Requirements
for Admission, 7-8
for the Associate of Science Degree, 35-36
for the Baccalaureate Degree, 32-35
for General Education, 32-35
for Graduation, 44 Residence Life and Housing, 19-20 Resident
Credit Requirement, 44
Students, 19 Respiratory Therapy, See Health Responsibility (for satisfying graduation
requirements), 32 Rights and Privacy Act, 45-46 Robert B. Gordon Natural Area for
Environmental Studies, 5 ROTC Programs, 30-31. 73-75 Russian, See Foreign Languages Russian Studies Program, 100
— S— Safety Education, See Kinesiology Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT 1), 7 Scholarly Publications, 32 Scholarships and Awards, 13-19
School Health, See Health
Second Degrees, 8i 36
Secondary Education, See Counselor,
Secondary, and Professional Education Security, See Public Safety Serpentine, The, 25 Service Organizations. 24 Services for Students with Disabilities, 29 Sexual Harassment Policy, ii Short-Term Emergency Loan. 13 Snow Days. See Storm Closing Policy Social Studies Program. 125-126
With Concentrations in Political Science, 123 Social Work, Department of, 126-127 Sociology, See Anthropology and
Sociology Sororities. 25
Spanish. See Foreign Languages Special Collections, See Francis Harvey
Green Library Special Education, Department of, 128 Speech
and Hearing Clinic, 6
Pathology, See Communicative Disorders Sports, See Intercollegiate Athletic Program Sports Medicine, Department of, 128-130 SSI, 23
Fee. 9 Stafford Loan Program. Federal, 12-13 State
Grants, 13
System of Higher Education, 133 Station WCUR, 25 Status, Full-Time, 36 Storm Closing Policy, 6 Structure of Academic Affairs. 47 Student
Academic Dishonesty Policy, 42
Activities. 23-26
Affairs. 19-26
Athlete Absence Policy. 39
Attendance Policy. 39
Class Load, See Full-Time Status
Consumer Rights and Responsibilities. 12
Government. See SSI
Name Changes. 45
Newspaper. See The Quad
Organizations. 24-25
Services, Incorporated (SSI), 23 Fee, 9
Standing, 36
Teaching, 130-131
Teaching Eligibility. 61. 68
Union Expansion Fee. 9 Study Skills Project, 29 Summer Sessions, 30 Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant,
Federal (FSEOG), 13 Supplementary General Education
Requirements. 35 Sykes Union Building, 23
— T—
Taking Courses Off Campus, 43 Out of Sequence, 37
Index
Teacher Education, Admission to, 130-131 Teaching
Certificates, 131
Certification Programs, 130-131 Theatre Arts, 131-132 Toxicology, See Chemistry Transfer
of Credit, 43-44
Students, 7
Students (Housing), 19-20 Transcript Fee, 1 1 Transcripts, 45 Tuition, 9 Tutoring Center, 28
— U— Uncollectible Check Policy, 10 Undeclared Major Program, 28
Undergraduate Programs, 48
UNI 101, The Student and the University, 32,
73 United States Marine Corps Platoon
Leaders Class, 3 1 University Tutoring Center, 28
— V— Values Statement, title page Vehicle Registration, 23 Veterans Affairs, 30 Visiting Student Program, 27 Vocal and Choral Music, Department of 114-115
-W-
WCUR, 25
Wellness Center, 23 West Chester Borough, Map of, 150 West Chester, How to Reach, 4 Withdrawal/Enrollment Change and Aid, 12 Withdrawal from the University, 37 Withdrawals from Housing, 20 Withdrawing from a Course, 37 Women's
Center, 23
Studies Program, 100-101 Work Study Program, Federal, 12 Writing
Emphasis Courses, 34
Program, 29
See also English
— X— Y— Z— Yearbook, See The Serpentine
Department Telephone Numbers
College of Arts and Sciences (610) 436-3521
Anthropology/Sociology 436-2556
Art 436-2755
Biology 436-2538
Chemistry 436-2631
Communication Studies 436-2500
Computer Science 436-2204
English 436-2822
Foreign Languages 436-2700
Geology and Astronomy 436-2727
History 436-2201
Mathematics 436-2440
Philosophy 436-2841
Physics 436-2497
Psychology 436-2945
Theatre Arts 436-3463
School of Business and Public Affairs 436-2930
Accounting 436-2236
Criminal Justice 436-2647
Economics and Finance 436-2217
Geography and Planning 436-2343
Management 436-2304
Marketing 436-2304
Political Science 436-2743
Social Work 436-2527
School of Education 436-2321
Childhood Studies and Reading 436-2944
Counselor/Secondary/Professional Education 436-2958
Instructional Media 436-2233
Special Education 436-3491
School of Health Sciences 436-2825
Communicative Disorders 436-3401
Health 436-2931
Kinesiology 436-2260
Nursing 436-2219
Sports Medicine 436-3293
School of Music 436-2739
History/Literature 436-2739
Instrumental Music 436-2739
Keyboard Music 436-2739
Music Education 436-2739
Theory and Composition 436-2739
Vocal and Choral 436-2739
r"'? 'm> •§'» Ml,*.*!'* -' m^. mf*: im\ ir"'"
■• •'• m\ m'v. »t —%■ '■j'lJ
¥ «>
-. •?., a»:« jm'X •:.-■ , ^, « «■* . ■
— > -Is' — U ^j> • ■.'^ ? m'x mk- w* ".^ ■P>. m% 3.4 _'»c,'S
« W«. T»*; =(■'%? -, , • f »1t ■"% -.-/y
•!.
\ \ \
I ^ % \
i \ 5
,? \ «
'■^ ■* 4 >-
♦ • V
^.■.*-